Reference list - psicotecnica.net

Rapporto Tecnico n.10 

Felice PERUSSIA 

HYPNOSIS 

REFERENCE LIST 

A general resource in alphabetical order 

Rapporto Tecnico / Report n.10 

dal Laboratorio di Ricerca 

sulle Personalità e la Psicotecnica 

Università degli Studi di Torino 

Dipartimento di Psicologia 

ISBN 88-902537-2-X

Felice Perussia 

Manuale di ipnosi 

(Hypnosis handbook) 

Milano: Unicopli 

2011 - pp. 690 

Felice Perussia is full professor in General 

Psychology at the six centuries old 

UNIVERSITÀ DI TORINO, Italy (where he was the 

founding dean of the faculty of psychology). 

Perussia has developed his activity also in the 

United States and in France. 

Perussia operates from more than thirty years in 

the field of psychological research. 

He has worked and published extensively also in 

psychodrama, hypnosis and more 

generally in the field of PSICOTECNICA (or 

psychotechnic) intended as the arts and crafts 

(greek: tekné) of mind. 

www.feliceperussia.it


HYPNOSIS 

REFERENCE LIST 

A general resource in alphabetical order 

RAPPORTO TECNICO n. 10 

Laboratorio di Ricerca sulle Personalità e la Psicotecnica 

Personality Psychology Workshop 



www.psych.unito.it 

PSICOTECNICA 

Edizioni - Milano

RAPPORTO TECNICO / REPORT n.10 

dal Laboratorio di Ricerca sulle Personalità e la Psicotecnica 

Direttore del Laboratorio 

Prof. Felice Perussia 

felice.perussia@unito.it 

www.feliceperussia.it 



Palazzo Badini - Via Verdi 10 - 10123 TORINO 

www.psych.unito.it 

Cover: Giotto di Bondone (1267-1337), Cappella Scrovegni a Padova, 

Legend of St Joachim, Joachim's Dream 

(fonte: Wikimedia) 

ISBN: 88-902537-2-X 

© 2011 - Felice Perussia 

PSICOTECNICA edizioni 

Viale Cirene 3 - 20135 Milano 

Confidential electronic publishing, 

not for sale, only for scientific and educational uses 

Poligrafato nel mese di ottobre 2011 presso 

Printing Time, Viale Umbria 9, 20135 Milano 

per conto di Psicotecnica srl Milano

PREFACE 

This volume contains a reference list produced by the research group on hypnosis at 

the Department of Psychology, University of Turin. Here we simply list the texts 

that we have had occasion to frequently use for lessons, thesis, researches, conferences 

and publications. We think it is a good sample of international literature 

on hypnosis, but it has no claim to be complete. 

We publish here what began as a working tool for us, and that now we imagine might 

be of some use to other researchers, colleagues in the profession and students in 

training. 

The areas covered in the list are extensive, because we have always tried to investigate 

all the fields of research about suggestion, but perhaps they are slightly 

characterized by our peculiar interests in teaching, research and intervention with 

hypnotism. 

They are all papers that have to do with hypnosis. In almost all cases they are works 

specifically devoted to some facet of the topic. In some rare cases (in the order of 

unity or at most, but I would not say, of tens), are reference books to figure out 

some work on hypnosis that are often quoted in the field. 

Being on this list does not mean a quality certification. In the great majority of cases 

these texts are qualified, but there are always exceptions, present expecially for 

historical and didactic reasons. 

We have collected this data for many years. Each citation was verified directly in the 

original publications or on credited lists of abstracts. We tried to be accurate, as far 

as possible, each time searching to check the original sources. 

We had already produced in 2008 for internal use, a list of scientific or historical texts 

on hypnosis, which included over one thousand five hundred texts. Now we have 

decided to make available to the community of researchers and clinicians a much 

larger amount of references, which currently exceeds six thousand titles. 

We have done everything possible to be precise, but there will certainly be errors, 

inaccuracies and omissions. It is only working material in continuous evolution. 

We thank all of you for reporting of clarifications or mistakes, so that we can take 

them into account for future updates. 

Torino, September 2011 


Gruppo di ricerca sulla comunicazione suggestiva 


Università degli Studi di Torino

A 

AA., VV. (1890). Congrès international de psychologie 

physiologique: Comptes rendus. Paris: n.p. 

Abbasi, M., Ghazi, F., Barlow-Harrison, A., Sheikhvatan, 

M., Mohammadyari, F. (2009). The effect of hypnosis 

on pain relief during labor and childbirth in Iranian 

pregnant women. International Journal of Clinical and 

Experimental Hypnosis, 57(2), 174-183. 

Abbot, N.C., Stead, L.F., White, A.R., Barnes, J., Ernst, E. 

(2000). Hypnotherapy for smoking cessation. Cochrane 

Database of Systematic Reviews, 2, CD001008. 

Abbozzi, P. (2003). Tecnica di ipnosi pratica. Roma: 

L'Airone. 

Abernethy, A.P., Farrell, T.W. (2008). Pain and palliative 

care pharmacotherapy literature summaries and analyses. 

Journal of Pain and Palliative Care Pharmacotherapy, 

23(1), 62-68. 

Abraham, K., Ferenczi, S., Simmel, E., Jones, E. (1919). 

Zur Psychoanalyse der Kriegsneurosen. Wien: 

Internationaler Psychoanalytischer Verlag. 

Abrahamsen, R, Baad-Hansen, L, Zachariae, R, Svensson, 

P. (2011). Effect of hypnosis on pain and blink reflexes 

in patients with painful temporomandibular disorders. 

Clinical Journal of Pain, 27(4), 344-351. 

Abrahamsen, R., Dietz, M., Lodahl, S., Roepstorff, A., 

Zachariae, R., Ostergaard, L., Svensson, P. (2010). Effect 

of hypnotic pain modulation on brain activity in 

patients with temporomandibular disorder pain. Pain, 

151(3), 825-833. 

Abrahamsen, R., Zachariae, R., Svensson, P. (2009). Effect 

of hypnosis on oral function and psychological factors 

in temporomandibular disorders patients. Journal of 

Oral Rehabilitation, 36(8), 556-570. 

Abramowitz, E., Lichtenberg, P. (2009). Hypnotherapeutic 

Olfactory Conditioning (HOC): Case studies of needle 

phobia, panic disorder, and combat-induced PTSD. International 

Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 57(2), 184-197. 

Abramowitz, E.G., Barak, Y., Ben-Avi, I., Knobler, H.Y. 

(2008). Hypnotherapy in the treatment of chronic 

combat-related PTSD patients suffering from insomnia: 

A randomized, Zolpidem-controlled clinical trial. International 


Hypnosis, 56(3), 270-280. 

Abramowitz, E.G., Barak, Y., Ben-Avi, I., Knobler, H.Y. 

(2009). Hypnotherapy in the treatment of chronic 

combat-related PTSD patients suffering from insomnia: 

A randomized, zolpidem-controlled clinical trial. International 


Hypnosis, 57(3), 184-197. 

Abramson, M., Heron, W.T. (1950). An objective evaluation 

of hypnosis in obstetrics: Preliminary report. 

American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 59, 

1069-1074. 

Accardi, M.C., Milling, L.S. (2009). The effectiveness of 

hypnosis for reducing procedure-related pain in children 

and adolescents: A comprehensive methodological 

review. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 32(4), 

328-339. 

Achterberg, J. (1985). Imagery in healing: Shamanism and 

modern medicine. London: Routledge. 

Acierno, R., Hersen, M., Van Hasselt, V.B., Tremont, G., 

Mueser, K.T. (1994). Review of the validation and 

dissemination of eye-movement desensitization and 

reprocessing: A scientific and ethical dilemma. Clinical 

Psychology Review, 14, 287-299. 

Acocella, J.R. (1999). Creating hysteria: Women and multiple 

personality disorder. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. 

Acosta, E., Crawford, H.J. (1985). Iconic memory and 

hypnotizability: Processing speed, skill or strategy differences? 

International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 33, 236-245. 

Adams, J.K. (1957). Laboratory studies of behavior without 

awareness. Psychology Bulletin, 54, 383–405. 

Adams, J.L. (1974). Conceptual blockbusting. Palo Alto 

CA: Stanford Alumni Association. 

Adams, P. (1967). The new self-hypnosis. Hollywood CA: 

Wilshire Books. 

Adams, P.C., Stenn, P.G. (1992). Liver biopsy under hypnosis. 

Journal of Clinical Gastroenterology, 15(2), 

122-124. 

Ader, R. (1981). Psychoneuroimmunology. Amsterdam: 

Academic Press. 

Adler, M.H., Secunda, L. (1947). An indirect technique to 

induce hypnosis. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 

106, 190-193. 

Adolph, E.F. (1961). Early concepts of physiological regulations. 

Physiological Review, 41, 737-770. 

Adorno, T.W., Horkheimer, M. (1947). Dialektik der 

Aufklärung: Zur Kritik der instrumentellen Vernunft. 

Amsterdam: Querido. 

Agnetti, B., Antonioni, M., Corradini, P. (1997). Ipnosi e 

autoipnosi in gravidanza. Pavia: Bonomi. 

Agnetti, B., Zauli, E., Terni, M. et Al (1992). Ipnosi medica 

nel parto. Bologna: Grasso. 

Working papers for: Perussia F. (2011). Manuale di IPNOSI. Milano: Unicopli

10 PERUSSIA - Hypnosis reference list (2nd ed) 

Agor, W.H. (1997). The use of hypnosis to induce creative 

problem solving: Potential applications in public sector 

management training. Review of Public Personnel Administration, 

17, 73-79, 

Agras, W.S., Horne, M., Taylor, C.B. (1982). Expectation 

and the blood-pressure lowering effects of relaxation. 

Psychosomatic Medicine, 44(4), 389-395. 

Ahijevych, K., Yerardi, R., Nedilsky, N. (2000). Descriptive 

outcomes of the American Lung Association of 

Ohio hypnotherapy smoking cessation program. International 

Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 

48(4), 374-387. 

Aikins, M.P. (1998). Alternative therapies for nausea and 

vomiting of pregnancy. Obstetrics and Gynecology, 

91(1), 149-155. 

Ainsworth, P.B. (1999). Psychology, law and eyewitness 

testimony. New York: Wiley. 

Airaudi, O. (1979). Corso di ipnosi in 13 lezioni. Torino: 

MEB. 

Ajuriaguerra, J. de (1962). Le corp comme relation. Revue 

Suisse de Psychologie Pure et Appliquèe, 21, 137-157. 

Akavipat, P., Sookplung, P., Premsamran, P., Toomtong, 

P., Kusumaphanyo, C., Muansaiyart, P. (2009). The 

Thai Anesthesia Incident Monitoring study (Thai 

AIMS): an analysis of 21 awareness events. Journal of 

Medical Association Thai, 92(3), 335-341. 

Akpinar, S., Ulett, G.A., Itil, T.M. (1971). Hypnotizability 

predicted by computer-analyzed EEG pattern. Biological 

Psychiatry, 3, 387-392. 

Akstein, D. (1965). The induction of hypnosis in the light of 

reflexology. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

12(4), 281-300. 

Akstein, D. (1967). Mesmer, the precursor of spiritual 

medicine (I) (in Portuguese). Revista Brasileira de 

Medicina, 24(4), 253-257. 

Al Rubaie, T. (2004). The use of hypnotic dreaming in 

psychotherapy. European Journalof Clinical Hypnosis, 

5(3), 2-8. 

Al Sughayir, M.A. (2007). Hypnotherapy for irritable 

bowel syndrome in Saudi Arabian patients. Eastern 

Mediterranean Health Journal, 13(2), 301-308. 

Aladzhalova, N.A. Rozhnov, V.E. Kamenetskii, S.L. 

(1978). Hypnosis in man and very slow brain electrical 

activity. Neuroscience and Behavioral Physiology, 

9(3), 252-256. 

Alarcón, A., Capafons, A., Bayot, A., Nitkin-Kaner, Y. 

(2005). Active-alert hypnotic induction methods: The 

relationship between phenomenological experience, 

pleasantness and hypnotic suggestibility. International 

Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy, 

5(1), 33-46. 

Alcock, J.E. (1981). Parapsychology: Science or magic? 

New York: Pergamon. 

Alden P. (1995). Back to the past: Introducing the ‘bubble’. 

Contemporary Hypnosis, 12, 59–64. 

Alden, P., Heap, M. (1998). Hypnotic pain control: Some 

theoretical and practical issues. International Journal of 

Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 46 (1), 62-76. 

Alexander, B., Turnbull, D., Cyna, A. (2009). The effect of 

pregnancy on hypnotizability. American Journal of 

Clinical Hypnosis, 52(1), 13-22. 

Alexander, E. (1992). Hypnosis and sex therapy. Canadian 

Journal of Human Sexuality. 1(2), 67-72. 

Alexander, F. (1950). Psychosomatic medicine: Its principles 

and applications. New York: Norton. 

Alexander, F., Selesnick, S. (1965). Freud-Bleuler correspondence. 

Archives of General Psychiatry, 12, 1-9. 

Alexander, L. (1971). Hypnotically induced hallucinations. 

Their diagnostic and therapeutic utilization. Diseases Of 

The Nervous System, 32( 2), 89-94. 

Alexander, L. (1974). Treatment of impotency and 

anorgasmia by psychotherapy aided by hypnosis. 

American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 17, 33-43. 

Alexander, L. (1992). Conditional reflexes as related to 

hypnosis and hypnotic techniques. Integrative Physiological 

and Behavioral Science, 27(4), 371-374. 

Alexandroff, M. (1972). Hypnosis and your child. St. 

Catharines, Ontario: Almest. 

Al-Harasi, S., Ashley, P.F., Moles, D.R., Parekh, S., Walters, 

V. (2010). Hypnosis for children undergoing dental 

treatment. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 

8, CD007154. 

Alladin, A. (1988). Hypnosis in the treatment of head pain. 

In: Heap, M., editor. Hypnosis: Current clinical, experimental 

and forensic practices. London: Croom 

Helm, 159-166. 

Alladin, A. (1992). Depression as a dissociative state. 

Hypnos, 19, 243-253. 

Alladin, A. (2006a). Cognitive hypnotherapy for treating 

depression. In: Chapman, R., editor. The clinical use of 

hypnosis with cognitive behavior therapy: A practitioner’s 

casebook. New York: Springer, 139-187. 

Alladin, A. (2006b). Experiential cognitive hypnotherapy: 

Strategies for relapse prevention in depression. In: 

Yapko, M.D., editor. Clinical hypnosis and treating 

depression: Applications practice. New York: 

Routledge, 281-313. 

Alladin, A. (2007). Handbook of cognitive hypnotherapy 

for depression: An evidence-based approach. 

Philadelpnia: Lippincott. 

Alladin, A. (2008). Cognitive hypnotherapy: An integrated 

approach to the treatment of emotional disorders. 

Chichester UK: Wiley. 

Alladin, A. (2009). Evidence-based cognitive hypnotherapy 

for depression. Contemporary Hypnosis, 26(4), 

245-262. 


Alladin, A. (2010a). Depression. In: Barabasz, M., et Al, 

editors. Medical hypnosis primer: Clinical and research 

evidence. New York: Routledge, 73-82. 

Alladin, A. (2010b). Evidence-based hypnotherapy for 

depression. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 58(2), 165-185. 

Alladin, A., Alibhai, A. (2007). Cognitive hypnotherapy for 

depression: An empirical investigation. International 

Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 55(2), 

147-166. 

Alladin, A., Amundson, J.K. (2011). Cognitive hypnotherapy 

as an assimilative model of integrative therapy. 

Contemporary Hypnosis and Integrative Therapy, 

28(1), 17-45. 

Alladin, A., Sabatini, L., Amundson, J.K. (2007). What 

should we mean by empirical validation in hypnotherapy: 

Evidence-based practice in clinical hypnosis. International 


Hypnosis, 55(2), 115-130. 

Allen, D.S. (1995). Schizophreniform psychosis after stage 

hypnosis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 166, 680. 

Allen, J.J., Iacono, W.G., Laravuso, J.J., Dunn, L.A. 

(1995). An event-related potential investigation of 

posthypnotic recognition amnesia. Journal of Abnormal 

Psychology, 104(3), 421-430. 

Allen, R. (2004). Scripts and strategies in hypnotherapy: 

The complete works. Carmethen UK: Crown House. 

Allington, H.W. (1952). Review of the psychotherapy of 

warts. Archives of Dermatology and Syphilology, 66(3), 

316-326. 

Allison, D.B., Faith, M.S. (1996). Hypnosis as an adjunct to 

cognitive-behavioral psychotherapy for obesity: A meta-analytic 

reappraisal. Journal of Consulting and Clinical 

Psychology, 64(3), 513-516. 

Allix, E. (1854). Guida elmentare dello studente magnetizzatore. 

Torino: Unione Tipografico-Editrice. 

Allix, E. (1856). La verità sul magnetismo animale: Ossia 

spiegazione razionale dei fenomeni del magnetismo, del 

sonnambulismo e delle tavole danzanti e parlanti. Torino: 

s.n. 

Alman, B. (1979). Keep it off. New York: Dutton. 

Alman, B.M., Lambrou, P. (1997). Self-hypnosis: A complete 

manual for health and self-change; Third edition. 

New York: Brunner Mazel. 

Alpert, H.S., Carbone, H.A., Brooks, J.T. (1946). Hypnosis 

as a therapeutic technique in the war neuroses. Bulletin 

U.S. Army Medical Department, 5, 315-324. 

Altman, B.M., Carney, R.E. (1980). Consequences of direct 

and indirect suggestions on success of posthypnotic 

behavior. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 23, 

112-118. 

Alvarado, C.S. (1989). Dissociation and state-specific 

PERUSSIA - Hypnosis reference list (2nd ed) 11 

psychophysiology during the nineteenth century. Dissociation, 

2, 160-168. 

Alvarado, C.S. (2002). Dissociation in Britain during the 

late nineteenth century: The Society for Psychical Research, 

1882-1900. Journal of Trauma and Dissociation, 

3, 9-33. 

Alvarado, C.S. (2003). French mesmerism and hypnosis. 

Psychological Hypnosis, 12(3), 5-8. 

Amadeo, M., Ynovski, A. (1975). Evoked potentials and 

selective attention in subjects capable of hypnotic analgesia. 


Hypnosis, 23, 200-210. 

Amadou, R. (1971) editor. Le magnétisme animal. Paris: 

Payot. 

Ambrose, C. (1968). Hypnosis in the treatment of children. 


Ambrose, G., Newbold, G. (1958). A handbook of medical 

hypnosis. London: Bailliere, Tindall and Cox. 

Ament, P. (1953). Stress removal in dental practice with 

hypnodontics. British Journal of Medical Hypnotism, 4 

(3), 37-43. 

American Cancer Society (2008). Hypnosis may lower 

costs of breast surgery. CA: A Cancer Journal for Clinicians, 

58, 3-4. 

American Medical Association (1958). Council on Mental 

Health: Medical use of hypnosis. Journal of the American 

Medical Association JAMA, 168, 186-189. 

American Medical Association (1962). Council on Mental 

Health - Committee on Hypnosis: Training in medical 

hypnosis. Journal of the American Medical Association 

JAMA, 180(8), 693-698. 

American Medical Association (1985). Council on Scientific 

Affairs: Report on ‘Scientific status of refreshing 

memories by the use of hypnosis’. Journal of the 

American Medical Association JAMA, 253(13), 

1918-1923. 

American Medical Association (1995). Council on Scientific 

Affairs: Report on memories of childhood abuse. 


Hypnosis. 43, 114-117. 

American Medical Association (2010). CPT Codes: Current 

Procedural Terminology Codes. Chicago IL: 

American Medical Association. 

American Psychiatric Association (1961). Training in 

medical hypnosis: A statement of position by the APA. 

Washington DC: American Psychiatric Association, 

Central Office. 

American Psychiatric Association (2000). Diagnostic and 

Statistical Manual of mental disorders: DSM-IV-TR. 

Arlington VA: American Psychiatric Association. 

American Psychiatric Association Board of Trustees 

(1994). Statement on memories of sexual abuse. Inter- 



national Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 

42, 261-264. 

American Psychological Association (2003). An introduction 

to hypnosis. Washington DC: American Psychological 

Association, Division 30, Society of 

Psychological Hypnosis. 

American Psychological Association (2004). Hypnosis for 

the relief and control of pain. American Psychological 

Association, www.apa.org, web article, 2004 July 2. 

American Psychological Association (2011). The official 

Division 30 definition and description of hypnosis. 

psychologicalhypnosis.com. 

American Psychological Association Education Directorate 

(2011). States of consciousness; Lesson 3: Hypnosis 

and meditation. Precolle Lessons in: www apa.org. 

Amigó, S. (1990). Manual de terapia de autorregulación. 

Valencia: Promolibro. 

Amigó, S., Capafons, A. (1996). Emotional self-regulation 

therapy for treating primary dysmenorrhea and premenstrual 

distress. In: Lynn, S.J., Kirsch, I., Rhue, J.W. 

(1996) editors. Casebook of clinical hypnosis. Washington 

DC: American Psychological Association, 

153-171. 

Anbar, R.D. (2000a). Self-hypnosis for patients with cystic 

fibrosis. Pediatric Pulmonology, 30(6), 461-5. 

Anbar, R.D. (2000b). Hypnosis, Theodore Roosevelt, and 

the patient with cystic fibrosis. Pediatrics, 106(2 Pt 1), 

339-340. 

Anbar, R.D. (2001). Automatic word processing: a new 

forum for hypnotic expression. American Journal of 


Anbar, R.D. (2001). Self-hypnosis for management of 

chronic dyspnea in pediatric patients. Pediatrics,107, 

1-4. 

Anbar, R.D. (2001). Self-hypnosis for treatment of functional 

abdominal pain in childhood. Clinical Pediatrics, 

40, 447-451. 

Anbar, R.D. (2002). Hypnosis in pediatrics: Applications at 

a pediatric pulmonary center. BMC Pediatrics, 3(2:11). 

Anbar, R.D. (2002). Self-expression through poetry in 

hypnosis. Clinical Pediatrics, 41, 195-196. 

Anbar, R.D. (2003). Self-hypnosis for anxiety associated 

with severe asthma: A case report. BMC Pediatrics, 3, 

7. 

Anbar, R.D. (2007). User friendly hypnosis as an adjunct 

for treatment of habit cough: A case report. American 

Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 50(2), 171-175. 

Anbar, R.D., Geisler, S.C. (2005). Identification of children 

who may benefit from self-hypnosis at a pediatric 

pulmonary center. BMC Pediatrics, 5, 6. 

Anbar, R.D., Hall, H.R. (2004). Childhood habit cough 

treated with self-hypnosis. Journal of Pediatrics, 

144(2), 213-217. 

Anbar, R.D., Hummell, K.E. (2005). Teamwork approach 

to clinical hypnosis at a pediatric pulmonary center. 


Anbar, R.D., Savedoff, A.D. (2005). Hypnosis-associated 

blue-tinted vision: A case report. BMC Ophthalmology, 

5, 28. 

Anbar, R.D., Slothower, M.P. (2006). Hypnosis for treatment 

of insomnia in school-age children: a retrospective 

chart review. BMC Pediatrics, 6, 23 

Anbar, R.D., Zoughbi, G.G. (2008). Relationship of headache-associated 

stressors and hypnosis therapy outcome 

in children: A retrospective chart review. American 


Ancelin Schützenberger, A.A. (1998). Aïe, mes aïeux! 

Liens transgénérationnels, secrets de famille, syndrome 

d’anniversaire, transmission des traumatismes et pratique 

du génosociogramme. Paris: Payot. 

Ancelin Schützenberger, A.A. (2007). Comment paye-t-on 

les fautes de ses ancêtres: L’inconscient 

transgénérationnel. Paris: Payot. 

Ancelin Schützenberger, A.A. (2007). Psychogénéalogie: 

Guérir les blessures familiales et se retrouver soi. Paris: 

Payot. 

Ancona, L. (1970). Effetto di un condizionamento emotivo 

in ipnosi sul rendimento lavorativo nel periodo 

post-ipnotico. Minerva Medica, 61(84), 4647-4651. 

Ancona, L. (1998). Un confronto dialettico tra ipnosi e 

psicoanalisi. In: Chertock, L., edizione italiana. Ipnosi e 

psicoanalisi: Collisioni e collusioni (Hypnose et 

psychanalise, 1987). Roma: Armando, 7-18. 

Andersen, B.L. (1983). Primary orgasmic dysfunction: 

Diagnostic considerations and review of treatment. 

Psychological Bulletin, 93(1), 105-136. 

Anderson, J.A.D., Basker, M.A., Dalton, E.R. (1975). Migraine 

and hypnotherapy. International Journal of 

Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 23(1), 48-58. 

Anderson, J.A.D., Dalton, E.R., Basker, M.A. (1979). Insomnia 

and hypnotherapy. Journal of the Royal Society 

of Medicine, 72(10), 734-739. 

Anderson, J.R. (1992). Automaticity and the ACT* theory. 

American Journal of Psychology, 105(2), 165-180. 

Anderson, J.R., Bower, G.H. (1973). Human associative 

memory. Washington DC: Winston. 

Anderson, M.S. (1985). Hypnotizability as a factor in the 

hypnotic treatment of obesity. International Journal of 

Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 33, 150-159. 

Andrade, J. (1995). Learning during anaesthesia: A review. 

British Journal of Psychology, 86, 479-506. 

Andrade, J., Deeprose, C. (2007). Unconscious memory 

formation during anaesthesia. Best Practice and Research 

in Clinical Anaesthesiology, 21(3), 385-401. 

Andrade, J., Deeprose, C., Barker, I. (2008). Awareness 

and memory function during paediatric anaesthesia. 


British Journal of Anaesthesia, 100(3), 389-96. 

Andreas, S., Andreas, C. (1987). Change your mind: And 

keep the change. Moab UT: Real People Press. 

Andreassi, J.L., Balinskiy, B., Gallichio, J.A., DeSimone, 

H.H., Mellers, B.W. (1976). Hypnotic suggestion of 

stimulus change and visual cortical evoked potential. 

Perceptual and Motor Skills, 42, 371-378. 

Andrews, W.H., Hall, H.R. (1990). The effects of relaxation-imagery 

training on recurrent aphthous stomatitis: 

A preliminary study. Psychosomatic Medicine, 52, 

526-535. 

Andreychuck, T., Skriver, C. (1975). Hypnosis and biofeedback 

in the treatment of migraine headache. International 


Hypnosis, 23, 172-183. 

Andrick, J.M. (1978). Hypnosis and the Emmanuel 

movement: A medical and religious repudiation. 

American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 20(4), 224-234. 

Andrick, J.M. (2011). Delsartean hypnosis for girls' bodies 

and minds: Annie Payson Call and the Lasell Seminary 

nerve training controversy. History of Psychology, May, 

electronic paper. 

Andriopoulos, S. (2008). Possessed: Hypnotic crimes, 

corporate fiction, and the invention of cinema. Chicago: 

University of Chicago Press. 

Andry, J. (1924). Le mesmérisme et le somnambulisme à 

Lyon avant la Revolution. Mémoires de l’Académie des 

Sciences, Belle-Lettres et Arts de Lyon: Sciences et 

Lettres, 18, 57-101. 

Anonime (1912). Bibliotheca Esoterica. Cataloque annoté 

et illustré de 6707 ouvrages anciens et modernes qui 

traitent des sciences occultes. Paris: Dorbon-Aîné. 

Réimpression Brueil en Vexin, Paris, 1975. 

Anonimo (1856) probabilmente: A. Monticelli. Sulla causa 

dei fenomeni mesmerici. 2 Vol. Bergamo: Mazzolini. 

Antitch, J.L.S. (1967). The use of hypnosis in pediatric 

anesthesia. Journal of the American Society of Psychosomatic 

Dentistry and Medicine, 14, 70-73. 

Antonelli, C. (2003). Il ruolo dell'ipnosi nel controllo del 

dolore: Defininizione ed evidenze. Acta Anaesthesiologica 

Italica, 56, 95-112. 

Antonelli, C. (2003). Ipnosi e dolore: Aspetti integrati. 

Roma-Bari: Laterza. 

Antonelli, C. (2009). Ipnosi nella pratica clinica. Atti del 

Congresso S.I.A.R.E.D. Ferrara. 

Antonelli, C., Luchetti, M. (2007). From emispheric laterality 

to mirror neurons: A novel paradigm for the new 

hypnosis. Acta Anaesthesiologica Italica, 58, 376-400. 

Anzieu, D. (1959). L’auto-analyse: Son rôle dans la découverte 

de la psychanalyse par Freud, sa fonction en 

psychanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. 

Apfel, R.J., Kelley, S.F., Frankel, F.H. (1986). The role of 


hypnotizability in the pathogenesis and treatment of 

nausea and vomiting of pregnancy. Journal of Psychosomatic 

Obstetrics and Gynaecology, 5, 179-186. 

Appel, P.R. (1990). Clinical applications of hypnosis in the 

physical medicine and rehabilitation setting: Three case 

reports. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 33, 

85-93. 

Appel, P.R. (1992). The use of hypnosis in physical medicine 

and rehabilitation. Psychological Medicine, 10, 

133-148. 

Appel, P.R. (2003). Clinical hypnosis in rehabilitation. 

Seminars in Integrative Medicine, 1(2), 90-105. 

Appelbaum, P.S., Uyehara, L.A., Elin, M.R. (1997) editors. 

Trauma and memory: Clinical and legal controversies. 

New York: Oxford University Press. 

Araoz, D.L. (1980). Clinical hypnosis in treating sexual 

abulia. American Journal of Family Therapy, 8(1), 

48-57. 

Araoz, D.L. (1981). Negative self-hypnosis. Journal of 

Contemporary Psychotherapy, 12, 45–51. 

Araoz, D.L. (1982). Hypnosis and sex therapy. New York: 

Brunner Mazel. 

Araoz, D.L. (1985). The new hypnosis. New York: Brunner 

Mazel. 

Araoz, D.L. (2001). The unconscious in Ericksonian hypnotherapy. 

Australian Journal of Clinical Hypnotherapy 

and Hypnosis, 22(2),78-92. 

Araoz, D.L. (2005). Hypnosis in human sexuality problems. 

American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 47(4), 

229-242. 

Araoz, D.L., Burte, J., Goldin, E. (2001). Sexual hypnotherapy 

for couples and family counselors. Family 

Journal, 9(1), 75-81. 

Araoz, D.L., Goldin, E. (2004). The importance of vivencia 

in the hypnotic treatment of sexual dysfunction. Australian 

Journal of Clinical Hypnotherapy and Hypnosis, 

25(2), 68-76. 

Arecco, S. (2003). Il vampiro nascosto: Suggestione e dipendenza 

nel cinema. Genova: Le Mani. 

Arendt, N.L., Zachariae, R., Bjerring, P. (1990). Quantitative 

evaluation of hypnotically suggested hyperaesthesia 

and analgesia by painful laser stimulation. Pain, 42, 

243-251. 

Armando, D.R. (2005). Documenti sul mangetismo animale 

nell’Archivio del Sant’Uffizio (1838-1908). Rivista 

di Storia del Cristianesimo, 2(2), 459-477. 

Armando, D.R. (2005). Il magnetismo animale tra scienza, 

politica e religione: Nuove fonti e linee di ricerca. 

Laboratorio ISPF, 2(2), 10-30. 

Armatas, A. (2011). Suggestive techniques in coaching. 

Coaching: An International Journal of Theory, Research 

and Practice, 4(1), 32-41. 



Arnheiter, H. (1998). Evolution biology: Eyes viewed from 

the skin. Nature, 391, 632-633. 

Arnold, J. (1971). Effects of hypnosis on the learning of 

two selected motor skills. Res Q, 42(1), 1-6. 

Arnold, M.B. (1946). On the mechanism of suggestion and 

hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 

41, 107-128. 

Arnold, M.B. (1959). Brain function in hypnosis. International 


7, 109-119. 

Arone di Bertolino, N. (1981). Ipnositerapia in una bambina 

di 22 mesi affetta da mollusco contagioso. Minerva 

Medica, 72(19), 1213-1215. 

Arone di Bertolino, N. (2003); a cura di: P. Bellini, D. Carissimi, 

N. Menghi, E. Zauli. L'ipnosi per un medico. 

Bologna: Martina. 

Aronoff, G.M., Aronoff, S., Peck, L. (1975). Hypnotherapy 

in the treatment of bronchial asthma. Annals of Allergy, 

34, 356-362. 

Aronowitz, J.N. (2007). Ethereal fire: Antecedents of radiology 

and radiotherapy. American Journal of Radiology, 

188, 904-912. 

Arons, H. (1961). Aron’s Master Depth Rule: New master 

course in hypnotism. Irvington NJ: Power Publishers. 

Arons, H. (1973). Hypnosis in criminal investigation. 

Springfield IL: Thomas. 

Artelt, W. (1966). Der Mesmerismus in Berlin. Mayence: 

Akademie der Wissenschaft und der Literatur,. 

Arvid, L., Lillian W. (1962). A factor analytic study of 

hypnotizability and related personal experiences. International 


Hypnosis, 10 (3), 169-181. 

As, A. (1963). Hypnotizability as a function of 

non-hypnotic experiences. Journal of Abnormal and 

Social Psychology, 66, 142-150. 

As, A., Lauer, L.W.(1962). A factor-analytic study of 

hypnotizability and related personal experiences. International 


Hypnosis, 10, 169-181. 

As, A., O'Hara, J.W., Munger, M. P. (1962). The measurement 

of subjective experiences presumably related 

to hypnotic susceptibility. Scandinavian Journal of 

Psychology, 3, 47-64. 

Asch, S.E. (1951). Effects of group pressure on the modification 

and distortion of judgments. In: Guetzkow, H., 

editor. Groups, leadership and men. Pittsburgh PA: 

Carnegie Press, 177-190. 

Asch, S.E. (1955). Opinions and social pressure. Scientific 

American, 193, 31-35. 

Asch, S.E. (1956). Studies of independence and conformity: 

A minority of one against a unanimous majority. 

Psychological Monographs, 70, Whole no. 416. 

Ash, M.B. (1906). The induction of hypnosis. Lancet, 

168(4330), 501-504. 

Ashburner, J. (1867). Notes and studies in the philosophy 

of animal magnetism and spiritualism: With observations 

upon catarrh, bronchitis, rheumatism, gout, 

scrofula, and cognate diseases. London: Baillière. 

Asher, R. (1956). Respectable hypnosis. British Medical 

Journal, 11.1(4962), 309-313. 

Ashton, C., Jr., Whitworth, G.C., Seldomridge, J.A., 

Shapiro, P.A., Weinberg, A.D., Michler, R.E., Smith, 

C.R., Rose, E.A., Fisher, S., Oz, M.C. (1997). 

Self-hypnosis reduces anxiety following coronary artery 

bypass surgery: A prospective, randomized trial. 

Journal of Cardiovascular Surgery, 38(1), 69-75. 

Ashton, M.A., McDonald, R.D. (1985). Effects of hypnosis 

on verbal and non-verbal creativity. International 

Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 33, 

15-26. 

Ashton, R.C., Whitworth, G.C., Seldomridge, J.A., 

Shapiro, P.A., Michler, R.E., Smith, C.R., Rose, E.A., 

Fisher, S., Oz, M.C. (1995). The effects of self-hypnosis 

on quality of life following coronary artery bypass 

surgery: preliminary results of a prospective, randomized 

trial. Journal of Alternative and Complementary 

Medicine, 1(3), 285-290. 

Askay, S.W., Patterson, D.R., Jensen, M.P., Sharar, S.R. 

(2007). A randomized controlled trial of hypnosis for 

burn wound care. Rehabilitation Psychology, 52(3), 

247-253. 

Askitopoulou, H., Konsolaki, E., Ramoutsaki, I.A., 

Anastassaki, M. (2002). Surgical cures under sleep induction 

in the Asclepieion of Epidauros. International 

Congress Series, 1242, 11- 17. 

Assagioli, R. (1926). Psychosynthesis. A new method of 

healing. New York: Viking. 

Assagioli, R. (1965). Psychosynthesis: A collection of basic 

writings. New York: Hobbs Dormann. 

Astin, J.A. (1998). Why patients use alternative medicine: 

Results of a national study. Journal of the American 

Medical Association JAMA, 279(19), 1548-1553. 

Astor, M. (1971). Learning through hypnosis. Educational 

Forum, 35(4), 447-455. 

Atkinson, R.C., Shiffrin, R.M. (1971). The control of 

short-term memory. Scientific American, 224, 82-90. 

Attias, J., Shemesh, Z., Shoham, C., Shahar, A., Sohmer, H. 

(1990). Efficacy of self-hypnosis for tinnitus relief. 

Scandinavian Audiology, 19(4), 245-249. 

Attias, J., Shemesh, Z., Sohmer, H., Gold, S., Shoham, C., 

Faraggi, D. (1993). A comparison between 

selfhypnosis, masking and attentiveness for alleviation 

of chronic tinnitus. Audiology, 2, 205-212. 

Aubert, A.E., Verheyden, B.,Beckers, F., Tack, J., 

Vandenberghe, J. (2009). Cardiac autonomic regulation 

under hypnosis assessed by heart rate variability: 


Spectral analysis and fractal complexity. 

Neuropsychobiology, 60(2), 104-112. 

Auerback, A. (1962). Attitudes of psychiatrists to the use of 

hypnosis. Journal of American Medical Association 

JAMA, 180(11), 917-921. 

August, R.V. (1960). Obstetrical hypnoanesthesia. American 

Journal of Obstetrics Gynecology, 79, 1131-1138. 

August, R.V. (1961). Hypnosis in obstetrics. New York: 

McGraw-Hill. 

Auld, J.M. (2007). Review of hypnosis and communication 

in dental practice. Australian Journal of Clinical and 


Ault, R.L. (1979). FBI guidelines for use of hypnosis. International 


Hypnosis, 27(4), 449 - 451. 

Auringer, M.L. (2011). Clinical efficacy of a brief hypnotic 

intervention for hyperarousal symptoms in sexual 

trauma. Dissertation Abstracts International, 71(10-B), 

6431. 

Austin, J.L. (1962). How to do things with words. Cambridge 

MA: Harvard University Press. 

Aviv, A. (2006). Tele-hypnosis in the treatment of adolescent 

school refusal. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 49, 31-40. 

Axelrod A., Vinciguerra V., Brennan-O’Neill E., Morre T. 

(1988). A preliminary report on the efficacy of hypnosis 

to control anticipatory nausea and vomiting caused by 

cancer chemotherapy. Progress in Clinical and Biological 

Research, 278, 147-150. 

Aydin, S., Ercan, M., Caskurlu, T., Tasci, A I., Karaman, I., 

Odabas, O., Yilmaz, Y., Agargun, M.Y., Kara, H., and 

Sevin, G. (1997). Acupuncture and hypnotic suggestions 

in the treatment of non-organic male sexual dysfunction. 

Scandinavian Journal of Urology and 

Nephrology, 31(3), 271-274. 

Aydin, S., Odabas, O., Ercan, M., Kara, H., Agargun, MY. 

(1996). Efficacy of testosterone, trazodone and hypnotic 

suggestion in the treatment of non-organic male 

sexual dysfunction. British Journal of Urology, 77(2), 

256-260. 

Azais, P.H. (1839). De la phrénologie du magnétisme et de 

la folie. Ouvrage dédié à la mémoire de Broussais. 2 

Vol. Paris: Desessart. 

Azam, A. (1860). Note sur le sommeil nerveux ou 

hypnotisme. Archives Generales de Médecine et de 

Chirurgie, 15, 1-24. 

Azam, A. (1876a). Amnesie periodique, ou doublement de 

la vie. Revue scientifique, 5, 481-487. 

Azam, A. (1876b). Le dedoublement de la personnalite: 

Suite deI’histoire de FeIida X. Revue Scientifique, 6, 

265-269. 

Azam, A. (1876c). Névrose extraordinaire, doublement de 


la vie. Mémoires et Bulletins de la Société de médecine 

et de chirurgie de Bordeaux, Paris, Masson, 11-14. 

Azam, A. (1883). Les altérations de la personnalité. Revue 

Scientifique, 32(20), 610-618. 

Azam, A. (1887). Hypnotisme, double conscience, et 

altérations de la personnalité. Paris: Ballière. 

Azam, A. (1890). Le dedoublement de la personnalite et le 

somnambulisme. Revue Scientifique, 46, 136-141. 

Azam, A. (1893). Hypnotisme et double conscience: 

Origine de leur étude divers et travaux sur des sujets 

analogues. Paris: Alcan. 

Azouvi, M.F. (1976). Sens et fonction épistémologiques de 

la critique du magnétisme animal par les Académies. 

Revue d'Histoire des Sciences, 29(2), 123-142. 

Azrin, N.H., Numm, R.G., Frant, S.E. (1980). Treatment of 

hair-pulling (trichotillomania): A comparative study of 

habit reversal and negative practice training. Journal of 

Behavioural and Experimental Psychiatry, 11, 13-20. 

B 

Baars, B.J. (1997). In the theater of consciousness: The 

workspace of the mind. New York: Oxford University 

Press. 

Baars, B.J., Banks, W.P., Newman, J.B. (2003) editors. 

Essential sources in the scientific study of consciousness. 

Cambridge MA: MIT Press. 

Baars, B.J., Gage, N.M. (2007) editors. Cognition, brain, 

and consciousness: Introduction to cognitive neuroscience 

. London: Elsevier. 

Babinski, J. (1886). Recherches servat a établir que 

certaines manifestations hystérique peuvent étre 

tranférée d’un sujet a un autre sujet sous l’influence de 

l’aimant. Revue Philosophique de la France et de 

l’Etranger, 22, 697-700. 

Babinski, J. (1889). Grand et petit hypnotisme. Archives de 

neurologie, 17, 92-108, 253-269. 

Babinski, J. (1906). Ma conception de l’hystérie et de 

l’hypnose. Chartres: Durand. 

Baer, J., Kaufman, J.C., Baumeister, R.F. (2008) editors. 

Are we free? Psychology and free will. New York: 

Oxford University Press. 

Baer, L. Carey, R., Meminger, S. (1986). Hypnosis for 

smoking: A clinical follow-up. International Journal of 



Psychosomatics, 33(3), 13-16. 

Baer, L., Ackerman, R., Surman, O., Correia, J., Griffith, J., 

Alpert, N., Hackett, T. (1985). PET studies during 

hypnosis and hypnotic suggestion. In: Berner P., editor. 

Psychiatry: The state of the art, Vol 2: Biological psychiatry, 

higher nervous activity. New York: Plenum, 

293-298. 

Baggally, W.W. (1917). Telepathy: Genuine and fraudulent. 

London: Methuen. 

Baghdadi, G., Nasrabadi, A.M. (2010). Classifying hypnotizable 

groups using EEG weighted regional frequency. 

Scientia Iranica, Transactions D: Computer Science 

and Engineering and Electrical Engineering, 17(1), 

71-80. 

Baglini, R., Sesana, M., Capuano, C., Gnecchi-Ruscone, T., 

Ugo, L., Danzi, G.B. (2004). Effect of hypnotic sedation 

during percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty 

on myocardial ischemia and cardiac sympathetic 

drive. American Journal of Cardiology, 93(8), 

1035-1038. 

Bailey, A.R., Jones, J.G. (1997). Patients' memories of 

events during general anaesthesia. Anaesthesia, 52(5), 

460-476. 

Bailly, J.S. (1784a). Rapport des Commissaires charges par 

le Roi de l’examen du magnetisme animale. Paris: 

Imprimerie Royale. 

Bailly, J.S. (1784b). Rapport secret présenté au ministre et 

signé par la commission précédente. Paris. 

Bailly, J.S. (1784c). Exposé des expériences qui one été 

faites pour l’examen du magnétisme animal. Lu à 

l’Académie des sciences, par M. Bailly en son nom et 

aux nom de Mrs. Franklin, Le Roy, de Bory, et Lavoisier, 

le 4 Septembre 1784. Paris: Imprimerie Royale. 

Baima Bollone, P.L. (1992). Cesare Lombroso ovvero il 

principio dell’irresponsabilità. Torino: SEI. 

Baima Bollone, P.L. (1995). La scienza nel mondo degli 

spiriti. Torino: SEI. 

Bakal, P.A. (1981). Hypnotherapy for flight phobia. 


Baker, E.L. (1981). An hypnotherapeutic approach to enhance 

object relatedness in psychotic patients. International 


124, 136-147. 

Baker, E.L. (1987). The state of the art of clinical hypnosis. 


Hypnosis, 35, 203-214. 

Baker, E.L., Hulsey, T.L., Glenn, M.B. (1990). Attitudes 

and practices regarding clinical hypnosis with psychotic 

patients: A survey. International Journal of Clinical 

and Experimental Hypnosis, 38(3), 162-167. 

Baker, E.L., Nash, M.R. (1987). Applications of hypnosis 

in the treatment of anorexia nervosa. American Journal 

of Clinical Hypnosis, 29(3), 185-193. 

Baker, E.L., Nash, M.R. (2008). Psychoanalytic approaches 

to clinical hypnosis. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., editors. 

Oxford handbook of hypnosis. Oxford: Oxford University 

Press, 439-456. 

Baker, M. (1875) o Mary Baker Glover o Mary Baker 

Eddy. Science and health: With key to the Scriptures. 

Boston: Christian Scientist Publishing Company. 

Baker, R.A. (1982). The effect of suggestion on past-lives 

regression. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 25, 

71-76. 

Baker, R.A. (1990). They call it hypnosis. Buffalo NY: 

Prometheus. 

Baker, R.A. (1992). Hidden memories. Buffalo NY: Prometheus. 

Baker, S.R., Boaz, D. (1983). The partial reformulation of a 

traumatic memory of a dental phobia during trance: A 

case study: International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 31(1), 14-18. 

Bakich, I. (1995). Hypnosis in the treatment of sexual desire 

disorders. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 23(1), 70-77. 

Bakke, A.C., Purtzer, M.Z., Newton, P. (2002). The effect 

of hypnotic-guided imagery on psychological 

well-being and immune function in patients with 

Balaschak prior breast cancer. Journal of Psychosomatic 

Research, 53(6), 1131-1137. 

Balaschak, B., Blocker, K., Rossiter, T., Perin, C.T. (1972). 

The influence of race and expressed experience on the 

hypnotist and hypnotic susceptibility. International 


38-45. 

Balducci, C. (1974). La possessione diabolica. Roma: Edizioni 

Mediterranee. 

Baldwin, J.M. (1895). The mental development of the child 

and the race. New York: Macmillan. 

Balocchi, R., Varanini, M., Menicucci, D., Santarcangelo, 

E.L., Migliorini, S., Fontani, G., Carli, G. (2005). Heart 

rate variability in subjects with different hypnotic susceptibility 

receiving nociceptive stimulation and suggestions 

of analgesia. 27th Annual International 

Conference, 6996-6999. Shangai: Engineering in 

Medicine and Biology Society. 

Balson, P.M., Dempster, C.R., Brooks, F.R. (1984). Auto-hypnosis 

as a defense against coercive persuasion. 


Balthazard C.G. (1973). The hypnosis scales at their centenary: 

Some fundamental issues still unresolved. International 


Hypnosis, 41, 47-73. 

Balthazard, C.G., Woody, E.Z. (1985). The “stuff” of 

hypnotic performance: A review of psychometric approaches. 


Balthazard, C.G., Woody, E.Z. (1992). The spectral analy- 


sis of hypnotic performance with respect to absorption. 


Hypnosis, 40, 21-43. 

Balyk, E.D. (2004). An analysis of rational emotive hypnotherapy 

in the treatment of depression: A pilot study. 

Dissertation Abstracts International, 65(6-B), 3142. 

Balzarini, G.M. (1980). L'ipnosi fantasmatica. Milano: 

Istituto di Indagini Psicologiche. 

Bandler, R. (2008). Richard Bandler’s guide to 

trance-formation: How to harness the power of hypnosis 

to ignite effortless and lasting change. Deerfield Beach 

FL: Health Communications HCI. 

Bandler, R., Grinder, J. (1975a). The structure of magic I: A 

book about language and therapy. Palo Alto CA: Science 

and Behavior Books. 

Bandler, R., Grinder, J. (1975b). The structure of magic II: 

A book about communication and change. Palo Alto 

CA: Science and Behavior Books. 

Bandler, R., Grinder, J. (1976). Patterns of the hypnotic 

techniques of Milton H. Erickson. Cupertino CA: Meta 

Publications. 

Banerjee, S., Srivastav, A., Palan, B.M. (1993). Hypnosis 

and self-hypnosis in the management of nocturnal enuresis: 

A comparative study with imipramine therapy. 


Banister, H., Zangwill, O.L. (1941a). Experimentally induced 

olfactory paramnesias. British Journal of Psychology, 

32, 155-175. 

Banister, H., Zangwill, O.L. (1941b). Experimentally induced 

visual paramnesias. British Journal of Psychology, 

32, 30-51. 

Banks Gregerson, M., Roberts, I.M., Amiri, M.M. (1996). 

Absorption and imagery locate immune responses in the 

body. Applied Psychophysiology and Biofeedback, 

21(2), 149-165. 

Bányai, É. I. (1998). The interactive nature of hypnosis: 

Research evidence for a socialpsychobiological model. 

Contemporary Hypnosis, 15, 52-63. 

Bányai, E.I. (1980). A new way to induce a hypnotic-like 

altered state of consciousness: Active alert induction. 

In: Kardos, L., Plçh, C., editors. Problems of the regulation 

of activity. Budapest: Akadçmiai Kiadô, 261-273. 

Bányai, E.I. (1985). A social-psychobiological approach to 

the understanding of hypnosis: The interaction between 

hypnotist and subject. Hypnos, 12, 186-210. 

Bányai, E.I. (1991). Toward a social-psychobiological 

model of hypnosis. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., editors. 

Theories of hypnosis: Current models and perspectives. 

New York: Guilford, 564-600. 

Bányai, E.I. (2002). Communication in different styles of 

hypnosis. In: Hoogduin, C.A.L., Schaap, C.P.D.R., 

Berk, H.A.A., editors. Issues on hypnosis. Nijmegen: 


Cure and Care, 1-19. 

Bányai, E.I., Hilgard, E.R. (1976). A comparison of active 

alert hypnotic induction with traditional relaxation induction. 

Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 85(2), 

218-224. 

Bányai, E.I., Mezaros, I., Greguss, A.C. (1983). Psychophysiological 

comparison of activealert and traditional 

relaxation hypnosis. In: Sinz, R., Rosenzweig, M.R., 

editors. Psychophysiology. Amsterdam: Fischer and 

Elsevier, 225-230. 

Bányai, E.I., Zseni, A., Tury, F.T. (1993). Active-alert 

hypnosis in psychotherapy. In: Rhue, J., Lynn, S.J., 

Kirsch, I., editors. Handbook of clinical hypnosis. 

Washington DC: American Psychological Association, 

271-290. 

Banyan, C.D. (2006). Two treatment groups hypnosis 

smoking cessation program. Australian Journal of 

Clinical Hypnotherapy and Hypnosis, 27(2), 5-16. 

Banyan, C.D., Kein, G.F. (2001). Hypnosis and hypnotherapy: 

Basic to advanced techniques and procedures 

for the professional. Tustin CA: Banyan. 

Barabasz, A. (1980). Effects of hypnosis and perceptual 

deprivation on vigilance in a simulated radar detection 

task. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 50, 19-24. 

Barabasz, A. (1982). Restricted environmental stimulation 

and the enhancement of hypnotizability. International 

Journal of Experimental Hypnosis, 30, 147-166. 

Barabasz, A. (1985). Enhancement of military pilot reliability 

by hypnosis and psychophysiological monitoring: 

In flight simulator data. Aviation, Space and Environmental 

Medicine, 24, 248-250. 

Barabasz, A. (1987). Trichotillomania: A new treatment. 


Hypnosis, 35, 146-154. 

Barabasz, A., Baer, L., Sheehan, D.V. Barabasz, M. (1986). 

A three-year follow-up of hypnosis and restricted environmental 

stimulation therapy for smoking. International 


34, 169-181. 

Barabasz, A., Baer, L., Sheehan, D.V., Barabasz, M. 

(1986). A three year clinical follow-up of hypnosis and 

restricted environmental stimulation therapy for smoking. 


Hypnosis, 34, 169-181. 

Barabasz, A., Barabasz, M. (1989). Effects of restricted 

environmental stimulation: Enhancement of 

hypnotizability for experimental and chronic pain control. 


Hypnosis, 37, 217-231. 

Barabasz, A., Barabasz, M. (1996). Neurotherapy and alert 

hypnosis in the treatment of attention deficit hyperactivity 

disorder. In: Lynn, S.J., Kirsch, I., Rhue, J., edi- 



tors. Casebook of clinical hypnosis. Washington DC: 

American Psychological Association, 217-292. 

Barabasz, A., Barabasz, M. (2006). Effects of tailored and 

manualized hypnotic inductions for complicated irritable 

bowel syndrome patients. International Journal of 


Barabasz, A., Barabasz, M. (2008). Hypnosis and the brain. 

In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., editors. Oxford handbook of 

hypnosis. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 337-364. 

Barabasz, A., Barabasz, M. (2008). Hypnotic amplification-attenuation 

technique for tinnitus management. 

Collaborative Medicine Case Studies, 5, 275-284. 

Barabasz, A., Barabasz, M., Jensen, S., Calvin, S., 

Trevisan, M., Warner, D. (1999). Cortical event-related 

potentials show the structure of hypnotic suggestions is 

crucial. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 47(1), 5-22. 

Barabasz, A., Christensen, C. (2006). Age regression: 

Tailored versus scripted inductions. American Journal 

of Clinical Hypnosis, 48 (4), 251-261. 

Barabasz, A., Higley, L., Christensen, C., Barabasz, M. 

(2010). Efficacy of hypnosis in the treatment of human 

papillomavirus (HPV) in women: Rural and urban 

samples. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 58(2), 165-185. 

Barabasz, A., Lonsdale, C. (1983). Effects of hypnosis on 

P300 olfactory evoked potential amplitudes. Journal of 

Abnormal Psychology, 92, 520-523. 

Barabasz, A., McGeorge, C. (1978). Biofeedback, mediated 

biofeedback and hypnosis in peripheral vasodilation 

training. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

23, 23-37. 

Barabasz, A., Watkins, J.G. (2005). Hypnotherapeutic 

Techniques. Second Edition. New York: Brunner 

Routledge. 

Barabasz, M. (1991). Hypnotizability in bulimia. International 

Journal of Eating Disorders, 10, 117-120. 

Barabasz, M. (2007). Efficacy of hypnotherapy in the 

treatment of eating disorders. International Journal of 


Barabasz, M. (2010). Introduction. In: Barabasz, M., et Al, 


evidence. New York: Routledge, xv-xviii. 

Barabasz, M., Barabasz, A., Mullen, C. (1983). Effects of 

brief Antarctic isolation on absorption and hypnotic 

susceptibility: Preliminary results and recommendations. 


Hypnosis, 31, 235-238. 

Barabasz, M., Christensen, C. (2010). Hypnosis concepts. 

In: Barabasz, M., et Al, editors. Medical hypnosis primer: 

Clinical and research evidence. New York: 


Barabasz, M., Olness, K., Bolland, R., Kahn, S. (2010) ed- 

itors. Medical hypnosis primer: Clinical and research 

evidence. New York: Routledge. 

Barabasz, M., Spiegel, D. (1989). Hypnotizability and 

weight loss in obese subjects. International Journal of 

Eating Disorders, 8, 335-341. 

Baraduc, H.F. (1893). La force vitale. Notre corps vital 

fluidique, sa formule biométrique. Paris: Carré. 

Baraduc, H.F. (1896). L’âme humaine, ses mouvements, 

ses lumières et l’iconographie de l’invisible fluidique. 

Paris: Carré. 

Baraduc, H.F. (1904). Les vibrations de la vitalité humaine: 

Méthode biométrique appliquée aux sensitifs et aux 

névroses. Paris: Baillière. 

Baram, DA. (1995). Hypnosis in reproductive health care: 

A review and case reports. Birth, 22, 37-42. 

Barbarin Chevalier de (1786). Système raisonné du 

magnétisme universel. D’après les principes de M. 

Mesmer, ouvrage auquel on a joint l’explication des 

procédés du magnétisme animal accomodés au cures 

des différentes maladies. Ostende: Société de 

l’Harmonie; Paris: Gastelier. 

Barber, J. (1977). Rapid induction analgesia: a clinical report. 

American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 19, 

138--147. 

Barber, J. (1980). Hypnosis and the unhypnotizable. 


Barber, J. (1996). Hypnosis and suggestion in the treatment 

of pain. New York: Norton. 

Barber, J. (1998). The mysterious persistence of hypnotic 

analgesia. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 46(1), 28-43. 

Barber, J. (1998). When hypnosis causes trouble. International 


46(2), 157-170. 

Barber, J. (2001). Freedom from smoking: Integrating 

hypnotic methods and rapid smoking to facilitate 

smoking cessation. International Journal of Clinical 


Barber, J. (2008). Reclaiming the cognitive unconscious: 

Integrating hypnotic methods and cognitive-behavioral 

therapy. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., editors. Oxford 

handbook of hypnosis. Oxford: Oxford University 

Press, 457-466. 

Barber, J., Donaldson, D., Ramras, S., Allen, G. D. (1979). 

The relationship between nitrous oxide conscious sedation 

and the hypnotic state. Journal of the American 

Dental Association, 99(4), 624-626. 

Barber, J., Gitelson, J. (1980). Cancer pain: Psychological 

management using hypnosis. Cancer, 30, 130-136. 

Barber, J., Malin, A.H. (1977). Hypnosis and suggestion for 

fitting contact lenses. Journal of the American Optometric 

Association, 48(3), 379-382. 

Barber, J., Mayer, D. (1977). Evaluation of efficacy and 


neural mechanism of a hypnotic analgesia procedure in 

experimental and clinical dental pain. Pain, 4, 41-48. 

Barber, T.X. (1957). Experiments in hypnosis. Scientific 

American, 196, 54-61. 

Barber, T.X. (1959). The afterimages of "hallucinated" and 

"imagined" colors. Journal of Abnormal and Social 


Barber, T.X. (1960). “Hypnosis,” analgesia, and the placebo 

effect. Journal of the American American Association, 

172(7), 680-683. 

Barber, T.X. (1961a). Physiological effects of hypnosis. 

Psychological Bulletin, 58, 390-419. 

Barber, T.X. (1961b). Antisocial and criminal acts induced 

by “hypnosis”: A review of experimental and clinical 

findings. Archives of General Psychiatry, 5, 301-312. 

Barber, T.X. (1962). Hypnotic age regression: A critical 

review. Psychosomatic medicine, 24, 286-299. 

Barber, T.X. (1962). Toward a theory of ‘hyponic’ behaviour: 

The hypnotically induced dream. Journal of 

Nervous and Mental Disease, 135(3), 206-221. 

Barber, T.X. (1963). The effects of “hypnosis” on pain: A 

critical review of experimental and clinical findings. 

Psychosomatic medicine, 24, 303-333. 

Barber, T.X. (1964a). Hypnotizability, suggestibility and 

personality: V. A critical review of research findings. 

Psychological Reports, 14, 299-320. 

Barber, T.X. (1964b). Hypnotically hallucinated colors and 

their negative after-images. American Journal of Psychology, 

77(2), 313-318. 

Barber, T.X. (1965a). Measuring ‘hypnotic-like’ suggestibility 

with and without ‘hypnotic induction’: Psychometric 

properties, norms, and variables influencing 

response to the Barber Suggestibility Scale (BSS). 


Barber, T.X. (1965b). Physiological effects of ‘hypnotic 

suggestions’: Acritical review of recent research 

(1960-1964). Psychological Bulletin, 63, 201-222. 

Barber, T.X. (1965c). Experimental analyses of “hypnotic” 

behavior: A review of recent empirical findings. Journal 

of Abnormal Psychology, 70(2), 132-154. 

Barber, T.X. (1966). The effects of ‘hypnosis’ and motivational 

suggestions on strength and endurance: A critical 

review of research studies. British Journal of Social and 

Clinical Psychology, 5, 42-50. 

Barber, T.X. (1969). Hypnosis: A scientific approach. 

Oxford UK: Van Nostrand Reinhold. 

Barber, T.X. (1970). LSD, marihuana, yoga, and hypnosis. 

Chicago: Aldine. 

Barber, T.X. (1985). Hypno-suggestive procedures as catalysts 

for all psychotherapies. In: Lynn, S.J., Garske, 

J.P., editors. Contemporary psychotherapies: Models 

and methods. Columbus OH: Merrill, 333-375. 


Barber, T.X. (1997). A new hypnosis paradigm. Psychological 

Hypnosis, 6(3), 8-12. 

Barber, T.X. (1998). Hypnosis and memory: An hazardous 

interplay. Journal of Mental Health Counseling, 19, 

305-318. 

Barber, T.X. (1999a). A comprehensive three-dimensional 

theory of hypnosis. In: Kirsch, I., Capafons, A., 

Cardeña-Buelna, E., Amigó, S., editors. Clinical hypnosis 

and self-regulation: Cognitive-behavioral perspectives. 

Washington DC: American Psychological 

Association, 21-48. 

Barber, T.X. (1999b). Hypnosis: A mature view. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 16(3), 123-127. 

Barber, T.X. (2000). A deeper understanding of hypnosis: 

Its secrets, its nature, its essence. American Journal of 

Clinical Hypnosis, 42, 208-272. 

Barber, T.X., Calverley, D.S. (1962). “Hypnotic behavior” 

as a function of task motivation. Journal of Psychology, 

54, 363-389. 

Barber, T.X., Calverley, D.S. (1963a). The relative effectiveness 

of task motivating instructions and trance induction 

procedure in the production of “hypnotic like” 

behavior. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 137, 

107-116. 

Barber, T.X., Calverley, D.S. (1963b). Toward a theory of 

hypnotic behavior: Effects on suggestibility of task 

motivating instructions and attitudes toward hypnosis. 

Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67, 

557-565. 

Barber, T.X., Calverley, D.S. (1963c). Toward a theory of 

"hypnotic" behavior: Enhancement of strength and endurance. 

Medfield MA: Medfield Foundation. 

Barber, T.X., Calverley, D.S. (1964a). An experimental 

study of "hypnotic" (auditory and visual) hallucinations. 

Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68, 13. 

Barber, T.X., Calverley, D.S. (1964b). Empirical evidence 

for a theory of ‘hypnotic’ behavior: effects of pretest 

instructions on response to primary suggestions. Psychological 

Record, 14, 457-467. 

Barber, T.X., Calverley, D.S. (1965). Empirical evidence 

for a theory of ‘hypnotic’ behavior: Effects on suggestibility 

of five variables typically included in hypnotic 

induction procedures. Journal of Consulting 


Barber, T.X., Chauncey, H.H., Winer, R.A. (1964). Effect 

of hypnotic and nonhypnotic suggestions on parotid 

gland response to gustatory stimuli. Psychosomatic 

Medicine, 26(4), 374-380. 

Barber, T.X., De Moor, W. (1972). A theory of hypnotic 

induction procedures. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 15, 112-135. 

Barber, T.X., Hahn, K.W. (1962). Physiological and sub- 



jective responses to pain-producing stimulation under 

hypnotically suggested and waking-imagined "analgesia". 

Journal of. Abnormal and Social Psychology, 65, 

411-418. 

Barber, T.X., Ham, M.W. (1974). Hypnotic phenomena. 

Morristown NJ: General Learning Press. 

Barber, T.X., Spanos, N.P., Chaves, J.F. (1974). Hypnotism, 

imagination, and human potentialities. New York: 

Pergamon. 

Barber, T.X., Westland, S. (2011). Thinking therapeutically: 

Hypnotic skills and strategies explored. 

Carmethen UK: Crown House. 

Barber, T.X., Wilson, S.C. (1977). Hypnosis, suggestions, 

and altered states of consciousness: experimental 

evaluation of the new cognitive-behavioral theory and 

the traditional trance-state theory of "hypnosis". Annals 

of the New York Academy of Sciences, 296, 34-47. 

Barber, T.X., Wilson, S.C. (1978). The Barber Suggestibility 

Scale and the Creative Imagination Scale: Experimental 

and clinical applications. American Journal 

of Clinical Hypnosis, 21, 84-108. 

Barchas, P.R., Perlaki, K.M. (1986). Processing 

preconsciously acquired information measured in 

hemispheric asymmetry and selection accuracy. Behavioral 

Neuroscience, 100, 343-349. 

Baréty, A. (1881). Des propriétés physiques d’une force 

particulière du corps humain (force neurique 

rayonnante) connue vulgairement sous le nom de 

magnétisme animal. Extrait de la Gazette médicale de 

Paris, année 1881. Paris: Doin. 

Baréty, A. (1887). Le magnétisme animal: étudié sous le 

nom de force neurique: rayonnante et circulante dans 

ses propriétés physiques, physiologiques et 

thérapeutiques. Paris: Doin. 

Barga, J.L. (2005). Effects of hypnosis as an adjunct to 

Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for treating bulimia 

nervosa. Dissertation Abstracts International, 66(1-B), 

542. 

Bargh, J.A. (1997). The automaticity of everyday life. In: 

Wyer, R.S., editor. Advances in social cognition. 

Mahwah NJ: Erlbaum, Vol. 10, 1-61. 

Bargh, J.A., Chartrand. T.L. (1999). The unbearable automaticity 

of being. American Psychologist, 54(7), 

462-79. 

Bargh, J.A., Gollwitzer, P.M., Lee-Chai, A., Barndollar, K., 

Troetschel, R. (2001). The automated will: 

Nonconscious activation and pursuit of behavioral 

goals. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 

81, 1014-1027. 

Bargh, J.A., Williams, E.L. (2006). The automaticity of 

social life: Current Directions in Psychological Science, 

15(1), 1-4(4). 

Barker, J.B., Jones, M., Greenlees, I. (2010). Assessing the 

immediate and maintained effects of hypnosis on 

self-efficacy and soccer wall-volley performance. 

Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 32(2), 

243-252. 

Barker, J.B., Jones, M.V. (2005). Using hypnosis to increase 

self-efficacy: A case study in elite judo. Sport 

and Exercise Psychology Review, 1, 36-42. 

Barker, J.B., Jones, M.V. (2006). Using hypnosis, technique 

refinement and self-modeling to enhance 

self-efficacy: A case study in cricket. Sport Psychologist, 

20, 94-110 

Barker, J.B., Jones, M.V., Greenlees, I. (2005). Collegiate 

athletes’ perceptions and attitudes towards hypnosis. 

Journal of Sports Sciences, 23, 1238-1239. 

Barker, N., Burgwin, S. (1949). Brain wave patterns during 

hypnosis, hypnotic sleep, and normal sleep. Archives of 

Neurology and Psychiatry, 62, 412-420. 

Barker, W., Bukgwin, S. (1948). Brain wave patterns accompanying 

changes in sleep and wakefulness during 

hypnosis. Psychosomatic Medicine, 10, 317. 

Barker, W.A., Place, M. (1982). Clinical hypnosis for 

psychiatrists in training. Psychiatric Bulletin, 6, 

212-213. 

Barkley, R.A., Hastings, J.E., Jackson, T.L.Jr (1977). The 

effects of rapid smoking and hypnosis in the treatment 

of smoking behavior. International Journal of Clinical 

and Experimental Hypnosis, 25 (1), 7-17. 

Barling, N.R., De Lucchi, D.A.G. (2004). Knowledge, attitudes, 

and beliefs about clinical hypnosis. Australian 


36-52. 

Barling, N.R., Raine, S.J. (2005). Some effects of hypnosis 

on negative affect and immune system response. Australian 


33(2), 160-177. 

Barnes, A.J., Kohen, D.P. (2006). Clinical hypnosis as an 

effective adjunct in the care of pediatric inpatients. 

Journal of Pediatrics, 149(4), 563-565. 

Barnes, J., Dong, C.Y., McRobbie, H., Walker, N., Mehta, 

M., Stead, L.F. (2010). Hypnotherapy for smoking 

cessation. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 

Issue 10, CD001008. 

Barnes, S.M., Lynn, S.J., Pekala, R.J. (2009). Not all group 

hypnotic suggestibility scales are created equal: Individual 

differences in behavioral and subjective responses. 

Consciousness and Cognition, 18(1), 255-265. 

Barnes, W.A. (1898). Psychology, hypnotism, personal 

magnetism, and clairvoyance. Boston: William A. 

Barnes. 

Barnett, E., Tkach, J. (2005). The rapid reintegration procedure: 

Effective ego state hypnotherapy without hypnosis. 

Kingston Ontario: Junica. 

Barnett, E.A. (1980). The ideomotor questioning finger 


technique-some problems in its performance and interpretation. 

Medical Hypnoanalysis, 1, 159-162. 

Barnett, E.A. (1989). Analytical hypnotherapy: Principles 

and practice. Glendale CA: Westwood. 

Barnier, A.J. (1998). An analysis of posthypnotic suggestion. 

Dissertation Abstracts International, 58(10-B), 

5676. 

Barnier, A.J. (2002). Post-hypnotic amnesia for autobiographical 

episodes: A laboratory model of functional 

amnesia? Psychological Science, 13, 232-237. 

Barnier, A.J., Council, J.R. (2010). Hypnotizability matters: 

The what, why, and how of measurement. In: 

Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, I., editors. Handbook of 

clinical hypnosis, Second edition. Washington DC: 


Barnier, A.J., Cox, R.E., Connors, M., Langdon, R., 

Coltheart, M. (2011). A stranger in the looking glass: 

Developing and challenging a hypnotic mirrored-self 

misidentification delusion. International Journal of 


Barnier, A.J., Dienes, Z., Mitchell, C.J. (2008). How hypnosis 

happens: new cognitive theories of hypnotic responding. 

In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., editors. Oxford 


Press, 141-178. 

Barnier, A.J., McConkey, K.M. (1998). Posthypnotic responding 

away from the hypnotic setting. Psychological 

Science, 9, 256-262. 

Barnier, A.J., McConkey, K.M. (1999). Hypnotic and 

posthypnotic suggestion: Finding meaning in the message 

of the hypnotist. International Journal of Clinical 

and Experimental Hypnosis, 47, 192–208. 

Barnier, A.J., McConkey, K.M. (2003). Hypnosis, human 

nature, and complexity: Integrating neuroscience approaches 

into hypnosis research. International Journal 

of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 51(3), 282-308. 

Barnier, A.J., McConkey, K.M., Wright, J. (2004). Posthypnotic 

amnesia for autobiographical episodes: Influencing 

memory accessibility and quality. 


Hypnosis, 52, 260-279. 

Barnier, A.J., Nash, M.R. (2008). Introduction: A roadmap 

for explanation, a working definition. In: Nash, M., 

Barnier, A., editors. Oxford handbook of hypnosis. 

Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1-20. 

Barr, A.M., Wong, R.M. (1973). Awareness during general 

anaesthesia for bronchoscopy and laryngoscopy using 

the apnoeic oxygenation technique. British Journal of 

Anaesthesia, 45(8), 894-900. 

Barré, P.Y. Radet, J.B. (1784). Les docteurs modernes, 

comédie-parade en un acte et en vaudeville, suivie du 

Banquet de santé, divertissement analogue mêlé de 


couplets représentée pour la première fois à Paris par les 

comédiens italiens ordinaires du Roy, le mardi 16 

Novembre 1784. Paris: Brunet. 

Barrett, D. (1979). The hypnotic dream: Its relation to 

nocturnal dreams and waking fantasies. Journal of 

Abnormal Psychology, 88(5), 584-591. 

Barrett, D. (1990). Deep trance subjects: A schema of two 

distinct subgroups. In: Kunzendorf, R.G., editor. Mental 

imagery. New York: Plenum 101-112. 

Barrett, D. (1996). Fantasizers and dissociaters: Two types 

of high hypnotizables, two different imagery styles. In: 

Kunzendorf, R.G., Spanos, N.P., Wallace, B., editors. 

Hypnosis and imagination. Amityville NY: Baywood, 

123-135. 

Barrett, D. (2010). Hypnosis and hypnotherapy: Vol. 1: 

History, theory and general research, Vol. 2: Psychotherapy 

research and applications. New York: Praeger. 

Barrett, S., Butler, K. (1992) editors. A consumers guide to 

alternative medicine: A close look at homeopathy, acupuncture, 

faith-healing, and other unconventional 

treatments. Buffalo NY: Prometheus. 

Barrett, S., Jarvis, W.T. (1993) editors. The health robbers: 

A close look at quackery in America. Buffalo NY: 

Prometheus. 

Barrett, S.M., Rice-Evans, P. (1964). Sensitivity of hands to 

visible light. Nature, 203, 993. 

Barrett, W.F. (1908). On the threshold of a new world of 

thought: An examination of the phenomena of spiritualism. 

London: Kegan and Co. 

Barrett, W.F. (1925). The religion of health: An examination 

of Christian Science. London: Dent. 

Barrios, A.A. (1970). Hypnotherapy: A reappraisal. Psychotherapy: 

Theory Research and. Practice, 7, 2-7. 

Barrios, A.A. (2001). A theory of hypnosis based on principles 

of conditioning and inhibition. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 18, 163-202. 

Barrucand, D. (1967). Histoire de l’hypnose en France. 

Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. 

Barsby, M.J. (1994). The use of hypnosis in the management 

of ‘gagging’ and intolerance to dentures. British 

Dental Journal, 176(3), 97-102. 

Barth, G.H. (1850). The Mesmerist's manual of phenomena 

and practice: Intended for domestic use and the instruction 

of beginners. London: Baillière. 

Barth, G.H. (1853). What is mesmerism? The question 

answered by a mesmeric practitioner, or, mesmerism 

not miracle: an attempt to show that mesmeric phenomena 

and mesmeric cures are not supernatural. 

London: Baillière. 

Bartholow, R. (1884). What is meant by nervous prostration? 

Boston Medical and Surgical Journal, 110, 53-56. 

Bartis, S.P., Zamansky, H.S. (1986). Dissociation in hyp- 



notic amnesia. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

29, 103-108. 

Bartlett, E.E. (1971). The use of hypnotic techniques 

without hypnosis per se for temporary stress. American 

Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 13, 273-278. 

Bartlett, F.C. (1932). Remembering: A study in experimental 

and social psychology. Cambridge: Cambridge 

University Press. 

Basevi, D.E. (1826). Del magnetismo animale relazione 

letta nella pubblica adunanza della Societa medica di 

Livorno. Firenze: Pezzati. 

Basford, J.R. (2001). A historical perspective of the popular 

use of electric and magnetic therapy. Archives of 

Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 82, 1261-1269. 

Basker, M.A. (1985). Hypnosis in the alleviation of the 

smoking habit. In Waxman, D., Misra, P.C., Gibson, 

M., Basker, M.A., editors. Modern trends in hypnosis. 

New York: Plenum, 269-276. 

Bass, M.J. (1931). Differentiation of the hypnotic trance 

from normal sleep. Journal of Experimental Psychology: 

General, 14(4), 382-399. 

Bassman, S.W., Wester, W.C. (1997). Hypnosis, headache 

and pain control: An integrative approach. New York: 

American Society of Clinical Hypnosis Press. 

Bates, B.L., Miller, R J., Cross, H.J., Brigham, T.A. (1988). 

Modifying hypnotic suggestibility with the Carleton 

Skills Training Program. Journal of Personality and 


Bates, L. (2004). Religion and hypnotism. In: Damon, D.F., 

editor. Official consumer guide to hypnotism. Merrimack 

NH: National Guild of Hypnotists, 29-30. 

Bateson, G. (1972). Steps to an ecology of mind: Collected 

essays in anthropology, psychiatry, evolution, and 

epistemology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 

Bateson, G., Jackson, D., Haley, J., Weakland, J. (1956). 

Toward a theory of schizophrenia. Behavioral Science, 

1, 251-264. 

Bateson, G., Jackson, D., Haley, J., Weakland, J. (1962). A 

note on the double bind. Family Process, 2(1), 154-161. 

Battaglia, D. (2006) editor. E.T. culture: Anthropology in 

outerspaces. Durham NC: Duke University Press. 

Battino, R. (2005). Metaphoria: Metaphor and guided 

metaphor for psychotherapy and healing. Norwalk CT: 

Crown House. 

Battino, R., South, T.L. (2005). Ericksonian approaches: A 

comprehensive manual. Norwalk CT: Crown House. 

Baudouin, A. (1919). Suggestion et autosuggestion: Etude 

psychologique et pédagogique d’après les résultats de la 

Nouvelle école de Nancy. Neuchâtel-Paris: Delachaux 

et Niestlé. 

Baudouin, A. (1924). Qu’est ce que la suggestion? Introduction 

à la psychologie de la suggestion et de 

l’autosuggestion. Neuchâtel-Paris: Delachaux et 

Niestlé. 

Baudouin, A. (1925). Quelques souvenirs de La Salpetrière. 

Paris-Medical, 15, I, 23. Mai, No. 21, X-XIII. 517-520. 

Bauer, E. (1984). Franz Anton Mesmer und die Geschichte 

des Mesmerismus (Franz Anton Mesmer and the history 

of mesmerism). Zeitschrift für Parapsychologie und 

Grenzgebiete der Psychologie, 26, 117-122. 

Bauer, E. (1985). Mesmerismus, Spiritismus und die 

Anfänge der “Psychical Research” - Zur Rezeption des 

Mesmerismus in der parapsychologischen Forschung 

(Mesmerism, spiritism and the origins of “psychical 

research” - On the reception of mesmerism within 

parapsychological research). In H. Schott (ed.)., Franz 

Anton Mesmer und die Geschichte des Mesmerismus. 

Stuttgart: Steiner, 116-132. 

Bauer, R.M., Craighead, W.E. (1979). Psychological responses 

to the imagination of fearful and neutral situations: 

the effects of imagery instructions. Behavior 

Therapy, 10, 389-403. 

Baumann, F. (1970). Hypnosis and the adolescent drug 

abuser. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 13, 

17-21. 

Baumann, F. (1981). Hypnosis in the treatment of urinary 

and fecal incontinence: A twenty-year experience. In: 

Wain, H.J., editor. Theoretical and clinical aspects of 

hypnosis. Miami FL: Symposium Specialists, 107-123. 

Baumeister, R.F. (2008). Freewill in scientific psychology. 

Perspectives on Psychological Science, 3(1), 14-19. 

Beahrs, J.O. (1982). Unity and multiplicity: Multilevel 

consciousness of self in hypnosis, psychiatric disorder, 

and mental health. New York: Brunner Mazel. 

Beahrs, J.O. (1983). Co-consciousness: A common denominator 

in hypnosis, multiple personality, and normalcy. 


100-113. 

Beahrs, J.O., Harris, D.R., Hilgard, E.R. (1970). Failure to 

alter skin inflammation by hypnotic suggestion in five 

subjects with normal skin reactivity. Psychosomatic 

Medicine, 32, 627-631. 

Beard, G.M. (1869). Neurasthenia, or nervous exhaustion. 


Beard, G.M. (1876). On the influence of the mind on the 

cure and causation of disease. Journal of Nervous and 

Mental Diseases, 3, 429-434. 

Beard, G.M. (1880). The symptoms of sexual exhaustion 

(sexual neurasthenia). Reprinted from The Independent 

Practitioner, May and June. Baltimore: Practitioner 

Publishing. 

Beard, G.M. (1881). American nervousness: Its causes and 

consequences. New York: Putnam. 

Beard, G.M. (1882). The study of trance, muscle-reading 

and allied nervous phenomena in Europe and America, 

with a letter on the moral character of trance subjects, 


and a defence of Dr. Charcot. New York: The Author. 

Beard, G.M. (1884). Sexual neurasthenia (nervous exhaustion): 

Its hygiene, causes, symptoms and treatment. 

New York: Treat. 

Beard, G.M., Rockwell, A.D. (1875). A practical treatise on 

the medical and surgical uses of electricity: Including 

localized and general faradization; localized and central 

galvanization; electrolysis and galvano-cautery. New 

York: Wood. 

Beard, G.M., Rockwell, A.D. (1894). A practical treatise on 

nervous exhaustion, neurasthenia: Its symptoms, nature, 

sequences, treatment. New York: Treat. 

Beary, J.F., Benson, H. (1974). A simple 

psychophysiologic technique which elicits the relaxation 

response. Psychosomatic Medicine, 36(2), 

115-120. 

Beaugerie, L., Burger, A.J., Cadranel, J.F., Lamy, P., 

Gendre, J.P., Le Quintrec, Y. (1991). Modulation of 

orocaecal transit time by hypnosis. Gut, 32(4), 393-394. 

Beaunis, H.E. (1885). L’expérimentation en psychologie 

par le somnambulisme provoqué. Revue philosophique, 

20, 2-36, 113-134. 

Beaunis, H.E. (1886). Le somnambulisme provoqué: 

Etudes physiologiques et psychologiques. Paris: 

Baillière. 

Bechterew, W.V. (1906). What is hypnosis? Journal of 


Beck, A.T. (1967). The diagnosis and management of depression. 

Philadelphia PA: University of Pennsylvania 

Press. 

Beck, A.T. (1975). Cognitive therapy and the emotional 

disorders. New York: International Universities Press. 

Beck, C.E., Beck, E.A. (1984). Test of the eye movement 

hypothesis of neurolinguistic programming: A rebuttal 

of conclusions. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 58, 

175-176. 

Becker, D.E., Yingling, C.D. (1998). Intracranial recording 

during hypnotic analgesia. International Journal of 

Psychophysiology, 28(3), 317-318. 

Becker, P.M. (1993). Chronic insomnia: Outcome of hypnotherapeutic 

intervention in six cases. American 


Beere, D.B., Simon, M.J., Welch, K. (2001). 

Reccomendations and illustrations for combining hypnosis 

and EMDR in the treatment of psychological 

trauma. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

43(3-4), 217-231 

Beigel, H.G. (1971). The hypnotherapeutic approach to 

male impotence. Journal of Sex Research, 7(3), 

168-176. 

Beigel, H.G., Johnson, W.R. (1980) editors. Application of 

hypnosis in sex therapy. Springfield IL: Thomas. 


Bekhterev, V.M. (1905). Die Bedeutung der Suggestion im 

sozialen Leben. Wiesbaden: Bergmann. 

Belanger, B. (1978). La suggestologie: Les théories 

révolutionnaires du dr Lozanov et leurs applications en 

pédagogie, psychologie et médecine. Paris: Retz. 

Belcecchi, F. (1980). Bibliografia internazionale 1945-196: 

Sull'ipnosi, training autogeno. Roma: Istituto di Psicologia 

del C.N.R. 

Beles, L. (1989). Interaction between hypnotic susceptibility 

and cognitive processing. International Journal of 

Psychophysiology, 7(2-4), 136-137. 

Belfiore, G. (1887). L’ipnotismo e gli stati affini. Napoli: 

Pierro. 

Belfiore, G. (1889). Grande isteria ed ipnotismo. Studio 

medico legale su Paolo Conte imputato di truffa in 

danno del dr. Fusco. Napoli. 

Belfiore, G. (1898). Magnetismo e ipnotismo . Milano: 

Hoepli. 

Belicki, K., Belicki, D. (1986). Predisposition for nightmares: 

A study of hypnotic ability, vividness of imagery, 

and absorption. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 

42, 714-718. 

Bell, J. (1788). An essay on somnambulism, or 

sleep-walking, produced by animal electricity and 

magnetism. as well as by sympathy, etc. Dublin: The 

Author 

Bell, J. (1792). The general and particular principles of 

animal electricity and magnetism. London: The Author. 

Bell, J. (1795). Animal electricity and magnetism, etc. 

Demonstrated after the laws of nature; with new ideas 

upon matter and motion. In two parts. London: The 

Author. 

Bell, V., Oakley, D.A., Halligan, P.W., Deeley, Q. (2011). 

Dissociation in hysteria and hypnosis: Evidence from 

cognitive neuroscience. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery 

and Psychiatry, 82(3), 332-339. 

Bellanti, A. (1997). Hypnosis for weight loss: A case history. 

Australian Journal of Clinical Hypnotherapy and 

Hypnosis, 18(2), 55-59. 

Belletti, G.M. (1850). Caso di catalessia congiunta a magnetismo 

animale naturale in un ammalato dell'ospedale 

di Cesena. Cesena: Bisazia. 

Belsky, J., Khanna, P. (1994). The effects of self-hypnosis 

for children with cystic fibrosis: A pilot study. American 


Benatti, G. (1977). L'ipnosi nella diagnostica: La «tecnica 

della doppia anamnesi» in medicina psicosomatica. 

Rassegna di Ipnosi e di Medicina Psicosomatica, 34, 

10-17. 

Bendersky, G., Baren, M. (1959). Hypnosis in the termination 

of hiccups unresponsive to conventional treatment. 

Archives of Internal Medicine of the American 




Benedetti, F. (2000). Realtà incantata: L’effetto placebo 

nella vita di tutti i giorni. Milano: Zelig. 

Benedikt M. (1868). Elektrotherapie. Wien: Tendler. 

Benedikt, M. (1894). Hypnotismus und Suggestion: Eine 

klinisch-psychologische Studie. Wien: Breitenstein. 

Beneduce, R. (1997) a cura. Saperi, linguaggi e tecniche nei 

sistemi di cura tradizionali. Torino, L'Harmattan Italia. 

Beneduce, R. (2002). Trance e possessione in Africa: Corpi, 

mimesi, storia. Torino: Bollati Boringhieri. 

Beneduce, R. (2007). Etnopsichiatria: Sofferenza mentale e 

alterità fra storia, dominio e cultura. Roma: Carocci. 

Benemeglio, S. (1979). Ipnosi dinamica. Milano: Sugarco. 

Benenson, A.K. (1993). Healing codependency through 

hypnoanalysis. Medical Hypnoanalysis Journal, 8(3), 

93-105. 

Benes, P. (1992). Itinerant physicians, healers, and surgeon-dentists 

in New England and New York, 

1720-1825. In: Benes, P., editor. Medicine and healing: 

The Dublin seminar for New England Folklife Annual 

Proceedings. Boston: Boston University, 95-112. 

Benhaiem, J.M., Attal, N., Chauvin, M., Brasseur, L., 

Bouhassira, D. (2001). Local and remote effects of 

hypnotic suggestions of analgesia. Pain, 89(2-3), 

167-173. 

Benham, G., Bowers, S., Nash, M., Muenchen, R. (1998). 

Self-fulfilling prophecy and hypnotic response are not 

the same thing. Journal of Personality and Social 

Psychology, 75(6), 1604-1613. 

Benham, G., Smith, N., Nash, M.R. (2002). Hypnotic susceptibility 

scales: Are the mean scores increasing? International 


Hypnosis, 50, 5-16. 

Benham, G., Woody, E.Z., Wilson, K.S., Nash, M.R. 

(2006). Expect the unexpected: Ability, attitude, and 

responsiveness to hypnosis. Journal of Personality and 

Social Psychology, 91(2), 342-350. 

Benham, G., Younger, Y. (2008). Hypnosis and mind-body 

interactions. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., editors. Oxford 


Press, 393-436. 

Benjamin, L.T.Jr (2005). A history of clinical psychology 

as a profession in America (and a glimpse at its future). 

Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 1, 1-30. 

Benner, D.G. Evans, C. Stephen (1984). Unity and multiplicity 

in hypnosis, commissurotomy, and multiple 

personality disorder. Journal of Mind and Behavior, 5, 

423-431. 

Bennet, E. (1951). Hypnotism in dermatology. British 

Medical Journal, 1, 1214-1215. 

Bennett C. (1994). Treatment of an adolescent boy with 

eating difficulties using hypnotherapy and systematic 

desensitization. Contemporary Hypnosis, 11(1), 33-36. 

Bennett, A. (1904). La société anglo-américaine pour les 

recherches psychiques. Paris: Bodin. 

Bennett, E T. (1903). The Society for Psychical Research: 

Its rise and progress and a sketch of its work. London: 

Johnson. 

Bennett, E.T. (1905). Automatic speaking and writing. 

London: Rider. 

Bennett, E.T. (1908). The direct phenomena of spiritualism. 

Speaking, writing, drawing, music and painting: A 

study. with facsimile illustrations of direct writing, 

drawing and painting. London: Rider. 

Bennett, H.L. (1988). Perception and memory for events 

during adequate general anesthesia for surgical operations. 

In: Pettinati, H.M., editor. Hypnosis and memory. 


Bennett, H.L., Davis, H.S., Giannini, J.A. (1985). 

Non-verbal response to intraoperative conversation. 


Bensen, V.B. (1971). One hundred cases of post-anesthetic 

suggestion in the recovery room. American Journal of 


Benson, G. (1989). Hypnosis as a therapeutic technique for 

use by school psychologists. School Psychology International, 

10(2), 113-119. 

Benson, H. (1975). The relaxation response. New York: 

William Morrow. 

Benson, H., Frankel, F.H., Apfel, R., Daniels, M.D., 

Schniewind, H.E., Nemiah, J.C., Sifneos, P.E., 

Crassweller, K.D., Greenwood, M.M., Kotch, J.B., 

Arns, P.A., Rosner, B. (1978). Treatment of anxiety: A 

comparison of the usefulness of self-hypnosis and a 

meditational relaxation technique. An overview. Psychotherapy 

and Psychosomatics, 30(3-4), 229-242. 

Benson, H., Wilcher, M., Greenberg, B., Huggins, E., 

Friedman, R. (2000). Academic performance among 

middle-school students after exposure to a relaxation 

response curriculum. Journal of Research and Development 

in Education, 33(3), 156-165. 

Benson, S., Gafner, G. (2000). Handbook of hypnotic inductions. 

New York: Norton. 

Bentler, P.M. (1963). Interpersonal orientation in relation 

to hypnotic susceptibility. Journal of Consulting 

Psychology, 27(5), 426-431. 

Benussi, V. (1905-1927). Sperimentare l'inconscio. Scritti 

(1905-1927). A cura di Mauro Antonelli. Milano: Cortina, 

2006. 

Benussi, V. (1914). Die Atmungsymptome der Luge. Archiv 

für die gesamte Psychologie, 31, 244-273. 

Benussi, V. (1918). Aus der forensischen Psychologie (Die 

Fehlerwurzeln unserer Aussagen). Der Friede, 2(39), 

301-303 e 2(40), 323-326. 

Benussi, V. (1925). La suggestione e l’ipnosi come mezzi 

di analisi psichica reale. Bologna: Zanichelli. 


Benussi, V. (1925). La suggestione e l'ipnosi come mezzi di 

analisi psichica reale. Rivista di Psicologia, 21, 1-25. 

Benussi, V. (1926). Breve corso di psicoanalisi. Poi in: De 

Marchi, S., a cura. Suggestione e psicoanalisi. Messina: 

Principato, 1932. 

Benussi, V. (1927). Zur experimentellen Grundlegung 

hypnosuggestiver Methoden psychischer Analyse. 

Psychologische Forschung, 9, 197-274. 

Benussi, V. (1932). Suggestione e psicoanalisi. Messina-Milano: 

Principato. 

Benz, E. (1976). Franz Anton Mesmer (1734-1815) und 

seine Ausstrahlung in Europa und Amerika. Munich: 

Fink. 

Benz, E. (1977). Franz Anton Mesmer und die 

philosophischen Grundlagen des “animalischen 

Magnetismus.” Mainz: Akademie der Wissenschaften 

und der Literatur. 

Benz, E. (1989). The theology of electricity: On the encounter 

and explanation of theology and science in the 

17th and 18th Centuries. Allison Park: Pickwick. 

Ben-Zvi, Z., Spohn, W.A., Young, S.H., Kattan, M. (1982). 

Hypnosis for exercise-induced asthma. American Review 

of Respiratory Disease, 125, 392-395. 

Berardinelli, G.M. (1873). Riflessioni e giudizi sul magnetismo 

animale. Modena: Gaddi. 

Berardinelli, P. (1872). Giudizio sul magnetismo animale: 

Ragionamento del canonico Pasquale Berardinelli. Firenze: 

Barbera. 

Berberich, F.R. (2007). Pediatric suggestions: Using hypnosis 

in the routine examination of children. American 


Bergasse, L. (1910). Un défenseur des principes 

traditionnels sous la révolution: Nicolas Bergasse. Paris: 

Perrin. 

Bergasse, N. (1781). Lettre d’un médecin de la Faculté de 

Paris à un médecin du College de Londres; ouvrage 

dans lequel on prouve contre M. Mesmer que le magnétisme 

animal n’existe pas. The Hague: Bergasse. 

Bergasse, N. (1784). Considérations sur le magnétisme 

animal, ou sur la théorie du monde et des êtres organisés, 

d’après les principes de M. Mesmer, par M. Bergasse 

avec des pensées sur le mouvement, par M. le 

Marquis de Chastellux, de l’Académie française. The 

Hague: Bergasse. 

Berger, M.M., Davadant, M., Marin, C., Wasserfallen, J-B., 

Pinget, C., Maravic, P., Koch, N., Raffoul, W., 

Chiolero, R.L. (2010). Impact of a pain protocol including 

hypnosis in major burns. Burns, 36(5), 639-646. 

Bergerone, C., Cei, A., Marsigli, G., Panier Bagat, M. 

(1978). Alla ricerca della infanzia perduta: Processi 

cognitivi e regressione ipnotica d'età. Roma: Bulzoni 

Bergman. M., Trenter, E., Kallio, S. (2003). Swedish norms 


for the Harvard Group Scale Of Hypnotic Susceptibility, 

Form A. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 51(4), 348-356. 

Bergmann, M.S., Graham, H., Leavitt, H.C. (1947). Rorschach 

exploration of consecutive hypnotic chronological 

age level regressions. Psychosomatic Medicine, 9, 

20-28. 

Bergson, H. (1886). De la simulation inconsciente dans 

l'état d'hypnotisme. Revue Philosophique, 11(22), 

525-531. 

Bergson, H. (1896). Matière et mémoire: Essai de la relation 

du corps à l’esprit, Paris: Alcan, Paris. In: Oeuvres, 

a cura di A. Robinet: Paris, Presses Universitaires de 

France, 1984, 160-379. 

Bergson, H. (1913). “Fantômes de vivants” et “recherche 

psychique”. Annales des Sciences Psychiques”, XI/XII, 

1913. Ora in: Oeuvres, a cura di A. Robinet, Presses 

Universitaires de France, Paris 1984, 860-878. 

Bergstrom, L. (1996). Respected research institutes in the 

usa receive support for alternative medicine. 

self-hypnosis and laying-on-of-hands in heart surgery. 

Lakartidningen Journal of the Swedish Medical Association, 

93, 753-5. 

Bérillon, E. (1884). Hypnotisme expérimental: La dualité 

cérébrale et l’indépendance fonctioneïle des deux 

hémisphères cérébraux. Paris: Delahaye et Lecrosnier. 

Bérillon, E. (1890) editeur. Premier Congrès international 

de l’hypnotisme expérimental et thérapeutique, Tenu à 

l’Hôtel-Dieu de Paris du 8 au 12 août 1889: Comptes 

rendus. Paris: Doin. 

Bérillon, E. (1890). Hypnotisme et suggestion: Theorie et 

application pratique. Conference recueille par Henri 

Cronigneau. Paris: Société d’Editions Scientifiques. 

Bérillon, E. (1898). L’hypnotisme et l’orthopédie mentale. 

Paris: Rueff. 

Bérillon, E. (1901) editeur. Congrès international de 

l’hypnotisme expérimental et thérapeutique: 

Procès-verbaux sommaires. Paris: Imprimerie 

Nationale. 

Berkowitt, B., Rosstown, A., Kchberge, R. (1979). Hypnotic 

treatment of smoking: Single treatment method 

revisited. American Journal of Psychiatry, 136 (1), 

83-85. 

Berman, B.M., Swyers, J.P. (1999). Complementary medicine 

treatments for fibromyalgia syndrome. Baillieres 

Best Practice and Research Clinical Rheumatology, 

13(3), 487-92. 

Berna, D.J. (1838). Magnétisme animal: Examen et 

réfutation du rapport fait par M. E. F. Dubois 

(d’Amiens) à l’Académie royale de médecine, le 8 août 

1837, sur le magnétisme animal. Paris: Rouvier. 

Bernheim, H. (1882). Magnétothérapie: Historique et faits 



nouveaux. Revue Médicale de l’Est, 13, 305-308. 

Bernheim, H. (1884). De la suggestion dans l’état 

hypnotique et dans l’état de veille: Réponse à M. Paul 

Janet, de l’Académie des Sciences Morales et 

Politiques. Extrait de la Revue Médicale de l’Est. Paris: 

Doin. 

Bernheim, H. (1886). De la suggestion et ses applications à 

la thérapeutique. Paris: Doin. 

Bernheim, H. (1890). Valeur relative des divers procédés 

destinés à provoquer l’hypnose et à augmenter la 

suggestibilité au point de vue thérapeutique. In: 

Bérillon, E., editeur. Premier Congrès international de 

l’hypnotisme expérimental et thérapeutique, Tenu à 


rendus. Paris: Doin, 79-98. 

Bernheim, H. (1891). Hypnotisme, suggestion, 

psychothérapie: Etudes nouvelles. Paris: Doin. 

Bernheim, H. (1897). L’hypnotisme et la suggestion dans 

leurs rapports avec la médecine légale. Nancy: 

Crépin-Leblond. 

Bernheim, H. (1907). Le docteur Liébeault et la doctrine de 

la suggestion. Revue Médicale de l’Est, 39, 36-51, 

70-82. 

Bernheim, H. (1916). De la suggestion. Paris: Michel. 

Bernheim, H. (1917). Automatisme et suggestion. Paris: 

Alcan. 

Bernick, S.M. (1972). Relaxation, suggestion and hypnosis 

in dentistry: What the pediatrician should know about 

children’s dentistry. Clinical Pediatrics, 11(2), 72-75. 

Bernstein, D.A., Borkovec, T.D. (1973). Progressive relaxation 

training: A manual for the helping professions. 

Champaign IL: Research Press. 

Bernstein, H.R. (1965). Observations on the use of hypnosis 

with burned patients on a pediatric ward. International 


13, 1-9. 

Beroaldi, P. (1851). Sul magnetismo animale: osservazioni 

ed esperienze fatte nell'ospedale civile di Vicenza: Relazione. 

Milano: Societa degli editori degli annali universali 

delle scienze e dell'industria. 

Berrigan, L.P., Kurtz, R.M., Stabile, J.P., Strube, M.J. 

(1991). Durability of “posthypnotic suggestions” as a 

function of type of suggestion and trance depth. International 


39(1), 24-38. 

Bertelè, A. (1980). L'uomo come magnete. Roma: Armando. 

Bertholon, P. (1780). De l’electricité du corps humain dans 

l’état de santé et de maladie. Paris: Croulbois. 

Berti, A. (1852). Sul magnetismo animale e sul metodo per 

istudiarlo . Padova: Sicca. 

Bertolotti, G. (2005). Il rilassamento progressivo in psicologia: 

Teoria, tecnica, valutazione. Roma: Carocci. 

Bertrand, A. (1823). Traité du somnambuisme et des 

différentes modifications qu’il présente. Paris: Dentu. 

Bertrand, A. (1826). Du magnétisme animal en France et 

des jugements qu’en ont portés les Sociétés Savantes. 

Paris: Baillière. 

Bertrand, L.D., Spanos, N.P., Radtke, H.L. (1990). Contextual 

effects on priming during hypnotic amnesia. 

Journal of Research in Personality, 24, 271-290. 

Bertucci, A. (2007). Therapeutic attractions: Early applications 

of electricity to the art of healing. In: Whitaker, 

H.A., Smith, C.U.M., Finger, S., editors. Brain, mind 

and medicine: Essays in Eighteenth-Century neuroscience. 

New York: Springer, 271-283. 

Bertucci, P. (2006). Revealing sparks: John Wesley and the 

religious utility of electrical healing. British Journal for 

the History of Science, 39(3), 341-362. 

Besia, T. (1900). Suggestione ipnotica ed imputabilità . 

Santa Maria Capua Vetere: Cavotta. 

Best, M., Neuhauser, D., Slavin, L. (2003). Evaluating 

Mesmerism, Paris, 1784: the controversy over the 

blinded placebo controlled trials has not stopped. 

Quality and Safety in Health Care, 12, 232-233. 

Besterman, T. (1924). Crystal-gazing: A study in the history, 

distribution, theory and practice of scrying. London: 

Rider. 

Bettelli, M. (1846). Breve cicalata sul magnetismo animale 

del dottor Michele Bettelli di Bagnacavallo diretta ad un 

suo amico. Bagnacavallo: Serantonj e Grandi. 

Bettoli, P. (1891). Rivelazioni ed insegnamento del giuoco 

col simulare i fenomeni magnetici e ipnotici. Milano: 

Verri. 

Bevan, W. (1964). Subliminal stimulation: A pervasive 

problem for psychology. Psychological Bulletin, 61(2), 

81-99. 

Bick, C.H. (1989). EEG mapping including patients with 

normal and altered states of hypnotic consciousness 

under the parameter of posthypnosis. International 

Journal of Neuroscience, 47, 15–30. 

Biddle, W.E. (1957). Investigation of the Oedipus phantasy 

by hypnosis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 114,175. 

Biddle, W.E. (1967). Hypnosis in the psychoses. Springfield 

IL: Thomas. 

Billot, G.P. (1838). Recherches psychologiques sur la cause 

des phénomènes extraordinaires observés chez les 

modernes voyans improprement dits somnambules 

magnétiques ou Correspondance sur le magnétisme vital 

entre un solitaire et M. Deleuze, bibliothécaire du 

Muséum à Paris. 2 Vol. Paris: Albanel et Martin. 

Binder, D.K., Schaller, K., Clusmann, H. (2007). The 

seminal contributions of Johann-Christian Reil to 

anatomy, physiology, and psychiatry. Neurosurgery. 

61(5), 1091-1096. 

Binet, A. (1884). Visual hallucinations in hypnotism. Mind, 


9(35), 413-415. 

Binet, A. (1886). La psychologie du raissonnement: 

Recherches expérimentales par l’hypnotisme. Paris: 

Baillière et Alcan. 

Binet, A. (1890). On double consciousness: Experimental 

psychological studies. Chicago: Open Court. 

Binet, A. (1892). Les altérations de la personnalité. Paris: 

Baillière. 

Binet, A. (1900). La suggestibilité. Paris: Schleicher. 

Binet, A. (1906). Les révélations de l´écriture d´après un 

controle scientifique. Paris: Alcan. 

Binet, A., Féré, C.S. (1885). L’hypnotisme chez les 

hystériques: Le transfert. Revue Philosophique de la 

France et de l’Etranger, 19(1), 1-25. 

Binet, A., Féré, C.S. (1887). Le magnétisme animale. Paris: 

Alcan. 

Binet, A., Simon, T. (1905). Méthodes nouvelles pour le 

diagnostic du niveau intellectuel des anormaux. Année 

Psychologique, 11, 191-244. 

Biondi M. (1988). Tavoli e medium: Storia dello spiritismo 

in Italia. Roma: Gremese. 

Bioy, A. (2007). Découvrir l'hypnose. Paris: InterEditions. 

Bioy, A., Keller, P-H. (2009). Hypnose clinique et principe 

d'analogie: Fondements d'une pratique 

psychothérapeutique. Bruxelles: De Boek. 

Bioy, A., Wood, C., Célestin-Lhopiteau, I. (2010). 

L'Aide-mémoire d'hypnose en 50 notions. Paris: Dunod. 

Bircher, A. (1999). Die Wirkung der Selbsthypnose bei 

Patienten mit Pollinosis. Forschende 

Komplementärmedizin, 6(suppl 1), 47-49. 

Bird, J.M. (1925). “Margery” the medium. Boston: Small, 

Maynard and Co. 

Birnbaum, J. (1997). The past gets in my eyes: Right brain 

imagery and hypnotherapy for treatment of sexual, 

physical and emotional trauma and abuse. Ontario: Interactional 

Therapy Centre. 

Birnie, C.R. (1936). Anorexia nervosa treated by hypnosis 

in out-patient practice. Lancet, 228(5910), 1331-1332. 

Bishay, E.G., Stevens, G., Lee, C. (1984). Hypnotic control 

of upper gastrointestinal hemorrhage: A case report. 


Bisson, J.A. (1923). Le médiumisme et la Sorbonne. Paris: 

Alcan. 

Bisson, J.I., Andrew, M. (2007). Psychological treatment of 

post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Cochrane Database 

System Review, 18(3), CD003388. 

Bisson, J.I., Ehlers, A., Matthews, R., Pilling, S., Richards, 

D., Turner, S. (2007). Psychological treatments for 

chronic post-traumatic stress disorder. Systematic review 

and meta-analysis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 

190, 97-104. 

Bitterman, M.E., Marcuse, F.L. (1945). Autonomic re- 


sponse in posthypnotic amnesia. Journal of Experimental 

Psychology, 35(3), 248-252. 

Bjornstrom, F. (1887). Hypnotism: Its history and present 

development. New York: Humboldt. 

Blacher, R,S. (1987). The psychological experience of 

surgery. New York: Wiley. 

Blacher, R.S. (1975). On awakening paralyzed during 

surgery: A syndrome of traumatic neurosis. Journal of 

the American Medical Association JAMA, 234(1), 

67-68. 

Black, S. (1963a). Inhibition of immediate-type hypersensitivity 

response by direct suggestion under hypnosis. 

British Medical Journal, 1, 925. 

Black, S. (1963b). Shift in dose-response curve of 

Prausnitz-Kustner reaction by direct suggestion under 

hypnosis. British Medical Journal, 1, 990. 

Black, S., Edholm, O.G., Fox, R.H., Kidd, D.J. (1963). The 

effect of suggestion under hypnosis on the peripheral 

circulation in man. Clinical Science, 25, 223. 

Black, S., Friedman, M. (1965). Adrenal function and the 

inhibition of allergic responses under hypnosis. British 

Medical Journal, 1, 562. 

Black, S., Humphrey, J.H., Niven, J.S.F. (1963) Inhibition 

of Mantoux reaction by direct suggestion under hypnosis. 

British Medical Journal, 1, 1649. 

Blackmore, S.A. (1924). Spiritism: Facts and frauds. New 

York: Benziger. 

Blackmore, S.J., Troscianko, T. (1985). Belief in the paranormal: 

Probability judgements, illusory control, and 

the chance baseline shift. British Journal of Psychology, 

76, 459-468. 

Blair, F.R. (2004). Instant self-hypnosis: How to hypnotize 

yourself with your eyes open. Naperville IL: Sourcebooks. 

Blair, R. (2008). The actor, image, and action: Acting and 

cognitive neuroscience. New York: Routledge. 

Blair, R., Cardeña, A. (2010). Differential patterns of 

spontaneous experiential response to a hypnotic induction: 

A latent profile analysis. Consciousness and 

Cognition, 19(4), 1140-1150. 

Blake, J.B. (1979) editor. A short title catalogue of Eighteenth 

Century printed books in the national library of 

medicine. Bethesda MD: National Institute of Health. 

Blanchard, E.B. (2001). Hypnotherapy treatment manual 

for irritable bowel syndrome. In Blanchard, E.B., editor. 

Irritable bowel syndrome: Psychosocial assessment and 

treatment. Washington DC: American Psychological 


Blankfield, R.P. (1991). Suggestion, relaxation, and hypnosis 

as adjuncts to the care of surgery patients: A review 

of the literature. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 33, 172-186. 



Blankfield, R.P., Zyzanski, S.J., Flocke, S.A., Alemagno, 

S., Scheurman, K. (1995). Taped therapeutic suggestion 

and taped music as adjunct in the care of coronary-arterybypass 

patients. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 37(3), 32-42. 

Blarasin, R. (2009). Ipnosi e libero arbitrio. In: Valerio, C., 

Mammini, C., a cura. L'evoluzione clinica dell'ipnosi. 

Milano: Angeli, 189-202. 

Blatt, S.J., Goodman, J.T., Wallington, S.A. (1969). Is the 

hypnotist also be hypnotized? International Journal of 


Blen, B. (1992). To hear or not to hear: A legal analysis of 

subliminal communication technology in the arts. Rutgers 

Law Review, 44, 871-921. 

Bleuler, E. (1887). Der hypnotismus. Münchener 

Medizinische Wochenschrift, 34(37), 37-38, 699-717. 

Bleuler, E. (1889). Zur psychologie der hypnose. 

Münchener Medizinische Wochenschrift, 36(5), 76-77 

(ristampato in: Forel, 1889, 81-86). 

Bleuler, E. (1894). Versuch einer naturwissenschaftlichen 

betrachtung der psychologischen grundbegriffe. 

Allgemeine Zeitschrift für Psychiatrie und 

Psychisch-Gerichtliche Medicin, Herausgegeben von 

Deutschlands Irrenärzten, n° 50, 133-168. 

Bleuler, E. (1896). Review of Breuer-Freud: studien über 

hysterie. Münchener Medizinische Wochenschrift, 22, 

524-525. 

Bleuler, E. (1904), Introduction. In: Jung C.G., editor. 

Studies in word-association. London: Heinemann. 

Bleuler, E. (1905). Bewusstsein und assoziation. Journal 

für Psychologie und Neurologie, 6, 126-154. 

Bleuler, E. (1910). Die Psychanalyse Freuds. Verteidigung 

und kritische Bemerkungen. Jahrbuch für 

Psychoanalytische une Psychopathologische 

Forschungen, 2, 623-730. 

Bleuler, E. (1913). Träume mit auf der hand liegender 

deutung. Münchener Medizinische Wochenschrift, 60, 

2519-2521. 

Bliss, E.L. (1984). Spontaneous self-hypnosis in multiple 

personality disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North 

America, 7, 137. 

Bliss, E.L. (1986). Multiple personality, allied disorders, 

and hypnosis. New York: Oxford University Press. 

Bloch, B. (1927). Uber die heilung der warzin durch suggestion. 

Klinische Wochenschrift, 6, 2271-2325. 

Bloch, G. (1980) editor. Mesmerism: A translation of the 

original scientific and medical writings of F. A. Mesmer. 

Los Altos CA: Kaufmann. 

Bloch, M. (1924). Les Rois thaumaturges: Etude sur le 

caractère surnaturel attribué à la puissance royale 

particulièrement en France et en Angleterre. Strasbourg: 

Publications de la Faculté des Lettres de Strasbourg. 

Block, B.H., Levitsky, D.A.,Teiltelb, R.D.,Valleta, M.J. 

(1977). Hypnosis as a vasodilation and vasoconstricting 

agent: Plethysmographic study. Journal of the American 

Podiatry Association, 67, 188-191 

Block, E.B. (1976). Hypnosis: A new tool in crime detection. 

New York: McKay. 

Block, N. (1981) editor. Imagery. Cambridge: MIT Press. 

Block, R.I., Ghoneim, M.M., Sum Ping, S.T., Ali, M.A. 

(1991). Efficacy of therapeutic suggestions for improved 

postoperative recovery presented during general 

anesthesia. Anesthesiology, 75(5), 746-755. 

Block, R.I., Ghoneim, M.M., Sum Ping, S.T., Ali, M.A. 

(1991). Human learning during general anaesthesia and 

surgery. British Journal of Anaesthesia, 66(2), 170-178. 

Bloom, P.B. (1993). Training issues in hypnosis. In: Rhue, 

J.W., Lynn, S.J., Kirsch, I. (1993) editors. Handbook of 

clinical hypnosis. Washington DC: American Psychological 


Bloom, P.B. (2001). Training in hypnosis. In: Burrows, 

G.D., Stanley, R.O., Bloom, P.B., editors. International 

handbook of clinical hypnosis. New York: Wiley, 

19-32. 

Blum, D. (2006). Ghost hunters: William James and the 

search for scientific proof of life after death. New York: 

Penguin. 

Blum, G.S. (1961). A model of the mind: Explored by 

hypnotically controlled experiments and examined for 

its psychodynamic implications. New York: Wiley. 

Blumenthal, L. (1963). Hypnotherapy of headache. Headache: 

The Journal of Head and Face Pain, 2, 197-202. 

Blusse Van Oud-Alblas, H.J., Van Dijk, M., Liu, C., 

Tibboel, D., Klein, J., Weber, F. (2009). Intraoperative 

awareness during paediatric anaesthesia. British Journal 

of Anaesthesia, 102(1), 104-110. 

Bob, P. (2007). Hypnotic abreaction releases chaotic patterns 

of electrodermal activity during dissociation. International 


Hypnosis, 55(4), 435-456. 

Bobart, V., Brown, D.C. (2002). Medical obstetrical hypnosis 

and Apgar scores and the use of anaesthesia and 

analgesia during labor and delivery. Hypnos, 29(3), 

132-139. 

Bogetto, F., Torta, L., Zanalda, E. (1987). Ipnositerapia e 

farmacoterapia. Rassegna di Psicoterapia e Ipnosi, 14, 

1-7. 

Bogousslavsky, J., Walusinski, O., Veyrunes, D. (2009). 

Crime, hysteria and belle époque hypnotism: The path 

traced by Jean-Martin Charcot and Georges Gilles de la 

Tourette. European Neurology, 62(4), 193-199. 

Bolocofsky, D.N., Spinler, D., Coulthard-Morris L. (1985). 

Effectiveness of hypnosis as an adjunct to behavioral 

weight management. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 

41, 35-41. 

Boly, M., Faymonville, M-E. Vogt, B.A., Maquet, P., 


Laureys, S. (2007). Hypnotic regulation of consciousness 

and the pain neuromatrix. In: Jamieson, G.A., editor. 

Hypnosis and conscious states: The cognitive 

neuroscience perspective. New York: Oxford University 

Press, 15-27. 

Bombarda, M. (1897). Les neurones, l'hypnose et 

l'inhibition. Revue Neurologique, 5(11), 298-302. 

Bomstein, R.F., Leone, D.R., Galley, D.J. (1987). The 

generalizability of subliminal mere exposure effects: 

Influence of stimuli perceived without awareness on 

social behavior. Journal of Personality and Social 

Psychology, 53(6), 1070-1079. 

Bonaventura, I. (1856). Die Mysterien Schlafes und 

Magnetismus oder Physik und Physiologie des 

magnetischen Somnambulismus. Eine auf 

naturwissenschaftliche Prinzipien gestutzte rationelle 

Erklärung der Phänomene der Schlafes und Traumes, 

der Ekstase und Gehergabe, der Hallucinationen und 

Visionen, der electrobiologischen Erscheinungen der 

Bewegung unbelebter Körper u.v., durch 

Zurückführung auf ihre natürlichen Ursachen. Nach 

Deban, Carpenter v. A., sowie nach eignen 

Beobachtungen. Weimar: Voigt. 

Bond, R., Smith, P. (1996). Culture and conformity: A 

meta-analysis of studies using Asch’s (1952b, 1956) 

line judgment task. Psychological Bulletin, 119(1), 

111-137. 

Bongartz, W. (1985). German norms for the Harvard Group 

Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility, Form A. International 


131-140. 

Bongartz, W., Flammer, E., Schwonke, R. (2002). Efficiency 

of hypnosis: A meta-analytic study. Psychotherapeutics, 

47, 67-76. 

Bongartz, W., Lyncker, I., Kossman, K. (1987). The influence 

of hypnosis on white blood cell count and urinary 

levels of catecholamines and vanillyl mandelic 

acid. Hypnos, 14(2), 52-61. 

Bonica, J.J. (1984). Labour pain. In: Wall P.D.M.R., editor. 

Textbook of pain. Sidney: Churchill Livingstone, 

377-391. 

Bonjean, A. (1890). L'hypnotisme: Ses rapports avec le 

droit et la thérapeutique, la suggestion mentale. Paris: 

Alcan. 

Bonke, B., Bovill, J.G., Moerman, N. (1996) editors. 

Memory and awareness in anaesthesia III. Assen, the 

Netherlands: Van Gorcum. 

Bonke, B., Fitch, W., Millar, K. (1990) editors. Memory 

and awareness in anaesthesia. Amsterdam: Swets and 

Zeitlinger. 

Bonke, B., Schmitz, P.I.M., Verhage, F., Zwaveling, A. 

(1986). Clinical study of socalled unconscious percep- 


tion during general anaesthesia. British Journal of Anaesthesia, 

58, 957-964. 

Bonnaymé (1907). La force psychique: L’agent 

magnétique; et les instruments servant à les mesurer. 

Paris: Librairie du Magnétisme. 

Bonnefoy, J.B. (1784). Analyse raisonée des rapports des 

commissaires chargés par le roi de l’examen du 

magnétisme animal. Lyon et Paris: Prault. 

Bonnet, G. (1907). Traité pratique d’hypnotisme et de 

suggestion thérapeutique: Procedes d’hypnotisation; 

deuxième édition. Paris: Rousset. 

Bonnie, R J. (2002). Political abuse of psychiatry in the 

Soviet Union and China: A rough guide for bystanders. 

Journal of the American Academy of Psychiatry and the 

Law, 30, 136-144. 

Bonniot, J. de (1887). Le miracle et ses contrefaçons: 

Prodiges, païens, heretiques, magie, spiritisme, 

hypnotisme, hystérie, possessions. Paris: Retaux-Bray. 

Bonshtein, U., Shaar, I., Golan, G. (2005). Who wants to 

control the habit? A multi-dimensional hypnotic model 

of smoking cessation. Contemporary Hypnosis, 22(4), 

193-201. 

Booth, C. (2005). The rod of Aesculapios: John Haygarth 

(1740-1827) and Perkins’ metallic tractors. Journal of 

Medical Biography, 13:155-161. 

Borch-Jacobsen, Mikkel (2005). Simulating the unconscious. 

Psychoanalysis and History, 7(1), 5-20. 

Borck, C. (2001). Electricity as a medium of psychic life: 

Electrotechnological adventures into psychodiagnosis 

in Weimar Germany. Science in Context, 14(4), 

565-590. 

Borckardt, J.J. (2002). Case study examining the efficacy of 

a multimodal psychotherapeutic intervention for hypertension. 


Hypnosis, 50(2), 189-201. 

Borckardt, J.J., Nash, M.R. (2008). Making a contribution 

to the clinical literature: time-series designs. In: Nash, 

M., Barnier, A., editors. Oxford handbook of hypnosis. 


Boring, E.G. (1953). A history of introspection. Psychological 

Bulletin, 50(3), 169-189. 

Borkovec, T.D., Costello, E. (1993). Efficacy of applied 

relaxation and cognitive-behavioral therapy in the 

treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of 

Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 61(4), 611-619. 

Borkovec, T.D., Fowles, D.C. (1973). Controlled investigation 

of the effects of progressive and hypnotic relaxation 

on insomnia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

82(1), 153-158. 

Borkovec, T.D., Grayson, J.B., Cooper, K.M. (1978). 

Treatment of general tension: Subjective and physiological 

effects of progressive relaxation. Journal of 



Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 46, 518-528. 

Bornstein, P.H., Devine, D.A. (1980). Covert modeling-hypnosis 

in the treatment of obesity. Psychotherapy: 

Theory, Research, and Practice, 17(3), 272-276. 

Bornstein, R.F., Pittman, T.S. (1992) editors. Perception 

without awareness: Cognitive, clinical and social perspectives. 

New York: Guilford. 

Bortoli, L., Gramaccioni, G.F., Robazza, C. (1994). La 

preparazione mentale nello sport. Roma: Pozzi. 

Bosworth, M. (2001). Anatomy of a massacre: Gender, 

power, and punishment in revolutionary Paris. Violence 

Against Women, 7(10), 1101-1121. 

Botsford, D. (2007). Hypnosis for smoking cessation: An 

NLP and hypnotherapy practitioner’s manual. Norwalk 

CT: Crown House. 

Botta, S.A. (1998). Self-hypnosis as anesthesia for liposuction 

surgery. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

41(4), 299-302. 

Botta, S.A. (1999). Hypnosis for liposuction surgery: A 

clinical review and guide for hypnotic dialogue. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 16(4), 238-241. 

Bottazzi, F. (1909). Fenomeni medianici osservati in una 

serie di sedute fatte con Eusapia Paladino. Napoli: 

Perrella. 

Bougnoux, D. (1991) editeur. La suggestion: Hypnose, 

influence, transe. Paris: Les Empêcheurs de Penser en 

Rond. 

Bourgeois, (1820). Einige Briefe des Abts Bourgeois an 

seinen Bruder in Luxemburg. In: von Eschenmayer, 

E.A., Kieser, D.G., Nees von Esenbeck, C.G. (Hrsg.). 

Archiv für den tierischen Magnetismus, 8(1. Stück), 

87-99. 

Bourneville, D., Regnard, P. (1876). Iconographie photographique 

de la Salpêtrière (service de M. Charcot). I. 

Hystéro-épilepsie: description des attaques; les 

possédées de Loudun; du crucifiement. II. Epilepsie 

partielle et hystéro-épilepsie. III. Hystéro-épilepsie: 

Zones hystérogènes; sommeil; attaque de sommeil; 

hypnotisme; somnambulisme; magnétisme, catalepsie; 

procédés de magnétisme. 3 Vol. Paris: Delahay. 

Bourru, H., Burot, P. (1885). Un cas de la multiplicité des 

états de conscience chez un hystéro-épileptique. Revue 

Philosophique, 20, 411-416. 

Bourru, H., Burot, P. (1886). Les changements d’etat de la 

conscience. Annales Medico Psychologiques, Janvier, 

114-124. 

Bourru, H., Burot, P. (1888). Les variations de la 

personnalité. Paris: Baillière. 

Bourru, H., Burot, P. (1890). Un cas de neurasthénie 

hystérique avec double personnalité. In: Bérillon, E., 

editeur. Premier Congrès international de l’hypnotisme 

expérimental et thérapeutique, Tenu à l’Hôtel-Dieu de 

Paris du 8 au 12 août 1889: Comptes rendus. Paris: 

Doin, 228-240. 

Bousfield, W. (1983) editor. Catalog of the Maurice M. and 

Jean H. Tinterow collection of works on mesmerism, 

animal magnetism, and hypnotism. Wichita KS: Wichita 

State University. 

Boutin, G.E. (1990). Treatment of anxiety by rational stage 

directed hypnotherapy: A case study. Australian Journal 

of Clinical Hypnotherapy and Hypnosis, 10(2), 

65-72. 

Boutin, G.E., Tosi, D.J. (1983). Modification of irrational 

ideas and test anxiety through rational stage directed 

hypnotherapy (RSDH). Journal of Clinical Psychology, 

39(3), 382-391. 

Bouzol, M. (1884). Relation d'une épidémie à phénomène 

hystérico-choréique observée à Algon (Ardeche) en 

1882. Lyon Medical, 47, 142-148; 174-184; 211-217. 

Bowen, D. (1973). Transurethral resection under 

self-hypnosis. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

16, 132-136. 

Bowers, K.S. (1966). Hypnotic behaviour: The differentiation 

of trance and demand characteristic variables. 

Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 71, 42-51. 

Bowers, K.S. (1971). Sex and susceptibility as moderator 

variables in the relationship of creativity and hypnotic 

susceptibility. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 78(1), 

93-100. 

Bowers, K.S. (1976). Hypnosis for the seriously curious. 

Monterey CA: Brooks Cole. 

Bowers, K.S. (1979). Hypnosis and healing. Australian 


261-277. 

Bowers, K.S. (1991). Dissociation in hypnosis and multiple 

personality disorder. lnternational Journa1 of Clinical 


Bowers, K.S. (1992). Imagination and dissociation in 

hypnotic responding. International Journal of Clinical 

and Experimental Hypnosis, 40, 253-275. 

Bowers, K.S. (1993). The Waterloo-Stanford Group C 

(WSGC) scale of hypnotic susceptibility: Normative 

and comparative data. lnternational Journa1 of Clinical 

and Experimental Hypnosis, 41,354. 

Bowers, K.S. (1998). Waterloo-Stanford group scale of 

hypnotic susceptibility, form C manual and response 

booklet. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 46, 269-79. 

Bowers, K.S. Van Der Meulen, S.J. (1970). Effect of 

hypnotic susceptibility on creativity test performance. 

Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 14(3), 

247-256. 

Bowers, K.S., Brenneman, H.A. (1979). Hypnosis and the 

perception of time. International Journal of Clinical 


Bowers, K.S., Kelly, P. (1970). Stress, disease, psycho- 


therapy, and hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

88, 490-505. 

Bowers, K.S., LeBaron, S. (1986). Hypnosis and 

hypnotizability: Applications for clinical intervention. 


Hypnosis, 37, 457-467. 

Bowers, K.S., Meichenbaum, D. (1984) editors. The unconscious 

reconsidered. New York: Wiley. 

Bowers, M.K. (1961). Theoretical considerations in the use 

of hypnosis in the treatment of schizophrenia. International 


9, 39-46. 

Bowers, P.G. (1967). Effect of hypnosis and suggestions of 

reduced defensiveness on creativity test performance. 

Journal of Personality, 35(2), 311-322. 

Bowers, P.G. (1979). Hypnosis and creativity: The search 

for the missing link. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

88(5), 564-572. 

Bowers, P.G., Laurence, J.R., Hart, D. (1982). A group 

scale of hypnotic susceptibility: Revision and expansion 

of Form C. ANSI-National Auxiliary Publications Service 

Document No. 04632. New York: National Auxiliary 

Publications Service. 

Bowlby, J. (1969-1980). Attachment and loss; 3 volumes. 

London: Hogarth. 

Bowles, J.W.Jr., Pronko, N.H. (1949). Reversibility of 

stimulus function under hypnosis. Journal of Psychology, 

27, 41-47. 

Bowman, E.S. (1993). Clinical and spiritual effects of exorcism 

in fifteen patients with multiple personality 

disorder. Dissociation, 6(4), 222-238. 

Bowman, E.S. (1996a). Delayed memories of child abuse; 

Part I: An overview of research findings on forgetting, 

remembering, and corroborating trauma. Dissociation, 

9, 221-231. 

Bowman, E.S. (1996b). Delayed memories of child abuse; 

Part II: An overview of research findings relevant to 

understanding their reliability and suggestibility. Dissociation, 

9, 232-243. 

Bowman, E.S., Amos, W.E. (1993). Utilizing clergy in the 

treatment of multiple personality disorder. Dissociation, 

6, 47-53. 

Bowman, E.S., Coons, P.M., Jones, R.S., Oldstrom, M. 

(1987). Religious psychodynamics in multiple personalities: 

Suggestions for treatment. American Journal of 

Psychotherapy, 61, 542-554. 

Boyd, J.D. (1997). Clinical hypnosis for rapid recovery 

from dissociative identity disorder. American Journal of 


Boyne, G. (1989). Transforming therapy: A new approach 

to hypnotherapy. History, techniques and case histories. 

Glendale CA: Westwood. 


Bozzano, E. (1901). Lo spiritismo di fronte alla scienza: 

Note polemiche. Genova: Unione tipografica. 

Bradbury, R. (1951). Fahrenheit 451. New York: Galaxy 

Science Fiction, Volume 1(5). 

Brady, J.P., Levitt, E.E. (1964). Nystagmus as a criterion of 

hypnotically induced visual hallucinations. Science. 

146, 85-86. 

Braffman, W., Kirsch, I. (1999). Imaginative suggestibility 

and hypnotizability: An empirical analysis. Journal of 

Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 578-587. 

Braid, J. (1842). Satanic agency and mesmerism reviewed. 

Manchester: Sims and Co. 

Braid, J. (1842-1860), Robertson, D., editor. The discovery 

of hypnosis: The complete writings of James Braid the 

father of hypnotherapy. Studley UK: National Council 

for Hypnotherapy. 

Braid, J. (1843). Neurypnology, or the rationale of nervous 

sleep considered in relation with animal magentism: 

Illustrated by numerous cases of its successful application 

in the relief and cure of disease. London: Churchill. 

Braid, J. (1844-1845). Magic, mesmerism, hypnotism, etc., 

historically and physiologically considered. Medical 

Times, Vol. XI., pp. 203-204, 224-227, 270-273, 

296-299, 399-400, 439-441. 

Braid, J. (1846). The power of the mind over the body: An 

experimental inquiry into the nature and cause of the 

phenomena attributed by baron Reichenbach and others 

to a ‘New Imponderable’. London: Churchill. 

Braid, J. (1850). Observations on trance: Or human 

hybernation. London: Churchill. 

Braid, J. (1851). Electro-biological phenomena considered 

physiologically and psychologically. Edinburgh: Sutherland 

and Knox. 

Braid, J. (1852). Magic, witchcraft, animal magnetism, 

hypnotism, and electro-biology: Being a digest of the 

latest views of the author on these subjects; third edition, 

greatly enlarged; Embracing Observations on J. C. 

Colquhoun’s “History of Magic”. London: Churchill. 

Braid, J. (1853). Hypnotic therapeutics, illustrated by cases, 

with an appendix on table-turning and spirit-rapping. 

Edinburgh: Murray and Gibb. 

Braid, J. (1855). The physiology of fascination, and the 

critics criticised. Manchester GB: Grant. Il testo è 

ri-editato testualmente, per la sua gran parte, in: Sugarman, 

L.I. (2005). The physiology of fascination: 150 

years later. St. Louis, Missouri: American Society of 

Clinical Hypnosis 47th Annual Meeting and Workshops, 

Luncheon Lecture, March 12, 2005. 

Braid, J. (1860). On hypnotism - De l'hypnotisme. Journal 

of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 2008, 57(2), 

133–161. 

Bramwell, J.M. (1903). Hypnotism: Its history, practice and 



theory. London, Moring. 

Bramwell, J.M. (1909). Hypnotism and treatment by suggestion. 

London: Cassell. 

Bramwell, J.M., Andriezen, W.L., Shuttleworth, G.E. 

(1909). A discussion on the mental conditions involved 

in post-hypnotic appreciation of time. British Medical 

Journal, 2( 2020), 715-718. 

Brandis, J.D. (1818). Über psychische Heilmittel und 

Magnetismus. Copenhagen: Gyldendal. 

Brandon, J. (1956). Successful hypnotism: How to hypnotize; 

New techniques; State manner; Medical and 

self-help. New York: Stravon. 

Brandon, R. (1983). The spiritualists: The passion for the 

occult in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries. New 

York: Knopf. 

Brann, L.R., Guzvica, S.A. (1987). Comparison of hypnosis 

and conventional relaxation for antenatal and 

intrapartum use: A feasibility study in general practice. 

Journal of the Royal College of General Practitioners, 

37, 437-440. 

Branthwaite, A. (2002). Investigating the power of imagery 

in marketing communication: Evidence-based techniques. 

Qualitative Market Research: An International 

Journal, 5(3), 164-171. 

Braude, A. (1989). Radical spirits: spiritualism and women’s 

rights in Nineteenth Century America. Boston: 

Beacon. 

Braude, S.E. (1991). First person plural: Multiple personality 

and the philosophy of mind. London: Routledge. 

Braun, B.G. (1983). Psychophysiologic phenomena in 

multiple personality and hypnosis. American Journal of 


Braun, B.G. (1984). Hypnosis creates multiple personality: 

Myth or reality? InternationalJournal of Clinical and 

Experimental Hypnosis, 32, 191-197. 

Braun, B.G., Sachs, R.G. (1985). The development of 

multiple personality disorder: Predisposing, precipitating, 

and perpetuating factors. In: Kluft, R.P. (1985a) 

editor. Childhood antecedents of multiple personality. 

Washington DC: American Psychiatric Press, 37-64). 

Braun, K.A., Ellis, R., Loftus, E.F. (2002). Make my 

memory: How advertising can change our memories of 

the past. Psychology and Marketing, 19, 1-23. 

Breckenridge J.L., Aitkenhead A.R. (1983). Awareness 

during anaesthesia: A review. Annals of the Royal 

College of Surgeons of England, 65(2), 93-96. 

Bregman, N.J., McAllister, H.A. (1985). Role of suggestions 

in digital skin temperature: Implications for temperature 

biofeedback research. International Journal of 

Neuroscience, 27(1-2), 115-120. 

Brémaud, P. (1884). Des différentes phases de l'hypnotisme 

et en particulier de la fascination. Paris: le Cerf. 

Bremner, J.D., Marmar, C.R. (1998) editors. Trauma, 

memory, and dissociation. Washington DC: American 

Psychiatric Press. 

Brende, J.O. (1985). The use of hypnosis in post-traumatic 

conditions. In: Kelly, W.E., editor. Post-traumatic 

stress disorder and the war veteran patient. New York: 

Brunner Mazel, 193-210. 

Brende, J.O., Benedict, B.D. (1980). The Vietnam combat 

delayed stress response syndrome: Hypnotherapy of 

“dissociative symptoms.” American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 23, 34-40. 

Brenman, M., (1942). Experiments in the hypnotic production 

of anti-social and self-injurious behavior. Psychiatry, 

5, 49-61. 

Brenman, M., Gill, M.M. (1947) editors. Hypnotherapy: 

Survey of literature. New York: International Universities 

Press. 

Brenman, M., Reichard, S. (1943). Use of the Rorschach 

test in the prediction of hypnotizability. Bulletin of the 

Menninger Clinic, 7, 183-187. 

Brentar, J., Lynn, S.J. (1989). ‘Negative’ effects and hypnosis: 

A critical review. British Journal of Experimental 

and Clinical Hypnosis, 6, 75-84. 

Bressan, P. (2002). The connection between random sequences, 

everyday coincidences, and belief in the paranormal. 

Applied Cognitive Psychology, 16, 17-34. 

Breton A. (1924). Manifeste du Surréalisme. Paris: Éditions 

du Sagittaire. 

Breuer, J.,Freud, S. (1895). Studien über Hysterie. Leipzig 

und Wien: Deuticke. 

Breukink, H. (1923). Over behandeling van sommige 

psychosen door middel van een bijzonderen vorm der 

kathartisch-hypnotis-che methode (On treatment of 

certain psychoses by means of a special form of the 

cathartic-hypnotic method). Nederlands Tijdschift voor 

Geneeskunde (Dutch Journal of Medicine), 67, 

1321-1328. 

Brewin, C.R., Andrews, B. (1998). Recovered memories of 

trauma: Phenomenology and cognitive mechanisms. 

Clinical Psychology Review, 4, 949-970. 

Brickman, H. (2000). The thin book: Hypnotherapy trance 

scripts for weight management. Phoenix AZ: Zeig and 

Tucker. 

Brierre de Boismont, A.J.F. (1832). Des hallucinations: Ou 

histoire raisonnée des apparitions, des visions, des 

songes, de l’extase, des rêves, du magnétisme et du 

somnambulisme. Paris: Baillière. 

Brigham, D.D. (1994). Imagery for getting well. New York: 

Norton. 

Brinkhaus, H. (1983). Psychodrama und Hypnose: Das 

Hypnodrama. Experimentelle und klinische Hypnose, 1, 

34-36. 

British Medical Association (1955). Medical use of hypnotism, 

BMA Subcommittee to Council. Supplementary 


eport of British Medical Journal, App X. 190-193. 

British Psychological Society (2001). The nature of hypnosis: 

A report prepared by a Working Party at the request 

of The Professional Affairs Board of the British 

Psychological Society. Leicester UK: British Psychological 

Society. 

Broca, P. (1859). Sur l’anesthésie chirurgicale hypnotique. 

Note présentée à l’Académie des sciences le 5 décembre 

1859 suivie d’une lettre adressée au rédacteur en chef 

du Moniteur des sciences médicales. Paris: Noblet. 

Brock, A.J. (2005). The use of hypnosis for irritable bowel 

syndrome. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 33(2), 218-231. 

Brodeur, J.B., Kurtz, R.M., Strube, M.J. (1998). Hypnotic 

susceptibility order effects in walking analgesia. International 


Hypnosis, 46(3), 240-249. 

Brodmann K. (1898). Zur methodik der hypnotischen 

behandlung. Zeitschrift für Hypnotismus, 7, 1-35, 

229-246, 266-284. 

Brody, H. (1980). Placebos and the philosophy of medicine: 

Clinical, conceptual, and ethical issues. Chicago: 

Chicago University Press. 

Brody, H., Brody, D. (2001). The placebo response: How 

you can release the body’s inner pharmacy for better 

health. New York: Harper. 

Brofferio, A. (1884). Le specie dell’esperienza. Milano: 

Dumoland. 

Brofferio, A. (1889). Manuale di psicologia. Milano: 

Briola. 

Brofferio, A. (1892). Per lo spiritismo. Milano: Briola. 

Brom, D., Kleber, R. J., Defares, P.B. (1989). Brief psychotherapy 

for posttraumatic stress disorders. Journal 

of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 57(5), 607-612. 

Bromberg, W. (1963). The mind of man: A history of 

psychotherapy and psychoanalysis. New York: Harper 

and Row. 

Brookhouse, S. (1999). Hypnotherapy training: An investigation 

into the development of clinical hypnosis 

training post 1971. Carmethen UK: Crown House. 

Brooks, C.H. (1922). The practice of autosuggestion by the 

method of Émile Coué. New York: Allen and Unwin. 

Brown, A.S., Best, M.R., Mitchell, D.B., Haggard, L.C. 

(1992). Memory under anesthesia: Evidence for response 

suppression. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 

30, 244-246. 

Brown, D. (2007). Evidence-based hypnotherapy for 

asthma: A critical review. International Journal of 


Brown, D.C. (2009) editor. Advances in the use of hypnosis 

for medicine, dentistry and pain prevention management. 

Norwalk CT: Crown House. 


Brown, D.C., Hammond, D.C. (2007). Evidence-based 

clinical hypnosis for obstetrics, labor and delivery, and 

preterm labor. International Journal of Clinical and 


Brown, D.C., Massarelli, E. (2002). Medical hypnosis and 

quadruplets: a case report. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 45(1), 39-46. 

Brown, D.C., Murphy, M. (1999). Medical hypnosis in 

preterm labor: A randomized clinical trial report of two 

pilot projects. Hypnos, 26(2), 77-87. 

Brown, D.P., Fromm, E. (1986). Hypnotherapy and 

hypnoanalysis. Hillsdale NJ: Erlbaum. 

Brown, D.P., Fromm, E. (1987). Hypnosis and behavioral 

medicine. Hillsdale NJ: Erlbaum. 

Brown, D.P., Hammond, D.P. (2007). Evidence-based 

clinical hypnosis for obstetrics, labor and delivery, and 

preterm labor. International Journal of Clinical and 


Brown, D.P., Shefflin, A.W., Hammond, D.C. (1998). 

Memory, trauma treatment and the law: An essential 

reference on memory for clinicians, researchers, attorneys, 

and judges. New York: Norton. 

Brown, H., McInnes, D. (1986). Hypnosis and its effects on 

pain control. British Dental Journal, 161, 222-225. 

Brown, J.M., Campbell, E.A. (2010) editors. The Cambridge 

handbook of forensic psychology. New York: 

Cambridge University Press. 

Brown, J.M., Chaves, J.F. (1980). Hypnosis in the treatment 

of sexual dysfunction. Journal of Sex and Marital 

Therapy, 6(1), 63-74. 

Brown, P. (1991). The hypnotic brain: Hypnotherapy and 

social communication. New Haven CT: Yale University 

Press. 

Brown, R.J. (2006). Different types of “dissociation” have 

different psychological mechanisms. Journal of Trauma 

and Dissociation, 7(4), 7-28. 

Brown, R.R., Vogel, V.H. (1938). Psychophysiological 

reactions following painful stimuli under hypnotic analgesia 

contrasted with gas anesthesia and Novcain 

block. Journal of Applied Psychology, 22, 408-420. 

Brown, S. (1972). The heyday of spiritualism. New York: 

Pocket Books. 

Brown, S. (2008). Mesmerizing marketing: A compact 

cultural history. European Business Review, 20(4), 

350-363. 

Brown, W. (1918). The treatment of cases of shell shock in 

an advanced neurological center. Lancet, 197-200. 

Brown, W. (1920-1921a). The revival of emotional memories 

and its therapeutic value (I). British Journal of 

Medical Psychology, 1, 16-19. 

Brown, W. (1920-1921b). The revival of emotional memories 

and its therapeutic value (IV). British Journal of 




Brown-Séquard, C-E. (1879). La puissance, la rapidité 

d'action et les variétés de certaines influences 

inhibitoires de l'encéphale. Compte-Rendu des Séances 

de l'Académie des Sciences, 89, 657-659. 

Brown-Séquard, C-E. (1879). Recherches expérimentales 

et cliniques sur l’inhibition et la dynamogénie: Application 

des connaissances fournies par ces recherches 

aux phénomènes principaux de l’hypnotisme et du 

transfert. (Gazette Hebdomadaire de Médecine). Paris: 

Masson. 

Broyles, S.J. (2006). Subliminal advertising and the perpetual 

popularity of playing to people's paranoia. 

Journal of Consumer Affairs, 40(2), 392-406. 

Brugger, P., Graves, R.E. (1997). Testing vs. believing 

hypotheses: Magical ideation in the judgment of contingencies. 

Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 2, 55-57. 

Brugger, P., Weiss, P.H. (2008). Dermo-optical perception: 

The non-synesthetic “palpability of colors” a comment 

on Larner (2006). History of the Neurosciences, 17(2), 

253-255. 

Brugnoli, M.P. (2009). Tecniche di rilassamento e ipnosi 

clinica in terapia del dolore e cure palliative. Verona: 

Delmiglio. 

Bruhn, J., Myles, P.S., Sneyd, R., Struys, M.M. (2006). 

Depth of anaesthesia monitoring: what’s available, 

what’s validated and what’s next? British Journal of 

Anaesthesiology, 97(1), 85-94. 

Bruining, G. (1815). Schediasma, de mesmerismo ante 

Mesmerum. Groeningen: Van Boekeren. 

Bruni, E. (1893). Il magnetismo smascherato e svelato. 

Firenze: Salani. 

Bruni, F. (1856). Lettera pastorale: Sull'uso ed abuso del 

magnetismo animale. Lecce: Simone. 

Bryan, W.J. (1962). Legal aspects of hypnosis. Springfield 

IL: Thomas. 

Bryan, W.J. (1962). Religious aspects of hypnosis. Springfield 

IL: Thomas. 

Bryant, M., Mabbutt, P. (2006). Hypnotherapy for dummies. 

Chichester: Wiley. 

Bryant, M., Mabbutt, P. (2010). Self-hypnosis for dummies. 

Chichester: Wiley. 

Bryant, R.A. (1993). Beliefs about hypnosis: A survey of 

acute and chronic pain therapists. Contemporary Hypnosis, 

10, 89-98. 

Bryant, R.A. (2005). Hypnotic emotional numbing: A study 

of implicit emotion. International Journal of Clinical 


Bryant, R.A. (2008). Hypnosis and anxiety: early interventions. 

Richard A. Bryant. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., 

editors. Oxford handbook of hypnosis. Oxford: Oxford 

University Press, 535-548. 

Bryant, R.A., Guthrie, R.M., Moulds, M.L., Nixon, R.D.V., 

Felmingham, K. (2003). Hypnotizability and posttraumatic 

stress disorder: A prospective study. International 


382-389. 

Bryant, R.A., Kapur, A. (2006). Hypnotically-induced 

emotional numbing: The roles of hypnosis and 

hypnotizability. International Journal of Clinical and 


Bryant, R.A., Kourch, M. (2001). Hypnotically-induced 

emotional numbing. International Journal of Clinical 


Bryant, R.A., Mallard, D. (2003). Seeing is believing: The 

reality of hypnotic hallucinations. Consciousness and 

Cognition, 12(2), 219-230. 

Bryant, R.A., McConkey, K.M. (1989). Hypnotic blindness, 

awareness, and attribution. Journal of Abnormal 


Bryant, R.A., McConkey, K.M. (1989). Hypnotic blindness: 

A behavioral and experimental analysis. Journal 

of Abnormal Psychology, 98, 71-77. 

Bryant, R.A., McConkey, K.M. (1990). Hypnotic blindness 

and the relevance of cognitive style. Journal of Personality 

and Social Psychology, 59(4), 756-761. 

Bryant, R.A., Moulds, M., Guthrie, R.M. (2001). 

Hypnotizability in acute stress disorder. American 

Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 600-604. 

Bryant, R.A., Moulds, M.L., Guthrie, R.M., Nixon, R.D. 

(2005). The additive benefit of hypnosis and cognitive-behavioral 

therapy in treating acute stress disorder. 

Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 73(2), 

334-340. 

Bryant, R.A., Moulds, M.L., Nixon, R.D.V., 

Mastrodomenico, J., Felmingham, K., Hopwood, S. 

(2006). Hypnotherapy and cognitive behaviour therapy 

of acute stress disorder: A 3-year follow-up. Behaviour 

Research and Therapy, 44(9), 1331-1335. 

Bryant, R.A., Somerville, E. (1995). Hypnotic induction of 

an epileptic seizure: a brief communication. International 


43(3), 274-283. 

Bucalossi, A. (1975). L'ipnosi in oculistica. Minerva Medica, 

66(74), 3898-3901. 

Buccola, G. (1881). Sulla natura e sui fenomeni dell'ipnotismo. 

Rivista di Filosofia Scientifica, I(2), 201-207. 

Buchanan, J.R. (1885). Manual of psychometry: The dawn 

of a new civilization. Boston: Dudly M. Holman. 

Buchanan, R.D. (2003). Legislative warriors: American 

psychiatrists, psychologists, and competing claims over 

psychotherapy in the 1950s. Journal of the History of 

Behavioral Sciences, 39(3), 225-249. 

Buchser, E., Burnand, B., Sprunger, AL., Clemence, A., 

Lepage, C., Martin, Y., Chedel, D., Guex, P., Sloutskis, 

D., Rumley, R. (1994). Hypnosis and self-hypnosis, 


administered and taught by nurses, for the reduction of 

chronic pain: A controlled clinical trial. Schweizerische 

Medizinische Wochenschrift, Supplementum, 62, 77-81. 

Buckingham, C.W. (1980). Hypnotherapy and the behavioral 

aspects of obesity. Occupational Health Nursing, 

28, 20-22. 

Buckner, M., Mera, N.M. (1987). Eye movement as an indicator 

of sensory components in thought. Journal of 

Counseling Psychology, 34, 283-287. 

Bufford, R.K. (1989). Demonic influence and mental disorders. 

Journal of Psychology and Christianity, 8, 

35-48. 

Bulferetti, L. (1975). Cesare Lombroso. Torino: UTET. 

Bull, D.L. (2001). A phenomenological model for therapeutic 

exorcism for dissociative identity disorder. 

Journal of Psychology and Theology, 29(2), 131-139. 

Bunn, W. von (1954). Die Anfange der hypnotischen 

Anasthesie. Deutsche medizinische Wochenschrift, 79, 

336-340. 

Buranelli, V. (1975). The wizard from Vienna: Franz Anton 

Mesmer. New York: Coward and Co. 

Burdin, C., Dubois, F. (1841). Histoire académique du 

magnétisme animal: Accompagnée de notes et de 

remarques critiques sur toutes les observations et 

expériences faites jusqu'à ce jour. Paris: Baillière. 

Burek, D.M., Koek, K.E., Novallo, A. (1989) editors. Encyclopedia 

of associations; 24th edition. Detroit IL: 

Gale Research. 

Burger, J.M. (1981). Locus of control, motivation, and 

expectancy: Predicting hypnotic susceptibility from 

personality variables. Journal of Research in Personality, 

15(4), 523-537. 

Burgess, P. (1996). The use or hypnosis with dermatological 

conditions. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 24, 110-119. 

Burk, W. (1989). The influence of (background) music on 

trance in special respect to dentistry: Experimentelle 

und Klinische Hypnose, 5(1), 27-40. 

Burke, D.T., Meleger, A., Schneider, J.C., Snyder, J., 

Dorvlo, A.S., Al-Adawi, S. (2003). Eye-movements and 

ongoing task processing. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 

96, 1330-1338. 

Burkhard, P. (2005). Gassner’s exorcism - not Mesmer’s 

magnetism - is the real predecessor of modern hypnosis. 


Hypnosis, 53(1), 1-12 

Burn, C., Barnier, A.J., McConkey, K.M. (2001). Information 

processing during hypnotically suggested sex 

change. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 49, 231–242. 

Burnett, C.T. (1925). Splitting of the mind: An experimental 

study of normal men. Princeton NJ: Psychological Re- 


view Company. 

Burnett, T. (2005). Conspiracy encyclopedia: The encyclopedia 

of conspiracy theories. London: Collins and 

Brown. 

Burnham, J.C. (1987). How superstition won and science 

lost: Popularizing science and health in the United 

States. New Brunswick NJ: Rutgers University Press. 

Burnham, J.C. (968). Psychoanalysis and American medicine, 

1894-1918: Medicine, science, and culture. New 

York: International Universities Press. 

Burns, D.D. (1980). Feeling good: The new mood therapy. 

New York: Signet. 

Burns, G.W. (2005). 101 healing stories for kids and teen: 

Using metaphors in therapy. Brisbaine: Wiley. 

Burq, V.H.A. (1853). Métallothérapie: Traitement des 

maladies nerveuses, paralysies, rhumatisme chronique, 

etc, du choléra, etc. Paris: Baillière. 

Burq, V.H.A. (1879). Des origines de la métallothérapie, 

part qui doit être faite au magnétisme animal dans sa 

découverte. Le Burquisme et le Perkinisme. Paris: 

Delahaye et Lecrosnier. 

Burrows, G.D. (1980). Affective disorders and hypnosis. 

In: Burrows, G.D., Dennerstein, L., editors. Handbook 

of hypnosis and psychosomatic medicine. Amsterdam: 


Burrows, G.D., Boughton, S.G. (2001). Hypnosis and depression. 

In: Burrows, G.D., Stanley, R.O., Bloom, 

P.B., editors. International handbook of clinical hypnosis. 

New York: Wiley, 129-142. 

Burrows, G.D., Dennerstein, L. (1980) editors. Handbook 


Elsevier. 

Burrows, G.D., Stanley, R.O., Bloom, P.B. (2001) editors. 

International handbook of clinical hypnosis. New York: 

Wiley. 

Burte, Jan M.; Araoz, Daniel L. (1994). Cognitive hypnotherapy 

with sexual disorders. Journal of Cognitive 

Psychotherapy, 8(4), 299-311. 

Burton, J., Bodenhamer, B.G. (2009). Hypnotic language: 

Its structure and use. Carmethen UK: Crown House. 

Bush, G. (1847). Mesmer and Swedenborg: Or, the relation 

of the developments of mesmerism to the doctrines and 

disclosures of Swedenborg. New York: Allen. 

Butler, B. (1954) The use of hypnosis in the care of the 

cancer patient. Cancer, 7, 1, 1011-1019. 

Butler, J., Fricker, J. (2000). The secrets of hypnosis. Lewes 

UK: Ivy Press. 

Butler, L.D., Duran, R.E., Jasiukaitis, P., Koopman, C., 

Spiegel, D. (1996). Hypnotizability and traumatic experience: 

A diathesis-stress model of dissociative 

symptomology. American Journal of Psychiatry, 153(7) 

Supplement, 42-63. 



Butler, L.D., Symons, B.K., Henderson, S.L., Shortliffe, 

L.D., Spiegel, D. (2005). Hypnosis reduces distress and 

duration of an invasive medical procedure for children. 

Pediatrics, 115(1), 77-85. 

Byom, T.K. (2010). A comparison of the effectiveness of 

three group treatments for weight loss. Dissertation 

Abstracts International, 71(3-B), 2070. 

Byron, D. (2006). The use of hypnosis to help an anxious 

student with a social communication disorder to attend 

school. Contemporary Hypnosis, 19(3), 125-132. 

C 

Cabanès, A. (1862). Un médecin prussien, espion, dans les 

salons romantiques. In: Une Allemande à la cour de 

France. Paris: Michel, 313-362. 

Cabibi, J.V., Hughes, H.H., Butler, J.R. (1965). The behavioral 

effect on the hypnotic process by a change in 

hypnotists. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 21(3), 334. 

Caciola, N. (2003). Discerning spirits: Divine and demonic 

possession in the Middle Ages. Ithaca: Cornell 


Cadranel, J.F., Benhamou, Y., Zylberberg, P., Novello, P., 

Luciani, F., Valla, D., Opolon, P. (1994). Hypnotic relaxation: 

A new sedative tool for colonoscopy? Journal 

of Clinical Gastroenterology, 18, 127-129. 

Cadranel, J.F., Tarbe de Saint, H.C., Elouaer-Blanc, L., 

Ruszniewski, P., Mignon, M., Bonfils, S. (1987). 

Hypnosis for intractable vomiting. Lancet, 329(8542), 

1140. 

Cafaro, D.D. (1986). L'uso dell'ipnoanalisi nella terapia 

sessuale. Rivista Internazionale di Psicologia e Ipnosi, 

27(4), 319-323. 

Cahagnet, L.A. (1848-1854). Magnétisme. Arcanes de la 

vie future dévoilés, ou l’existence, la forme, les occupations 

de l’âme après sa séparation du corps sont 

prouvées par plusieurs années d’expériences au moyen 

de huit somnambules extatiques qui ont eu quatre-vingts 

perceptions de trente-six personnes de diverses conditions 

décédées à différentes époques, leur signalement, 

conversations, renseignements preuves irrécusables de 

leur existence au monde spirituell. 3 Vol. Paris: 

Baillière. 

Cahagnet, L.A. (1854-1862). Magnétisme. Encyclopédie 

magnétique spiritualiste, traitant spécialement de faits 

psychologiques, magie magnétique, 

swedenborgianisme, nécromancie, magie céleste, etc. 7 

Vol. Argenteuil et Paris: Baillière. 

Caillet, A.L. (1912). Manuel bibliographiques des sciences 

psychiques ou occultes. Sciences des mages. 

Hermétique. Astrologie. Kabbale. Franc-Maçonnerie. 

Médecine ancienne. Mesmérisme. Sorcellerie. 

Singularités. Aberrations de tout ordre. Curiosités. 

Sources bibliographiques et documentaires sur ces 

sujets, etc. 3 Vol. Paris: Dorbon. 

Calderaro, G. (1972). Possibilità di impiego dell'ipnosi 

nella preparazione degli atleti delle discipline sportive 

di destrezza. Minerva Medica, 63(16), 986-987. 

Caldwell, C. (1842). Facts in mesmerism and thoughts on 

its causes and uses. Louisville KY: Prentice and 

Weissinger. 

California Medical Association (1961). Hypnosis: A report 

of the C.M.A. Committee on Mental Health. California 

Medicine, 94(4), 252-258. 

Calipel, S., Lucas-Polomeni, M.M., Wodey, E., Ecoffey, C. 

(2005). Premedication in children: Hypnosis versus 

midazolam. Paediatric Anaesthesia, 15(4), 275-281. 

Callen, K.E. (1983). Auto-hypnosis in long distance runners. 


30-36. 

Calvert, E.L., Houghton, L.A., Cooper, P., Morris, J., 

Whorwell, P.J. (2002). Long-term improvement in 

functional dyspepsia using hypnotherapy. Gastroenterology, 

123(6), 1778-1785. 

Campbell, J. (1949). The hero with a thousand faces. New 

York: Bollingen Foundation. 

Campbell, P., Grace, M. (1975). The effects of hypnotic 

susceptibility on reducing smoking behavior treated by 

an hypnotic technique. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 

31(3), 498-505. 

Campbell, T. (1994). Beware the talking cure. Boca Raton 

FL: Upton Books. 

Campili, G. (1886). Il grande ipnotismo e la suggestione 

ipnotica nei rapporti col diritto penale e civile. Torino: 

Bocca. 

Camuset, (1882). Un cas de dédoublement de la personnalité: 

Periode amnesique d’une annee chez un jeune 

homme. Annales Medico-Psychologiques, 40, 75-86. 

Cancellario, M. (1983). Esperienza triennale nell'ipnositerapia 

di gruppo per l'insegnamento dell’autoipnosi medica. 

Minerva Medica, 74, 2985-2994. 

Cancio, L.C. (1991). Stress and trance in freefall parachuting: 

A pilot study. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 33(4), 225-234. 

Cangas Diaz, A., Perez, A. (1998). Transformation of instructions 

into suggestions using operant procedures. 

Psychology in Spain, 1(1), 87-91. 

Cangas, A.J., Peres, M. (1998). The effect of two proce- 


dures on hypnotic susceptibility modification. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 15(4), 212-218. 

Cangas, A.J., Wagstaff, G.F. (2000). The current status of 

hypnosis in Spain. Contemporary Hypnosis, 17(1), 

42-47. 

Cangello, V.W. (1961). The use of the hypnotic suggestion 

for relief in malignant disease. International Journal of 


Cannon, W.G. (2011). Hypnotically enhanced interactive 

cognitive rehearsal. In: Rosenthal, H.G., editor. Favorite 

counseling and therapy techniques; 2nd ed. New 

York: Routledge, 81-84. 

Canziani, N. (1841). Sul magnetismo animale. Ferrara: 

Taddei. 

Capafons, A. (1998a). Hipnosis clínica: Una visión cognitivo-comportamental. 

Papeles del Psicólogo, 69, 71-88. 

Capafons, A. (1998b). Rapid self-hypnosis: A suggestion 

method for self-control. Psicothema, 70,571-581. 

Capafons, A. (2004). Waking hypnosis for waking people: 

Why in Valencia? Contemporary Hypnosis, 27(3), 

136-145. 

Capafons, A., Amigó, S. (1993) editors. Hipnosis, terapia 

de auto-regulacióne intervención comportamental. Valencia: 

Promolibro. 

Capafons, A., Cabañas, S., Alarcón, A., Espejo, B., Mendoza, 

M.E., Chaves, J.F., Monje, A. (2005). Effects of 

different types of preparatory information on attitudes 

toward hypnosis. Contemporary Hypnosis, 22, 67-76. 

Capafons, A., Cabañas, S., Espejo, B., Cardeña, E. (2004). 

Confirmatory factor analysis of the Valencia scale on 

attitudes and beliefs toward hypnosis: an international 

study. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 52, 413-33. 

Capafons, A., Espejo, B., Mendoza, M.E. (2008). Confi 

rmatory factor analysis of the Valencia Scale on Attitudes 

and Beliefs toward Hypnosis, Therapist Version. 


Hypnosis, 56, 281-94. 

Capafons, A., Mendoza, M.E. (2010). "Waking" hypnosis 

in clinical practice. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, 

I., editors. Handbook of clinical hypnosis, Second edition. 


293-318. 

Capafons, A., Mendoza, M.E., Espejo, B., Green, J.P., 

Lopes-Pires, C., Selma, M.L., Flores, D., Morariu, M., 

Cristea, I., David, D., Pestana, J., Carvallho, C. (2008). 

Attitudes and beliefs about hypnosis: A multicultural 

study. Contemporary Hypnosis, 25(3-4), 141-155. 

Capafons, A., Morales, C., Espejo, B., Cabañas, S. (2006). 

Análisis factorial exploratorio y propiedades 

psicométricas de la escala de Valencia de actitudes y 

creencias hacia la hipnosis, versión terapeuta (Explor- 


atory factor analysis and psychometric properties of the 

Valencia Scale of Attitudes and Beliefs toward Hypnosis-Terapist 

Version). Psicothema, 18, 810-815. 

Caplan, E. (1998). Mind games: American culture and the 

birth of psychotherapy. Berkeley CA: University of 

California Press. 

Caplan, E. (1998). Popularizing American psychotherapy: 

The Emmanuel Movement, 1906-1910. History of 

Psychology, 1(4), 289-314. 

Caplan, E. (2001). Mind games: American culture and the 

birth of psychotherapy. Berkeley and Los Angeles: 

University of California Press. 

Caprioli, V., Conti, O. (1988). Teoria e prassi della nuova 

ipnosi. Pavia: Goliardica Pavese. 

Capron, E.W. (1855). Modern spiritualism: Its facts and 

fanaticisms, its consistencies and contradictions. Boston: 

Marsh. 

Caratelli, C. (1996). Psicologia psicoanalisi parapsicologia. 

Roma: Sovera. 

Cardeña, E. (1992). Trance and possession as dissociative 

disorders. Transcultural Psychiatric Research Review, 

29, 283-297. 

Cardeña, E. (2000). Hypnosis in the treatment of trauma: A 

promising, but not fully supported, efficacious intervention. 


Hypnosis, 48(2), 225-238. 

Cardeña, E., Alarcón, A., Capafons, A., Bayot, A. (1998). 

Effects on suggestibility of a new method of active-alert 

hypnosis: Alert hand. International Journal of Clinical 


Cardeña, E., Krippner, S. (2010). The cultural context of 

hypnosis. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, I., editors. 

Handbook of clinical hypnosis, Second edition. Washington 


743-772. 

Cardeña, E., Maldonado, J., Van der Hart, O., Spiegel, D. 

(2000a). Hypnosis. In: Foa, E., Keane, T., Friedman, 

M., editors. Effective treatments for PTSD. New York: 

Guilford, 407-440. 


(2000b). Guidelines for the use of hypnosis. In: Foa, E., 

Keane, T., Friedman, M., editors. Effective treatments 

for PTSD. New York: Guilford, 553-556. 


(2009). Hypnosis. In: Foa, E., Keane, T., Friedman, M., 

Cohen, J.A., editors. Practice guidelines from the International 

Society for Traumatic Stress Studies; Second 

edition. 427-457. 

Carli, G., Manzoni, D., Santarcangelo, E.L. (2008). 

Hypnotizability-related integration of perception and 

action. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 25(7), 1065-1076. 

Carli, G., Suman, A.L., Capano, G., Santarcangelo, E.L. 



(2004). Hypnotic analgesia in fibromyalgic patients. 

International Journal of Psychophysiology, 54, 45-54. 

Carlson, E.B., Putnam, F.W. (1989). Research on dissociation 

and hypnotizability: Are there two pathways to 

hypnotizability? Dissociation, 2, 32-38. 

Carlson, E.T. (1960). Charles Poyen brings mesmerism to 

America. Journal of the History of Medicine and Allied 

Sciences, 15, 121-132. 

Carlson, E.T. (1989). Multiple personality and hypnosis: 

The first one hundred years. Journal of the History of 

the Behavioral Sciences, 25(4), 315-322. 

Carlson, E.T., Simpson, M. (1970). Perkinism Vs. mesmerism. 

Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 

6, 16-24. 

Carmody, T.P., Duncan, C., Simon, J.A., Solkowitz, S., 

Huggins, J., Lee, S., Delucchi, K. (2008). Hypnosis for 

smoking cessation: A randomized trial. Nicotine and 

Tobacco Research, 10, 5, 811-818. 

Caro, D.J., Jacobs, A. (1983). Role of hypnoanesthesia in 

urologic instrumentation. Urology, 21(3), 249-251. 

Caroli, G.M. (1858). Filosofia dello spirito: Ovvero del 

magnetismo animale. Napoli: Uffizio della Biblioteca 

Cattolica. 

Caroli, G.M. (1859). Del magnetismo animale ossia mesmerismo: 

In ordine alla ragione e alla rivelazione. 

Napoli: Uffizio della Biblioteca Cattolica. 

Carpenter, W.B. (1852). On the influence of suggestion in 

modifying and directing muscular movement, independently 

of volition. Royal Institution of Great Britain, 

(Proceedings), 1852 (12 March Meeting), 147-153. 

Carpenter, W.B. (1853). Electro-biology and mesmerism. 

Quarterly Review, 93, 501-557. 

Carpenter, W.B. (1871). The unconscious action of the 

brain. Manchester: Science Lectures for the People, 

Third Series. 

Carpenter, W.B. (1874). Principles of mental physiology: 

With their applications to the training and discipline of 

the mind, and the study of its morbid conditions. London: 

King. 

Carpenter, W.B. (1877). Mesmerism and spiritualism: 

Historically and scientifically considered. being two 

lectures delivered at the London Institution. London: 

Longmans and Green. 

Carr, A. (1985). The easy way to stop smoking. London: 

Allen Carr. Now: London, Penguin books. 

Carr, A. (2004). Packing it in the easy way. London: Penguin 

books. 

Carraro, G. (1884). Per le auspicatissime nozze della signorina 

Chilesotti Teresina col signor Vaccari Pio: 

magnetismo animale! Venezia: Cecchini. 

Carrer, L. (2002) editor. Ambroise-Auguste Liébeault: The 

hypnological legacy of a secular saint. College Station 

TX: Virtualbookworm.com. 

Carrer, L. (2004) editor. Jose Custodio de Faria: Hypnotist, 

priest and revolutionary. Victoria BC: Trafford. 

Carrington, H. (1907). The physical phenomena of spiritualism, 

fraudulent and genuine: being a brief account of 

the most important historical phenomena; a criticism of 

their evidential value, and a complete exposition of the 

methods employed in fraudulently reproducing the 

same. Boston: Turner and Co. 

Carrington, H. (1909). Eusapia Palladino and her phenomena. 

New York: Dodge. 

Carrington, H. (1913). Personal experiences in spiritualism 

(including the official account and record of the 

American Palladino séances). London: Laurie. 

Carroll, B.E. (1997). Spiritualism in antebellum America. 

Bloomington IN: Indiana University Press. 

Carroy, J. (1988). L'école hypnologique de Nancy. I: 

Liébeault, Beaunis, Liégeois et Delboeuf. II: Bernheim, 

Charcot et Freud, le Pays lorrain. Journal de la Société 

d'Archéologie Lorraine et du Musée Historique Lorrain, 

2-3, 108-116, 159-166. 

Carroy, J. (1991). Hypnose, suggestion et psychologie: 

L’invention de sujets. Paris: Presses Universitaires de 

France. 

Carroy, J. (1993). Les personnalités doubles et multiples: 

Entre science et fiction. Paris, Presses Universitaires de 

France. 

Carroy, J. (1997). Comment fonctionne mon cerveau? 

Projets d’introspection scientifique au XIXème siècle. 

In: Chianatretto, J.F., editeur. Écriture de soi, écriture 

de l’histoire: colloque de l'Université Paris 7 septembre 

1996. Paris: In Press, 161-179. 

Carroy, J. (2007). Savants rêveurs et rêveurs savants: Freud 

lecteur de la science française des rêves. PSN 

Psychologie Psychiatrie Neurosciences, 5(2), 97-108. 

Carruthers, H.R., Miller, V., Morris, J., Evans, R., Tarrier, 

N., Whorwell, P.J. (2009). Using art to help understand 

the imagery of irritable bowel syndrome and its response 

to hypnotherapy. International Journal of Clinical 


Carruthers, H.R., Morris, J., Tarrier, N., Whorwell, P.J. 

(2010). Mood color choice helps to predict response to 

hypnotherapy in patients with irritable bowel syndrome. 

BMC Complementary and Alternative Medicine, 10, 75. 

Carter, C. (2005). The use of hypnosis in the treatment of 

PTSD. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 33(1), 82-92. 

Carus, C.G. (1831). Vorlesungen über Psychologie. Dresden: 

Fleischer. 

Carus, C.G. (1846). Psyche, zur Entwicklungsgeschichte 

der Seele. Pforzheim: Flammer und Hoffman. 

Carus, C.G. (1857). Über Legensmagnetismus und über die 

magischen Wirkungen überhaupt. Leipzig: Brockhaus. 

Carus, C.G. (1866). Vergleichende Psychologie oder 


Geschichte der Seele in der Reihenfolge der Tierwelt. 

Wien: Braumüller. 

Caruso, A. (1994). Viaggio nell'ipnosi: Psicoterapia creativa. 

Roma: Di Renzo. 

Carvalho, C., Capafons, A., Kirsch, I., Espejo, B., Mazzoni, 

G., Leal, I. (2007). Factorial analysis and psychometric 

properties of the revised Valencia Scale of Attitudes and 

Beliefs Towards Hypnosis - Client Version. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 24, 76-85. 

Carvalho, C., Kirsch, I., Mazzoni, G., Leal, I. (2008). Portuguese 

norms for the Waterloo-Stanford Group C 

(WSGC) scale of hypnotic susceptibility. International 


295-305. 

Caseley-Rondi, G., Merikle, P.M., Bowers, K.S. (1994). 

Unconscious cognition in the context of general anesthesia. 

Consciousness and Cognition, 3, 166-195. 

Casida, J., Lemanski, S.A. (2010). An evidence-based review 

on guided imagery utilization in adult cardiac 

surgery. Clinical Scholars Review, 3(1), 22-30. 

Casiglia, E., Facco, E., Rossi, A.M. (2010). I mondi della 

coscienza: Manuale teorico-pratico di ipnosi. Padova: 

Padovana Editrice. 

Casiglia, E., Rossi, A.M. (2008). Teoria e pratica dell'ipnosi. 

Padova: Padovana Editrice. 

Casiglia, E., Schiavon, L., Tikhonoff, V., Haxhi Nasto, H., 

Azzi, M., Rempelou, P., Giacomello, M., Bolzon, M., 

Bascelli, A., Scarpa, R., Lapenta, A.M., Rossi, A.M. 

(2007). Hypnosis prevents the cardiovascular response 

to cold pressor test. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 49(4), 255-66. 

Casilli, C., Ducci, G. (2002). La supervisione nella nuova 

ipnosi: Soluzioni di soluzioni. Milano: Angeli. 

Castaneda, C. (1968). The teachings of Don Juan: A Yaqui 

way of knowledge. Berkeley: University of California 

Press. 

Castel, P.H. (1998). La querelle de l’hystérie: La formation 

du discours psychopathologique en France 

(1881-1913). Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. 

Castellani, E., Carli, G., Santarcangelo, E.L. (2011). Visual 

identification of haptically explored objects in high and 

low hypnotizable subjects. International Journal of 


Caton, D. (1985). The secularization of pain. Anesthesiology, 

62(4), 493-501. 

Cautela, J. (1966). Desensitization factors in the hypnotic 

treatment of phobias. Journal of Psychology, 64(2), 

277-288. 

Cavailhon, E. (1882). La fascination magnétique: Précédée 

d’une préface par Donato et de son protrait 

photographié. Paris: Dentu. 

Cavallaro F.I., Cacace, I., Del Testa, M., Andre, P., Carli, 


G., De Pascalis, V., Rocchi, R., Santarcangelo, E.L. 

(2010). Hypnotizability-related EEG alpha and theta 

activities during visual and somesthetic imageries. 

Neuroscience Letters, 470(1), 13-18. 

Cavallaro, E. (1996). L’ipnosi: Una introduzione psicofisiologica. 

Genova: Medical Systems. 

Caycedo, L.A. (1966). Letters of silence: A selection from 

the correspondence between Dr. Alfonso Caycedo, 

M.D., and great yogis and scholars in India. New Delhi: 

Bhawani. 

Caycedo, L.A. (1972). Diccionario abreviado de sofrología 

y relajación dinámica. Barcelona: Emege. 

Caycedo, L.A. (1975). Sofrología médica: Oriente-occidente. 

Barcelona: Aura. 

Caycedo, L.A. (1979). La aventura de la sofrología. Paris: 

Retz. 

Caycedo, L.A., et Al (1969). Progresos en sofrologia, 

Progrès en Sophrologie. Barcelona: Emégé. 

Cazzamalli, F. (1941). Di un nuovo apparato radioelettrico 

rivelatore dei fenomeni elettromagnetici radianti dal 

cervello O X: Complesso per onde elettromagnetiche 

decimetriche o microonde. Ferrara: Società Anonima 

Industrie Grafiche. 

Ceci, S.J., Loftus, E.F. (1994). ‘Memory work’: A royal 

road to false memories? Applied Cognitive Psychology, 

8: 351-364. 

Cedercreutz, C, Uusitalo, E, (1967). Hypnotic treatment of 

phantom sensation in 37 amputees. In: Lassner, J., editor. 

Hypnosis and psychosomatic medicine. Berlin-New 

York: Springer, 65-66. 

Cenci, F. (1899). La psichiatria in rapporto all'elettro-dinamo 

magnetismo animale o la interpretazione 

della vita animale, la divinazione e trasmissione del 

pensiero. Ascoli Piceno: Tipografia Economica. 

Cernilo, J.J. (1982). The secularization of the soul. Philadelphia: 

Institute for the Study of Human Issues. 

Cerny, M. (1986). Hypnosuggestive interventions in emotional 

stress and in stress disorders. Activitas Nervosa 

Superior, 2, 141-143. 

Certeau M. de (1982). La fable mystique, Vol. 1. Paris: 

Gallimard. 

Certeau M. de (1987). Histoire et psychanalyse entre science 

et fiction. Paris: Gallimard. 

Cerullo, J.J. (1982). The secularization of the soul: Psychical 

research in modern Britain. Philadelphia: Institute 

for the Study of Human Issues. 

Cevidalli, A. (1909). L’ipnotismo dal lato del medico legale. 

Milano: Società Editrice Libraria. 

Chalmers, D. (1996). The conscious mind. Oxford: Oxford 


Chambard, E. (1881). Du somnambulisme en général: 

Analogies, significations nosologiques et étiologie, 



avec huit observations de somnambulisme hystérique. 

Paris: Parent et Doin. 

Chamberlain, D.B. (1999). Transpersonal Adventures in 

Prenatal and Perinatal Hypnotherapy. Journal of Prenatal 

and Perinatal Psychology and Health, 14(1-2), 

85-95. 

Chambless, D.L., Hollon, S.D. (1998). Defining empirically 

supported therapies. Journal of Consulting and 

Clinical Psychology, 66(1), 7-18. 

Chan, R. (2006). Hypnosis and phantom limb pain. Australian 


34(1), 55-64. 

Channon, L.D. (1983). The use of hypnosis in a systematic 

desensitization paradigm for the treatment of specific 

phobias: An outline and case study. Australian Journal 

of Clinical and Experimenfaf Hypnosis, 11, 15-21. 

Channon, L.D. (1984). Some preconceptions about hypnosis 

among pre-clinical students. International Journal of 


Chapman, L.F., Goodell, H., Wolff, H.G. (1959b). Changes 

in tissue vulnerability induced during hypnotic suggestion. 

Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 4, 99-105. 

Chapman, R.A. (2006). The clinical use of hypnosis in 

cognitive behavior therapy: A practitioner’s casebook. 

New York: Springer. 

Charcot J.M. (1872-1887). Leçons sur les maladies du 

système nerveux faites à la Salpêtrière. Recueillies et 

publiées par Bourneville. 3 Vol. Paris: Delahaye. 

Charcot J.M. (1878). De la métalloscopie et la métallothérapie. 

Paris: Chamerot. 

Charcot J.M. (1878). Épisodes nouveaux de 

l’hystéro-épilepsie Zoopsie Catalepsie chez les 

animaux, Gazette des Hôpitaux, 28 novembre. Poi in: 

Charcot J.M., 1890, Œuvres complètes. Tome IX. 

Hémorragie et ramollissement du cerveau. 

Métallothérapie et hypnotisme. Électrothérapie. Paris: 

Bureaux du Progrès Médical-Lecrosnier et Babé, 

289-296. 

Charcot, J.M. (1882). Physiologie patologique: Sur les divers 

états nerveux déterminés par l'hypnotisation chez 

les hystériques. Comptes-rendus hebdomadiares des 

séances de l’Académie des Sciences, 94, 403-405. 

Charcot, J.M. (1890). Hypnotism and crime. Forum New 

York, 9, 159-168. 

Charcot, J.M. (1893). La foi qui guérit. Archives de Neurologie, 

25, 72-87. 

Charcot, J.M., Luys, J.B., Dumontpallier, V. (1887). Rapport 

fait a la Société de Biologie sur la métalloscopie du 

docteur Burq. Paris: Cusset. 

Charpentier, J.B.A. (1838). Analyse du magnétisme de 

l’homme: Manière de l’administrer comme guérison 

naturelle; des effets et des phénomènes qui en résultent. 

Paris: Rousseau. 

Charpignon, L.J.J. (1841). Physiologie, médecine et 

métaphysique du magnétisme. Orleans: Pesty. 

Charpignon, L.J.J. (1860). Rapport du magnétisme avec la 

jurisprudence et la médecine légale. Paris: Baillière et 

Duraud. 

Charpignon, L.J.J. (1864). Études sur la médecine 

animique et vitaliste. Paris: Germer-Baillèr. 

Chase, J. (2005). Deeper and deeper: The secrets of stage 

hypnosis. Falmouth UK: Academy of Hypnotic Arts. 

Chastenet de Puységur, A.M.J. (1807). Du magnétisme 

animal considéré dans ses rapports avec diverses 

branches de la physique générale. Paris: Desenne. 

Chastenet de Puységur, A.M.J. (1811). Recherches, 

expériences et observations physiologiques sur l'homme 

dans l'état du somnambulisme naturel, et dans le 

somnambulisme provoqué par l'acte magnétique. Paris: 

Dentu. 

Chastenet de Puységur, A.M.J. (1812). Les fous, les 

insensés, les maniaques et les frénétiques ne seraient-ils 

que des somnambules désordonnés? Paris: Dentu. 

Chaves, J.F. (1986). Hypnosis in the management of 

phantom limb pain. In: Dowd, E. , Healy, J., editors. 

Case studies in hypnotherapy. New York: Guilford, 

198-209. 

Chaves, J.F. (1989). Hypnotic control of clinical pain. In: 

Spanos, N.P., Chaves, J.F., editors. Hypnosis: The 

cognitive-behavioral perspective. Buffalo NY: Prometheus, 

242-272. 

Chaves, J.F. (1993). Hypnosis in pain management. In: 

Rhue, J.W., Lynn, S.J., Kirsch, I., editors. Handbook of 



Chaves, J.F. (1994). Hypnosis: The struggle for a definition. 


Chaves, J.F. (1997). Hypnosis in dentistry: Historical 

overview and current appraisal. In: Mehrstedt, M., 

Wikstrom, P.O., editors. Hypnosis in dentistry. Munich 

DE: MEG Stiftung, 5-23. 

Chaves, J.F. (2000). Hypnosis in the management of anxiety 

associated with medical conditions and their treatment. 

In: Mostofsky, D., Barlow, D., editors. Managing 

the anxiety associated with medical conditions and their 

treatment. Needham Heights MA: Allyn and Bacon, 

119-147. 

Chaves, J.F., Brown, J.F. (1987). Spontaneous coping 

strategies for pain. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 10, 

263-276. 

Chaves, J.F., Dworkin, S.F. (1997). Hypnotic control of 

pain: Historical perspectives and future prospects. International 


Hypnosis, 45, 356-376. 

Chaves, J.F., Whilden, D., Roller, N. (1979). Hypnosis in 

the dental behavior sciences: Control of surgical and 


post-surgical bleeding. In: Ingersoll, B.D., McCutcheon, 

W.R., editors. Clinical research in behavioral 

dentistry: Proceedings of the second national conference 

on behavioral dentistry. Morgantown WV: West 

Virginia University. 

Cheek, D., Rossi, E. (1989). Mind-body hypnosis. New 

York: Norton. 

Cheek, D.B. (1958). Hypnosis: An additional tool in human 

reorientation to stress. Northwest Medicine, 57, 

177-182. 

Cheek, D.B. (1959). Unconscious perception of meaningful 

sounds during surgical anesthesia as revealed under 

hypnosis. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 1, 

101-113. 

Cheek, D.B. (1959). Use of rebellion against coercion as 

mechanism for hypnotic trance deepening. International 


7, 223-227. 

Cheek, D.B. (1960). Use of preoperative hypnosis to protect 

patients from careless conversation. American 


Cheek, D.B. (1962a). Ideomotor questioning for investigation 

of subconscious “pain” and target organ vulnerability. 


Cheek, D.B. (1962b). Some applications of hypnosis and 

ideomotor questioning methods for analysis and therapy 

in medicine. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

592-104. 

Cheek, D.B. (1976). Short-term hypnotherapy for frigidity 

using exploration of early life attitudes. American 

Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 19, 20-27, 

Cheek, D.B. (1993). Hypnosis: The application of 

ideomotor techniques. Boston: Allyn and Bacon. 

Cheek, D.B. (1995). Early use of psychotherapy in prevention 

of preterm labor: The application of hypnosis 

and ideomotor techniques with women carrying twin 

pregnancies. Pre- and Perinatal Psychology Journal, 

10, 5-19. 

Cheek, D.B. (2009). Removal of subconscious resistance to 

hypnosis using ideomotor questioning techniques. 


Cheek, D.B., LeCron, L.M. (1968). Clinical hypnotherapy. 

New York: Grune and Stratton. 

Cheesman, J., Merikie, P.M. (1986). Distinguishing conscious 

from unconscious perceptual processes. Canadian 

Journal of Psychophysics, 40, 343-367. 

Chen, A.C.N., Dworking, S.F., Bloomquist, D.S. (1981). 

Cortical power spectrum analysis of hypnotic pain 

control in surgery. International Journal of Neuroscience, 

13, 127-136. 

Chertok, L (1984) editeur. Résurgence de l'hypnose: Une 

bataille de deux cent ans. Paris: Desclée de Brouwer. 


Chertok, L. (1954). Sommeil hypnotique prolonge. In: 

Nora, G., Sapir, M., editeurs. La cure de sommeil. Paris: 

Masson, 57-60. 

Chertok, L. (1959). L’hypnose: Problèmes théoriques et 

pratiques. Paris: Masson. 

Chertok, L. (1960). A propos de la decouverte de la 

methode cathartique. Bulletin de Psychologie, 14(1-4), 

33-37. 

Chertok, L. (1965). L'hypnose. Paris: Payot. 

Chertok, L. (1972). L'hypnose avec envoi. Paris: Payot. 

Chertok, L. (1979). Le non-savoir des psy: L’hypnose entre 

la psychanalyse et la biologie. Paris: Payot. 

Chertok, L. (1987). Hypnose et psychanalise. Paris: Bordas. 

Chertok, L. (1989). Hypnose et suggestion. Paris: Que 

sais-je? Presses Universitaires de France. 

Chertok, L., De Saussure, R. (1973). Naissance du 

psychanalyste, de Mesmer a Freud. Paris: Payot. 

Chertok, L., Stengers, I. (1989). Le cœur et la raison: 

L’hypnose en question de Lavoisier à Lacan. Paris: 

Payot. 

Chertok, L., Stengers, I. (1990). L’hypnose, blessure 

narcissique. Paris: Empecheurs Penser en Rond - 

Laboratoires Delagranges. 

Cheung, Y.L., Molassiotis, A., Chang, A.M. (2001). A pilot 

study on the effect of progressive muscle relaxation 

training of patients after stoma surgery. European 

Journal of Cancer Care, 10(2), 107-114. 

Chevenix, R. (1829). On mesmerism, improperly denominated 

animal magnetism. London Medical and Physical 

Journal, March, June, August, October. 

Chevreul, M.E. (1854). De la baguette divinatoire, du 

pendule dit explorateur et des tables tournantes, au point 

de vue de l’histoire, de la critique et de la méthode 

expérimentale. Paris: Mallet-Bacheller. 

Chiantaretto J.F. (1998). Autobiographie, récit fondateur et 

histoire de sa genèse: Su psychanalyste au saint. In: 

Carroy, J., Richard, N., editeurs. La découverte et ses 

récits en sciences humaines. Champollion, Freud et les 

autres. Paris: l’Harmattan, 159-171. 

Chiarioni, G., Palsson, O.S., Whitehead, W.E. (2008). 

Hypnosis and upper digestive function and disease. 

World Journal of Gastroenterology, 14, 6276-6284. 

Chiarioni, G., Vantini, I., De Iorio, F., Benini, L. (2006). 

Prokine tic effect of gut-oriented hypnosis on gastric 

emptying. Alimentary Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 

23(8), 1241-1249. 

Chiasson, S.W. (1992). The Use of hypnosis in gynecology. 

Psychological Medicine, 10, 69-77. 

Christensen, C., Barabasz, A., Barabasz, M. (2009). The 

effects of an affect bridge for age regression. International 


57(4), 402-418. 



Christenson, G.A., Crow, S.J. (1996). The Characterization 

and Treatment of Trichotillomania. Journal of Clinical 

Psychiatry, 57(Suppl 8), 42-47. 

Christianson, S-A. (1992) editor. The handbook of emotion 

and memory: Research and theory. Hillsdale NJ: Erlbaum. 

Churches, R. (2009). The followership effect: Leadership 

and hypnosis, language and social cohesion. Towards 

an understanding of the interpersonal and intrapersonal 

technology of leadership. Guilford UK: School of 

Management at Surrey University. 

Churchill, R. (2002). Regression hypnotherapy: Transcripts 

of transformation. Santa Rosa CA: Transforming 

Press. 

CIA, Central Intelligence Agency (1958). The operational 

potential of subliminal perception. Edited by Richard 

Gafford. Oggi consultabile nel repertorio storico presso 

il sito cia.gov. 

Cigliana, S, (2007). La seduta spiritica: Dove si racconta 

come e perché i fantasmi hanno invaso la modernità. 

Roma: Fazi. 

Cikurel, K., Gruzelier, J.H. (1990). The effect of an active-alert 

hypnotic induction on lateral asymmetry in 

haptic processing. British Journal of Experimental and 


Cioffi, L. (1853). Manuale del magnetismo animale 

desunto dalle piu' recenti opere magnetiche. Milano: 

Cioffi. 

Civiltà Cattolica (1852) senza firma. Sonnambolismo mistico: 

Articolo V. Del magnetismo animale. Civiltà 

Cattolica, 3(8), 397-413. 

Clancy, S.A. (2005). Abducted: How people come to believe 

they were kidnapped by aliens. Cambridge, MA: 

Harvard University Press. 

Clark, R.E., Forgione, A.G. (1974). Gingival and digital 

vasomotor response to thermal imagery in hypnosis. 

Journal of Dental Research, 53(4), 792-796. 

Clarke, J.H. (1996). Teaching clinical hypnosis in U.S. and 

Canadian dental schools. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 39(2), 89-92. 

Clarke, J.H., Persichetti, S.J. (1988). Hypnosis and concurrent 

denture construction for a patient with a hypersensitive 

gag reflex. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 30(4), 285-288. 

Clarke, J.H., Reynolds, P.J. (1991). Suggestive hypnotherapy 

for nocturnal bruxism: A pilot study. American 


Clawson, T.A., Swade, R.H. (1975). The hypnotic control 

of blood flow and pain: The cure of warts and the potential 

use of hypnosis in the treatment of cancer. 


Claxton, G. (2006). The wayward mind: An intimate history 

of the unconscious. New York: Little Brown. 

Clerici, C.A., Veneroni, L. (2011). “Ipnosi animale”: Immobilità 

tonica e basi biologiche di trauma e dissociazione. 

Roma: Aracne. 

Clerici, C.A., Veneroni, L., De’Micheli, A., Merzagora 

Betsos, I. (2009). Robbery by hypnosis in Italy: A 

psycho-criminological analysis of the phenomenon 

based on 20 years of newspaper articles (1988-2007). 


Hypnosis, 57(4), 419-430. 

Clocquet, G. (1784). Détail des cures opérées à Buzancy, 

près Soissons par le magnétisme animal. Soissons: 

Clocquet. 

Clodd, E. (1917). The question: “If a man die, shall he live 

again?” Job. xiv. 14. A brief history and examination of 

modern spiritualism. With a postscript by H. E. Armstrong. 

London: Richards. 

Cloquet, J. (1829). Ablation d'un cancer du sein pendant un 

sommeil magnétique. Archives Générales de Médecine, 

XX, 131. 

Coale, S.C. (1994). The romance of mesmerism: Hawthorne's 

medium of romance. Studies in the American 

Renaissance, 271-288. 

Coale, S.C. (1998). Mesmerism and Hawthorne: Mediums 

of American romance. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama 

Press. 

Coates, J. (1911). Photographing the invisible: Practical 

studies in spirit photography, spirit portraiture, and 

other rare but allied phenomena. Chicago: Advanced 

Thought Publishing. 

Cobcroft, M.D., Forsdick, C. (1993). Awareness under 

anaesthesia: The patients' point of view. Anaesthesia 

and Intensive Care, 21(6), 837-843. 

Cochran, J.L., Secter, I.I. (1956). Restoration by hypnotherapy 

of a loss of the sense of taste of 4 1/2 years' 

duration. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 

123(3), 296-298. 

Cochrane, G. (1992). Hypnosis and weight reduction: 

Which is the cart and which is the horse? American 


Cochrane, G., Friesen, J. (1986). Hypnotherapy in weight 

loss treatment. Journal of Consulting and Clinical 

Psychology, 54(4), 489-492. 

Coddè, L. (1851). Il magnetismo animale svelato: Ossia 

teoría e pratica dell’antropo-elettromagnetismo ed una 

nuova meccanica delle sostanze. Torino: Corrado. 

Coe, W.C. (1976). Effects ofhypnotist susceptibility and 

sex on the administration of standard hypnotic susceptibility 

scales. International Journal of Clinical and 


Coe, W.C. (1979). Hypnosis and risks to human subjects. 

American Psychologist, 34(8), 673-681. 

Coe, W.C. (1980). Posthypnotic amnesia. In: Woody, R.H., 

editor. Encyclopedia of clinical assessment. San Fran- 


cisco: Jossey-Bass, 942-954. 

Coe, W.C., Basden, B.H., Basden, D., Fikes, T., Gargano, 

G.J., Webb, M. (1989). Directed forgetting and posthypnotic 

amnesia: Information processing and social 

contexts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 

56(2), 189-198. 

Coe, W.C., Basden, B.H., Basden, D., Graham, C. (1976). 

Posthypnotic amnesia: Suggestions of an active process 

in dissociative phenomena. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

85(5), 455-458. 

Coe, W.C., Kobayashi, K., Howard, M.L. (1972). An approach 

toward isolating factors that influence antisocial 

conduct in hypnosis. International Journal of Clinical 


Coe, W.C., Ryken, K. (1979). Hypnosis and risks to human 

subjects. American Psychologist, 34, 673–681. 

Coe, W.C., Ryken, K. (1989). Posthypnotic amnesia: Theory 

and research. In: Spanos, N.P., Chaves, J.F., editors. 

Hypnosis: The cognitive-behavioral perspective. Buffalo, 

New York: Prometheus, 110-148. 

Coe, W.C., Sarbin, T.R. (1966). An experimental demonstration 

of hypnosis as role enactment. Journal of Abnormal 


Coe, W.C., Sarbin, T.R. (1977). Hypnosis from the standpoint 

of a contextualist. Annals of the New York 

Academy of Sciences, 296, 2-13. 

Coe, W.C., Sarbin, T.R. (1991). Role theory: Hypnosis 

from a dramaturgical and narrational perspective. In: 

Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., editors. Theories of hypnosis: 

Current models and perspectives. New York: Guilford, 

303-323. 

Coe, W.C., Scharcoff, J. A. (1985). An empirical evaluation 

of the neurolinguistic programming model. International 


33, 310-318. 

Coe, W.C., Sluis,A. (1989). Increasing contextual pressures 

to breach posthypnotic amnesia. Journal of Personality 

and Social Psychology, 57, 885-894. 

Cogan, R., Kluthe, K.B. (1981). The role of learning in pain 

reduction associated with relaxation and patterned 

breathing. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 25, 

535-539. 

Cogevina, A., Orioli, F. (1842). Fatti relativi a mesmerismo 

e cure mesmeriche con una prefazione storico-critica. 

Corfù: Tipografìa del Governo. 

Cogger, W.J., Edmonston, W. E. (1971). Hypnosis and oral 

temperature: A re-evaluation of experimental techniques. 

British Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 2(3), 

276-280. 

Cohen, H.A., Barzilai, A., Lahat, E. (1999). Hypnotherapy: 

An effective treatment modality for trichotillomania. 

Acta Paediatrica, 88(4), 407-410. 


Cohen, S.B. (1969). Hypnosis and smoking. Journal of the 

American Medical Association JAMA, 208(2), 335-337. 

Cojan, Y., Waber, L., Schwartz, S., Rossier, L., Forster, A., 

Vuilleumier, P. (2009). The brain under self-control: 

Modulation of inhibitory and monitoring cortical networks 

during hypnotic paralysis. Neuron, 62(6), 

862-875. 

Colapinto, L., Annetta, A. (2002). Ciarlatani, mammane, 

medici ebrei e speziali conventuali nella Roma barocca. 

Sansepolcro AR: Aboca Museum. 

Coldrey, J.C., Cyna, A.M. (2004). Suggestion, hypnosis 

and hypnotherapy: A survey of use, knowledge and attitudes 

of anaesthetists. Anaesthesia and Intensive Care. 

32(5), 676-680. 

Cole, R.D. (1977). Increasing reading and test taking skills 

with hypnosis and suggestion. Dissertation Abstracts 

International. 37(8-A), 4859. 

Colgan, S.M., Faragher, E.B., Whorwell, P.J. (1988). 

Controlled trial of hypnotherapy in relapse prevention 

of duodenal ulceration. Lancet, 331(8598), 1299-1300. 

Colletti, G., Lynn, S.J., Laurence, J-R. (2010). Hypnosis 

and the treatment of dissociative identity disorder. In: 




Colli, F., Quattrocchi, S. (1980) a cura. Il fenomeno "ipnosi". 

Roma: Nuova Spada Editrice. 

Colli, J.E., Beck, T.E. (2003). Recovery from bulimia 

nervosa through near-death experience: A case study. 

Journal of Near-Death Studies, 22(1), 33-55. 

Collins, C. (1991). The poetics of the mind's eye: Literature 

and the psychology of imagination. Philadelphia: University 

of Pennsylvania Press. 

Collins, D., Doherty, M., Talbot, S. (1993). Performance 

enhancement in motocross: A case study of the sport 

science team in action. Sports Psychologist, 7(3), 

290-297. 

Collot, G. (1986). Tossicodipendenza: Ipotesi di trattamento 

ipnotico. Milano: Unicopli. 

Collyer, R.H. (1843). Psychography: Or the embodiment of 

thought; with an analysis of phreno-magnetism, “neurology,” 

and mental hallucination, including rules to 

govern and produce the magnetic state. Philadelphia. 

New York and Boston: Zieber and Co. 

Colò, A. (1815). Prodromo sull'azione salutare del magnetismo 

animale e della musica ossia ragguaglio di tre 

interessanti guarigioni ultimamente ottenuto col mezzo 

del magnetismo animale, e della musica. Bologna: 

Lucchesini. 

Colquhoun, J.C. (1833). Report of the experiments on 

animal magnetism. Edinburgh: Cadell. 

Colquhoun, J.C. (1836). An history of magic, withcraft and 



animal magnetism; Vol I. London: Longman. 

Colquhoun, J.C. (1836). Isis revelata: An inquiry into the 

origin, progress, and present state of animal magnetism. 

Edinburgh: Maclachlan and Stewart. 

Colquhoun, J.C. (1851). An history of magic, witchcraft, 

and animal magnetism; Vol 2. London: Longman. 

Colsenet, E. (1880). Études sur la vie inconsciente de 

l’esprit. Paris: Baillière. 

Coltheart, M. (2006a). Perhaps functional neuroimaging 

has not told us about the mind (so far)? Cortex, 42, 

323-331. 

Coltheart, M. (2006b). Perhaps cognitive neuroimaging has 

not told us anything about the mind (so far). Cortex, 42, 

422-427. 

Coman, G.J. (1992). Hypnosis in the treatment of bulimia: 

A review of the literature. Australian Journal of Clinical 


Comazzi, A. (1968). L'ipnotismo in pratica. Milano: De 

Vecchi. 

Comelli, A. (1984). L'ipnosi: Un'anomalia psicosomatica. 

Abano: Piovan. 

Comelli, A. (2009). Sotto ipnosi: Viaggio nel tempo. 

Trento: Reverdito. 

Comenius (1623) Johan Amos Komensky. Labyrint svìta a 

ráj srdce. Edizione originale in boemo. Ora come: The 

labyrinth of the world and the paradise of the heart. 

Mahwah NJ: Paulist Press. 

Compas, B.E., Haaga, D.A.F., Keefe, F.J., Leitenberg, H., 

Williams, D.A. (1998). Sampling of empirically supported 

psychological treatments from health psychology: 

smoking, chronic pain, cancer and bulimia 

nervosa. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 

66, 89-112. 

Comstock, C. (1991). The inner self helper and concepts of 

inner guidance: Historical antecedents, its role within 

dissociation, and clinical utilization. Dissociation, 4(3), 

165-177. 

Conan Doyle, A. (1924). History of spiritualism. London, 

New York: Cassel. 

Conca, C. (1888). Isterismo ed ipnotismo: Manuale ad uso 

degli studenti e medici pratici. Napoli: Pignataro. 

Concato, L. (1851). Sull’azione del magnetismo animale 

sull'umano organismo : Osservazioni critiche. Padova: 

Crescini. 

Condon, R. (1959). The Manchurian candidate. New York: 

McGraw-Hill. 

Conferenza Episcopale Italiana CEI (2001). De exorcismis 

et supplicationibus quibusdam: Rito dell’esorcismo. 

Roma: Congregatio de Cultu Divino et Disciplina Sacramentorum, 

Prot. N. 1499/01/L, 21 settembre 2001. 

Conlong, P., Rees, W. (1999). The use of hypnosis in gastroscopy: 

A comparison with intravenous sedation. 

Postgraduate Medical Journal, 75(882), 223-225. 

Conn, J.H. (1953). Hypnosynthesis: III. Hypnotherapy of 

chronic war neuroses with a discussion of the value of 

abreaction, regression, and revivication. International 


29-43. 

Conn, J.H. (1972). Is hypnosis really dangerous? International 


20, 61–79. 

Conn, J.H. (1981). The myth of coercion through hypnosis: 

A brief communication. International Journal of Clinical 


Conn, J.H. (1981). The principles and practices of medical 

hypnosis. Maryland State Medical Journal, 30, 86-89. 

Conn, L., Mott, T. (1984). Plethysmographic demonstration 

of rapid vasodilation by direct suggestion: A case of 

Raynaud’s Disease treated by hypnosis. American 


Conservatoire Nationale des Artes et Métiers (2000). 

Bibliographie francophone des ouvrages et articles 

relatifs à l’électricité et au magnétisme publiés avant 

1820. Paris: Bibliothèque et Centre d'Histoire des Techniques, 

CNAM. 

Consiglio d’Europa (1997). Convenzione sui diritti 

dell’uomo e la biomedicina. In Italia: Ratifica ed esecuzione 

della Convenzione del Consiglio d’Europa per 

la protezione dei diritti dell’uomo e della dignità 

dell’essere umano riguardo all’applicazione della biologia 

e della medicina: Convenzione sui diritti 

dell’uomo e sulla biomedicina, fatta a Oviedo il 4 aprile 

1997, nonché del Protocollo addizionale del 12 gennaio 

1998, n. 168, sul divieto di clonazione di esseri umani. 

Gazzetta Ufficiale n. 95 del 24 aprile 2001. 

Conway, M.A. (1997) editor. Recovered memories and 

false memories. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 

Cook, W. (1901). Practical lessons in hypnotism. Chicago: 

Thompson and Thomas. 

Coons, P.M. (1988). Misuse of forensic hypnosis: A hypnotically 

elicited false confession with the apparent 

creation of a multiple personality. International Journal 

of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 36(1), , 1-11. 

Coons, P.M. (2000). Dissociative fugue. In: Sadock, B.J., 

Sadock, V.A., editors. Kaplan and Sadock's comprehensive 

textbook of psychiatry; 71 Edition. Philadelphia: 

Lippincott, 1. 1549-1552. 

Cooper, G.W., Dana, R.H. (1964). Hypnotizability and the 

Maudsley Personality Inventory. International Journal 

of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 12, 28-33. 

Cooper, I.J. (1990). The use of study-skills and 

self-hypnosis training groups to enhance academic 

achievement in university students. Dissertation Abstracts 

International, 50(11-B), 5310. 

Cooper, L., Erickson, M. (1954). Time distortion in hypnosis. 

New York: Irvington. 


Cooper, L.F., Rodgin, W. (1952).Time distortion in hypnosis 

and nonmotor learning. Science, 115(2992), 

500-502. 

Cooper, L.M. (1972). Hypnotic amnesia. In: Fromm, E., 

Shor, R.E. editors. Hypnosis: Research developments 

and perspectives. Chicago: Aldine-Atherton, 217-252. 

Cooper, L.M., London, P. (1971). The development of 

hypnotic susceptibility: A longitudinal (convergence) 

study. Child Development, 42(2), 487-503. 

Cooper, L.M., Pedersen, D.M. (1965). A note on the failure 

to find personality differences between volunteers and 

nonvolunteers for hypnotic research. International 

Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 13 (4), 

274-278. 

Cooper, R.A. (1975). Tension free dentistry with tension 

free patients. Journal of the American Institute of 

Hypnosis, 16(5), 227-229. 

Cooperman, S., Schafer, D.W. (1983).Hypnotherapy over 

the telephone. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

25(4), 277-279. 

Corcoran, J.F., Lewis, M.D., Garver, R.B. (1978). Biofeedback-conditioned 

galvanic skinresponse and hypnotic 

supression of arousal: A pilot study of their 

relation to deception. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 

23(1), 155-162. 

Cormier, J.F., Thelen, M.H. (1998). Professional skepticism 

of multiple personality disorder. Professional 

Psychology: Research and Practice, 29(2), 163-167. 

Corn-Becker, F., Welch, L., Fisichelli, V. (1949). Conditioning 

factors underlying hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal 


Corradini, A., Crema, S., Lupo, M., Saviane Kaneklin, L. 

(2007). Etica e deontologia per psicologi. Roma: Carocci. 

Corsini, A. (1922). Medici ciarlatani e ciarlatani medici. 

Bologna: Zanichelli. 

Cos, R.S. (2003). Body and soul: A sympathetic history of 

American spiritualism. Charlottesville VA: University 

of Virginia Press. 

Cosmacini, G. (1998). Ciarlataneria e medicina: Cure, 

maschere, ciarle. Milano: Cortina. 

Coste, M.L. (1889). L’inconscient: Etude sur l’hypnotisme. 


Cotanch, P., Hockenberry, M., Herman, S. (1985). 

Self-hypnosis as antiemetic therapy in children receiving 

chemotherapy. Oncology Nursing Forum, 12(4), 

41-46. 

Cotanch, P.H., Harrison, M., Roberts, J. (1987). Hypnosis 

as an intervention for pain control. Nursing Clinics of 

North America, 22 (3), 699-704. 

Coué, E. (1921). La maîtrise de soi-même par l’autogestion 

consciente. Nancy et Paris: Chez l’Auteur et Olivien. 


Coulter, J. (1989). Mind in action. Atlantic Highlands NJ: 

Humanities Press. 

Coulton, D. (1960). Hypnotherapy in gynecological problems. 


95-100. 

Coulton, D. (1966). Prenatal and postpartum uses of hypnosis. 

American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 8, 192. 

Coulton, D. (1966). Writing techniques in hypnotherapy. 


Council, J.R. (2002). A historical overview of 

hypnotizability assessment. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 44(3-4), 

Council, J.R., Kirsch, I., Hafner, L.P. (1986). Expectancy 

versus absorption in the prediction of hypnotic responding. 

Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 

50, 182-189. 

Council, J.R., Kirsch, I., Vickery, A.R., Carlson, D. (1983). 

"Trance" versus "skill" hypnotic inductions: the effects 

of credibility, expectancy, and experimenter modeling. 


432-440. 

Council, J.R., Loge, D. (1988). Suggestibility and confidence 

in false perceptions: A pilot study. British Journal 

of Experimental and Clinical Hypnosis, 5, 95-98. 

Counts, R.M., Mensh, I.N. (1950). Personality characteristics 

in hypnotically-induced hostility. Journal of Clinical 

Psychology, 6(4), 325-330. 

Court de Gébelin, A. (1783). Lettre de l’auteur de monde 

primitif à messieurs ses souscripteurs sur le magnétisme 

animal. Paris: Valleyre l’aîné. 

Court, J. (1997). Hypnosis, healing and the christian. Carlisle 

UK: Paternoster, 

Court, J. (2010). Altered states in the church and clinic. 

Pastoral Psychology, Vol. 59(4), 411-422. 

Courtier, J. (1908). Rapport sur les séances d’Eusapia 

Palladino à l’Institut Général Psychologique en 1905, 

1906, 1907 et 1908. Paris: Institut Général 

Psychologique. 

Coveney, E., Woodward, C. (2010). Preliminary assessment 

of the use of hypnosis in the management of drug 

induced hot flushes in patients with breast cancer. European 

Journal of Surgical Oncology (EJSO), 36(11), 

1125 

Covino, N.A. (2008). Medical illnesses, conditions and 

procedures. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., editors. Oxford 


Press, 611-624. 

Covino, N.A., Bottari, M. (2001). Hypnosis, behavioral 

theory, and smoking cessation. Journal of Dental Education, 

65(4), 340-347. 

Covino, N.A., Frankel, F.H. (1993). Hypnosis and relaxation 

in the medically ill. Psychotherapy and Psycho- 



somatics, 60, 75-90. 

Covino, N.A., Jimerson, D.C., Wolfe, B.E., Franko, D.L., 

Frankel, F.H. (1994). Hypnotizability, dissociation, and 

bulimia nervosa. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103, 

455-459. 

Covino, N.A., Pinnell, C.M. (2010). Hypnosis and medicine. 

In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, I., editors. 



551-574. 

Cowan, G.S.Jr, Buffington, C.K., Cowan, G.S.3rd, Hathaway, 

D. (2001). Assessment of the effects of a taped 

cognitive behavior message on postoperative complications 

(therapeutic suggestions under anesthesia). 

Obesity Surgery, 11(5), 589-593. 

Cowles, R.S. (1998). The magic of hypnosis: Is it child’s 

play? Journal of Psychology, 132(4), 357-366. 

Cox, E.W. (1873-1874). What am I? Popular introduction 

to the study of psychology. 2 Vol. London: Longmans. 

Cox, R.E., Barnier, A. J. (2003). Posthypnotic amnesia for a 

first romantic relationship: Forgetting the entire relationship 

versus forgetting selected events. Memory, 11, 

307–318. 

Cox, R.E., Barnier, A. J. (2009). Hypnotic illusions and 

clinical delusions: A hypnotic paradigm for investigating 

delusions of misidentification. International Journal 


Cox, R.E., Barnier, A. J. (2010). Hypnotic illusions and 

clinical delusions: Hypnosis as a research method. 

Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 15(1), 202-232. 

Cox, R.E., Bryant, R.A. (2008). Advances in hypnosis research: 

Methods, designs and contributions of intrinsic 

and instrumental hypnosis. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., 



Cox, S., De Lusignan, S., Chan, T. (2004). General practitioners 

believe that hypnotherapy could be a useful 

treatment for irritable bowel syndrome in primary care. 

BMC Family Practice, 5, 22. 

Crabtree, A. (1985). Mesmerism, divided consciousness 

and multiple personality. In: Schott, H., editor. Franz 

Anton Mesmer und die Geschichte des Mesmerismus. 

Stuttgart: Steiner, xxx. 

Crabtree, A. (1985). Multiple man: Explorations in possession 

and multiple personality. New York: Praeger. 

Crabtree, A. (1986). Explanations of dissociation in the first 

half of the Twentieth Century. In: Quen, J., editor. Split 

minds and split brains. New York: New York University 

Press. 

Crabtree, A. (1988). Animal magnetism, early hypnotism, 

and psychical research, 1766-1925: An annotated bibliography. 

White Plains NY: Kraus. (accessibile 

liberamente presso: esalenctr.org/display/animag.cfm) 

Crabtree, A. (1992). Dissociation and memory: A 

two-hundred year perspective. Dissociation, 5, 

150-154. 

Crabtree, A. (1993). From Mesmer to Freud: Magnetic 

sleep and the roots of psychological healing. New Haven 

CT: Yale University Press. 

Crabtree, A. (1998). Trance zero: The psychology of 

maximum experience. New York: St. Martins. 

Crabtree, A. (2003). "Automatism" and the emergence of 

dynamic psychiatry. Journal of the History of the Behavioral 

Sciences, 39, 51-70. 

Crandall, K.B. (2006). Invisible commercials and hidden 

persuaders: James M. Vicary and the subliminal advertising 

controversy of 1957. Gainesville FL: University 

of Florida, Department of History, Undergraduate 

Honors Thesis. 

Crary, J. (1999). Suspensions of perception: Attention, 

spectacle, and modern culture. Cambridge MA: MIT 

Press. 

Crasilneck, H.B. (1979). The use of hypnosis in the control 

of psychogenic impotency: The second follow-up study 

of 100 consecutive males. Australian Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 7, 147-153, 

Crasilneck, H.B. (1979). The use of hypnosis in the treatment 

of psychogenic impotency. Australian Journal of 


Crasilneck, H.B. (1982). A follow-up study in the use of 

hypnotherapy in the treatment of psychogenic impotency. 


52-61. 

Crasilneck, H.B. (1990). Hypnotic techniques for smoking 

control and psychogenic impotence. American Journal 


Crasilneck, H.B. (1992). The use of hypnosis in the treatment 

of impotence. Psychological Medicine, 10, 67-75. 

Crasilneck, H.B. (1993). The use of hypnotherapy in the 

treatment of psychogenic impotency: A long-term 

study. Hypnos, 20(1), 21-29. 

Crasilneck, H.B., Fogelman, M.J. (1957). The effects of 

hypnosis on blood coagulation. International Journal of 


Crasilneck, H.B., Hall, J.A. (1959). Physiological changes 

associated with hypnosis: A review of the literature 

since 1948. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 


Crasilneck, H.B., Hall, J.A. (1960). Blood pressure and 

pulse rate in neutral hypnosis. International Journal of 


Crasilneck, H.B., Hall, J.A. (1968). The use of hypnosis in 

controlling cigarette smoking. Southern Medical 

Journal, 61, 999-1002. 

Crasilneck, H.B., Hall, J.A. (1985). Clinical hypnosis: 

Principles and applications, Second edition. Orlando 


FL: Grune and Stratton. 

Crasilneck, H.B., McCranie, E.J., Jenkins, M.T. (1956). 

Special indications for hypnosis as a method of anesthesia. 

Journal of the American Medical Association 

JAMA, 162(18):1606-1608. 

Crasilneck, H.B., Stirman, J.A., McCranie, E.J., Fogelman, 

M.J. (1955). Use of hypnosis in the management of patients 

with burns. Journal of the American Medical 

Association JAMA, 158, 103-106. 

Crawford, H J., Knebel, T., Vendemia, J.M.C. (1998). The 

nature of hypnotic analgesia: Neurophysiological 

foundation and evidence. Contemporary Hypnosis, 15, 

24-35. 

Crawford, H.J. (1981). Hypnotic susceptibility as related to 

gestalt closure tasks. Journal of Personality and Social 

Psychology, 40(2), 376-383. 

Crawford, H.J. (1982). Hypnotizability, daydreaming 

styles, imagery vividness, and absorption: A multidimensional 

study. Journal of Personality and Social 


Crawford, H.J. (1994). Brain dynamics and hypnosis: 

Attentional and disattentional processes. International 


204-232. 

Crawford, H.J., Allen, S.N. (1983). Enhanced visual 

memory during hypnosis as mediated by hypnotic responsiveness 

and cognitive strategies. Journal of Experimental 

Psychology, General, 112, 662-685. 

Crawford, H.J., Allen, S.N. (1996). Paired-associate 

learning and recall of high and low imagery words: 

moderating effects of hypnosis, hypnotic susceptibility 

level, and visualization abilities. American Journal of 

Psychology, 109(3), 353-372. 

Crawford, H.J., Brown, A., Moon, C. (1993). Sustained 

attentional and disattentional abilities: Differences between 

low and high hypnotizable persons. Journal of 


Crawford, H.J., Gruzelier, J.H. (1992). A midstream view 

of the neuropsychophysiology of hypnosis: recent research 

and future directions. In: Fromm, E., Nash, M.R., 

editors. Contemporary hypnosis research. New York: 


Crawford, H.J., Gur, R.C., Skolnick, B., Gur, R.E., Benson, 

D.M. (1993). Effects of hypnosis on regional cerebral 

blood flow during ischemic pain with and without 

suggested hypnotic analgesia. International Journal of 


Crawford, H.J., Harrison, D.W., Kapelis, L. (1995). Visual 

field asymmetry in facial affect perception: Moderating 

effects of hypnosis, hypnotic susceptibility level, absorption, 

and sustained attentional abilities. International 

Journal of Neuroscience, 82(1-2), 11-23. 


Crawford, H.J., Hilgard, J.R., Macdonald, H. (1982). 

Transient experiences following hypnotic testing and 

special termination procedures. International Journal of 

Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis. 26, 117-126. 

Crawford, H.J., Kitner-Triolo, M., Clarke, S.W., Olesko, B. 

(1992). Transient positive and negative experiences 

accompanying stage hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal 

Psychology, 101(4), 663-667. 

Crawford, H.J., Macdonald, H., Hilgard, J.R. (1979). 

Hypnotic deafness: A psychophysical study of responses 

to tone intensity as modified by hypnosis. 


Crawford, H.J., Skolnick, B., Benson, D.M., Gur, R.E., 

Gur, R.C. (1993). Effects of hypnosis on regional cerebral 

blood flow during ischemic pain with and without 

suggested hypnotic analgesia. International Journal of 


Crawfors, H.J. (1982). Hypnotizability, daydreaming 

styles, imagery vividness, and absorption: A multidimensional 

study. Journal of Personality and Social 

Psychology, 42(5), 915-926. 

Crawfors, H.J. (2001). Neuropsychophysiology of hypnosis: 

Towards an understanding of how hypnotic interventions 

work. In: Burrows, G.D., Stanley, R.O., 

Bloom, P.B., editors. International handbook of clinical 

hypnosis. New York: Wiley, 61-82. 

Creer, H., Engs, R. (1986). Use of progressive relaxation 

and hipnosis to increase tennis skill learning. Perceptual 

and Motor Skills, 63, 162-165. 

Cressman, J.E. (2010). Zero to stage hypnotist in 30 days. 

Lehigh Valley PA: Hypnotic Sciences. 

Croce, P.J. (1995). Science and religion in the era of William 

James, Vol. 1. Chapel Hill: University of North 

Carolina Press. 

Crocq, J. (1894). L’hypnotisme et le crime. Brussels: 

Lamertin. 

Crocq, L. (1999). Les traumatismes psychiques de guerre. 

Paris: Jacob. 

Croft, R.J., Williams, J.D., Haenschel, C., Gruzelier, J.D. 

(2002). Pain perception, hypnosis and 40 Hz oscillations. 

International Journal of Psychophysiology, 46, 

101-108. 

Crookes, W. (1874). Researches on the phenomena of 

spiritualism (Reprinted from the Quarterly Journal of 

Science). London: Burns. 

Crowther, J.H. (1983). Stress management training and 

relaxation imagery in the treatment of essential hypertension. 

Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 6(2), 169-187. 

Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1988). Optimal experience: Psychological 

studies of flow in consciousness. Cambridge 

NY: Cambridge University Press. 

Csordas, T.J. (1990). The psychotherapy analogy and 



Charismatic healing. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, 

Practice, Training, 27(1), 79-90. 

Cuellar, N.G. (2005). Hypnosis for pain management in the 

older adult. Pain Management Nursing, 6(3), 105-111. 

Culbert, T.P., Kajander, R., Reaney, J., Kohen, D.P. (1996). 

Uses of hypnosis and biofeedback for children with 

dysphagia. Journal of Developmental and Behavioral 

Pediatrics, 17(5), 335-341. 

Culbert, T.P., Kajander, R.L., Kohen, D.P., Reaney, J.B. 

(1996). Hypnobehavioral approaches for school-age 

children with dysphagia and food aversion: A case series. 

Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 

17, 335-341. 

Cullen, W. (1769). Synopsis nosologiae methodicae. Edinburgh: 

Creech. 

Cullerre, A. (1886). Magnétisme et hypnotisme: Exposé 

des phénomènes observés pendant le sommeil nerveux 

provoqué au point de vue clinique, psychologique, 

thérapeutique et médico-légal avec un résumé 

historique du magnétisme animal. Paris: Baillière. 

Cullerre, A. (1887). Nervosisme et névroses: Hygiène des 

énervés et des névropathes. Paris: Baillière. 

Cullerre, A. (1893). La thérapeutique suggestive et ses applications 

aux maladies nerveuses et mentales, à la 

chirurgie, à l’obstétrique et à la pédagogie. Paris: 

Baillière. 

Cumberland, S. (1888). A thought-reader’s thoughts: Being 

the impressions and confession of Stuart Cumberland. 

London: Sampson and Co. 

Cunha Rivara , J.H. Da (1996). Goa and the revolt of 

1787. New Delhi: Concept (edizione moderna, dalle 

antiche carte originali dell’ex-Segretario del Governatorato 

di Goa, testimone diretto dei fatti narrati). 

Cunningham, L. (1981). Hypnosport: How you can improve 

your sporting performances. Glendale CA: 

Westwood. 

Cupal, D.D., Brewer, D.W. (2001). Effects of relaxation 

and guided imagery on knee strength, reinjury anxiety, 

and pain following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. 

Rehabilitation Psychology, 46(1), 28-43. 

Curcio, D. (1862). Nozioni astronomiche sul calendario: 

Seguite da un'appendice intorno Gli almanacchi, il 

magnetismo animale e la influenza della luna sulle 

piogge. Siracusa: Antonino Pulejo. 

Curtis, J.W. (1943). A study of the relationship between 

hypnotic susceptibility and intelligence. Journal of 

Experimental Psychology, 33(4) 337-339. 

Cutler, B.L. (2009) editor. Expert testimony on the psychology 

of eyewitness identification. New York: Oxford 


Cuvelier, A. (1987). Hypnose et suggestion: De Liébeault à 

Coué. Nancy: Presses Universitaries de France. 

Cuzzolin, L., Zaffani, S., Murgia, V., Gangemi, M., Me- 

neghetti, G., Chiamenti, G., Benoni, G. (2003). Patterns 

and perceptions of complementary-alternative medicine 

among pediatricians and patients' mothers: a review of 

the literature. European Journal of Pediatrics, 162, 

820-827. 

Cyna, A.M. (2003). A post-partum complication of hypnosis 

for analgesia during labour. Australian Journal of 


Cyna, A.M. (2003). Hypno-analgesia for a labouring parturient 

with contra-indications to central neuraxial 

block. Anaesthesia, 58(1), 101-102. 

Cyna, A.M., Andrew, M.I., McAuliffe, G.L. (2005). Antenatal 

hypnosis for labour analgesia. International 

Journal of Obstetric Anesthesia, 14, 365-366. 

Cyna, A.M., Andrew, M.I., McAuliffe, G.L. (2006). Antenatal 

self-hypnosis for labour and childbirth: A pilot 

study. Anaesthesia and Intensive Care, 34(4), 464-469. 

Cyna, A.M., McAuliffe, G.L., Andrew, M. (2004). Hypnosis 

for pain relief in labour and childbirth: A systematic 

review. British Journal of Anaesthesia. 93(4), 

505-511. 

Cyna, A.M., Tomkins, D., Maddock, T., Barker, D. (2007). 

Brief hypnosis for severe needle phobia using switch 

wire imagery in a five-year-old girl. Pediatric Anesthesia, 

17(8), 800-804. 

Czermak, J. (1873). Über «hypnotische» Zustände bei 

Thieren. Archiv für die Gesammte Physiologie des 

Menschen und der Thiere, 7, 107-121. 

D 

D.F.G. (1857). The spiritualist: Being a short exposition of 

psychology based upon material truths and of the faith 

to which it leads. London: Booth. 

D’Amico, P. (1867). Guida teorico-pratica del magnetismo 

animale, per l'istruzione dei magnetizzatori e magnetizzate, 

con formulario di piu di 200 ricette dettate nel 

sonno magnetico dalla sonnambula Anna e scritte dal 

consorte Pietro d'Amico. Bologna: Fava e Garagnani. 

D’Eslon, C. (1780). Observations sur le magnétisme animal. 

London and Paris: Didot. 

D’Eslon, C. (1782). Lettre de M. d’Eslon, docteur régent de 

la Faculté de Paris, et médecine ordinaire de Monseigneur 

le comte d’Artois, à M. Philip, docteur en 

médecine, doyen de la Faculté. La Hague. 


D’Eslon, C. (1784). Observations sur les deux rapports de 

MM. les commissaires nommés par sa majesté pour 

l’examen du magnétisme animal. Paris: Clousier 

Daglio, P. (1957). Il coueismo ovvero il metodo di cura del 

saggio di Nancy. Minerva Medica, 42, 910. 

Daglish, M.R.C., Wright, P. (1991). Opinions about hypnosis 

among medical and psychology students. Contemporary 


Dahlgren, L.A., Kurtz, R.M., Strube, M.J., Malone, M.D. 

(1995). Differential effects of hypnotic suggestion on 

multiple dimensions of pain. Journal of Pain and 

Symptom Management, 10(6), 464-470. 

Daitch, C. (2007). Affect regulation toolbox: Practical and 

effective hypnotic interventions for the over-reactive 

client. New York: Norton. 

Dal Pozzo di Mombello, E. (1852). Il magnetismo animale 

considerato secondo le leggi della natura. Siena: 

Carrozzi. 

Dale, H.L., Adair, P.M., Humphris, G.M. (2010). Systematic 

review of post-treatment psychosocial and behaviour 

change interventions for men with cancer. 

Psycho-oncology, 19(3), 227-237. 

Dalgado, D.G. (1906). Mémoire sur la vie de l’abbé de 

Faria: Explication de la charmante légende du chateau 

d’If dans le roman “Monte-Cristo.” Paris: Jouve. 

Dalgado, D.G. (1907). Braidisme et fariisme, ou la doctrine 

du Dr. Braid sur l’hypnotisme comparée avec celle de 

l’abbé de Faria sur le sommeil lucide. Revue de 

l’hypnotisme expérimental et thérapeutique, 21, 

116-123, 132-146. 

Dallas, H.A. (1910). Mors janua vitae? A discussion of 

certain communications purporting to come from 

Frederic W. H. Myers. London: Rider. 

Dalloz (1823). Entretiens sur le magnétisme animal et le 

sommeil magnétique dit somnambulisme. Paris: 

Deschamps. 

Damaser, E., Whitehouse, W.G., Orne, M.T., Orne, E.C., 

Dinges, D.F. (2010). Behavioral persistence in carrying 

out a posthypnotic suggestion beyond the hypnotic 

context: A consideration of the role of perceived demand 

characteristics. International Journal of Clinical 


Damaser, E.C., Shor, R.E., Orne, M.T. (1963). Physiological 

effects during hypnotically requested emotions. 

Psychosomatic Medicine, 25, 334-343. 

Damon, D.F. (2004) editor. Official consumer guide to 

hypnotism. Merrimack NH: National Guild of Hypnotists. 

Dampierre, A.E. de (1784). Réflexions impartiales sur le 

magnétisme animal, faites après la publication du rapport 

des commissaires chargés par le roi de l’examen de 

cette découverte. Paris: Périsse. 


Dane, J.R. (1996). Hypnosis for pain and neuromuscular 

rehabilitation with multiple sclerosis: Case summary, 

literature review, and analysis of outcomes. International 


44(3), 208-231. 

Dane, J.R., Kessler, R. (1998). Future developments in 

professional hypnosis training: A review and critique of 

available training with consideration of a nationally 

coordinated program. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 41, 38-54. 

Daniels, L.K. (1976). Rapid in-office and in-vivo desensitization 

of an injection phobia utilizing hypnosis. 

American journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 18, 200-203. 

Danmeyer, M.D., Nightingale, N.N., McCoy, M.L. (1997). 

Repressed memory and other controversial origins of 

sexual abuse allegations: beliefs among psychologists 

and clinical social workers. Child Maltreatment, 2, 

252-263. 

Dantalion, J. (2009). Mind control hypnosis: What all the 

other hypnotists don’t want you to know about hypnosis. 

Charleston SC: CreateSpace. 

Danziger, K. (1980). The history of introspection reconsidered. 


16, 241-262. 

Danziger, K. (1990). Constructing the subject: Historical 

origins of psychological research. Cambridge: Cambridge 


Danziger, N., Fournier, E., Bouhassira, D., Michaud, D., De 

Broucker, T., Santarcangelo, E., Carli, G., Chertock, L., 

Willer, J.C. (1998). Different strategies of modulation 

can be operative during hypnotic analgesia: A neurophysiological 

study. Pain, 75(1), 85-92. 

Darken, R. (1992). Hypnosis in the treatment of survivors 

of sexual abuse. Australian Journal of Clinical and 


Darnton, R. (1968). La fin des lumières: Le mesmérisme et 

la révolution. Paris: Perrin. 

Darnton, R. (1968). Mesmerism and the end of the enlightenment 

in France. Cambridge, Massachusetts: 


Darnton, R. (1970) editor. Mesmerism. New York: 

Schocken. 

Darwin, C. (1883). Essay on instinct. Appendix in: 

Romanes, G.J., Mental evolution in animals. New York: 

Appleton, 353-384. 

Das, J.P. (1958). The Pavlovian theory of hypnosis: An 

evaluation. Journal of Mental Science, 104, 82-90. 

Das, J.P. (1958a). Conditioning and hypnosis. Journal of 

Experimental Psychology: General, 56(2), 110-113. 

Das, J.P. (1958b). Factor analysis of a hypnotic scale. Indian 

Journal of Psychology, 33, 97-100. 

Das, J.P. (1964). Hypnosis, verbal satiation, vigilance, and 



personality factors: A correlational study. Journal of 

Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68, 7278. 

Daunderer, M, Schwender, D. (2004). Unwanted wakefulness 

during general anesthesia. Anaesthesist, 53(6), 

581-592. 

Dav‚ R. (1979). Effects of hypnotically induced dreams on 

creative problem solving. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

88(3), 293-302. 

Davenport, R. B. (1888). The death-blow to spiritualism: 

Being the true story of the Fox sisters, as revealed by the 

authority of Margaret Fox Kane and Catherine Fox 

Jencken. New York: Dillingham. 

Davenport-Slack, B. (1975). A comparative evaluation of 

obstetrical hypnosis and antenatal childbirth training. 


Hypnosis, 23, 266-281. 

David, A., Moore, M. Rusu, D. (2002). Unconscious information 

processing, hypnotic amnesia, and the 

misattribution of arousal: Schachter and Singer's theory 

revised. Journal of Cognitive and Behavioral Psychotherapies, 

2(1), 23-33. 

David, D., Brown, R. J. (2002). Suggestibility and negative 

priming: Two replication studies. International Journal 


David, D., King, B.J., Borkardt, J.J. (2001). Is the capacity 

for negative priming correlated with hypnotizability? A 

preliminary study. International Journal of Clinical and 


David, F.W. (1994). The use of hypnosis in abduction 

cases. In: Pritchard, A. et Al, editors. Alien discussions: 

Proceedings of the Abduction Study Conference. Cambridge 

MA: North Cambridge Press, 198-202. 

David, P. (1886). Magnétisme animal, suggestion 

hypnotique et post-hypnotique, son emploi comme 

agent thérapeutique. Narbonne: Pons. 

Davidson, A.J., Huang, G.H., Czarnecki, C., Gibson, M.A., 

Stewart, S.A., Jamsen, K., Stargatt, R. (2005). Awareness 

during anesthesia in children: A prospective cohort 

study. Anesthesia and Analgesia, 100, 653-661. 

Davidson, J.A. (1962). An assessment of the value of 

hypnosis in pregnancy and labor. British Medical 

Journal, 2, 951-953. 

Davidson, P. (1987) Hypnosis and migraine headache: 

Reporting a clinical series. Australian Journal of Clinical 


Davidson, P.R., Parker, K.C. (2001). Eye movement desensitization 

and reprocessing (EMDR): A meta-analysis. 

Journal of Consulting and Clinical 

Psychology, 69(2), 305-316. 

Davis, A.J. (1850-1861). The Great Harmonia. New York: 

Davis. 

Davis, L.W., Husband, R.W. (1931). A study of hypnotic 

suggestibility in relation to personality traits. Journal of 

Abnormal and Social Psychology, 26, 175-182. 

Davis, M. (1982). Hypnosis with children. AEP (Association 

of Educational Psychologists) Journal, 5(8), 18-20. 

Davis, R.C., Kantor, J.R. (1935). Skin resistance during 

hypnotic states. Journal of General Psychology, 13, 

62-81. 

Davis, S., Dawson, J.G. (1980). Hypnotherapy for weight 

control. Psychological Reports, 46, 311-4. 

Dawes, R. (1994). House of cards: Psychology and psychotherapy 

built on myth. New York: Free Press. 

Dawson, P.R., Van Hamel, C., Wilkinson, D., Warwick, P., 

O'Connor, M. (2001). Patient-controlled analgesia and 

intra-operative suggestion. Anaesthesia, 56(1), 65-69. 

Day, W.A. (1964). Use of hypnosis in anorectal surgery. 

Diseases of the Colon and Rectum, 7(4), 331-335. 

De Amici, D., Klersy, C., Ramajoli, F., Brustia, L. (2000). 

The awareness of being observed changes the patient’s 

psychological well-being in anesthesia. Anesthesia and 

Analgesia, 90(3), 739-741. 

De Bartolo, A.M. (2002). Mesmerism and jewishness in a 

novel by George Du Maurier: «Trilby». Soveria Mannelli: 

Rubbettino. 

De Benedittis, G. (1980). Specializzazione emisferica e 

natura della trance. Ipnosi, Rassegna d’ipnosi clinica e 

sperimentale, 1, 20-33. 

De Benedittis, G. (1987). Meccanismi neurofisiologici e 

neuropsicologici dell’ipnosi, Rivista Italiana d’Ipnosi 

Clinica e Sperimentale, 7(2), 23-29. 

De Benedittis, G. (1996). Hypnosis and spasmodic torticollis: 

Report of four cases: a brief communication. 


Hypnosis, 44(4), 292-306. 

De Benedittis, G. (2003). Understanding the multidimensional 

mechanisms of hypnotic analgesia. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 20, 59-80. 

De Benedittis, G. (2009a). Modulazione cognitiva ed emotiva 

in stato di veglia e ipnosi: un’analisi bispettrale 

dinamica. In: Valerio, C., Mammini, C., a cura. 

L’evoluzione clinica dell’ipnosi. Milano: Angeli, 17-25. 

De Benedittis, G. (2009b). Ipnobo: Ipnosi e placebo, due 

facce della stessa medaglia. In: Valerio, C., Mammini, 

C., a cura. L’evoluzione clinica dell’ipnosi. Milano: 

Angeli, 83-95. 

De Benedittis, G., Cigada, M., Bianchi, A., Signorini, 

M.G., and Cerutti, S. (1994). Autonomic changes during 

hypnosis: A heart rate variability power spectrum 

analysis as a marker of sympatho-vagal balance. International 


42(2), 140-152. 

De Benedittis, G., Del Castello, E., Valerio, C. (2008) a 

cura. Dall’ipnosi ericksoniana alle neuroscienze: 

L’ipnosi fra scienza, cultura e tecnica terapeutica. Milano: 

Angeli. 


De Benedittis, G., Panerai, A.A., Villamira, M.A. (1989). 

Effects of hypnotic analgesia and hypnotizability on 

experimental eschemic pain. International Journal of 


De Benedittis, G., Sironi, V.A. (1985). Attività elettrica 

cerebrale profonda durante lo stato ipnotico dell'uomo: 

Considerazioni neurofisiologiche sull'ipnosi. Rivista di 

Nerurologia, 55, 1-16. 

De Benedittis, G., Sironi, V.A. (1986). Deep cerebral 

electrical activity in man during hypnosis. International 


63-70. 

De Frenza, L. (2005). I sonnambuli delle miniere: Amoretti, 

Fortis, Spallanzani e il dibattito sull'elettrometria organica 

e minerale in Italia (1790-1816). Firenze: Olschki. 

De Giorgi, P. (1999). Tarantismo e rinascita. Lecce: Argo. 

De Giovanni, A. (1883). Alcune risultanze terapeutiche 

ottenute mediante l'ipnotismo. Padova. 

De Groh, M. (1989). Correlates of hypnotic susceptibility. 

In: Spanos, N.P., Chaves, J.F., editors. Hypnosis: The 

cognitive behavioural perspective. Buffalo NY: Prometheus, 

32-63. 

De Jong, H. (1890). Valeur thérapeutique de la suggestion 

dans quelques psychoses. In: Bérillon, E., editeur. 

Premier Congrès international de l’hypnotisme 

expérimental et thérapeutique, Tenu à l’Hôtel-Dieu de 

Paris du 8 au 12 août 1889: Comptes rendus. Paris: 

Doin, 196-201. 

De Klerk, J.E., Du Plessis, W.F., Steyn, H.S., Botha, M. 

(2004). Hypnotherapeutic ego strengthening with male 

South African coronary artery bypass patients. American 


De Martino, E. (1948). Il mondo magico: Prolegomeni a 

una storia del magismo. Torino: Einaudi. 

De Martino, E. (1958). Morte e pianto rituale nel mondo 

antico: Dal lamento pagano al pianto di Maria. Torino: 

Boringhieri. 

De Martino, E. (1959). Sud e magia. Milano: Feltrinelli. 

De Martino, E. (1961). La terra del rimorso: Contributo a 

una storia religiosa del Sud. Milano: Il Saggiatore. 

De Pascalis, V. (1994). Event-related potentials during 

hypnotic hallucination. International Journal of Clinical 


De Pascalis, V. (2007). Phase-ordered EEG oscillations and 

the modulation of hypnotic experience. In: Jamieson, 

G.A., editor. Hypnosis and conscious states: The cognitive 

neuroscience perspective. Oxford University 

Press, 67-92. 

De Pascalis, V., Bellusci, A., Gallo, C., Magurano, M.R., 

Chen, A.C.N. (2004). Pain-reduction strategies in 

hypnotic context and hypnosis: ERPs and SCRs during 


a secondary auditory task. International Journal of 

Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 52 (4), 343-363. 

De Pascalis, V., Cacace, I., Massicolle, F. (2004). Perception 

and modulation of pain in waking and hypnosis: 

Functional significance of phase-ordered gamma oscillations. 

Pain, 112(1-2), 27-36. 

De Pascalis, V., Cacace, I., Massicolle, F. (2008). Focused 

analgesia in waking and hypnosis: Effects on pain, 

memory, and somatosensory event-related potentials. 

Pain, 134(1-2), 197-208. 

De Pascalis, V., Cacace, I., Varriale, V. (2010). Pain modulation 

in waking and hypnosis: Effects on somatosensory 

event-related potentials. International 

Journal of Psychophysiology, 77(3), 217-218. 

De Pascalis, V., Caddia, F. (1985). Effect of suggestion on 

perception: Replication of Gheorghiu and Reyher's 

study. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 61(1), 123-130. 

De Pascalis, V., Gheorghiu, V.A., Sheehan, P.W., Kirsch, I. 

(2000) editors. Suggestion and suggestibility: Theory 

and research. Munich: Hypnosis International Monographs, 

M.E.G.-Stiftung. 

De Pascalis, V., Magurano, M.R., Bellusci, A., Chen, 

A.C.N. (2001). Somatosensory event-related potential 

and autonomic activity to varying pain reduction cognitive 

strategies in hypnosis. Clinical Neurophysiology, 

112, 1475-1485. 

De Pascalis, V., Perrone, M. (1996). EEG asymmetry and 

heart rate during experience of hypnotic analgesia in 

high and low hypnotizables. International Journal of 

Psychophysiology, 21(2-3), 163-175. 

De Pascalis, V., Ray, W.J., Tranquillo, I., D’Amico, D. 

(1998). EEG activity and heart rate during recall of 

emotional events in hypnosis: relationships with 

Hypnotizability and suggestibility. International Journal 

of Psychophysiology, 29, 255-275 

De Pascalis, V., Russo, P., Marucci, F.S. (2000). Italian 

norms for the Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility, 

Form A. International Journal of Clinical 


De Pascalis, V., Varriale, V., D'Antuono, L. (2010). 

Event-related components of the punishment and reward 

sensitivity. Clinical Neurophysiology, 121(1), 

60-76. 

De Piano, F.A., Salzberg, H.C. (1979). Clinical applications 

of hypnosis to three psychosomatic disorders. 


De Rivera, J., Sarbin, T.R. (1998) editors. Believed-in imaginings: 

The narrative construction of reality. Washington 

DC: American Psychological Association. 

De Sarlo, F., Bernardini, C. (1891). Alcune ricerche sulla 

circolazione cerebrale durante l’ipnosi. Rivista Sperimentale 

di Freniatria, 17, 346-356. 



De Voge, J.T., Sachs, J.B. (1973). The modification of 

hypnotic susceptibility through imitative behavior. International 


Hypnosis, 21, 70-77. 

De Vos, H.M., Louw, D.A. (2006). The effect of hypnotic 

training programs on the academic performance of 

students. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 49(2), 

101-112. 

De Vos, H.M., Louw, D.A. (2009). Hypnosis-induced 

mental training programmes as a strategy to improve the 

self-concept of students. Higher Education, 57, 

141-154. 

De Zan, M. (2009). La formazione di Giovanni Vailati. 

Lecce: Congedo. 

Deabler, H.L., Fidel, E., Dillenkoffer, R.L., Elder, S.T. 

(1973). The use of relaxation and hypnosis in lowering 

blood pressure. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

16, 75-83. 

DeBell, C., Jones, R.D. (1997). As good as it seems? A 

review of EMDR experimental research. Professional 

Psychology: Research and Practice, 28, 153-163. 

DeBono, E. (1968). The use of lateral thinking in the generation 

of new ideas. New York: Basic Books. 

Dechambre, A. (1873). Mesmérisme. In: Dictionnaire 

encyclopédique des sciences medicales. Paris: Masson 

et Asselin, Dexième série, Tome 7, Vol 59, 143-211. 

Deckert, G.H., West, L.J. (1963). Hypnosis and experimental 

psychopathology, American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 5, 256-276. 

Deckert, G.H., West, L.J. (1963). The problem of 

hypnotizability: A review. Intemational Journal of 


Deeprose, C., Andrade, J. (2006). Is priming during anesthesia 

unconscious? Consciousness and Cognition, 

15(1), 1-23. 

Defechereux, T., Degauque, C., Fumal, I., Faymonville, 

M.E., Joris, J., Hamoir, E., Meurisse, M. (2000). 

L’hypnosédation, un nouveau monde d’anesthésie pour 

la chirurgie endocrinienne cervicale. Etude prospective 

randomisée. Annales de Chirurgie, 125(6), 539-546. 

Defechereux, T., Meurisse, M., Hamoir, E., Gollogly, L., 

Joris, J., Faymonville, M.E. (1999). Hypnoanesthesia 

for endocrine cervical surgery: A statement of practice. 

Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 

5(6), 509-520. 

Degun, D., Degun, G. (1982). The use of hypnosis in the 

treatment of psychosexual disorders: With case illustrations 

of vaginismus. Bulletin of the British Society of 

Experimental and Clinical Hypnosis, 5, 31-36. 

Degun, M.D., Degun, G. (1983). Covert sensitization with 

the use of hypnosis. British Journal of Experimental 

and Clinical Hypnosis, 1, 27–32. 

Degun, M.D., Degun, G. (1991). Hypnotherapy and sexual 

problems. In: Heap, M., Dryden, Windy, E., editor. 

Hypnotherapy: A handbook. Maidenhead UK: Open 


Degun-Mather, M. (2003). Ego-state therapy in the treatment 

of a complex eating disorder. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 20(3), 165-173. 

Dehaene, S. (2001) editor. The cognitive neuroscience of 

consciousness. London: Elsevier. 

Del Castello, E., Casilli, C. (2007). L’induzione ipnotica: 

Manuale pratico. Milano: Angeli. 

Del Castello, E., Casilli, C. (2009). Il contributo specifico 

dell'ipnosi alla psicoterapia. In: Valerio, C., Mammini, 

C., a cura. L'evoluzione clinica dell'ipnosi. Milano: 

Angeli, 96-108. 

Del Castello, E., Loriedo, C. (1995) a cura. Tecniche dirette 

ed indirette in ipnosi e psicoterapia. Milano: Angeli. 

Del Monte, M.M. (1981). Suggestibility and meditation. 

Pychological Reports, 48(3), 727-737. 

Del Monte, M.M. (1984). Meditation: Similarities with 

hypnoidal states and hypnosis. International Journal of 

Psychosomatics, 31(3), 24-34. 

Del Monte, M.M. (1996). The use of hypnotic regression 

with panic disorder: A case report. Australian Journal 

of Clinical Hypnotherapy and Hypnosis, 17(1), 1-5. 

Delaage, H. (1847). Initiation aux mystères du magnétisme: 

Théorie du magnétisme. Connaissance des maladies, 

causes et remèdes. Faits magnétiques. Vision 

somnambulique. Vision dans l’avenir et dans l’espace, 

etc. Paris: Dentu. 

Delanne, G. (1909-1911). Les apparitions matérialisées des 

vivants et des morts. 2 Vol. Paris: Librairie spirite. 

Delaunay, L., Plantet, F. (2006). Difficultés rencontrées 

pour la mise en place de l’hypnose au bloc opératoire. 

Aubagne (Bouches-du-Rhône) FR: Actes du Congrès 

Agora, 311-318. 

Delbœuf, J.R.L. (1885). Le sommeil et les rêves et autres 

textes. Paris, Fayard. 

Delbœuf, J.R.L. (1885). Une hallucination à l’état normal et 

conscient. Revue Philosophique, 20, 513-514. 

Delbœuf, J.R.L. (1886). La mémoire chez les hypnotisés. 

Revue Philosophique, 21, 441-72. 

Delbœuf, J.R.L. (1886). Une visite à la Salpêtrière. 

Bruxelles: Merzbach et Falk. 

Delbœuf, J.R.L. (1887). De l’origine des effets curatifs de 

l’hypnotisme: Etude de psychologie expérimentale. 


Delbœuf, J.R.L. (1889). Le magnétisme animal: A propos 

d’une visite de l’école de Nancy. Paris: Alcan. 

Delbœuf, J.R.L. (1889). Magnétiseurs et médecins. Paris: 

Alcan. 

Delbœuf, J.R.L., Fraipont, F. (1890-91). Accouchement 

dans l’hypnotisme. Revue de l’Hypnotisme, 5, 289-298. 

DeLee, S. (1955). Hypnotism in pregnancy and labor. 


Journal of the American Medical Association JAMA, 

159(8), 750-754. 

Deleuze, J.P.F. (1813). Histoire critique du magnétisme 

animal. Paris: Mame. 

Deleuze, J.P.F. (1819a). Instruction pratique sur le 

magnétisme animal. Paris: Dantu. (le citazioni nel testo 

sono riferite alla edizione del 1825: Suivi d’une letre 

ecrite a l’auteur par un medecin etranger) 

Deleuze, J.P.F. (1819b). Défense du magnétisme animal 

contre les attaques don’t il est l’objet dans le 

Dictionnaire des Sciences Médicales. Paris: 

Belin-Leprieur. 

Deleuze, J.P.F. (1826). Lettre à Messieurs les membres de 

l'Académie de Médecine. Paris: Béchet. 

Deleuze, J.P.F. (1834). Mémoire sur la faculté de prévision: 

Suivi des notes et pièces justificatives recueillis par M. 

Mialle. Paris: Crochard. 

Dell, P.F., O'Neil, J.A. (2009) editors. Dissociation and the 

dissociative disorders: DSM-V and beyond. New York: 

Routledge. 

Delpiano, P. (1989). I periodici scientifici nel Nord Italia 

alla fine del Settecento: Studi e ipotesi di ricerca. Studi 

Storici, 30(2), 457-482, 

Delprato, D.J., Dekraker, T. (1976). Metronome-conditioned 

hypnotic-relaxation in the treatment 

of test anxiety. Behavior Therapy, 7(3), 379-381. 

Deltito, J., Baer, L.(1986). Hypnosis in the treatment of 

depression: Research and theory. Psychological Reports, 

58, 923-929. 

Dennis, M., Philippus, M.J. (1965). Hypnotic and 

non-hypnotic suggestion and skin response in atopic 

patients. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 7, 

342-345. 

Denton, W., Denton, E.M.F. (1863-1874). Soul of things: 

Or psychometric researches and discoveries. 3 Vol. 

Boston: Walker and Co. 

D'Eon, J. L. (1989). Hypnosis in the control of labor pain. 

In: Spanos, N.P., Chaves, J.F., editors. Hypnosis: The 


273-296. 

Department of Health (2008). Report on any harms associated 

with the practice of hypnosis and the possibility 

of developing a code of conduct for registered and unregistered 

health practitioners. Adelaide: Minister of 

Health of Australia, Department of Health. 

DePiano, F. (1985). Hypnosis in the treatment of 

aquaphobia. Psychotherapy in Private Practice, 3(1), 

93-97. 

DePiano, F.A., Salzberg, H.C. (1979). Clinical applications 

of hypnosis to three psychosomatic disorders. Psychological 

Bulletin, 86, 1223-1235. 

DePiano, F.A., Salzberg, H.C. (1981). Hypnosis as an aid to 


recall of meaningful information presented under three 

types of arousal. International Journal of Clinical and 


Derbyshire, S.W.G., Whalley, M.G., Oakley, D.A. (2009). 

Fibromyalgia pain and its modulation by hypnotic and 

non-hypnotic suggestion: An fMRI analysis. European 

Journal of Pain, 13(5), 542-550. 

Derbyshire, S.W.G., Whalley, M.G., Stenger, V.A., Oakley, 

D.A. (2004). Cerebral activation during hypnotically 

induced and imagined pain. NeuroImage, 23, 

392–401. 

Dermen, D., London, P. (1965).Correlates of hypnotic 

susceptibility. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 29(6), 

537-545. 

Derrick, E., Karle, H., Darley, C. (1994). The use of 

self-hypnosis and guided imagery techniques in the 

management of childhood eczema. Journal of Dermatological 

Treatment, 5(2), 83-84. 

Deschamps, A. (1909). Les maladies de l'énergie: Les 

asthénies et la neurasthénie. Paris: Alcan. 

Descourtis, G. (1882). Du fractionnement des opérations 

cérébrales et en particulier de leur dédoublement dans 

les psychopathies. Paris: Parent. 

Deshere, E.F. (1960). Hypnosis in interrogation. Studies in 

Intelligence, 51-64. 

Desjars, F. (1899). Les récits imaginaires chez les 

hystériques. Paris: Ollier Henry. 

Desland, M. (1995). Hypnosis in the treatment of an adjustment 

disorder. Australian Journal of Clinical and 


Desoille, R. (1938). Exploration de l'affectivité 

subconsciente par la méthode du rêve éveillé: Sublimation 

et acquisitions psychologiques. Paris: d'Artrey. 

Desoille, R. (1945). Le rêve-éveillé en psychothérapie: 

Essai sur la fonction de régulation de l'inconscient collectif. 


Desoille, R. (1961). Théorie et pratique du rêve éveillé dirigé. 

Genève: Mont-Blanc (edizione italiana: Teoria e 

pratica del sogno da svegli guidato. Roma: Astrolabio, 

1974). 

Despine, C.H.A., Pére (1838). Observations de médecine 

pratique faites aux bains d'Aix-en-Savoie. Anneci: 

Imprimerie d'Aimé Burdet. 

Despine, C.H.A., Pére (1840). De l'emploi du magnétisme 

animal et des eaux minerales dans le traitement des 

maladies nerveuses, suivi d'une observation très 

curieuse de guérison de névropathie. Paris et Lyon: 

Baillière. 

Despine, P. (1868). Psychologie naturelle: Étude sur les 

facultés intellectuelles et morales dans leur état normal 

et dans leurs manifestations anomales chez les aliénés et 

chez les criminels. Tome premier. Paris: Savy. 



Despine, P. (1880). Étude scientifique sur le 

somnambulisme, sur les phénomènes qu’il présente et 

sur son action thérapeutique dans certaines maladies 

nerveuses du rôle important qu’il joue dans l’épilepsie, 

dans l’hystérie et dans les névroses dites 

extraordinaires. Paris: Savy. 

Dessoir M. (1890). Erster Nachtrag zur Bibliographie des 

modernen Hypnotismus. Berlin: Duncker. 

Dessoir, M. (1888). Bibliographie des modernen 

Hypnotismus. Berlin: Duncker. 

Dessoir, M. (1889). Das Doppel-Ich. In: Siegismund, W.K., 

editor. Schriften der Gesellschaft für Experimental-Psychologie 

zu Berlin; II Stuck. Berlin: Karl 

Siegismund, 6. 

Dessoir, M. (1890a). Das Doppel-Ich. Leipzig: Günther. 

Dessoir, M. (1890b). Erster Nachtrag zur Bibliographie des 

Modernen Hypnotismus. Berlin: Duncker. 

Dessoir, M. (1925) editor. Der Okkultismus in Urkunden. 2 

Vol. Berlin: Ullstein. 

Detito, J., Baer, L. (1986). Hypnosis in the treatment of 

depression. Psychological Reports, 58 (3), 923-929. 

Devilliers, C.J. (1784). Le colosse aux pieds d’Argille. 

Paris: Gastelter. 

Devilliers, C.J. (1785). L’antimagnétisme martiniste ou 

barbériniste; observations trouvées manuscrites sur la 

marge d’une brochure intitulée: Réflexions impartielles 

sur le magnétisme animal, faites après la publication du 

Rapport des commissaires, etc. Lyon. 

Devine, E.C. (2003). Meta-analysis of the effect of 

psychoeducational interventions on pain in adults with 

cancer. Oncology Nursing Forum, 30(1), 75-89. 

Devriese, S., Winters, W., Stegen, K., Van Diest, I., 

Veulemans, H., Nemery, B., Eelen, P., Van de 

Woestijne, K., Van den Bergh, O. (2000). Generalization 

of acquired somatic symptoms in response to odors: 

A pavlovian perspective on multiple chemical sensitivity. 


Dewey, D.M. (1850). History of the strange sounds or 

rappings, heard in rochester and western new york, and 

usually called the mysterious noises! Which are supposed 

by many to be communications from the spirit 

world, together with all the explanation that can as yet 

be given of the matter. Rochester: The Author. 

Deynes-Exclusa, Y., Sayers-Montalvo, S.K; Martinez-Taboas, 

A. (2011). Translation, adaptation, and 

validation of the Stanford Hypnotic Clinical Scale in 

Puerto Rico. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 59(2), 266-275. 

Di Mitri, G.L. (2006). Storia biomedica del tarantismo nel 

XVIII secolo. Firenze: Olschki. 

Di Nuovo, S. (1999). I processi immaginativi: Componenti 

e sviluppo. In: Di Nuovo, S., a cura. Mente e immaginazione: 

La progettualità creativa in educazione e te- 

rapia. Milano: Angeli, 16-31. 

Diamond, M.J. (1972). The use of observationally presented 

information to modify hypnotic susceptibility. 

Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 79(2), 174-180. 

Diamond, M.J. (1974). Modification of hypnotizability: A 

Review. Psychological Bulletin, 81, 180-198. 

Diamond, M.J. (1980). The client as hypnotist: Furthering 

hypnotherapeutic change. International Journal of 


Diamond, M.J. (1983). Therapeutic indications in applying 

an innovative hypnotherapeutic technique: The client as 

hypnotist. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

25(4), 242-247. 

Diamond, M.J. (1984). It takes two to tango: Some thoughts 

on the neglected importance of the hypnotist in an interactive 

hypnotherapeutic relationship. American 


Diamond, M.J. (1987). The interactional basis of hypnotic 

experience: On the relational dimensions of hypnosis. 


Hypnosis, 35, 95-115. 

Diamond, M.J. (1989). The cognitive skills model: An 

emerging paradigm for investigating hypnotic phenomena. 

In Spanos, N.P., Chaves, J.F., editors. Hypnosis: 

The cognitive-behavioral perspective. New York: 

Prometheus, 380–398. 

Diamond, S. G., Davis, O.C., Schaechter, J.D., Howe, R.D. 

(2006). Hypnosis for rehabilitation after stroke: Six case 

studies. Contemporary Hypnosis, 23(4), 173-180. 

Diamond, S.G., Davis, O.C., Howe, R.D. (2008). Heart-rate 

variability as a quantitative measure of hypnotic depth. 


Hypnosis, 56(1), 1-18. 

Dickerson, K.D.D. (1843). The philosophy of mesmerism, 

or animal magnetism. being a compilation of facts ascertained 

by experience, and drawn from the writings of 

the most celebrated magnetisers in Europe and America. 

Concord NH: Morrill, and Co. 

Dick-Read, G. (2004). Childbirth without fear. London: 

Printer and Martin. 

Didier, A. (1856). Animal magnetism and somnambulism. 

London: Newby. 

Didi-Huberman, G. (1982). Invention de l’hystérie: Charcot 

et l’iconographie photographique de la Salpêtrière, 

sur l'École de la Salpêtrière. Paris: Macula. 

Dienes, Z., Brown, E., Hutton, S., Kirsch, I., Mazzoni, G. 

(2009). Hypnotic suggestibility, cognitive inhibition, 

and dissociation. Consciousness and Cognition, 18, 

837-847. 

Dienes, Z., Perner, J. (2007). Executive control without 

conscious awareness: The cold control theory of hypnosis. 

In: Jamieson, G.A., editor. Hypnosis and conscious 

states: The cognitive neuroscience perspective. 



Dietrich, A. (2003). Functional neuroanatomy of altered 

states of consciousness: The transient hypofrontality 

hypothesis. Consciousness and Cognition, 12, 231-256. 

Dijksterhuis, H., Aarts, H., Smith, P.K. (2005). The power 

of the subliminal: On subliminal persuasion and other 

potential applications. In: Hassin, R.R., Uleman, J.S., 

Bargh, J.A., editors. The new unconscious. New York: 

Oxford University Press, 77-106. 

Dikel, W., Olness, K. (1980). Self-hypnosis, biofeedback, 

and voluntary peripheral temperature control in children. 

Pediatrics, 66(3), 335-340. 

Dineen, T. (1996). Manufacturing victims. Montreal: Davies. 

Dinges, D.F., Whitehouse, W.G., Orne, E.C., Bloom, P.B., 

Carlin, M.M., Bauer, N.K., Gillen, K.A., Shapiro, B.S., 

Ohene-Frempong, K., Dampier, C., Orne, M.T. (1997). 

Self-hypnosis training as an adjunctive treatment in the 

management of pain associated with sickle cell disease. 


Hypnosis, 45(4), 417-432. 

Dinges, D.F., Whitehouse, W.G., Orne, E.C., Powell, J.W., 

Orne, M.T., Erdelyi, M.H. (1992). Evaluating hypnotic 

memory enhancement (hypermnesia and reminiscence) 

using multitrial forced recall. Journal of Experimental 

Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 18(5), 

1139-1147. 

Dingwall, E.J. (1967). Abnormal hypnotic phenomena. A 

survey of Nineteenth Century cases, Vol. 1 France. 

London: Churchill. 

Dingwall, E.J. (1967-1968) editor. Abnormal hypnotic 

phenomena: A survey of nineteenth-century cases. New 

York: Barnes and Noble. 

Dingwall, E.J. (1967-1968). Abnormal hypnotic phenomena: 

A survey of Nineteenth-Century cases. 4 Vol. New 

York: Barnes and Noble. 

Disbrow, E.A., Bennett, H.L., Owings, J.T. (1993). Effect 

of preoperative suggestion on postoperative gastrointestinal 

motility. Western Journal of Medicine, 158(5), 

488-492. 

Diseth,T.H., Vandvik, I.H. (2004). Hypnotherapy in the 

treatment of refractory nocturnal enuresis. Tidsskr Nor 

Laegeforen, 124, 488-491. 

Dixon, M., Brunet, A., Laurence, J.-R. (1990). 

Hypnotizability and automaticity: Toward a parallel 

distributed processing model of hypnotic responding. 

Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 99, 336-343. 

Dixon, M., Laurence, J.-R. (1992). Hypnotic susceptibility 

and verbal automaticity: Automatic and strategic processing 

differences in the Stroop-colour naming task. 


Dixon, N.F. (1971). Subliminal perception: The nature of a 


controversy. New York: McGraw Hill. 

Dixon, N.F. (1981). Preconscious processing. New York: 

Wiley. 

Dobbin, A., Maxwell, M., Elton, R. (2009) A benchmarked 

feasibility study of a selfhypnosis treatment for depression 

in primary care. International Journal of Clinical 


Dodds, E.R. (1951). The Greeks and the irrational. 

Berkeley: University of California Press. 

Dods, J.B. (1843). Six lectures on the philosophy of mesmerism, 

delivered in the Marlboro Chapel, Boston. 

Reported by a hearer. Boston: Hall. 

Dods, J.B. (1850). The philosophy of electrical psychology: 

In a course of twelve lectures. New York: Fowler and 

Wells. 

Dods, J.B. (1854). Spirit manifestations examined and explained: 

Judge Edmonds refuted; or, an exposition of 

the involuntary powers and instincts of the human mind. 

New York: De Witt and Davenport. 

Dods, J.B., Fishbough, W., Haddock, J., Newman, J.B. 

(1854). Library of mesmerism and psychology in two 

volumes, comprising philosophy of mesmerism, on 

fascination, electrical psychology, the macrocosm, 

science of the soul. 2 Vol. New York: Fowler and 

Wells. 

Dolan, L. (2009). An integrative approach to the psychotherapeutic 

treatment of vaginismus incorporating 

hypnosuggestion and hypnoanalysis. Australian Journal 

of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 37(1), 

60-73. 

Dolan, Y. (1985). A path with a heart: Ericksonian utilization 

with resistant and chronic patients. New York: 


Dolan, Y. (1991). Resolving sexual abuse: Solution-focused 

therapy and ericksonian hypnosis for adult 

survivors. New York: Norton. 

Domangue, B.B., Margolis, C.G., Lieberman, D., Kaji, H. 

(1985). Biochemical correlates of hypnoanalgesia in 

arthritic pain patients. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 

46, 235-238. 

Domínguez-Ortega, L., Rodríguez-Muñoz, S. (2010). The 

effectiveness of clinical hypnosis in the digestive endoscopy: 

a multiple case report. American Journal of 


Domino, K.B., Posner KL, Caplan RA, Cheney FW (1999). 

Awareness during anesthesia: A closed claims analysis. 

Anesthesiology, 90, 1053-1061. 

Donald, K.M., Holloway, E.L. (1984). Self-Hypnosis to 

self-improvement: A participants and leaders guide to 

self-hypnosis groups. Muncie IN: Accelerated Development. 

Donato (1880) pseudonym of Alfred Edouard d’Hont. La 



lumière sur le magnétisme, ses défenses et ses ennemis: 

Réponse de M. Donato, Professeur de Magnétisme 

Humain aux Attaques de M. L.-C. Lambelet. Neuchatel: 

Donato. 

Donato (1886) pseudonym of Alfred Edouard d’Hont. Introduction. 

Revue des sciences physio-psychologiques, 

presentant le tableau permanent des decouvertes et des 

proyres accomplis, publiee par Donato. Paris, Numero 

1, 1-29. 

Donato (1911). Cours pratique d' hypnotisme et de magnetisme. 

Paris: Tallandier. 

Dondé, S. (1991). Questa magnifica macchina chiamata 

uomo: Guida alla conoscenza della nostra mente e corso 

di ipnosi dinamica. Milano: Guerini. 

Donk, L.J., Vingoe, F.J., Hall, R.A., Doty, R. (1970). The 

comparison of three suggestion techniques for increasing 

reading efficiency utilizing a counterbalanced research 

paradigm. International Journal of Clinical and 


Donovan, J.M. (1996). Multiple personality, hypnosis, and 

possession trance. In: Van Quekelberghe, R., Eigner, D. 

editors. Yearbook of cross-cultural medicine and psychotherapy; 

Jahrbuch fur Transkulturelle Medizin und 

Psychotherapie 1994. Berlin: Verlag fur Wissenschaft 

und Bildung, 99-112. 

Doorn, J.M. (1990). An application of hypnotic communication 

to the treatment of addictions. In Sterman, 

C.M., editor. Neuro-linguistic programming in alcoholism 

treatment. Binghamton NY: Haworth, 79-89. 

Doppet, F.A. (1784). Traité théorique et pratique du magnétisme 

animal. Torino: Briolo. 

Doppet, F.A. (1787a). Le médecin de l’amour. Paris: Leroy. 

Doppet, F.A. (1787b). Le Médecin philosophe: Ouvrage 

utile à tout citoyen, dans lequel on trouve une nouvelle 

manière de guérir, puisée dans les affections de l'âme et 

la gymnastique. Torino: Reycends. 

Dorbilla, G. (2004). Placebo e dintorni: Breve viaggio tra 

realtà e illusione. Roma: Il Pensiero Scientifico. 

Dorcus, R.M. (1956) editor. Hypnosis and its therapeutic 

applications. New York: Mac Graw Hill. 

Dorcus, R.M., Kirkner, F.J. (1948). The use of hypnosis in 

the suppression of intractable pain. Journal of Abnormal 

and Social Psychology, 43, 237. 

Dorn, F.J., Atwater, M., Jereb, R., Russell, R. (1983). Determining 

the reliability of the NLP eye-movement 

procedure. American Mental Health Counselors Association 

Journal, 5(3), 105-110. 

Double, R. (1989). Puppeteers, hypnotists, and neurosurgeons. 

Philosophical Studies, 56, 163-173. 

Douglas, D. (1999). Stopping smoking: A study on the 

nature of resistance and the use of hypnosis. In 

Seidman, D.F., Covey, L.S., editors. Helping the 

hard-core smoker: A clinician’s guide. Mahwah NJ: 

Erlbaum, 213-223. 

Douglas, D.B. (1999). Hypnosis: Useful, neglected, available. 

American Journal of Hospice and Palliative 

Medicine, 16(5), 665-670. 

Douglass, A., Vogler, T.A. (2003) editors. Witness and 

memory: The discourse of trauma. London: Routledge. 

Dowd, E.T. (2001). Cognitive hypnotherapy in the management 

of pain. Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy, 

15(2), 87-97. 

Dowd, E.T. (2006). Cognitive hypnotherapy and the management 

of anger. In: Chapman, R.A., editor. The clinical 

use of hypnosis in cognitive behavior therapy: A 

practitioner’s casebook. New York: Springer, 189-211. 

Dowd, E.T., Healy, J.M. (1986). editors. Case studies in 

hypnotherapy. New York: Guilford. 

Doyle, A.C. (1922). The case for spirit photography. 

London: Hutchinson. 

Doyle, A.C. (1922). The coming of the fairies. London: 

Hodder and Stoughton. 

Draaisma, D., De Rijcke, S. (2001). The graphic strategy: 

the uses and functions of illustrations in Wundt’s 

Grundzüge. History of the Human Sciences, 14(1), 1-24. 

Drayton, H.S. (1889). Human magnetism: Its nature, 

physiology and psychology; its uses, as a remedial 

agent, in moral and intellectual improvement. New 

York: Fowler and Wells. 

Dreaper R. (1978). Recalcitrant warts on the hand cured by 

hypnosis. Practitioner, 220, 305-310. 

Dreher, H. (1996). Can hypnosis rotate a breech baby before 

birth? Advances, 12(3), 46-50. 

Dryden, S.C. (1966). Hypnosis as an approach to the depressed 

patient. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

9 (2), 135-138. 

Du Commun, J. (1829). Three lectures on animal magnetism: 

As delivered in New York, at the Hall of Science, 

on the 26th of July, 2d and 9th of August. New 

York: Berard and Mondon. 

Du Maurier, G. (1894). Trilby. London: Osgood, McIlvaine 

and Co. 

Dubiel, R.M. (2004). The road to fellowship: The role of 

the Emmanuel Movement in the development of Alcoholics 

Anonymous. Lincoln NE: iUniverse. 

Dubin, L.L. (1976). Subjective apperception and use of 

color during dental procedures under hypnosis: Report 

of a case. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

18(4), 282-284. 

Dubin, L.L. (1992). The use of hypnosis for 

temporomandibular joint (TMJ). Psychological Medicine, 

10, 99-103. 

Dubin, L.L., Shapiro, S.S. (1974). Use of hypnosis to facilitate 

dental extraction and hemostasis in a classic 

hemophiliac with a high antibody titer of factor VIII. 



Dubois, F. (d'Amiens) (1833). Examen historique et résumé 

des expériences prétendues magnétiques faites par la 

commission de l'Académie Royale de Médecine. Paris: 

n.p. 

Dubois, P. (de Berne) (1901). De l'influence de l'esprit sur 

le corps. Berne: Francke. 

DuBreuil, S., Spanos, N.P. (1993). Psychological treatment 

of warts. In: Rhue, J.W., Lynn, S.J., Kirsch, I., editors. 

Handbook of clinical hypnosis.Washington DC: 


Ducci, G., Casilli, C. (2002). La supervisione nella nuova 

ipnosi. Milano: Angeli. 

Duchenne, G-B. (1862). Mécanisme de la physionomie 

humaine: Ou analyse électro-physiologique de 

l'expression des passions des arts plastiques. Paris: 

Archives Générales de Médecine. 

Dudek, S.Z. (1967). Suggestion and play therapy in the cure 

of warts in children: A pilot study. Journal of Nervous 

and Mental Disease, 145, 37-42. 

Dudley, D.L., Holmes, T.H., Martin, C.J., Ripley, H.S. 

(1963). Changes in respiration associated with hypnotically 

induced emotion, pain, and exercise. Psychosomatic 

Medicine, 26, 46-57. 

DuHamel, K.N., Difede, J., Foley, F., Greenleaf, M. (2002). 

Hypnotizability an trauma symptoms after burn injury. 


Hypnosis, 50, 33-50. 

Dumas, R.A. (1977). EEG alpha Hypnotisability correlations: 

A review. Psychophysiology, 14, 431-438. 

Dumontpallier (1879). Metalloscopie et metallo therapie. 

Paris: Union Medicale. 

Duncan, B., Perry, C. (1977). Uncanceled hypnotic suggestions: 

Initial studies. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 19, 166-176. 

Dunn, G.E., Paolo, A.M., Ryan, J.J., van Fleet, J.N. (1994). 

Belief in the existence of multiple personality disorder 

among psychologists and psychiatrists. Journal of 

Clinical Psychology, 50, 454–457. 

Dunninger, P., Kunzelmann, K.-H. (1987). Hypnotherapy 

for treatment of psychogenic intolerance of a dental 

prosthesis: A case report. Experimentelle und Klinische 

Hypnose, 3(2), 121-128. 

DuPotet de Sennevoy, D.J. (1820). Exposé des expériences 

sur le magnétisme animal: Faites à l’Hôtel Dieu de Paris 

pendant les mois d’octobre, novembre et décembre 

1820. Paris: Béchet. 

DuPotet de Sennevoy, D.J. (1834). Cours de magnétisme 

animal. Paris: Chez l’Auteur. 

DuPotet de Sennevoy, D.J. (1838). An introduction to the 

study of animal magnetism. London: Saunders and 

Otley. 

DuPotet de Sennevoy, D.J. (1840). Cours de magnétisme 


en sept leçons: 2e édition, augmentée du Rapport sur les 

expériences magnétiques faites par la Commission de 

l'Académie royale de médecine en 1831. Paris: Roret. 

DuPotet de Sennevoy, D.J. (1840). Le magnétisme animal 

opposé à la médecine: Mémoire pour servir à l’histoire 

du magnétisme en France et en Angleterre. Paris: René. 

DuPotet de Sennevoy, D.J. (1845). Essai sur l'enseignement 

philosophique du magnétisme. Paris: René. 

DuPotet de Sennevoy, D.J. (1852). La magie dévoilée: Ou 

principes des sciences occultes. Paris: Pommeret et 

Moreau. 

DuPotet de Sennevoy, D.J. (1863). Thérapeutique 

magnétique: Règles de l'application du magnétisme à 

l'expérimentation pure et au traitement des maladies; 

spiritualisme, son principe et ses phénomènes. Paris: 

Dentu. 

DuPotet de Sennevoy, D.J. (1879). Traité complet du 

magnétisme animal: Cours en douze leçons: 4e éd. 


Durand de Gros, J.P. (1855) with the pseudonym of J.P. 

Philips. Electro-dynamisme vital ou les relations 

physiologiques de l’esprit et de la matière: Démontrées 

par des expériences entièrement nouvelles et par 

l’histoire raisonnée du système nerveux. Paris: 

Baillière. 


Philips. Cours théorique et pratique de braidisme ou 

hypnotisme nerveux: Considéré dans ses rapports avec 

la psychologie, la physiologie et la pathologie et dans 

ses applications à la médecine, à la chirurgie, à la 

physiologie expérimentale, à la médicine légale et à 

l’éducation, par le docteur J. P. Philips. Paris: Baillière. 


Philips. Le merveilleux scientifique. Paris: Alcan. 


Philips. Suggestions hypnotiques criminelles. Paris: 

Alcan. 

Durant, C.F. (1837). Exposition: Or a new theory of animal 

magnetism. New York: Wiley and Putnam. 

Durbin, P.G. (1998). Kissing frogs: Practical uses of 

hypnotherap; Second edition. Dubuque IO: Kendall 

Hunt. 

Dureau, A. (1869). Histoire de la médecine et des sciences 

occultes: Notes bibliographiques pour servir à l’histoire 

du magnétisme animal. Analyse de tous les livres, 

brochures, articles de journaux publiés sur le 

magnétisme animal, en France et à l’étranger, à partir de 

1766 jusqu’au 31 décembre 1868. Paris: Joubert. 

Durville, H. (1895-1896). Traité expérimental de 

magnétisme: Avec portrait de l’auteur et figures dans le 

texte. Cours professé à l’école pratique de magnétisme 

et de massage. Physique magnétique. 2 Vol. Paris: 



Librairie du Magnétisme. 

Durville, H. (1910) editeur. Congrès international de 

psychologie expérimentale: Compte-rendu des travaux. 

Paris: Durville. 

Duyckaerts, F. (1989). Sigmund Freud: Lecteur de Joseph 

Delboeuf. Frenesie, 8, 71-88. 

Dyas, R. (2001). Augmenting intravenous sedation with 

hypnosis: A controlled retrospective study. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 18(3), 128-134. 

Dywan, J., Bowers, K. (1983). The use of hypnosis to enhance 

recall. Science, 222, 184-185. 

E 

E’Eon, J.L. (1989). Hypnosis in the control of labor pains. 

In: Spanos, N.F., Chaves, J.F., editors. Hypnosis: The 


273-296. 

Eason, A. (2007). The hypnotic salesman: How to hypnotize 

anyone to say ‘yes’ in sales. Eagan MN: Network 

3000. 

Ebell, H. (2008). The therapist as a travelling companion to 

the chronically ill: Hypnosis and cancer related symptoms. 

Contemporary Hypnosis, 25(1), 46-56. 

Eberhart, L.H., Döring, H.J., Holzrichter, P., Roscher, R., 

Seeling, W. (1998). Therapeutic suggestions given 

during neurolept-anaesthesia decrease post-operative 

nausea and vomiting. European Journal of Anaesthesiology, 

15(4), 446-452. 

Echterling, L.G., Emmerling, D.A. (1987). Impact of stage 


149-154. 

Echterling, L.G., Whalen, J. (1995). Stage hypnosis and 

public lecture effects on attitudes and beliefs regarding 

hypnosis. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

38(1), 13-21. 

Eckert, H. (1955). An unknown portrait of Franz Anton 

Mesmer. (in German). Gesnerus, 12(1-2), 44-46. 

Edard, G. (1885). Vitalisme curatif par les appareils 

électro-magnétiques. Paris: Passy. 

Edelman, G.M. (1989). The remembered present: A biological 

theory of consciousness. New York: Basic 

Books. 

Edelson, J., Fitzpatrick, J.L. (1989). A comparison of cognitive-behavioral 

and hypnotic treatments of chronic 

pain. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 45(2), 316-323. 

Edelstein, E.J., Edelstein, L. (1998). Asclepius: A collection 

and interpretation of the testimonies. Baltimore: Johns 

Hopkins University Press. 

Eder, M.D. (1917). War-shock: The psycho-neuroses in 

war psychology and treatment. London: Heinemann. 

Edgette, J.H., Edgette, J.S. (1995). The handbook of hypnotic 

phenomena in psychotherapy. New York: Brunner 

Mazel. 

Edgette, J.H., Rowan, T. (2003). Winning the mind game: 

Using hypnosis in sport psychology. Camarthen: Crown 

House. 

Edmonston, W. E. (1967). Hypnotic time distortion: A 

note. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 10, 79-80. 

Edmonston, W.E. (1961). An experimental investigation of 

hypnotic age-regression. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 3, 127-138. 

Edmonston, W.E. (1962). Hypnotic age-regression: An 

evaluation of role-taking theory. American Journal of 


Edmonston, W.E. (1964). The American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis in retrospect. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 6, 289-293. 

Edmonston, W.E. (1967). Stimulus-response theory of 

hypnosis. In: Gordon, J.E., editor. Handbook of clinical 

and experimental hypnosis. New York: Macmillan, 

345-387. 

Edmonston, W.E. (1968). Hypnosis and electrodermal responses. 


16-25. 

Edmonston, W.E. (1972a). The effects of neutral hypnosis 

on conditioned responses. In: Fromm, E., Shor, R.E., 

editors Hypnosis: Research developments and perspectives. 

Chicago: Aldine, 323-356. 

Edmonston, W.E. (1972b). Relaxation as an appropriate 

experimental control in hypnosis studies. American 

Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 14, 218-229). 

Edmonston, W.E. (1972c). To what should hypnosis be 

compared? The problem of appropriate experimental 

controls: A symposium. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 14, 209-235. 

Edmonston, W.E. (1977) editor. Conceptual and investigative 

approaches to hypnosis and hypnotic phenomena. 

Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 

Whole Vol. 296. 

Edmonston, W.E. (1977). Body morphology and the capacity 

for hypnosis. Annals of the New York Academy of 

Sciences, 296, 105-118. 

Edmonston, W.E. (1977). Neutral hypnosis as relaxation. 


Edmonston, W.E. (1979). The effects of neutral hypnosis 

on conditioned responses: Implications for hypnosis as 

relaxation. In: Fromm, E., Shor, R.E., editors. Hypno- 


sis: Developments in research and new perspectives. 

New York: Aldine, 415-455. 

Edmonston, W.E. (1981). Hypnosis and relaxation: Modern 

verification of an old equation. New York: Wiley. 

Edmonston, W.E. (1986). The induction of hypnosis. New 

York: Wiley. 

Edmonston, W.E., Grotevant, W.R. (1975). Hypnosis and 

alpha density. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

17, 221-232. 

Edmonston, W.E., Marks, H. E. (1967). The effects of 

hypnosis and motivational instructions on kinesthetic 

learning. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 9(4), 

252-255. 

Edmonston, W.E., Moskovitz, H.C. (1990). Hypnosis and 

lateralized brain function. International Journal of 


Edmonston, W.E., Pessin, M. (1966). Hypnosis as related 

to learning and electrodermal measures. American 


Edmonston, W.E., Robertson, T.G. (1967). A comparison 

of the effects of task motivational and hypnotic induction 

instructions on responsiveness to hypnotic suggestibility 

scales. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 9(3), 184-187. 

Edmonston, W.E., Stanek, F J. (1966). The effects of 

hypnosis and meaningfulness of material on verbal 

learning. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 8(4), 

257-260. 

Edumunds, S. (1969). Hypnotism and E.S.P. Los Angeles: 

Wilshire. 

Edwards, D. (1789). Treatise on animal magnetism: Discovering 

the method of making the said magnets, for the 

cure of most diseases incident to the human body. From 

the writing of Paracelsus, Tentzelius, Fludd, Boulton, 

etc. London: Wagstaff 

Edwards, G. (1963). Duration of post-hypnotic effect. 

British Journal of Psychiatry, 109, 259-266. 

Edwards, G. (1965). Motivation and post-hypnotic effect. 

British Journal of Psychiatry, 111, 983-992. 

Edwards, S.D., Van der Spuy, H.I. (1985). Hypnotherapy as 

a treatment for enuresis. Journal of Child Psychology 

and Psychiatry, 26(1), 161-170. 

Edwards, S.L. (2009). Sex signals: Body language secrets; 

How to seduce a woman without words. N.p.: Secret 

Life Publishing. 

Edzard, E., Resch, K-L., White, A.R. (1995). Complementary 

medicine. What physicians think of it: A meta-analysis. 

Archives of Internal Medicine, 155(22), 

2405-2408. 

Egan, R.M., Egan, W.P. (1968). The effect of hypnosis on 

academic performance. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 11(1), 30-34. 


Egner, T., Jamieson, G., Gruzelier, J. (2005). Hypnosis 

decouples cognitive control from conflict monitoring 

processes of the frontal lobe. Neuroimage, 27, 969-978. 

Eichelman, B. (1985). Hypnotic change in combat dreams 

of two veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. 

American Journal of Psychiatry, 142(1), 112-114. 

Eichhorn, R., Tracktir, J. (1955a). The effect of hypnosis 

upon gastric secretion. Gastroenterology, 29, 417-421. 

Eichhorn, R., Tracktir, J. (1955b). The effect of hypnotically 

induced emotions upon gastric secretion. Gastroenterology, 

29, 432-438. 

Eimer, B.N. (2000). Clinical applications of hypnosis for 

brief and efficient pain management psychotherapy. 


Eimer, B.N. (2002). Hypnotize yourself out of pain now! 


Eimer, B.N., Freeman, A. (1998). Pain management psychotherapy: 

A practical guide. New York: Wiley. 

Einspruch, E.L., Forman, B.D. (1985). Observations concerning 

research literature on neurolinguistic programming. 

Journal of Counseling Psychology, 32, 

589-596. 

Eisenberg, D.M., Davis, R.B., Ettner, S.L., Appel, S., 

Wilkey S., Van Rompay, M., Kessler, R.C. (1998). 

Trends in alternative medicine use in the United States, 

1990-1997: Results of a follow-up national survey. 

Journal of American Medical Association JAMA, 

280(18), 1569-1575. 

Eisenberg, D.M., Kessler, R.C., Foster, C., Norlock, F.E., 

Calkins, D.R., Delbanco, T.L. (1993). Unconventional 

medicine in the United States: Prevalence, costs, and 

patterns of use. New England Journal of Medicine, 328, 

246-252. 

Eisner, D. (2000). The death of psychotherapy. Westport 

CT: Praeger. 

Eissler, K.R. (1971). Talent and genius: The fictitious case 

of Tausk contra Freud. New York: Quadrangle Books. 

Eitner, S., Schultze-Mosgau, S., Heckmann, J., Wichmann, 

M., Holst, S. (2006). Changes in neurophysiologic parameters 

in a patient with dental anxiety by hypnosis 

during surgical treatment. Journal of Oral Rehabilitation, 

33(7), 496-500. 

Eitner, S., Sokol, B., Wichmann, M., Bauer, J., Engels, D. 

(2011). Clinical use of a novel audio pillow with recorded 

hypnotherapy instructions and music for 

anxiolysis during dental implant surgery: a prospective 


Hypnosis, 59(2), 180-197. 

Eitner, S., Wichmann, M., Holst, S. (2005a). 

Hypnopuncture: A dental-emergency treatment concept 

for patients with a distinctive gag reflex. International 




60-73. 

Eitner, S., Wichmann, M., Holst, S. (2005b). A long-term 

therapeutic treatment for patients with a severe gag reflex. 


Hypnosis, 53(1), 74-86. 

Eitner, S., Wichmann, M., Schlegel, A., Holst, S. (2006). 

Rapid induction of hypnosis by finger elongation: A 

brief communication. International Journal of Clinical 


Eitner, S., Wichmann, M., Schultze-Mosgau, S., Schlegel, 

A., Leher, A., Heckmann, J., Heckmann, S., Holst, S. 

(2006). Neurophysiologic and longterm effects of clinical 

hypnosis in oral and maxillofacial treatment: A 

comparative interdisciplinary clinical study. International 


54(4), 457-479. 

Elder, N.C., Gillcrist, A., Minz, R. (1997). Use of alternative 

health care by family practice patients. Archives of 

Family Medicine, 6(2), 181-184. 

Eliade, M. (1968). Le chamanisme et les techniques 

archaïques de l’extase. Paris: Payot. 

Eliade, M. (1976). Occultism, witchcraft, and cultural 

fashions. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 

Elias, J. (2005). Finding true magic: Transpersonal hypnotherapy. 

Seattle WA: Five Wisdoms Press. 

Elich, M., Thompson, R.W., Miller, L. (1985). Mental 

imagery as revealed by eye movements and spoken 

predicates: A test of neurolinguistic programming. 

Journal of Counseling Psychology, 32, 622-625. 

Elkins, G.R. (1997). My doctor does hypnosis. Des Plaines 

IL: Asch. 

Elkins, G.R., Carter, B.D. (1981). Use of a science fiction-based 

imagery technique in child hypnosis. American 


Elkins, G.R., Carter, B.D. (1986). Hypnotherapy for the 

treatment of childhood psychogenic coughing: A case 

report. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 29, 

59-63. 

Elkins, G.R., Hammond, D.C. (1998). Standards of training 

in clinical hypnosis: Preparing professionals for the 21st 

Century. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 41, 

55-64. 

Elkins, G.R., Jensen, M.P., Patterson, D.R. (2007). Hypnotherapy 

for the management of chronic pain. International 


Hypnosis, 55(3), 275-287. 

Elkins, G.R., Marcus, J, Stearns, V., Perfect, M., Rajab, M. 

H., Ruud, C., Palamara, L., Keith, T. (2008). Randomized 

trial of a hypnosis intervention for treatment of hot 

flashes among breast cancer survivors. Journal of 

Clinical Oncology, 26(31), 5022-5026. 

Elkins, G.R., Marcus, J., Bates, M., Rajab, J., Cook, T. 

(2007). Intensive hypnotherapy for smoking cessation: 

A prospective study. International Journal of Clinical 


Elkins, G.R., Marcus, J., Palamara, L., Stearns, V. (2004). 

Can hypnosis reduce hot flashes in breast cancer survivors? 

A literature review. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 47(1), 29-42. 

Elkins, G.R., Patterson, D., Jensen, M. (2007). Hypnotherapy 

for the management of chronic pain, International 


55, 275-287. 

Elkins, G.R., Perfect, M. (2008). Hypnosis for 

health-compromising behaviors. In: Nash, M., Barnier, 

A., editors. Oxford handbook of hypnosis. Oxford: 


Elkins, G.R., Rajab M.H. (2004). Clinical hypnosis for 

smoking cessation: Preliminary results of a three session 

intervention. International Journal of Clinical and 


Elkins, G.R., Stearns, V., Marcus, J., Rajab, H. (2007). 

Pilot evaluation of hypnosis for treatment of hot flashes 

in breast cancer survivors. Psycho-Oncology, 16 (5), 

487-492. 

Elkins, G.R., Wall, V.J. (1996). Medical referrals for 

hypnotherapy: Opinions of physicians, residents, family 

practice outpatients, and psychiatry outpatients. American 


Elkins, G.R., White, J., Patel, P., Marcus, J., Perfect, M.M., 

Montgomery, G.H. (2006). Hypnosis to manage anxiety 

and pain associated with colonoscopy for colorectal 

cancer screening: Case studies and possible benefits. 


Hypnosis, Vol 54(4), 416-431. 

Ellenberg, L., Kellerman, J., Dash, J., Higgins, G. (1980). 

Use of hypnosis for multiple symptoms in an adolescent 

girl with leukemia. Journal of Adolescent Health Care, 

1(2), 132-136. 

Ellenberg, L., Kellerman, J., Dash, J., Higgins, G., Zeltzer, 

L. (1980). Use of hypnosis for multiple symptoms in an 

adolescent girl with leukemia. Journal of Adolescent 

Health Care, 1, 132-136. 

Ellenberger, H.F. (1964-1993), The concept of «maladie 

créatrice», beyond the unconscious: Essays of Henri F. 

Ellenberger in the history of psychiatry. Princeton: 

Princeton University Press, 328-340. 

Ellenberger, H.F. (1965). Mesmer and Puysegur: From 

magnetism to hypnotism. Psychoanalytic Review, 52, 

137-153. 

Ellenberger, H.F. (1970). The discovery of the unconscious: 

The history and evolution of dynamic psychiatry. 

New York: Basic Books. 

Elliotson, J. (1835). Human physiology. London: Longman 

and Co. 

Elliotson, J. (1843). Cases of surgical operations without 


pain in the mesmeric state. London: Baillière. 

Ellis, A. (1958). Hypnotherapy with borderline schizophrenics. 

Journal of General Psychology, 59, 245-253. 

Ellis, A. (1962). Reason and emotion in psychotherapy. 

New York: Lyle Stuart. 

Ellis, A. (1986). Anxiety about anxiety: The use of hypnosis 

with rational-emotive therapy. In: Dowd, E.T., 

Healy, J.M., editors. Case studies in hypnotherapy. New 

York: Guilford, 3-11. 

Ellis, A. (1993). Rational emotive therapy and hypnosis. In: 




Ellis, A. (1997). The use of hypnosis with REBT: Why 

REBT is effective with hypnosis. In: Ellis, A., Dryden, 

W., The practice of rational emotive behavior therapy; 

Second edition. New York: Springer, 231-239. 

Ellis, A., Dryden, W. (1997). The practice of rational 

emotive behavior therapy. New York: Springer. 

Ellis, A., Greiger, R. (1977). Handbook of rational-emotive 

therapy. New York: Springer. 

Elman, D. (1964). Hypnotherapy. Glendale CA: Westwood. 

Elman, D. (1970). Explorations in hypnosis. Clifton NJ: 

Elman. 

Elton, D. (1993). Combined use of hypnosis and EMG biofeedback 

in the treatment of stress induced conditions. 

Stress Medicine, 9, 25-35. 

Elton, D., Boggi-Cavallo, P., Stanley, G.V. (1988). Group 

hypnosis and instructions of personal control in the 

reduction of ischaemic pain. Australian Journal of 


Emery, C. (1998). Secret, don't tell: The encyclopedia of 

hypnotism. Eau Claire MI: Acorn Hill 

Emmerson, G. (1999). What lies within: Ego states and 

other internal personifications. Australian Journal of 

Clinical Hypnotherapy and Hypnosis Emmerson, 20(1), 

13-22. 

Emmerson, G. (2002). Couples counselling: An ego state 

therapy approach. Australian Journal of Clinical Hypnotherapy 

and Hypnosis, 23(2), 130-140. 

Emmerson, G. (2003). Ego state therapy. Carmethen UK: 

Crown House. 

Emmerson, G.J., Farmer, K. (1996). Ego state therapy and 

menstrual migraine. Australian Journal of Clinical 

Hypnotherapy and Hypnosis, 17(1), 7-15. 

Emmerson, G.J., Trexler, G. (1999). An hypnotic intervention 

for migraine control. Australian Journal of 


Encausse, G. (1897) dit Papus. Du traitement externe et 

psychique des maladies nerveuses: Aimants et 

couronnes magnétiques. Mirroirs. Traitement 


diététique. Hypnotisme. Suggestion. Transferts. Paris: 

Chamuel. 

Eng, Y.H., Cyna, A.M. (2006). A comparison of midwives' 

knowledge of, and attitudes to, hypnosis in hospitals 

with and without a hypnotherapy service. Australian 


17-26. 

Engstrom, D.R., Perry London, P., Hart, J. (1970). Hypnotic 

susceptibility increased by EEG alpha training. 

Nature, 227, 1261-1262. 

Enqvist, B., Bjorklund, C., Engman, M., Jakobsson, J. 

(1997). Preoperative hypnosis reduces postoperative 

vomiting after surgery of the breasts: A prospective, 

randomized and blinded study. Acta Anaesthesiologica 

Scandinavica, 41(8), 1028-1032. 

Enqvist, B., Fischer, K. (1997). Preoperative hypnotic 

techniques reduce consumption of analgesics after surgical 

removal of third mandibular molars. International 


102-108. 

Enqvist, B., Von Konow, L., Bystedt, H. (1995). Pre- and 

perioperative suggestion in maxillofacial surgery: Effects 

on blood loss and recovery. International Journal 


Enqvist, B., Von Konow, L., Bystedt, H. (1996). Stress 

reduction, preoperative hypnosis and perioperative 

suggestion in maxillo-facial surgery: Somatic responses 

and recovery. Hypnos, 23(2), 76-82. 

Epstein, M.A., Bottoms, B.L. (1998). Memories of childhood 

sexual abuse: A survey of young adults. Child 

Abuse and Neglect, 22(12), 1217-1238. 

Epstein, O.B., Schwartz, J., Schwartz, R.W. (2011) editors. 

Ritual abuse and mind control: The manipulation of 

attachment needs. London: Karnac. 

Erb, W. (1882). Handbuch Der Elektrotherapie. Leipzig: 

Vogel. 

Erdelyi, M.H. (1988). Hypermnesia: The effect of hypnosis, 

fantasy, and concentration. In: Pettinati, H.M., editor. 

Hypnosis and memory. New York: Guilford, 64-94. 

Erdelyi, M.H. (1994). Hypnotic hypermnesia: The empty 

set of hypermnesia. International Journal of Clinical 


Erdelyi, M.H. (1996). The recovery of unconscious memories: 

Hypermnesia and reminiscence. Chicago: University 

of Chicago Press. 

Erdelyi, M.H. (2004). Subliminal perception and its cognates: 

Theory, indeterminacy, and time. Consciousness 

and Cognition, 13, 73-91. 

Erdelyi, M.H. (2010). The ups and downs of memory. 

American Psychologist, 65(7), 623-633 

Erichsen, J.E. (1867). On railway and other injuries of the 

nervous system. Philadelphia PA: Lea. 



Erickson, B.A. (2010). What is right with him? Ericksonian 

positive psychotherapy in a case of sexual abuse. In: 

Burns, G.W., editor. Happiness, healing, enhancement: 

Your casebook collection for applying positive psychology 

in therapy. Hoboken NJ: Wiley, 29-39. 

Erickson, J.C. (1994). The use of hypnosis in anesthesia: a 

master class commentary. International Journal of 


Erickson, M.H. (1931-1977). The collected papers of Milton 

H. Erickson on hypnosis (4 volumes). With Rossi, 

E.L., editor. New York: Irvington, 1980. 

Erickson, M.H. (1932). Possible detrimental effects of experimental 

hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal and Social 


Erickson, M.H. (1933). The investigation of a specific 

amnesia. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 13, 

143, 1933. 

Erickson, M.H. (1935). A study of an experimental neurosis 

hypnotically induced in a case of ejaculatio praecox. 

British Journal of Medical Psychology, 15, 34, 1935. 

Erickson, M.H. (1936). Migraine headache in a resistant 

patient. Unpublished manuscript. Now in: Erickson, 

M.H. (1931-1977). The collected papers of Milton H. 

Erickson on hypnosis. New York: Irvington, 1980, 

Volume 4, 252-254. 

Erickson, M.H. (1937). Development of apparent unconsciousness 

during hypnotic reliving of a traumatic experience. 

Archives of Neurology and. Psychiatry, 38, 

1282-1288. 

Erickson, M.H. (1938). A study of clinical and experimental 

findings on hypnotic deafness: I. Clinical experimentation 

and findings. Journal of General 


Erickson, M.H. (1938). A study of clinical and experimental 

findings on hypnotic deafness: II. Experimental 

findings with a conditioned response technique. Journal 

of General Psychology, 19, 151-167. 

Erickson, M.H. (1938). Automatic drawing in the treatment 

of an obsessional depression. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 

7, 443-4-6. 

Erickson, M.H. (1939a). An experimental investigation of 

the possible anti-social use of hypnosis. Psychiatry, 2, 

391-414. 

Erickson, M.H. (1939b). Experimental demonstrations of 

the psychopathology of everyday life. Psychoanalytic 

Quarterly, 8, 338-353. 

Erickson, M.H. (1939c). The induction of color blindness 

by a technique of hypnotic suggestion. Journal of 

General Psychology, 20, 61-89. 

Erickson, M.H. (1939d). Demonstration of mental mechanisms 

by hypnosis. Archives of Neurology and. Psychiatry, 

42(2), 367-370. 

Erickson, M.H. (1939e). An experimental study of age re- 

gression. (Address delivered before the American 

Psychiatric Association in Chicago, May 1939). 

Erickson, M.H. (1942). A controlled experimental use of 

hypnotic regression in the therapy of an acquired food 

intolerance. Psychosomatic Medicine, 4, 67, 1942. 

Erickson, M.H. (1943). Experimentally elicited salivary 

and related responses to hypnotic visual hallucinations 

confirmed by personality reactions. Psychosomatic 

Medicine, 5(2), 185-187. 

Erickson, M.H. (1943). Hypnotic investigation of psychosomatic 

phenomena: Psychosomatic interrelationships 

dtudied by experimental hypnosis. Psychosomatic 

Medicine, 5, 51-58. 

Erickson, M.H. (1944). Hypnosis in medicine. Medical 

Clinics of North America, 28, 639-652. 

Erickson, M.H. (1948). Hypnotic psychotherapy. Medical 

Clinics of North America, 32, 571-584. 

Erickson, M.H. (1950a). Hypnosis in obstetrics: Utilizing 

experiential learning. In: Erickson, M.H. The collected 

papers of Milton H. Erickson. Rossi, E.L., editor. New 

York: Irvington, 1980, 224-228. 

Erickson, M.H. (1950b). The abortion issue: Facilitating 

unconscious dynamics permitting real choice. Unpublished 

manuscript. Now in: Erickson, M.H. 

(1931-1977). The collected papers of Milton H. Erickson 

on hypnosis. New York: Irvington, 1980, Volume 4, 

370-373. 

Erickson, M.H. (1952). A therapeutic double bind utilizing 

the patient’s rebellion. Unpublished manuscript. Now 

in: Erickson, M.H. (1931-1977). The collected papers of 

Milton H. Erickson on hypnosis. New York: Irvington, 

1980, Volume 4, 229-232. 

Erickson, M.H. (1952). Deep hypnosis and its induction. In: 

LeCron, L.M., editor. Experimental hypnosis. New 

York: Macmillan, 70-114. 

Erickson, M.H. (1952-1954). Self-exploration in trance 

following a surprise handshake induction. Unpublished 

manuscript. Now in: Erickson, M.H. (1931-1977). The 

collected papers of Milton H. Erickson on hypnosis. 

New York: Irvington, 1980, Volume 4, 437-438. 

Erickson, M.H. (1953a). The therapy of a psychosomatic 

headache. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 

1(4), 2-6. 

Erickson, M.H. (1953b). Impotence: Facilitating unconscious 

reconditioning. Unpublished manuscript. Now 

in: Erickson, M.H. (1931-1977). The collected papers of 

Milton H. Erickson on hypnosis. New York: Irvington, 

1980, Volume 4, 374-382. 

Erickson, M.H. (1954). A clinical note on indirect hypnotic 

therapy. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 

2(3), 171-174. 

Erickson, M.H. (1954). Pseudo-orientation in time as an 

hypno-therapeutic procedure. Journal of Clinical and 



Erickson, M.H. (1954). Special techniques of brief hypnotherapy. 

Journal of Clinical and Experiemental 

Hypnosis, 2(2), 109-129. 

Erickson, M.H. (1954). The development of an acute limited 

obsessional hysterical state in a normal hypnotic 

subject. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 

2(1), 27-41. 

Erickson, M.H. (1955). Self-exploration in the hypnotic 

state. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 3, 

49-57. 

Erickson, M.H. (1955). The hypnotherapy of two psychosomatic 

dental problems. Journal of the American Society 

of Psychosomatic Dentistry and Medicine, 1, 6-10. 

Erickson, M.H. (1958a). Naturalistic techniques of hypnosis. 


Erickson, M.H. (1958b). Pediatric hypnotherapy. American 


Erickson, M.H. (1958c). A clinical experimental approach 

to psychogenic infertility. Paper presented at the 

American Society of Clinical Hypnosis Annual Meeting, 

October 4. Now in: Erickson, M.H. (1931-1977). 

The collected papers of Milton H. Erickson on hypnosis. 

New York: Irvington, 1980, Volume 2, 196-202. 

Erickson, M.H. (1959). Further techniques of hypnosis-utilization 

techniques. American Journal of Clinical 


Erickson, M.H. (1959). Hypnosis in painful terminal illness. 

American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 1959, 1, 

117-121. 

Erickson, M.H. (1960a). Hypnotism. Encyclopaedia Britannica. 

Chicago: Encyclopaedia Britannica, Vol 12, 

23-24A. 

Erickson, M.H. (1960b). Breast development possibly influenced 

by hypnosis: Two instances and the psychotherapeutic 

results. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 1960, 2, 157-159. Now in: Erickson, M.H. 

(1931-1977). The collected papers of Milton H. Erickson 

on hypnosis. New York: Irvington, 1980, Volume 2, 

203-206. 

Erickson, M.H. (1960c). The utilization of patient behavior 

in the hypnotherapy of obesity: Three case reports. 

American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 3, 112-116 

Erickson, M.H. (1961a). Historical note on the hand levitation 

and other ideomotor techniques. American 


Erickson, M.H. (1961b). Letter to Andre M. Weitzenhoffer. 

Now in: Erickson, M.H., Rossi, E.L., Rossi, S.I. (1976). 

Hypnotic realities: The induction of clinical hypnosis 

and forms of indirect suggestion. New York: Irvington, 

99-101. 

Erickson, M.H. (1962). Basic psychological problems in 


hypnotic research. In: Estabrooks, G., editor. Hypnosis: 

Current problems. New York: Harper and Row, 

207-223. 

Erickson, M.H. (1962). Stage hypnotist back syndrome. 


Erickson, M.H. (1964a). Pantomime techniques and hypnosis 

and the implications. American Journal of Clinical 


Erickson, M.H. (1964b). Initial experiments investigatin 

the nature of hypnosis. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 7, 152-162. 

Erickson, M.H. (1964c). The confusion technique in hypnosis. 


183-207. 

Erickson, M.H. (1964d). A hypnotic technique for resistant 

patients. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 8-32. 

Erickson, M.H. (1965). The use of symptoms as an integral 

part of therapy. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

8, 57-65. 

Erickson, M.H. (1965a). A special inquiry with Aldous 

Huxley into the nature and character of various states of 

consciousness. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

8, 14-53. 

Erickson, M.H. (1965b). Experimental hypnotherapy in 

Tourette’s Disease. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 1965, 7(1), 325-331. 

Erickson, M.H. (1965c). Hypnosis and examination panics. 


Erickson, M.H. (1966). An introduction to the study and 

application of hypnosis for pain control. In Lassner, J., 

editor. Hypnosis and psychosomatic medicine: Proceedings 

of the Interantional Congress for Hypnosis 

and Psychosomatic Medicine. Amsterdam: Elsevier, 

85-90. 

Erickson, M.H. (1966). Experiential knowledge of hypnotic 

phenomena employed for hypnotherapy. American 


Erickson, M.H. (1966). The interspersal hypnotic technique 

for symptom correction and pain control. American 


Erickson, M.H. (1967). Further experimental investigation 

of hypnosis: Hypnotic and non-hypnotic realities. 


Erickson, M.H. (1973). A field investigation by hypnosis of 

sound loci importance in human behavior. American 


Erickson, M.H. (1973). Psychotherapy achieved by a reversal 

of the neurotic processes in a case of ejaculatio 

praecox. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 15, 

217-222. 

Erickson, M.H. (1976). Preface. In: Bandler, R., Grinder, J. 

(1976). Patterns of the hypnotic techniques of Milton H. 



Erickson. Cupertino CA: Meta Publications, vii-x. 

Erickson, M.H. (1977). Control of physiological function 

by hypnosis. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

1977, 20, 1, 8-19. 

Erickson, M.H. (1977). Pantomime techniques in hypnosis 

and the implications. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 1977, 7, 64-70. 

Erickson, M.H. (1977). The «surprise» and 

«my-friend-John» techniques of hypnosis: Minimal 

cues and natural field experimentation. American 

Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 1977, 6, 293-307. 

Erickson, M.H. (1982) posthumous. My voice will go with 

you: The teaching tales of Milton Erickson. Edited by S. 

Rosen. London: Norton, 1982. 

Erickson, M.H. (1983) posthumous. Healing in hypnosis: 

The seminars, workshops, and lectures of Milton H. 

Erickson (Vol. 1). Rossi, E., Ryan, M., Sharp, F., editors. 

New York: Irvington. 

Erickson, M.H. (1985) posthumous. Life reframing in 

hypnosis: The seminars, workshops, and lectures of 

Milton H. Erickson (Vol. 2). E. Rossi, M. Ryan, F. 

Sharp (Eds). New York: Irvington. 

Erickson, M.H., Brickner, R.M. (1943). The development 

of aphasia-like reactions from hypnotically induced 

amnesias: experimental observations and a detailed case 

report. Psychosomatic Medicine, 5(1), 59-66. 

Erickson, M.H., Erickson, E.M. (1938). The hypnotic induction 

of hallucinatory color vision followed by 

pseudo negative afterimages. Journal of Experimental 


Erickson, M.H., Erickson, E.M. (1941). Concerning the 

nature and character of post-hypnotic behavior. Journal 

of General Psychology, 24, 95, 1941. 

Erickson, M.H., Haley, J., Weakland, J.H. (1959). A transcript 

of a trance induction with commentary. American 

Journal of Clincial Hypnosis, 2, 49-84. 

Erickson, M.H., Hershman, S., Secter, I. (1961). The practical 

application of medical and dental hypnosis. New 

York: Brunner Mazel. 

Erickson, M.H., Kubie, L.S. (1941). The successful treatment 

of a case of acute hysterical depression by a return 

under hypnosis to a critical phase of childhood. Psychoanalytic 

Quarterly, 10, 592-609. 

Erickson, M.H., Rossi, E.L. (1948). Hypnotherapy: An exploratory 

casebook. New York: Irvington. 

Erickson, M.H., Rossi, E.L. (1974). Varieties of hypnotic 

amnesia. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 16, 

225-239. 

Erickson, M.H., Rossi, E.L. (1975). Varieties of double 

bind. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 17, 

143-157. 

Erickson, M.H., Rossi, E.L. (1976). Two-level communication 

and the microdynamics of trance. American 


Erickson, M.H., Rossi, E.L. (1977). Autohypnotic experiences 

of Milton H. Erickson. American Journal of 

Clinical Hypnosis, 20, 36-54 

Erickson, M.H., Rossi, E.L. (1979). Hypnotherapy: An exploratory 

casebook. New York: Irvington. 

Erickson, M.H., Rossi, E.L. (1981). Experiencing hypnosis: 

Therapeutic approaches to altered states. New York: 

Irvington. 

Erickson, M.H., Rossi, E.L. (1989). The February Man: 

Evolving consciousness and identity in hypnotherapy. 


Erickson, M.H., Rossi, E.L., Rossi, S.I. (1976). Hypnotic 

realities: The induction of clinical hypnosis and forms 

of indirect suggestion. New York: Irvington. 

Erickson, M.H., Zobie, L.S. (1939). The permanent relief of 

an obsessional phobia by means of communications 

with an unsuspected dual personality. Psychoanalytic 

Quarterly, 8, 471-509. 

Ermacora, G.B. (1893). Attività subcosciente e spiritismo. 

Roma: Balbi. 

Ernst, E., Resch, K.-L., White, A.R. (1995). Complementary 

medicine: What physicians think of it. A meta-analysis. 

Archives of Internal Medicine, 155(22), 

2405-2408. 

Ernst, W. (2004). Colonial psychiatry, magic and religion: 

The case of mesmerism in British India. History of 

Psychiatry, 15, 57-71. 

Errando, C.L., Sigl, J.C., Robles, M., Calabuig, E., García, 

J., Arocas, F., Higueras, R., Del Rosario, E., López, D., 

Peiró, C.M., Soriano, J.L., Chaves, S., Gil, F., 

García-Aguado, R. (2008). Awareness with recall during 

general anaesthesia: A prospective observational 

evaluation of 4001 patients. British Journal of Anaesthesia, 

101(2), 178-185. 

Errera, G. (1990). Emilio Servadio: Dall’ipnosi alla psicoanalisi. 

Firenze: Nardini. 

Esch, T., Fricchione, G.L., Stefano, G.B. (2003). The 

therapeutic use of the relaxation response in 

stress-related diseases. Medical Science Monitor, 9(2), 

23-34. 

Eschenmayer, C.A. von (1816). Versuch die scheinbare 

Magie des thierischen Magnetismus aus 

physiologischen und psychischen Gesetzen zu erklären. 

Stuttgart und Tübingen: Cotta. 

Eschenmayer, C.A. von (1820). Über Gaßners 

Heilmethode. H.1, S.87 u. H.2, S.62. Einige Briefe des 

Abts Bourgeois an seinen Bruder in Luxemburg (1820). 

In: von Eschenmayer, E.A., Kieser, D.G., Nees von 

Esenbeck, C.G. (Hrsg.). Archiv für den tierischen 

Magnetismus, 8 (1. Stück), 87-99. 

Eschenmayer, C.A. von (1830). Mysterien des innern 

Lebens; erläutert aus der Geschichte der Seherin von 


Prevorst, mit Berücksichtigung der bisher erschienenen 

Kritiken. Tübingen: Guttenberg. 

Esdaile, J. (1846). Mesmerism in India: And its practical 

application in surgery and medicine. London: Longman 

and Co. 

Esdaile, J. (1848). Record of cases treated in the mesmeric 

hospital, from june to december, 1847: With reports of 

the official visitors. Calcutta: Military Orphan Press. 

Esdaile, J. (1850). On the operation for the removal of 

scrotal tumours. London Medical Gazette, 11, 449-454. 

Esdaile, J. (1852a). Natural and mesmeric Clairvoyance 

with the practical application of mesmerism in surgery 

and medicine. London: Baillière. 

Esdaile, J. (1852b). The introduction of mesmerism, as an 

anaesthetic and curative agent, into the hospitals of India. 

Perth: Dewar. 

ESEMeD (2004). Use of mental health services in Europe: 

Results from the European Study of the Epidemiology 

of Mental Disorders (ESEMeD) project. Acta 

Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 109 (Suppl. 420), 47-54. 

Estabrooks, G.H. (1929). Experimental studies in suggestion. 

Journal of Genetic Psychology, 36, 120-139. 

Estabrooks, G.H. (1930). A standardized hypnotic technique 

dictated to a victrola record. American Journal of 


Estabrooks, G.H. (1930). The psychogalvanic reflex in 

hypnosis. Journal of General Psychology, 3, 150-157. 

Estabrooks, G.H. (1943). Hypnotism. New York: Dutton. 

Estabrooks, G.H. (1962). Hypnosis: Current problems. 

New York: Harper and Row. 

Estabrooks, G.H. (1971). Hypnosis comes of age. Science 

Digest, April, 44-50. 

Eugeni, R. (1999). La relazione d’incanto: Studi su cinema 

e ipnosi. Milano: Vita e Pensiero. 

Evangelista, A. (1991). Dictionary of hypnotism. New 

York: Greenwood. 

Evans, B. J., Coman, G.J. (2003). Hypnosis with treatment 

for the anxiety disorders. Australian Journal of Clinical 


Evans, B.J., Burrows, G.D. (1998) editors. Hypnosis in 

Australia. Heidelberg, Victoria, Australian Journal of 

Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis. 

Evans, C., Richardson, P.H. (1988). Improved recovery and 

reduced post-operative stay after therapeutic suggestions 

during general anesthesia. Lancet, 491-493. 

Evans, D. (2004). Placebo: Mind over matter in modern 

medicine. London: Oxford University Press. 

Evans, F.J. (1963). The Maudsley Personality Inventory, 

suggestibility and hypnosis. International Journal of 


Evans, F.J. (1977). Hypnosis and sleep: The control of altered 

states of awareness. Annals of the New York 



Evans, F.J. (1977). Hypnosis research. Science, 198(4317), 

600-601. 

Evans, F.J. (1979). Contextual forgetting: Posthypnotic 

source amnesia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 88, 

556-563. 

Evans, F.J. (1988). Posthypnotic amnesia: Dissociation of 

content and context. In: Pettinati, H.M., editor. Hypnosis 

and memory. New York: Guilford, 157-192. 

Evans, F.J. (1990). Hypnosis and pain control. Australian 


21-33. 

Evans, F.J. (1991). Hypnotizability: Individual differences 

in dissociation and the flexible control of psychological 

processes. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., editors. Theories 

of hypnosis: Current models and perspectives. New 


Evans, F.J., Gustafson, L.A., O'Connell, D.N., Orne, M.T., 

Shor, R.E. (1969). Sleep-induced behavioral response: 

Relationship to susceptibility to hypnosis and laboratory 

sleep patterns. Journal of Nervous and Mental 

Disease, 148, 467-476. 

Evans, F.J., Kihlstrom, J.K. (1973). Posthypnotic amnesia 

as disrupted retrieval. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

82(2), 317-323. 

Evans, F.J., Orne, M.T. (1965). Motivation, performance, 

and hypnosis. International Journal of Clinical and 


Evans, F.J., Orne, M.T. (1971). The disappearing hypnotist: 

The use of simulating subjects to evaluate how subjects 

perceive experimental procedures. International Journal 

of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 19, 

277-296. 

Evans, F.J., Reich, L., Orne, M.T. (1972). Optokinetic 

nystagmus, eye movements, and hypnotically induced 

hallucinations. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 

154, 419-431. 

Evans, F.J., Schmeidler, D. (1966). Relationship between 

the Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility and 

the Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale: Form C. 


Hypnosis, 14, 333-343. 

Evans, F.J., Staats, J.M. (1989). Suggested posthypnotic 

amnesiain four diagnostic groups of hospitalized psychiatric 

patients. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

32(1), 27-35. 

Evans, F.J., Thorne, W.A.F. (1964). Questionnaire scales 

correlating with factors of hypnosis: A preliminary report. 

Psychological Reports, 1964, 14, 67-70. 

Evans, F.J., Thorne, W.A.F. (1966). Two types of posthypnotic 

amnesia: Recall amnesia and source amnesia. 




Hypnosis, 14(2), 162-179. 

Evans, P., Hucklebridge, F., Clow, A. (2000). Mind, immunity 

and health: The science of psychoneuroimmunology. 

London: Free Associations Books. 

Evans, R.B. (1984). The origins of American academic 

psychology. In: Brozek, J. editor. Explorations in the 

history of psychology in the United States. Lewisburg 

PA: Bucknell University Press, 17-60. 

Evans, W.F. (1869). The mental cure: Illustrating the influence 

of the mind on the body, both in health and 

disease, and the psychological method of treatment. 

Boston: Carter. 

Evans, W.F. (1873). Mental medicine: A theoretical and 

practical treatise on medical psychology. Boston: 

Carter. 

Everett, J.J., Patterson, D.R., Burns, G.L., Montgomery, B., 

Heimbach, D. (1993). Adjunctive interventions for burn 

pain control: Comparison of hypnosis and Ativan: The 

1993 Clinical Research Award. Source Journal of Burn 

Care and Rehabilitation, 14(6), 676-683. 

Ewer, T.C., Stewart, D.E. (1986). Improvement in bronchial 

hyper-responsiveness in patients with moderate 

asthma after treatment with a hypnotic technique: A 

randomised controlled trial. British Medical Journal of 

Clinical Research Education, 293(6555), 1129-1132. 

Ewin, D.M. (1974). Condyloma acuminatum: Successful 

treatment of four cases by hypnosis. American Journal 


Ewin, D.M. (1977). Hypnosis to control smoking habit. 

Journal of Occupational Medicine, 19, 696-697. 

Ewin, D.M. (1983). Emergency room hypnosis for the 

burned patient. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

26, 5-8. 

Ewin, D.M. (1986a). The effect of hypnosis and mental set 

on major surgery and burns. Psychiatric Annals, 16, 

115-118. 

Ewin, D.M. (1986b). Emergency room hypnosis for the 

burned patient. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

29, 7-21. 

Ewin, D.M. (1992). Hypnotherapy for warts (verruca vulgaris): 

41 consecutive cases and 33 cures. American 


Ewin, D.M. (2001). The use of hypnosis in the treatment of 

burn patients. In: Burrows, G.D., Stanley, R.O., Bloom, 

P.B., editors. International handbook of clinical hypnosis. 


Ewin, D.M. (2002). Ideomotor signals: Their value in 

hypnotherapy. American Society of Clinical Hypnosis 

Newsletter, 43, 6-7. 

Ewin, D.M. (2008). Death and hypnosis: Two remarkable 

cases. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 51(1), 

69-75. 

Ewin, D.M. (2009). 101 Things I wish I ‘d known when I 

started using hypnosis. Carmarthen UK: Crown House. 

Ewin, D.M., Eimer, B.N. (2006). Ideomotor signals for 

rapid hypnoanalysis: A how-to manual. Springfield IL: 

Thomas. 

Ewing, C.P., McCann, J.T. (2006). Minds on trial: Great 

cases in law and psychology. New York: Oxford University 

Press. 

Eysenck, H.J. (1994). Hypnosis revisited. Nature, 368, 

378-378. 

Eysenck, H.J., Furneaux, W.D. (1945). Primary and secondary 

suggestibility: An experimental and statistical 

study. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 35, 

485-503. 

F 

Fabbri, R. (1976). Hypnosis and behavior therapy: A coordinated 

approach to the treatment of sexual disorders. 


Fabian, T.K., Fabian, G. (1998). Stress of life, stress of 

death: Anxiety in dentistry from the viewpoint of hypnotherapy. 


851(1), 495-500. 

Fachinelli, E. (1989). La mente estatica. Milano: Adelphi. 

Fahnestock, W.B. (1869). Artificial somnambulism: Hitherto 

called mesmerism; or, animal magnetism; containing 

a brief historical survey of Mesmer’s operations, 

and the examination of the same by the French commissioners. 

Phreno-somnambulism; or, the exposition 

of phreno-magnetism and neurology. Philadelphia: 

Barclay. 

Fairfield, F.G. (1875). Ten years with spiritual mediums: 

An inquiry concerning the etiology of certain phenomena 

called spiritual. New York: Appleton. 

Faith, M., Ray, W.J. (1994). Hypnotizability and dissociation 

in a college age population: Orthogonal individual 

differences. Personality and Individual Differences, 

17(2), 211-216. 

Faitini, T. (1851). Esperimenti fisici sopra il magnetismo 

animale. Verona: Ramanzini. 

Fantechi, C. (2010). Il potere dell'ipnosi conversazionale: 

49 lezioni per negoziare, vincere, convincere. Milano: 

Dialogika. 

Fara, P. (1995). An attractive therapy: Animal magnetism 

in Eighteenth-Century England. History of Science, 33, 


127-177. 

Faraday, M. (1853). Experimental investigation of table 

turning. The Atheneum, 1340 (July), 801-803. 

Farano, G., Colciaghi, G. (2003). Partorire sognando. 

L'ipnosi: un'ipotesi per vivere meglio la gravidanza e il 

parto. Milano: Angeli. 

Farberow, N.L., Sarbin, T.R. (1950). A clinical study of 

role and self in hypnotic age regression. American 

Psychologist, 5, 305. 

Farez, P. (1897-1898). Rapport sur la candidature du 

Docteur Vogt. Revue de l’Hypnotisme et de la 

Psychologie Physiologique, 12, 248-250. 

Faria, J.C. de (1819). De la cause du sommeil lucide: Ou 

étude de la nature de l’homme, Tome premier. Paris: 

Horiac. 

Farkas, P., Kassalow, T.W. (1976). Hypnosis in contact 

lens fitting. Journal of the American Optometric Association, 

47(3), 378. 

Farmer, A., Rooney, R., Cunningham, J.R. (1984). Hypothesized 

eye movements of neurolinguistic programming: 

A statistical artifact. Perceptual and Motor 

Skills, 61, 717-718. 

Farthing, G.W. (1992). The psychology of consciousness. 

Englewood Cliffs NJ: Prentice-Hall. 

Farthing, G.W., Venturino, M., Brown, S.W. (2010). Suggestion 

and distraction in the control of pain: Test of 

two hypotheses. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

93(3), 266-276. 

Farvolden, P., Woody, E.Z. (2004). Hypnosis, memory, and 

frontal executive functioning. International Journal of 


Fasciana, M.L. (2009) a cura. L’ipnosi con i bambini e gli 

adolescenti: Tecniche psicoterapeutiche in età evolutiva. 

Milano: Angeli. 

Fass, A.E. (2005). Hypnosis for the relief of cardiac 

symptomatology. In: Frishman, W.H., Weintraub, 

M.IMicozzi, M.S., editors. Complementary and integrative 

therapies for cardiovascular disease, 127-134. 

Fass, A.E. (2008). Hypnosis for pain management. In 

Weintraub, M.I., Mamtani, R., Micozzi, M.S., editors. 

Complementary and integrative medicine in pain 

management. New York: Springer, 29-40. 

Fass, M.L., Brown, D. (1990) editors. Creative mastery in 

hypnosis and hypnoanalysis: A festschrift for Erika 

Fromm. Hillsdale NJ: Erlbaum. 

Fassler, O., Knox, J., Lynn, S.J. (2006). The Iowa Sleep 

Experiences Survey: Hypnotizability, absorption, and 

dissociation. Personality and Individual Differences, 

41(4), 675-684. 

Fassler, O., Lynn, S.J., Knox, J. (2008). Is hypnotic suggestibility 

a stable trait? Consciousness and Cognition, 

17(1), 240-253. 


Faure, H., Kersten, J., Koopman, D., Hart, O. van der 

(1997). The 19th Century did case of Louis Vivet: New 

findings and re-evaluation. Dissociation, 10(2), 

104-113. 

Faw, V., Sellers, D.J., Wilcox, W.W. (1968). Psychopathological 

effects of hypnosis. International Journal 

of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 16, 26–37. 

Faw, V., Wilcox, W.W. (1958). Personality characteristics 

of susceptible and unsusceptible hypnotic subjects. 


83-94. 

Faymonville, M.E. (2006). Hypnose et anesthésie: Quelle 

est la part du rêve? Mapar 2005. Mapar éditions le 

Kremlin Bicètre, 311-318. 

Faymonville, M.E., Boly, M., Laureys, S. (2006). Functional 

neuroanatomy of the hypnotic state. Journal of 

Physiology-Paris, 99, 463-469. 

Faymonville, M.E., Defechereux, T., Joris, J., Adant, J.P., 

Hamoir, E., Meurisse, M. (1998). Hypnosis and its application 

in surgery. Revue Médicale de Liege, 53(7), 

414-418. 

Faymonville, M.E., Fissette, J., Mambourg, P.H., Roediger, 

L., Joris, J., Lamy, M. (1995). Hypnosis as adjunct 

therapy in conscious sedation for plastic surgery. Regional 

Anesthesia, 20(2), 145-151. 

Faymonville, M.E., Laureys, S., Degueldre, C., Del Fiore, 

G., Luxen, A., Franck, G., Lamy, M., Maquet, P. 

(2000). Neural mechanisms of antinociceptive effects of 

hypnosis. Anesthesiology, 92(5), 1257-1267. 

Faymonville, M.E., Mambourg, P. H., Joris, J., Vrijens, B., 

Fissette, J., Albert, A., and Lamy, M. (1997). Psychological 

approaches during conscious sedation. Hypnosis 

versus stress reducing strategies: A prospective randomized 

study. Pain, 73(3), 361-367. 

Faymonville, M.E., Meurisse, M., Fissette, J. (1999). 

Hypnosedation: A valuable alternative to traditional 

anaesthetic techniques. Acta Chirurgica Belgica, 99, 

141-146. 

Faymonville, M.E., Roediger, L., Del Fiore, G., 

Delgueldre, C., Phillips, C., Lamy, M, Luxen, A., 

Maquet, P., Laureys, S. (2003). Increased cerebral 

functional connectivity underlying the antinociceptive 

effects of hypnosis. Brain Research: Cognitive Brain 

Research, 17, 255-262. 

Fechner, G.T. (1836). Das Buchlein vom Leben nach dem 

Tode. Leipzig: Insel-Verlag (trad. it. di E. Sola, Il libretto 

della vita dopo la morte, Isis, Milano 1921). 

Fechner, G.T. (1851). Zend-Avesta oder über die Dinge des 

Himmels und des Jenseits, von Standpunkt der 

Naturhetrachtung. 3 Vol. Leipzig: Voss. 

Fechner, G.T. (1861). Über die Seelenfrage. Ein Gang 

durch die sichtbare Welt, um die unsichtbare zu finden. 



Leipzig: Amelang. 

Fechner, G.T. (1876). Erinnerungen an die letzten Tage der 

Odlehre und ihres Urhebers. Leipzig: Breitkopf und 

Hartel. 

Fechner, G.T. (1879). Die Tagesansicht gegenüber der 

Nachtansicht. Leipzig: Breitkopf und Härtel. 

Feilding, E., Baggally, W.W., Carrington, H. (1909). Report 

on a series of Sittings with Eusapia Palladino. Society 

for Psychical Research Proceedings, 23, 309-569. 

Feldman, C.A., Salzberg, H.C. (1990). The role of imagery 

in the hypnotic treatment of adverse reactions to cancer 

chemotherapy. Journal of the South Carolina Medical 

Association, 86, 303-306. 

Fellows, B.J. (1879). Current theoretical approaches to 

hypnosis: A review. Journal of the Royal Society of 

Medicine, 78, 941-944. 

Fellows, B.J., Creamer, M. (1978). An investigation of the 

role of 'hypnosis', hypnotic susceptibility and hypnotic 

induction in the production of age regression. British 

Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 17(2), 

165-171. 

Fellows, B.J., Richardson, J. (1993). Relaxed and alert 

hypnosis: An experiential comparison. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 10(1), 49–54. 

Felt, B.T., Hall, H., Olness, K., Schmidt, W., Kohen, D., 

Berman, B.D., Broffman, G., Coury, D., French, G., 

Dattner, A., Young, M.H. (1998). Wart regression in 

children: Comparison of relaxation-imagery to topical 

treatment and equal time interventions. American 


Féré, Ch. (1883). Les hypnotiques hystériques considérés 

comme sujets d'expérience en médecine mentale: Illusions, 

hallucinations, impulsions irrésistibles 

provoquées, leur importance du point de vue 

médico-légal. Archives de Neurologie, 10, 285-301. 

Féré, Ch. (1884-1886). La médecine d'imagination. 

Progrès Médical, 16, 35, 36, 37. 

Féré, Ch. (1890). La fatigue et l'hystérie expérimentale: 

Théorie physiologique de l'hystérie. Société de 

Biologie: Comptes rendus hebdomadaires Séances et 

mémoires, 42, 284-287. 

Féré, Ch. (1892). La pathologie des émotions: Études 

physiologiques et cliniques. Paris: Alcan. 

Ferenczi, S. (1909). Comments on hypnosis. Now in: Shor, 

R.E ., Orne, M.T., editors. The nature of hypnosis: Selected 

basic readings. New York: Holt, 177-178. 

Ferguson, E.A. (2001). Mutual hypnosis: An exploratory 

multiple-case study. Dissertation Abstracts International, 

62(4-B), 2055. 

Fernández-García, R., Fidalgo, A.M., Zurita, F., García, 

J.M., Sánchez, L. (2009). Efectos de la hipnosis en la 

mejora de variables físicas y psicológicas dentro del 

contexto del deporte. Revista Electrónica de Portale- 

sMédicos.com, 4(4), 40. 

Fernández-García, R., Secades, R., Terrados, N., García-Cueto, 

E., García-Montes, J.M. (2004). Efecto de la 

hipnosis y la terapia de aceptación y compromiso 

(ACT) en la mejora de la fuerza física en piragüistas. 

International Journal of Clinical and Health Psychology, 

4, 481-493. 

Ferrari, S. (1985). Psicologia come romanzo: Dalle storie di 

isteria agli studi sull’ipnotismo. Studi di Estetica, 6, 

49-96. 

Ferrari, S. (1986). Gli studi sull'ipnotismo e la suggestione 

tra scienza e misticismo. In: Rossi, P., a cura. L’età del 

positivismo. Bologna: Il Mulino, 121-152. 

Ferrari, S. (1987) a cura. Psicologia come romanzo: Dalle 

storie di isteria agli studi sull'ipnotismo. Con testi di 

Richet, Seppilli e Souriau. Firenze: Alinea. 

Ferreiro O. (1993). Hypnosis-its use in acute attacks of 

bronchial asthma. Hypnosis, 20, 236. 

Feurzeig, L. (1997). Heroines in perversity: Marie Schmith, 

animal magnetism, and the Schubert circle. 

19th-Century Music, 21(2), 223-243. 

Fichte, I.H. (1859). Zur seelen lehre: Ein philosophische 

Confession. Leipzig: Brockhaus. 

Fichte, I.H. (1878). Der neuere Spiritualismus, sein Werth 

und seine Tauschungen: Eine anthropologische Studie. 

Leipzig: Brockhaus. 

Fick, L.J., Lang, E,V., Logan, H.L., Lutgendorf S, 

Benotsch EG. (1999). Imagery content during 

nonpharmacologic analgesia in the procedure suite: 

Where your patients would rather be. Academic Radiology, 

6(8), 457-463. 

Field, M. (1960). Search for security: An elhnopsychialric 

study of rural Ghana. Evanston IL: Northwestern 


Field, P.B. (1965). Inventory scale of hypnotic depth. International 


Hypnosis, 13, 238-49. 

Field, P.B. (1974). Effects of tape-recorded hypnotic 

preparation for surgery. International Journal of Clinical 


Figlio, K.M. (1976). The metaphor of organization: An 

historiographical perspective on the bio-medical sciences 

of the early nineteenth century. History of Science, 

14, 17-53. 

Figuier, L. (1860-1861). Histoire du merveilleux dans les 

temps modernes. Vol. 4: Le magnétisme animal. Paris: 

Hachette. 

Filiputti, A. (1999). Ipnosi: Dilatare la mente per conoscere 

e trasformare la realtà. Firenze: Demetra Giunti. 

Fillassier, A. (1832). Quelques faits et considérations pour 

servir à l’histoire du magnétisme animal. Paris: Didot. 

Fine, C.G. (1988). The work of Antoine Despine: The first 

scientific report on the diagnosis of a child with multi- 


ple personality disorder. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 31, 33-39. 

Finer, B.L., Nylen, B.O. (1961). Cardiac arrest in the 

treatment of burns, and report on hypnosis as a substitute 

for anesthesia. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, 

27, 49-54. 

Fingelkurts, An., Fingelkurts, Al., Kallio, S., Revonsuo, A. 

(2007a). Hypnosis induces reorganization in the composition 

of brain oscillations in EEG: A case study. 


Fingelkurts, An., Fingelkurts, Al., Kallio, S., Revonsuo, A. 

(2007b). Cortex functional connectivity as a neurophysiological 

correlate of hypnosis: An EEG case 

study. Neuropsychologia, 45 (7), 1452-1462. 

Fingelkurts, An.A., Fingelkurts, Al.A. Kallio, S., 

Revonsuo, A. (2007). Hypnosis induces a changed 

composition of brain oscillations in EEG: A case study. 

Contemporary Hypnosis, 24 (1), 3-18. 

Finger, S. (2006). Benjamin Franklin, electricity, and the 

palsies. Neurology, 66, 1559-1563. 

Finger, S. (2007). Benjamin Franklin and the electrical cure 

for disorders of the nervous system. In: Whitaker, H.A., 

Smith, C.U.M., Finger, S., editors. Brain, mind and 

medicine: Essays in Eighteenth-Century neuroscience. 


Finkelhor, D., Hotaling, G., Lewis, I.A., Smith, G. (1990). 

Sexual abuse in a national survey of adult men and 

women: Prevalence, characteristics, and risk factors. 

Child Abuse and Neglect, 14(1), 19-28. 

Finkelstein, S. (1991). Hypnotically assisted preparation of 

the anxious patient for medical and dental treatment. 

American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 33, 187–191. 

Finkelstein, S. (2003). Rapid hypnotic inductions and 

therapeutic suggestion in the dental setting. International 


51(1), 77-85. 

Finlay, I.G., Jones, O.L. (1996). Hypnotherapy in palliative 

care. Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 89, 

493-496. 

Fiorese, R. (1854). Saggio critico sul magnetismo animale. 

Bari: Stamperia Petruzzelli. 

Fischer, C. (1943). Hypnosis in treatment of neuroses due 

to war and to other causes. War Medicine, 4, 565-576. 

Fischer, F. (1859). Der Somnambulismus. Basel: 

Schweighauser. 

Fischer, R. (1971). A cartography of the ecstatic and meditative 

states. Science, 174(4012), 897-904. 

Fishbein, M. (1932). Fads and quackery in healing: An 

analysis of the foibles of the healing cults, with essays 

on various other peculiar notions in health field. New 

York: Blue Ribbon. 

Fisher, R. (1976). Hypnotic recall and flash- 


back-remembrance of things past. Confinia 

Psychiatrica (Basel), 19, 149-173. 

Fisher, S. (1954). The role of expectancy in the performance 

of posthypnotic behavior. Journal of Abnormal 

and Social Psychology, 49(4, Pt.1), 503-507. 

Fisher, V.E. (1932). Hypnotic suggestion and the conditioned 

reflex. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 

15(2), 212-217. 

Flammarion, C. (1862-1863). Les habitants de l’autre 

monde: Études d’outre-tombe. 2 parts. Paris: Ledoyen. 

Flammarion, C. (1899). L’inconnu et les problèmes 

psychiques. Paris: Flammarion. 

Flammer, E., Alladin, A. (2007). The efficacy of hypnotherapy 

in the treatment of psychosomatic disorders: 

Meta-analytical evidence. International Journal of 


Flammer, E., Bongartz, W. (2003). On the efficacy of 

hypnosis: A meta-analytic study. Contemporary Hypnosis, 

20(4), 179-197. 

Flavell, J. (1985). Cognitive development, Second edition. 

Englewood Cliffs NJ: Prentice Hall. 

Flint, H.L. (1903). Practical instruction in hypnotism and 

suggestion. Chicago: Flint and Flint. 

Flint, H.L. (1912). A course in hypnotism and hypnotic 

suggestion, and how to acquire and utilize hypnotic 

power: a thorough and practical course of instruction 

which teaches how to develop and cultivate the subtle 

forces of nature which lie dormant in every human being. 

Cleveland OH: Flint’s College of Hypnotism. 

Flint, H.L. (1912). Flint’s lessons in hypnotism: A comprehensive 

work on scientific suggestion as applied in 

hypnotism, mesmerism, personal magnetism, magnetic 

healing, psycho-therapeutics, suggestive therapeutics 

and similar manefestations of mental development and 

control. Cleveland OH: Flint’s College of Hypnotism. 

Flory, N., Martinez Salazar, G.M., Lang, E.V. (2007). 

Hypnosis for acute distress management during medical 

procedures. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 55(3), 303-317. 

Flournoy, T. (1890). Métaphysique et psychologie. Géneve: 

Georg. 

Flournoy, T. (1900). Des Indes à la planète Mars: Essai sur 

un cas de somnambulisme avec glossolalie. Paris: Alcan. 

Flournoy, T. (1910). Esprits et médiums: Mélanges de 

métapsychique et de psychologie. Gènève: Kündig. 

Fludd, R. (1619). Utriusque cosmi maioris scilicet et 

minoris metaphysica, physica atque technica histori. 

Oppenheim: Johann Theodore de Bry. 

Fodstad, H., Hariz, M. (2007). Electricity in the treatment 

of nervous system disease. Acta Neurochirurgica Supplement, 

97(1), 11-19. 



Fogg, A. (2010). The secrets of hypnotic golf: Play better 

golf in your unconscious mind with hypnosis and NLP. 

Toronto: Lulu.com. 

Foissac, P. (1825). Mémoire sur le magnétisme animal 

adressé à MM. les membres de l’Académie des sciences 

et de l’Académie de médecine. Paris: Didot. 

Foissac, P. (1826). Second mémoire sur le magnétisme 

animal. Observations particulières sur une somnambule 

présentée à la commission nommée par l’Académie 

royale de médecine pour l’examen du magnétisme 

animal. Paris: n.p. 

Fontan, J., Ségard, C. (1887). Eléments de médecine suggestive, 

hypnotisme et suggestion: Faits cliniques. Paris: 

Doin. 

Fontenay, G. de (1898). A propos d’Eusapia Paladino: Les 

séances de Montfort-L’Amaury (25-28 Juillet 1897). 

Compte rendu, photographies, témoignages et 

commentaires. Paris: Société d’Editions Scientifiques. 

Forbes, A., MacAuley, S., Chiotakakou-Faliakou, E. 

(2000). Hypnotherapy and therapeutic audiotape: Effective 

in previously unsuccessfully treated irritable 

bowel syndrome? International Journal of Colorectal 

Disease, 15, 328–334. 

Forbes, E.J., Pekala, R.J. (1993). Predicting hypnotic susceptibility 

via a phenomenological approach. Psychological 

Reports, 73, 1251-1256. 

Forel, A. (1887). Einige therapeutische Versuche mit dem 

Hypnotismus (Braidismus) bei Geisteskranken. 

Correspondenz-Blatt für Schweizer Ärzte, 17, 481 - 488. 

Forel, A. (1889a). Der Hypnotismus: Seine psycho-physiologische, 

medicinische, strafrechtliche 

Bedeutung und seine Handhabung, Dritte verbesserte 

Auflage mit Adnotationen von Doctor Oskar Vogt. 

Stuttgart: Enke. 

Forel, A. (1889b). Der Hypnotismus: Seine Bedeutung und 

seine Handhabung. In kurzgefasster Darstellung. 


Forel, A. (1890). Hypnotism: Its significance and management 

briefly presented. Wood’s Medical and Surgical 

Monographs (New York), 5, 159-236. 

Forel, A. (1902). Der Hypnotismus und die suggestive 

Psychotherapie, Vierte umgearbeitete Auflage. 


Forel, A. (1906). Hypnotism or suggestion and psychotherapy. 

A study of the psychological, psycho-physiological 

and therapeutic aspects of 

hypnotism, translated from the fifth German edition by 

H.W. Armit. London-New York: Rebman. 

Forel, A. (1968). Briefe-Correspondance 1864-1927, 

Herausgegeben von Hans H. Walser. Mit einem 

Vorwort von Manfred Bleuler. Bern-Stuttgart: Huber. 

Forgione, A.G. (1988). Hypnosis in the treatment of dental 

fear and phobia. Dental Clinics of North America, 32, 

745–761. 

Forrest, D. (1974). Von Senden, Mesmer, and the recovery 

of sight in the blind. American Journal of Psychology, 

87(4), 719-722. 

Forrest, D. (1999). Hypnotism: A history. London: Penguin. 

Forrest, D. (2002). Mesmer. International Journal of Clinical 

and Experimental Hypnosis, 50(4), 295-308 

Forrest, D., Storr, A. (1999). The evolution of hypnotism: A 

survey of theory and practice from Mesmer to the present 

day. Forfar: Black Ace. 

Forrester, J. (1980). Language and the origins of psychoanalysis. 

New York: Columbia University Press. 

Forrester, J. (1997). Dream readers, dispatches from the 

freud wars: Psychoanalysis and its passions. Cambridge 


Foucault, M. (1961). Folie et déraison: Histoire de la folie à 

l’âge classique. Paris: Plon. 

Foucault, M. (1963). Naissance de la clinique: Une archéologie 

du regard médical. Paris: Presses 

Universitaires de France. 

Foucault, M. (1975). Surveiller et punir: Naissance de la 

prison. Paris: Gallimard. 

Fourie, A.M., Roets, H.E. (2003). Ego state therapy as 

treatment for severe stomach pains after sexual intercourse: 

A case presentation. Australian Journal of 


Fourie, D.P. (1991). Family hypnotherapy: Erickson or 

systems? Journal of Family Therapy, 13(1), 53-71. 

Fourie, D.P. (1997). “Indirect” suggestion in hypnosis: 

Theoretical and experimental issues. Psychological 

Reports, 80(3), Pt 2, 1255-1266. 

Fourie, D.P. (1998). Hypnosis in treatment: An ecosystemic 

approach. Pretoria: University of South Africa. 

Fournel, J.F. (1785). Essai sur les probabilités du somnambulism 

magnétique: Pour servir à l’histoire du 

magnétisme animal. Paris: Gastelier. 

Foveau de Commelles, F.V. (1890). Leçons cliniques sur 

les principaux phénomènes de l'hypnotisme dans leur 

rapport avec la pathologie mentale. Paris: Carré. 

Fowler, E.P. (1890). Neurotic tumors of the breast. Medical 

Record - New York, 37, 179-182. 

Fowler, W.L. (1961). Hypnosis and learning. International 


223-232. 

Fox, P.A., Henderson, D.C., Barton, S.E., Champion, A.J., 

Rollin, M.S., Catalan, J., McCormack, S.M., Gruzelier, 

J. (1999). Immunological markers of frequently recurrent 

genital herpes simplex virus and their response to 

hypnotherapy: A pilot study. International Journal of 

STD and AIDS, 10(11), 730-734. 

Francis, C.Y., Houghton, L.A. (1996). Use of hypnotherapy 

in gastrointestinal disorders. European Journal of 

Gastroenterology and Hepatology, 8(6), 525-529. 


Franco, G.P.G. (1886). L’ipnotismo tornato di moda: Storia 

e disquisizione scientifica. Prato: Giachetti. Edizione 

in forma di estratto del testo pubblicato nel 

medesimo anno a puntate su La Civiltà Cattolica, 13(3), 

5-18, 129-149, 257-279, 402-417, 513-529, 665-678; 

con il medesimo titolo de: L’ipnotismo tornato di moda. 

Frank R.G., Umlauf, R.L., Wonderlich, S.A., Ashkanazi, 

G.S. (1986). Hypnosis and behavioral treatment in a 

worksite smoking cessation program. Addictive Behaviors, 

2, 59-62. 

Frank, D., Mooney, B. (2007). Hypnosis and counselling in 

the treatment of cancer and other chronic illness. 


Frank, J.D. (1944). Experimental studies of personal pressure 

and resistance: I. Experimental production of resistance. 


Frank, J.D. (1973). Persuasion and healing: A comparative 

study of psychotherapy. Baltimore: John Hopkins University 

Press. 

Frank, L.S., Frank, J.L., March, D., Makari-Judson, G., 

Barham, R.B., Mertens, W.C. (2007). Does therapeutic 

touch ease the discomfort or distress of patients undergoing 

stereotactic core breast biopsy? A randomized 

clinical trial. Pain Medicine, 8(5), 419-424. 

Frank, R.G., Umlauf, R.L., Wonderlich, S.A., Ashkanazi, 

G.S. (1986). Hypnosis and behavioral treatment in the 

worksite smoking cessation program. Addictive Behaviors, 

11 (1), 59-62. 

Frankau, G. (1948). Mesmerism by Doctor Mesmer. London: 

MacDonald. 

Frankel, F. H. (1974). Trance capacity and the genesis of 

phobicbehavior. Archives of General Psychiatry, 

31,261-263. 

Frankel, F.H. (1976). Hypnosis: Trance as a coping 

mechanism. New York: Plenum Medical. 

Frankel, F.H. (1981). Short-term psychotherapy and hypnosis. 

Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 35(4), 

236-243. 

Frankel, F.H. (1982). Hypnosis: Both poetry and science. 

Lancet, 320(8312), 1391-1393. 

Frankel, F.H. (1988). The clinical use of hypnosis in aiding 

recall. In: Pettinati, H.M., editor. Hypnosis and memory. 


Frankel, F.H. (1993). Adult reconstruction of childhood 

events in the multiple personality literature. American 

Journal of Psychiatry, 150(6), 954-958. 

Frankel, F.H. (1995). Discovering new memories in psychotherapy: 

Childhood revisited, fantasy, or both? New 

England Journal of Medicine, 333, 591-594. 

Frankel, F.H., Misch, R.C. (1973). Hypnosis in a case of 

long-standing psoriasis in a person with character 

problems. International Journal of Clinical and Ex- 


perimental Hypnosis, 21, 121-130. 

Frankel, F.H., Orne, M.T. (1976). Hypnotizability and 

phobic behavior. Archives of General Psychiatry, 33, 

1259-1261. 

Frankel, F.H., Zamansky, H.S. (1978) editors. Hypnosis at 

its bicentennial: Selected papers. New York: Plenum. 

Frankel, M.R., Macfie, J. (2010). Psychodynamic psychotherapy 

with adjunctive hypnosis for social and performance 

anxiety in emerging adulthood. Clinical Case 

Studies, 9(4), 294-308. 

Frankish, K., Evans, J. (2009). The duality of mind: An 

historical perspective. In: Evans, J. Frankish, K., editors. 

In two minds: Dual processes and beyond. New 

York: Oxford University Press, 1-29. 

Frapart, N.N. (1839). Lettres sur le magnétisme et le 

somnambulisme, à l’occasion de Mademoiselle 

Pigeaire. Paris: Dentu. 

Fraser, G.A. (1991). The dissociative table technique. A 

strategy for working with ego states in dissociative 

disorders and ego-state therapy. Dissociation, 4(4), 

205-213. 

Fraser, G.A. (1993). Exorcism rituals: Effects on multiple 

personality disorder patients. Dissociation, 6, 239-244. 

Fraser, G.A. (1993). Special treatment techniques to access 

the inner personality system of multiple personality 

disorder patients. Dissociation, 6(2/3), 193-198. 

Fraser, G.A. (2003). Eraser's "Dissociative Table Technique" 

revisited, revised: A strategy for working with 

ego states in dissociative disorders and ego-state therapy. 

Journal of Trauma and Dissociation, 4(4), 5-28. 

Freccia, W.F. (1982). Misconceptions concerning the 

clinical use of hypnosis in dentistry: Journal of the 

American Society of Psychosomatic Dentistry and 

Medicine, 29(2), 64-70. 

Frederick, C. (2002). Liberating Sisyphus: Hypnotically 

facilitated therapy for obsessive compulsive disorder. 

Hypnos, 29, 99-105. 

Frederick, C. (2005). Selected topics in ego state therapy. 


Hypnosis, 53(4), 339-429. 

Frederick, C. (2007). Hypnotically facilitated treatment of 

obsessive-compulsive disorder: Can it be evidence-based? 

International Journal of Clinical and 


Frederick, C., McNeal, S. (1996). Inner strenght: Contemporary 

psychotherapy and hypnosis for 

ego-strengthening. London: Erlbaum. 

Fredericks, L.W. (1967). The use of hypnosis in hemophilia. 


52-55. 

Fredericks, L.W. (2001). The use of hypnosis in surgery 

and anesthesiology. Springfield IL: Thomas. 



Freedheim, D.K. (1992) editor. History of psychotherapy: 

A century of change. Washington DC: American Psychological 

Association. 

Freeman, R.M., Macaulay, A.J., Eve, L., Chamberlain, 

G.V., and Bhat, A.V. (1986). Randomised trial of self 

hypnosis for analgesia in labour. British Medical 

Journal (Clinical Research Edition), 292(6521), 

657-658. 

Frenay, M.C., Faymonville, M.E., Devlieger, S., Albert, A., 

Vanderkelen, A. (2001). Psychological approaches 

during dressing changes of burned patients: A prospective 

randomised study comparing hypnosis against 

stress reducing strategy. Burns, 27(8), 793-799. 

French, A.P. (1977). Treatment of warts by hypnosis. 


887-888. 

French, C.N. (1965). Tactile-vision: Thermal texture cues 

in the discrimination of black and white. Nature, 208, 

1352. 

Freud S. (1886). Briefe an Wilhelm Fließ 1887-1904, 

Ungekürzte Ausgabe. Herausgegeben von Jeffrey 

Moussaieff Masson. Deutsche Fassung von Michael 

Schröter, transkription von Gerhard Fichtner. Frankfurt-im-Main: 

Fischer. 

Freud S. (1889). Review of August Forel’s Hypnotism. In: 

The Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological 

Works of Sigmund Freud, translated from the German 

under the General Editorship of James Strachey, in 

Collaboration with Anna Freud. London: Hogarth Press 

and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, Vol. I, 89-102. 

Freud S. (1891). Hypnosis. Standard Edition, Vol. I, 

103-114. 

Freud S. (1896). Preface to the Second German Edition of 

Bernheim’s Suggestion. Standard Edition, Vol. I, 

73-87. 

Freud S., Jung C.G. (1974) posthumous. Correspondence. 

Edited by William McGuire and Wolfgang Sauerländer, 

New York, Norton. 

Freud, S. (1873-1939). Lettere: 1873-1939. Torino: Bollati 

Boringhieri, 1960. 

Freud, S. (1900). Die Traumdeutung. Leipzig: Deuticke. 

Freyd, J.J. (1996). Betrayal trauma: The logic of forgetting 

childhood abuse. Cambridge MA: Harvard University 

Press. 

Frezza, P. (1969). L'ipnosi negli sport: Una prova orientativa. 

Minerva Medica, 60(11), 491-494. 

Friday, P.J. Kubal, W.S. (1990). Magnetic resonance imaging: 

Improved patient tolerance utilizing medical 


80-84. 

Friedlander, J.W., Sarbin, T.R. (1938). The depth of hypnosis. 

Journal of Abnormal Social Psychology, 33, 

281-294. 

Friedman, H., Taub, H. (1977). The use of hypnosis and 

biofeedback procedures for essential hypertension. International 


Hypnosis, 25, 335-347. 

Friedman, H., Taub, H. (1978). A six month follow-up of 

the use of hypnosis and biofeedback procedures in essential 

hypertension. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 20, 184-188. 

Frischholz, E.J. (1997). Medicare procedure code 90880 

(medical hypnotherapy): Use the code (not the word). 

American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 40(2): 85-88. 

Frischholz, E.J. (2007). Hypnosis, hynotizability, and placebo. 


49-58. 

Frischholz, E.J., Blumstein, R.J., Spiegel, D. (1982). 

Comparative efficacy of hypnotic behavioral training 

and sleep-trance hypnotic induction. Journal of Consulting 

and Clinical Psychology, 50, 766-769. 

Frischholz, E.J., Braun, B.G., Lipman, L.S. (1992). Suggested 

posthypnotic amnesia in psychiatric patients and 

normals. American journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 35(1), 

29-39 

Frischholz, E.J., Lipman, L.S., Braun, B.G., Sachs, R.G. 

(1992). Psychopathology, hypnotizability, and dissociation. 

American Journal of Psychiatry, 149, 1521-1525. 

Frischholz, E.J., Nichols, L.E. (2010). A historical context 

for understanding “An eye roll test for hypnotizability” 

by Herbert Spiegel, M.D. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 53(1), 3-13. 

Frischholz, E.J., Scheflin, A.W. (2009). A comment on an 

alleged association between hypnosis and death: Two 

remarkable cases. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

52(1), 45-67. 

Frischholz, E.J., Spiegel, D. (1983). Hypnosis is not therapy. 

Bulletin of the British Society of Experimental and 


Friswell, R., McConkey, K.M. (1989). Hypnotically induced 

mood. Cognition and Emotion, 3, 1-26. 

Fromm, E. (1975). Selfhypnosis: A new area of research. 

Psychotherapy: Theory, Research and Practice, 12(3), 

295-301. 

Fromm, E. (1979). The nature of hypnosis and other altered 

states of consciousness: An ego-psychological theory. 

In: Fromm, E., Shor, R.E., editors. Hypnosis: Developments 

in research and new perspectives. New York: 

Aldine, 81-103. 

Fromm, E. (1980). Values in hypnotherapy. Psychotherapy: 

Theory, Research and Practice, 17, 425-430. 

Fromm, E. (1984). Hypnoanalysis: With particular emphasis 

on the borderline patient. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 

1(1), 61-76. 

Fromm, E. (1987). Significant developments in clinical 

hypnosis during the past 25 years. International Journal 



Fromm, E., Kahn, S. (1990). Self-hypnosis: The Chicago 

paradigm. New York: Guilford. 

Fromm, E., Nash, M. R. (1997). Psychoanalysis and hypnosis. 

New York: International Universities Press. 

Fromm, E., Nash, M.R. (1992) editors. Contemporary 

hypnosis research. New York: Guilford. 

Fromm, E., Oberlander, M.I., Gruenewald, D. (1970). 

Perceptual and cognitive processes in different states of 

consciousness: The waking state and hypnosis. Journal 

of Projective Techniques and Personality Assessment, 

34, 375-387. 

Fromm, E., Shor, R.E. (2006) editors. Hypnosis: Developments 

in research and new perspectives, Second edition. 

New York: Aldine. 

Fromme, D.K., Daniell, J. (1984). Neurolinguistic programming 

examined: Imagery, sensory mode, and 

communication. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 

31(3), 387-390. 

Fry, A. (1957). The scope for hypnosis in general practice. 

British Medical Journal, 1(5031), 1323-1328. 

Fry, L., Mason, A.A., Pearson, R.S. (1964). Effect of 

hypnosis on allergic skin responses in asthma and hay 

fever. British Medical Journal, 1(5391), 1145-1148. 

Frye, N. (1957). Anatomy of criticism. Princeton: Princeton 


Fuchs, K. (1980). Therapy of vaginismus by hypnotic desensitization. 

American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 

137, 1-7. 

Fuchs, K., Hoch, Z., Paldi, E., Peretz, B.A., Kleinhausm, 

M. (1975). Vaginismus: The hypno-therapeutic approach. 

Journal of Sex Research, 11(1), 39-45. 

Fuge, C. (1986). Bedford Square: A connection with 

mesmerism. Anaesthesia, 41, 726-730. 

Fuller, R.C. (1982). Mesmerism and the American cure of 

souls. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. 

Fuller, R.C. (1989). Alternative medicine in American religious 

life. New York: Oxford University Press. 

Furlow, M.L., Patel, D.A., Sen, A., Liu, J.R. (2008). Physician 

and patient attitudes towards complementary and 

alternative medicine in obstetrics and gynecology. BMC 

Complementary and Alternative Medicine, 8, 35. 

Furneaux, W.D. (1946). The prediction of susceptibility to 

hypnosis. Journal of Personality, 14, 281-294. 

Furneaux, W.D. (1956). Hypnotic susceptibility as a function 

of waking suggestibility. In: LeCron, L.M., editor. 

Experimental hypnosis. New York: Macmillan, 

115-136. 

Furnham, A., Haraldsen, E. (1998). Lay theories of etiology 

and “cure” for four types of paraphilia: Fetishism; pedophilia; 

sexual sadism and voyeurism. Journal of 



Furnham, A., Lee, E. (2005). Lay beliefs about, and attitudes 

towards, hypnosis and hypnotherapy. Counseling 

and Clinical Psychology Journal, 2(3), 90-103. 

Furst, L.R. (2008). Before Freud: Hysteria and hypnosis in 

later Nineteenth-Century psychiatric cases. Lewisburg 

PA: Bucknell University Press. 

G 

Gaeta, R. (1784). Esame del magnetismo animale, ossia 

Rapporto de’ Commissari incaricati dal Re di Francia 

circa l’esistenza del fluido magnetico ed i mezzi impiegati 

per metterlo in azione. Milano: Galeazzi. 

Gafner, G. (2006). More hypnotic inductions. New York: 

Norton. 

Gafner, G. (2010). Techniques of hypnotic induction. 


Gafner, G., Benson, S. (2000). Handbook of hypnotic inductions. 


Gafner, G., Benson, S. (2003). Hypnotic techniques: For 

standard psychotherapy and formal hypnosis. New 

York: Norton. 

Gafner, G., Young, C. (1998). Hypnosis as an adjuvant 

treatment in chronic paranoid schizophrenia. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 15(4), 223-226. 

Gajwani, P., Muzina, D., Gao, K., Calabrese, J.R. (2006). 

Awareness under anesthesia during electroconvulsive 

therapy treatment. Journal of ECT, 22(2), 158-159. 

Galanter, M. (1996). Cults and charismatic group psychology. 

In: Shafranske, E.P., editor. Religion and the 

clinical practice of psychology. Washington DC: 


Galbraith, G.C., London, P., Leibovitz, M.P., Cooper, 

L.M., Hart, J.T. (1970). EEG and hypnotic susceptibility. 

Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 

72, 125-131. 

Gale, T. (1802). Electricity or ethereal fire considered: 1st 

Naturally, as the agent of animal and vegetable life: 2d, 

Astronomically, or as the agent of gravitation and motion: 

3d. Medically, or its artificial use in disease. Troy 

NY: Moffitt and Lyon. 

Galilei, G. (1632). Dialogo sopra i due massimi sistemi del 

mondo. Firenze: Landini. 

Gall, F.J., Spurzheim, J. (1810). Anatomie et physiologie 



du système nerveux en general, et du cerveau en particulier, 

avec des observations sur la possibilite de reconnautre 

plusieurs dispositions intellectuelles et 

morales de l’homme el des animaux par la configuration 

de leurs têtes. Paris: Librairie Greque Latine Allemande. 

Gallagher, S., Shear, J. (1999) editors. Models of the Self. 

Thorverton UK: Imprint Academic. 

Gallert de Montjoie, C.F.L. (1784). Lettre sur le 

magnétisme animal, où l’on examine la conformité des 

opinions des peuples anciens & modernes, des sçavans 

& notament de M. Bailly avec celles de M. Mesmer: et 

où l’on compare ces mêmes opinions au rapport des 

commissaires chargés par le roi de l’examen du 

magnétisme animal adressé à Monsieur Bailly de 

l’Académie des Sciences etc. Paris: Duplain. 

Gallini, C. (1983). La sonnambula meravigliosa: Magnetismo 

e ipnotismo nell’Ottocento italiano. Milano: 

Feltrinelli. 

Gallo, D.A., Finger, S. (2000). The power of a musical instrument: 

Franklin, the Mozarts, Mesmer, and the glass 

armonica. History of Psychology, 3(4), 326-43. 

Gallup, G.G. (1974). Animal hypnosis: Factual status of a 

fictional concept. Psychological Bulletin, 81(11), 

836-853. 

Galopin, A. (1886). Les hystériques des couvents, des 

églises, des temples, des théâtres, des synagogues et de 

l'amour. Paris: Dentu. 

Galovski, T.E., Blanchard, E.B. (1998). The treatment of 

irritable bowel syndrome with hypnotherapy. Applied 

Psychophysiology and Biofeedback, 23(4), 219-232. 

Galovski, T.E., Blanchard, E.B. (2002). Hypnotherapy and 

refractory irritable bowel syndrome: A single case 

study. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 45(1), 

31-37. 

Galski, T.J. (1981). The adjunctive use of hypnosis in the 

treatment of trichotillomania: A case report. American 


Galton, F. (1879). Psychometric experiments. Brain, n° 2, 

149-162. 

Galvani L. (1791). Aloysii Galvani de viribus electricitatis 

in motu musculari. De Bononiensi Scientiarum et Artium 

Instituto atque Academia, 7, 363 -418. 

Galvani, L. (1782). Saggio sulla forza nervea e sua relazione 

coll´elettricità (25 novembre 1782). Ora in: Opere 

scelte, a cura di G. Barbensi, Torino: Utet, 1967. 

Galvani, L. (1790). Commentarius de viribus electricitatis 

in motu musculari. De Bononiensi Scientiarum at Ertium 

Instituti atque Academiae Commentarii, 7 (1791), 

363-418. 

Galyean, B.C. (1986). The use of guided imagery in elementary 

and secondary schools. Hypnos, 13, 50-55. 

Gamberini, G. (2002). Ipnosi: Dilatare la mente per cono- 

scere e trasformare la realtà. Firenze: Giunti Demetra. 

Gamez, G. (1999). Self hypnosis: For health and personal 

growth; A practical method to help you solve your 

problems and realize your dreams. Los Angeles: Peak 

Publications. 

Gamsa, A. (2003). Hypnotic analgesia. In: Melzack, R., 

Wall, P.D., editor. Handbook of pain management. 

Sydney: Curchill Livingstone, 521-531. 

Ganaway, G.K. (1995). Hypnosis, childhood trauma, and 

dissociative identity disorder: toward an integrative 

theory. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 43(2), 127-144. 

Gandhi, B., Oakley, D.A. (2005). Does ‘hypnosis’ by any 

other name smell as sweet? The efficacy of ‘hypnotic’ 

inductions depends on the label ‘hypnosis’. Consciousness 

and Cognition, 14(2), 304-315. 

Gardini (1774). L’applicazione delle nuove scoperte del 

fluido elettrico agli usi della ragionevole medicina. 

Genova: Scionico. 

Gardner, G.G. (1974). Hypnosis with children. International 


22(1), 20-38. 

Gardner, G.G. (1974). Parents: Obstacles or allies in child 

hypnotherapy? American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

17, 44-49. 

Gardner, G.G. (1976). Attitudes of child health professionals 

toward hypnosis: Implications for training. International 


Hypnosis, 24(2), 63-73. 

Gardner, G.G. (1976). Childhood, death, and human dignity: 

Hypnotherapy for David. International Journal of 


Gardner, G.G. (1977). Hypnosis with infants and preschool 

children. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 19, 

158-162. 

Gardner, G.G. (1980). Hypnosis with children: Selected 

readings compiled. International Journal of Clinical 


Gardner, G.G., Lubman, A. (1980). Hypnotherapy for 

children with cancer: Some current issues. American 


Gardner, G.G., Tarnow, J. (1980). Adjuntive hypnotherapy 

with an autistic boy. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 22, 173-179. 

Gardner, S. (2003). The unconscious mind. In: Baldwin, T., 

editor. The Cambridge history of philosophy, 

1870-1945. Cambridge MA: Cambridge University 

Press, 107-115. 

Garnier, P. (1887). L'automatisme somnambulique devant 

les tribunaux: Prévention de vol, rapport médico-légal, 

non-lieu. Paris, Baillière. 

Garrett, C. (1987). Spirit possession and popular religion: 

From the Camisards to the Shakers. Baltimore: Johns 


Hopkins University Press. 

Garry, M., Manning, C.G., Loftus, E.F., Sherman, J. 

(1996). Imagination inflation: Imagining a childhood 

event inflates confidence that it occurred. Psychonomic 

Bulletin and Review, 3, 208-214. 

Gartner, A.M., Dolan, S.L., Stanford, M.S., Elkins, G.R. 

(2011). Hypnosis in the treatment of Morgellons Disease: 

A case study. International Journal of Clinical 


Gartrell, E.G. (1975). Electricity, magnetism, and animal 

magnetism. A checklist of printed sources: 1600-1850. 

Wilmington DE: Scholarly Resources Inc. 

Garver, R.B. (1990). Suggestions for studying, concentration 

and test anxiety. In: Hammond, D.C. (1990) editor. 

Handbook of hypnotic suggestions and metaphors. New 

York: Norton, 445. 

Gasc-Desfosses, E. (1897). Magnétisme vital: Contributions 

expérimentales à l’étude par le galvanomètre de 

l’électro-magnétisme vital; suivies d’inductions 

scientifiques et philosophiques. Paris: Société 

d’Éditions Scientifiques. 

Gasparin, A.E. de. (1854). Des tables tournantes, du 

surnaturel en général et des esprits. 2 Vol. Paris: Dentu. 

Gassner, J.J. (1774). Weise, fromm und gesund su Leben, 

auch gottselig zu sterben, oder nutslicher Unterricht 

wider den Teufel zu streiten. Kempten: Hochfurstliche 

Buchdruckerei. 

Gatto, S. (1995). L’ipnosi. Milano: Xenia. 

Gauchet M., Swain G. (1997). Le vrai Charcot: Les 

chemins imprévus de l’inconscient. Paris, 

Calmann-Lévy. 

Gauld, A. (1968). The founders of psychical research. 

London: Routledge. 

Gauld, A. (1988). Reflections on mesmeric analgesia. 

British Journal of Experimental and Clinical Hypnosis, 

5, 17-24. 

Gauld, A. (1992). A history of hypnotism. Cambridge UK: 

Cambridge University Press. 

Gauthier, A. (1840). Introduction au magnétisme, examen 

de son existence depuis les Indiens jusqu’à l’époque 

actuelle, sa théorie, sa pratique, ses avantages, ses 

dangers et la nécessité de son concours avec la 

médecine. Paris: Dentu. 

Gauthier, A. (1842). Histoire du somnambulisme: chez tous 

les peuples sous les noms divers d’extases, songes, oracles 

et visions; examen des doctrines théoriques et 

philosophiques de l’antiquité et des temps modernes, 

sur ses causes, ses effets, ses abus, ses avantages, et 

l’utilité de son concours avec la médecine. 2 Vol. Paris: 

Malteste et Cie. 

Gauthier, A. (1844). Le magnétisme catholique: Ou introduction 

à la vraie pratique et réfutation des opinions de 


la médecine sur le magnétisme, ses principes, ses 

procédés et ses effets. Bruxelles et Paris: chez les 

principaux libraires. 

Gauthier, A. (1844). Recherches historiques sur l’exercice 

de la médecine dans les temples, chez les peuples de 

l’antiquité, suivies de considérations sur les rapports qui 

peuvent exister entre les guérisons qu’on obtenait dans 

les anciens temples, à l’aide des songes, et le 

magnétisme animal, et sur l’origine des hôpitaux. Paris: 

Baillière. 

Gay P. (1995). The bourgeois experience: Victoria to 

Freud. Volume 4: The naked heart. New York: Norton. 

Gay, M.C. (2007). Effectiveness of hypnosis in reducing 

mild essential hypertension: A one-year follow-up. International 


Hypnosis, 55(1), 67-83. 

Gay, M.C., Philippot, P., Luminet, O. (2002). Differential 

effectiveness of psychological interventions for reducing 

osteoarthritis pain: A comparison of Erickson 

hypnosis and Jacobson relaxation. European Journal of 

Pain, 6(1), 1-16. 

Gazzaniga, M.S. (2009) editor. The cognitive neurosciences, 

Fourth edition. Cambridge MA: MIT Press. 

Gazzaniga, M.S., Ivry, R., Mangun, G.R. (2008). Cognitive 

neuroscience: The biology of the mind , Third edition. 


Gearan, P., Schoenberger, N.E., Kirsch, I. (1995). Modifying 

hypnotizability: a new component analysis. International 


Hypnosis, 43(1), 70-89. 

Geers, A.L., Weiland, P.E., Kosbab, K., Landry, S.J., 

Helfer, S.G. (2005).Goal activation, expectations, and 

the placebo effect. Journal of Personality and Social 

Psychology, 89(2), 143-159. 

Geiselman, R.E., Fisher, R.P., MacKinnon, D.P., Holland, 

H.L. (1985). Eyewitness memory enhancement in the 

police interview: Cognitive retrieval mnemonics versus 

hypnosis. Journal of Applied Psychology, 70(2), 

401-412. 

Geiselman, R.E., MacKinnon, D.P., Fishman, D.L., 

Jaenicke, C., Larner, B.R., Schoenberg, S., Swartz, S. 

(1983). Mechanisms of hypnotic and nonhypnotic forgetting. 

Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, 

Memory, and Cognition, 9(4), 626-635. 

Geiselman, R.E., Padilla, J. (1988). Cognitive interviewing 

with child witnesses. Journal of Police Science and 

Administration, 16(4), 236-242. 

Gemelli, A., Ponzo, M. (1940). Uno psicotecnico a servizio 

della Terza Internazionale Rossa per esercitare il terrore 

nella Spagna? Archivio di Psicologia, Neurologia, 

Psichiatria e Psicoterapia, Fascicolo 3. 

Gemignani. A., Santarcangelo E., Sebastiani L., Marchese 



C., Mammoliti R., Simoni A., Ghelarducci B. (2000). 

Changes in autonomic and EEG patterns induced by 

hypnotic imagination of aversive stimuli in man . Brain 

Research Bulletin, 53, 105-112. 

Genette, (1966-1972). Figure; 3 Volumes. Paris: Seuil. 

Genter, R. (2006). “Hypnotizzy” in the Cold War: The 

American fascination with hypnotism in the 1950s. 

Journal of American Culture, 29(2), 154-169. 

Gentilcore, D. (2006). Medical charlatanism in early 

modern Italy. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 

Gentz, B.A. (2001). Alternative therapies for the management 

of pain in labor and delivery. Clinical Obstetrics 

and Gynecology, 44(4), 704-732. 

Genuis, M.L. (1995). The use of hypnosis in helping cancer 

patients control anxiety, pain and emesis: A review of 

recent empirical studies. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 37(4), 316-325. 

Georget, J.E. (1820). De la folie: Considérations sur cette 

maladie. Paris: Crevot. 

Gérard, J. (1858). L’art de se magnétiser ou de se guérir 

mutuellement. Paris: Dentu. 

Gerard, K. (2002). A review of hypnosis in the treatment of 

parasomnias: Nightmare, sleepwalking, and sleep terror 


Hypnosis, 30, 99-155. 

German, E. (2004). Hypnotic preparation of a mother-to-be. 

Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 32(2), 157-169. 

Gerschman, J.A., Burrows, G.D., Fitzgerald, P J. (1981). 

Hypnosis in the control of gagging: Australian Journal 


Gerschman, J.A., Burrows, G.D., Reade, P.C. (1978). 

Hypnotherapy in the treatment of oro-facial pain, Australian 

Dental Journal, 23, 492-496. 

Gerschman, J.A., Burrows, G.D., Reade, P.C. (1987). 

Hypnotizability and dental phobic disorders. International 

Journal of Psychosomatics, 34(4), 42-47. 

Gershman, J., Reade, G. (1980). Hypnosis and dentistry. In: 

Burrows, G.D., Dennerstein, L., editors. Handbook of 

hypnosis and psychosomatic medicine. Amsterdam: 


Getzlaf, S.B., Cross, H.J. (1988). Hypnotists’ associations: 

A consumer’s confusion. International Journal of 


Gezundhajt, H. (2007). An evolution of the historical origins 

of hypnotism prior to the twentieth century: Between 

spirituality and subconscious. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 24(4), 178-194. 

Gfeller, J.D., Gorassini, D.R. (2010). Enhancing 

hypnotizability and treatment response. In: Lynn, S.J., 

Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, I., editors. Handbook of clinical 

hypnosis, Second edition. Washington DC: American 

Psychological Association, 339-356. 

Gfeller, J.D., Lynn, S.J., Pribble, W.E. (2010). Enhancing 

hypnotic susceptibility: Interpersonal and rapport factors. 


52(3), 586-595. 

Gheorghiu, V.A., Netter, P., Eysenck, H.J., Rosenthal, R. 

(1989) editors. Suggestion and suggestibility: Theory 

and research. Berlin: Springer. 

Gheorghiu, V.A., Orleanu, P. (1982). Dental implant under 

hypnosis. American Journal of Hypnosis, 25, 68-70. 

Gherardi, D. (1982). Ipnosi, neuropsichiatria ed autocoscienza: 

Interactionism versus situactionism. Padova: 

Piccin. 

Gholamrezaei, A., Ardestani, S.K., Emami, M.H. (2006). 

Where does hypnotherapy stand in the management of 

irritable bowel syndrome? A systematic review. Journal 

of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 12(6), 

517-527. 

Ghoneim, M. M., Block, R. I., Sarasin, D. S., Davis, C. S., 

and Marchman, J. N. Tape-recorded hypnosis instructions 

as adjuvant in the care of patients scheduled for 

third molar surgery. Anesthesia and Analgesia, 90(1), 

64-68. 

Ghoneim, M.M. (2001) editor. Awareness during anesthesia. 

Oxford: Butterworth Heinemann. 

Ghoneim, M.M., Block, R. (1992). Learning and consciousness 

during general anesthesia. Anesthesiology, 

76, 279-305. 

Ghoneim, M.M., Block, R. (1997). Learning and memory 

during general anesthesia: An update. Anesthesiology, 

87(2), 387-410. 

Ghoneim, M.M., Block, R.I., Haffarnan, M., Mathews, 

M.J. (2009). Awareness during anesthesia: Risk factors, 

causes and sequelae. A review of reported cases in the 

literature. Anesthesia and Analgesia, 108(2), 527-535. 

Ghoneim, MM, Block, RI. (1992). Learning and consciousness 

during general anesthesia. Anesthesiology, 

76, 279-305. 

Ghonheim, M.M., Block, R., Sarasin, D., Davis, C.S., 

Marchman, J.N. (2000). Taperecorded hypnosis instructions 

as adjuvant in the care of patients scheduled 

for third molar surgery. Anestesia and Analgesia, 90, 

64-68. 

Giannantonio, M. (2000). Attaccamento e psicoterapia ipnotica. 

Rivista Italiana di Ipnosi Clinica e Psicoterapia 

Ipnotica, 1, 10-20 

Giannantonio, M. (2001). Eye Movement Desensitization 

and Reprocessing (E.M.D.R.) e psicoterapia del disturbo 

post-traumatico da stress: considerazioni critiche 

e linee di tendenza. Rivista di Psicoterapia Cognitiva e 

Comportamentale, 1, 5-23. 

Giannantonio, M. (2009). L’approccio ipnotico. In: Giannantonio, 

M., Lenzi, S. Il disturbo di panico: Psicoterapia 

cognitiva, ipnosi e EMDR. Milano: Cortina, 


155-208. 

Giannantonio, M., Boldorini, A.L. (1997). La tecnica del 

cambiamento di storia in psicoterapia ipnotica: Alcune 

considerazioni operative. Rivista Italiana di Ipnosi 

Clinica e Psicoterapia Ipnotica, 2, 35-39. 

Giannantonio, M., Lenzi, S. (2009). Il disturbo di panico: 

Psicoterapia cognitiva, ipnosi e EMDR. Milano: 

Cortina. 

Giannelli, P.C. (1995). The admissibility of hypnotic evidence 

in U.S. Courts. International Journal of Clinical 


Gibbons, D. (1974). Hyperempiria: A new "altered state of 

consciousness" induced by suggestion. Perceptual and 

Motor Skills, 39, 47-53. 

Gibbons, D. (1979). Applied hypnosis and hyperempiria. 

New York: Plenum. 

Gibbons, D.E., Lynn, S.J. (2010). Hypnotic inductions: A 

primer. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, I., editors. 



267-292. 

Gibson, H.B. (1991). Can hypnosis compel people to 

commit harmful, immoral and criminal acts?: A review 

of the literature. Contemporary Hypnosis, 8, 129-140. 

Gibson, H.B., Corcoran, M.E., Curran, J.D. (1977). Hypnotic 

susceptibility and personality: The consequences 

of diazepam and the sex of the subjects. British Journal 

of Psychology, 68, 51-59. 

Gibson, H.G. (1985). Dreaming and hynotic susceptibility: 

a pilot study. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 60, 387-394. 

Gibson, J.S. (1989). The life and times of an Irish hypnotherapist. 

Dublin: Mercier Press. 

Gick, M., McLeod, C., Hulihan, D. (1997). Absorption, 

social desirability, and symptoms in a behavioral medicine 

population. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 

185(7), 454-458. 

Gidro-Frank, L., Bowersbuch, M.K. (1948). A study of the 

plantar response in hypnotic age regression. Journal of 

Nervous and Mental Disease, 107(5), 443-458. 

Gifford, G.E. Jr. (1978) editor. Psychoanalysis, psychotherapy, 

and the New England medical scene, 

1894-1944. New York: Science History. 

Gifford, S. (1997). The Emmanuel Movement (Boston, 

1904-1929): The origins of group treatment and the 

assault on lay psychotherapy. Boston: Countway Library 

of Medicine and Harvard University Press. 

Gigli, A. (1876). Magnetismo animale e spiritismo, matrimonio 

cristiano e dogma dell'immacolato concepimento 

di Maria santissima: Studii storico-critici. 

Napoli: Morano. 

Gijswijt-Hofstra, M., Porter, R. (2001). Cultures of neurasthenia 

from Beard to the First World War. New 


York: Rodopi. 

Gilbert, J.E. (1784). Aperçu sur le magnétisme animal ou 

résultats des observations faites à Lyon sur ce nouvel 

agent. Geneve. 

Gilbert, W. (1600). De magnete, magneticisque corporibus, 

et de magno magnete tellure physiologia nova. London: 

Excudebat Petrus Short. 

Giles, E. (1962). A cross-validation study of the pascal 

technique of hypnotic induction. International Journal 


Gill, M.M. (1948). Spontaneous regression on induction of 

hypnosis. Bulletin of Menninger Clinic, 12, 41-48. 

Gill, M.M. (1972). Hypnosis as an altered and regressed 

state. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 20, 224-237. 

Gill, M.M., Brenman, M. (1959). Hypnosis and related 

states: Psychoanalitic studies in regression. New York: 

International Unviersities Press. 

Gilles de la Tourette, G.A.E.B. (1886). Le viol dans 

l’hypnotisme et les états analogues. Annales d’Hygiène 

Publique et de Médecine Légale. 3(16), 445-464. 

Gilles de la Tourette, G.A.E.B. (1887). L’hypnotisme et les 

états analogues au point de vue médico-légal, les états 

hypnotiques et les états analogues, les suggestions 

criminelles, cabinets de somnambules et sociétés de 

magnétisme et de spiritisme, l’hypnotisme devant la loi. 

Paris: Plon. 

Gillett, P.L., Coe, W.C. (1984). The effects of rapid induction 

analgesia (RIA), hypnotic susceptibility, and the 

severity of discomfort on reducing dental pain. American 


Gilli, R. (1972). Aspetti e problemi medico-legali 

dell’ipnosi. Minerva Medica, 63(54), 2905-2914. 

Gilligan, S. (1986). Therapeutic trances: The cooperation 

principle in ericksonian hypnotherapy. New York: 


Gilman, T.T., Marcuse, F.L. (1949). Animal hypnosis. 


Gilmore, G. (1987). Hypnotic metaphor and sexual dysfunction. 

Journal of Sex and Marital Therapy, 13, 

45-57. 

Gilmore, L. (2001). The limits of autobiography: Trauma 

and testimony. New York: Cornell University Press. 

Gilron, I., Solomon, P., Plourde, G. (1996). Unintentional 

intraoperative awareness during sufentanil anaesthesia 

for cardiac surgery. Canadian Journal of Anaesthesia, 

43(3), 295-298. 

Ginandes, C. (2006). Six players on the inner stage: Using 

ego state therapy with the medically ill. International 


113-129. 

Ginandes, C., Brooks, P., Sando, W., Jones, C., Aker, J. 



(2003). Can medical hypnosis accelerate post-surgical 

wound healing? Results of a clinical trial. American 


Ginandes, C.S., Rosenthal, D.I. (1999). Using hypnosis to 

accelerate the healing of bone fractures: A randomized 

controlled pilot study. Alternative Therapies in. Health 

Medicine, 5(2), 67-75. 

Giordano, M. (1886). Il magnetismo animale e la fascinazione 

del Donato: Colla relativa spiegazione scientifica. 

Torino: Speirani. 

Giovannelli , M. (1979). Parapsicologia: L'uomo e l'inconscio 

- Osservazioni sull'ipnosi e sul training autogeno 

sintetizzate in un nuovo e piu' aggiornato metodo autorilassante: 

L'ipnotrainingtelepatia. Genova: Tolozzi 

(Nuova Editrice Genovese). 

Glass, L.B., Barber, T.X. (1961). A note on hypnotic behavior, 

the definition of the situation, and the placebo-effect. 

Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 132, 

539-541. 

Gleason, G. (1992). Mutual hypnosis: Research on empathy; 

includes a list of reference materials. Whole Earth 

Review, 75, 28-31. 

Gleaves, D.H., Hernandez, E. (1999). Recent reformulations 

of Freud’s development and abandonment of his 

seduction theory. History of psychology, 2 (4), 324-354. 

Glendinning, A. (1894) editor. The veil lifted. Modern 

developments of spirit photography. London: Whittaker. 

Gley, E. (1886). A propos d’une observation de sommeil 

provoqué à distance. Revue Philosophique, 21, 

425-428. 

Glisky, M.L., Kihlstrom, J.F. (1993). Hypnotizability and 

facets of openness. International Journal of Clinical 


Glisky, M.L., Tataryn, D.J., Tobias, B.A., Kihlstrom, J.F., 

McConkey, K.M. (1991). Absorption, openness to experience, 

and hypnotizability. Journal of Personality 


Gmelin, E. (1787). Über thierischen Magnetismus. In 

einem Brief an Herrn Geheimer Rath Hoffmann in 

Mainz. Tübingen: Heerbrandt. 

Gmur, M., Tschopp, A. (1987). Factors determining the 

success of nicotine withdrawal: 12-year follow-up of 

532 smokers after suggestion therapy (by a faith healer). 

International Journal of Addictions, 22, 1189-1200. 

Goblot, J-J. (1979). Extase, hystérie, possession: Les 

théories d'Alexandre Bertrand. Romantisme, 9(24), 

53-59. 

Godeby, J., Erdt, G., Canavan, T., Revenstorf, D. (1993). 

Experimental hypermnesia: Effects of hypnosis on 

learning and memory processes Experimentelle und 

Klinische Hypnose, 9(2), 71-95. 

Godino, A. (2007). Stati (secondi) della mente e cervello. 

In: Godino, A., Toscano, A. Ipnosi: Storia e tecniche. 


Godino, A., Toscano, A. (2007). Ipnosi: Storia e tecniche. 


Godoy, P.H.T., Araoz, D.L. (1999a). The use of hypnosis in 

anxiety phobia and psychosomatic disorders: An 

eight-year review, part one. Australian Journal of 


Godoy, P.H.T., Araoz, D.L. (1999b). The use of hypnosis 

in posttraumatic stress disorders, eating disorders, 

sexual disorders, addictions, depression and psychosis: 

An eight-year review (Part Two). Australian Journal of 


Goebel, R.A., Stewart, C.G. (1971). Effects of experimenter 

bias and induced subject expectancy on hypnotic 

susceptibility. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 

18(2), 263-272. 

Goettman, C., Greaves, G.B., Coons, P.M. (1994). Multiple 

personality and dissociation 1791-1992: A complete 

bibliography. Lutherville MD: Sidran Press. 

Goffman, E. (1961). Asylums: Essays on the social situation 

of mental patients and other inmates. New York: 

Doubleday. 

Goguen, T. (1985). Diagnose the system, treat the individual: 

Hypnosis for secondary impotence. Family 

Systems Medicine, 3(3), 308-312. 

Gokli, M.A., Wood, A.J., Mourino, A.P., Farrington, F.H., 

Best, A.M. (1994). Hypnosis as an adjunct to the administration 

of local anesthetic in pediatric patients. 

Journal of Dentistry for Children, 61(4), 272-275. 

Golan, H.P. (1971). Control of fear reaction in dental patients 

by hypnosis: Three case reports. American 


Golan, H.P. (1975). Further case reports from the Boston 

City Hospital: American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

18(1), 55-59. 

Gold, J.I., Kant, A.J., Belmont, K.A., Butler, L.D. (2007). 

Practitioner review: Clinical applications of pediatric 

hypnosis. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 

48(8), 744-754. 

Goldberg, G. (1973). The psychological, physiological and 

hypnotic approach to bruxism in the treatment of periodontal 

disease. Journal of the American Society of 

Psychosomatic Dentistry and Medicine, 20(3), 75-91. 

Goldburgh, S.J. (1968). Hypnotherapy, chemotherapy, and 

expressive-directive therapy in the treatment of examination 

anxiety. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

11(1). 42-44. 

Golden, W.L. (2007). Cognitive-behavioral hypnotherapy 

in the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome induced 

agoraphobia. International Journal of Clinical and 


Goldman, L. (1992). The use of hypnosis in obstetrics. 


Psychiatric Medicine, 10(4), 59-67. 

Goldmann, L., Ogg, T.W., Levey, A.B. (1988). Hypnosis 

and daycase anaesthesia: A study to reduce 

pre-operative anxiety and intra-operative anaesthetic 

requirements. Anaesthesia, 43(6), 466-469. 

Goldmann, L., Shah, M.V., Hebden, M.W. (2007). Memory 

of cardiac anaesthesia: Psychological sequelae in cardiac 

patients of intra-operative suggestion and operating 

room conversation. Anaesthesia, 42(6), 596-603. 

Goldsmith, M. (1934). Franz Anton Mesmer. A history of 

mesmerism. London: Barker. 

Goldstein, A.P., Hilgard, E. R. (1975). Lack of influence of 

the morphine antgonist naloxone on hypnotic analgesia. 

Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 72, 

2041-2043. 

Goldstein, R.H. (2005). Successful repeated hypnotic 

treatment of warts in the same individual: A case report. 


Goldstein, R.H. (2011). Hypnosis and pain: No longer an 

"alternative". Clinical Journal of Pain, 27(4), 375-376. 

Goldszmidt, M., Levitt, C., Duarte-Franco, E., 

Kaczorowski , J. (1995). Complementary health care 

services: A survey of general practitioners views. Canadian 

Medical Association Journal, 153(1), 29-35. 

Goldwurm, G.F., Sacchi, D., Scarlato, A. (1986). Le tecniche 

di rilassamento nella terapia comportamentale. 


Gonsalkorale, W.M. (2006). Gut-directed hypnotherapy: 

The Manchester approach for treatment of irritable 

bowel syndrome. International Journal of Clinical and 

Experimental Hypnosis, 54, 27–50. 

Gonsalkorale, W.M., Houghton, L.A., Whorwell, P.J. 

(2002). Hypnotherapy in irritable bowel syndrome: A 

large-scale audit of a clinical service with examination 

of factors influencing responsiveness. American Journal 

of Gastroenterology, 97(4), 954-961. 

Gonsalkorale, W.M., Miller, V., Afzal, A., Whorwell, P.J. 

(2003). Long term benefits of hypnotherapy for irritable 

bowel syndrome. Gut, 52(11), 1623-1629. 

Gonsalkorale, W.M., Toner, B.B., Whorwell, P.J. (2004). 

Cognitive change in patients undergoing hypnotherapy 

for irritable bowel syndrome. Journal of Psychosomatic 

Research, 56, 271-278. 

Good, M.I. (2004) editor. The seduction theory in its second 

century: Trauma, fantasy, and reality today. New 

York: International Universities Press. 

Gooding, C.T. (1969). A phenomenological approach to 


11(3), 148-154. 

Goodkin, K., Visser, A.P. (2000) editors. Psychoneuroimmunology: 

Stress, mental disorders , and health. 

Washington: American Psychiatric Press. 


Goodman, A. (2008). Hypnosis, hypnotizability and 

treatment. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

51(2), 171-172. 

Goodman, F.D. (1988). How about demons? Possession 

and exorcism in the modern world. Bloomington IN: 

Indiana University Press. 

Goodman, F.D. (1992). Ecstasy, ritual, and alternate reality: 

Religion in a pluralistic world. Bloomington IN: 

Indiana University Press. 

Goodman, F.D. (2008). Speaking in tongues: A 

cross-cultural study of glossolalia. Chicago: University 


Goodrich-Clarke, N. (2008).The western esoteric traditions: 

A historical introduction. New York: Oxford 


Gorassini, D.R., Sowerby, D., Creighton, A., Fry, G. 

(1991). Hypnotic suggestibility enhancement through 

brief cognitive skill training. Journal of Personality and 


Gorassini, D.R., Spanos, N.P. (1986). A social-cognitive 

skills approach to the succesful modification of hypnotic 

susceptibility. Journal of Personality and Social 

Psychology, 50, 1004-1012. 

Gordon, D. (1978). Therapeutic metaphors. Cupertino CA: 

Meta Publications. 

Gordon, G.E. (1967) editor. Handbook of clinical and experimental 

hypnosis. New York: Macmillan. 

Gordon, J.E., Preston, M. (1964). Role-playing and age 

regression in hypnotized and nonhypnotized subjects. 

Journal of Personality, 32(3), 411-419. 

Gordon, M.C. (1972). Age and performance differences of 

male patients on modified Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility 

Scales. International Journal of Clinical and 


Gordon, M.C. (1973). Suggestibility of chronic schizophrenic 

and normal males matched for age. International 


21, 284–248. 

Gormley, W.J. (1961). Medical hypnosis. Washington DC: 

Catholic Universities of North America Press. 

Gorton, B.E. (1949). Physiology of hypnosis: A review of 

literature. Psychiatric Quarterly, 23(2), 317-343, 23(3), 

457-485. 

Gottfredson, D.K. (1973). Hypnosis as an anesthetic in 

dentistry. Provo, UT: Brigham Young University. 

Gottsegen, D. (2011). Hypnosis for functional abdominal 

pain. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 54(1), 

56-69. 

Gould, R.C., Krynicki, V.E. (1989). Comparative effectiveness 

of hypnotherapy on different psychological 

symptoms. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 32, 

110-117. 



Gould, S. J. (1991). Advertising and hypnotic suggestion: 

The construct of advertising suggestion. In: Schumaker, 

J.F., editor. Human suggestibility: Advances in theory, 

research and application. New York: Routledge., 

341-357. 

Gould, S.J. (1992). Parallels between hypnotic suggestion 

and persuasive marketing communications: Insights for 

new directions in consumer communications research. 

Advances in Consumer Research, 19, 56-61. 

Gow, K.M. (1999). Recovered memories of abuse: Real, 

fabricated, or both? Australian Journal of Clinical and 


Gow, K.M. (2006c). Skipping our on the dentist. Australian 


98-100. 

Gow, K.M., Mackie, C., Clohessy, D., Cowling, T., 

Maloney, R., Chant, D. (2006). Attitudes and opinions 

about hypnosis in an Australian city. Australian Journal 


Gow, M.A. (2002). Treating dental needle phobia using 

hypnosis. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 30(2), 198-202. 

Gow, M.A. (2006a). Hypnosis with a 31-year old female 

with dental phobia requiring an emergency extraction. 

Contemporary Hypnosis, 23 (2), 83-91. 

Gow, M.A. (2006b). Hypnosis with a blind 55 year-old 

female with dental phobia requiring periodontal treatment 

and extraction. Contemporary Hypnosis, 23(2), 

92-100. 

Gow, M.A. (2010). Dental extractions and immediate implant 

placements using hypnosis in place of traditional 

local anaesthetics. Contemporary Hypnosis, 27(4), 

268-277. 

Gow, M.A. (2011). Managing hypersensitive gag reflex 

using integrated management techniques: A case study. 

Contemporary Hypnosis and Integrative Therapy, 

28(1), 62-76. 

Grabert, J.C., Bregman, N.J., Mcallister, H.A. (1980). Skin 

temperature regulation: The effects of suggestion and 

feedback. International Journal of Neuroscience, 10, 

217-221. 

Grabowska, M.J. (1971).The effect of hypnosis and hypnotic 

suggestion on the blood flow in the extremities. 

Polish Medical Journal, 10(4), 1044-1051. 

Gracey-Whitman, L. (2000). The use of hypnosis in gastroscopy. 

Postgraduate Medical Journal, 76(900), 670. 

Graci, G., Sexton-Radek, K. (2006). Treating sleep disorders 

using cognitive behavioral therapy and hypnosis. 

In: Chapman, R.A., editor. The clinical use of hypnosis 

in cognitive behavior therapy: A practitioner’s casebook. 


Graci, G.M., Hardie, J.C. (2007). Evidenced-based hypnotherapy 

for the management of sleep disorders. In- 

ternational Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 55(3), 288-302. 

Graffin, N.F., Ray, W.J., Lundy, R. (1995). EEG concomitants 

of hypnosis and hypnotic susceptibility. Journal 


Graham, C., Evans, F.J. (1977). Hypnotizability and the 

deployment of waking attention. Journal of Abnormal 


Graham, G. (1974). Hypnoanalysis in dental practice. 


Graham, G. (1975). Hypnotic treatment for migraine 

headache. The International Journal of Clinical and 


Gramaccioni, G. (2004). La hipnosis y el deporte. En S. 

Tamorri (Ed.), Neurociencias y deporte: Psicología 

Deportiva, procesos mentales del atleta. Barcelona: 

Paidotribo, 201-206. 

Gramaccioni, G., Lanari, A. (1986). Ipnosi e visualizazioni 

guidate nel calciatore. Movimento, 2(3), 139-140. 

Granone, F. (1954). Considerazioni sull’OX, apparato radioelettrico 

rivelatore di presunti fenomeni radioelettrici 

radianti dal cervello. Metapsichica, 9, 266. 

Granone, F. (1961). L'ipnotismo: Considerazioni neuro-fisiologiche, 

psicologiche, terapeutiche, tratte da 

esperienze personali. Annali di Freniatria, 74, 178. 

Granone, F. (1962-1989). Trattato di ipnosi. Torino: Utet 

(precedenti edizioni: Boringhieri). Le citazioni nel testo 

si riferiscono all’ultima edizione: 1989. 

Granone, F. (1964). Storia dell'ipnotismo in Italia nel ventesimo 

secolo. Annali di Freniatria, 77, 97-107. 

Granone, F. (1967). Hypnosis in the treatment of 

psychonevroses. British Jpournal of Psychonevrosis, 2, 

81-88. 

Granone, F. (1967). L'ipnotismo come psicoterapia breve 

ambulatoriale. Rivista di Psichiatria, 2, 522-534. 

Granone, F. (1972). L'ipnosi e le sue applicazioni in medicina: 

Applicazioni diagnostiche e terapeutiche in medicina. 

Roma: Eri. 

Grasset, J. (1903). L'hypnotisme et la suggestion. Paris: 

Doin. 

Grasset, J. (1906). Le psychisme inférieur: Étude de 

Physiopathologie clinique des centres psychiques. Paris: 

Chevalier et Rivière. 

Grasset, J., Brousse, A. (1887). Histoire d'une hystérique 

hypnotisable. Archives de Neurologie, 14(40-42). 

Grattan-Guinness, I. (1982) editor. Psychical research: A 

guide to its history, principles and practices, in celebration 

of 100 years of the Society for Psychical Research. 

London: Aquarian Press. 

Gravitz, M.A. (1985). Scientific responsibility and hypnosis. 


Gravitz, M.A. (1988). Early uses of hypnosis as surgical 

anesthesia. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 30, 


201-208. 

Gravitz, M.A. (1990). Adverse behavior associated with the 

eye-roll test of hypnotizability: Clinical and theoretical 

considerations. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, and 

Practice, 27, 267–270. 

Gravitz, M.A. (1993a). Etienne Félix d’Hénin de Cuvillers: 

a founder of hypnosis. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 36(1), 7-11. 

Gravitz, M.A. (1993b). Early journals in hypnosis: An 

update. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 36(1), 

12-14. 

Gravitz, M.A. (1994). Early American mesmeric societies: 

A historical study. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

37(1), 41-48. 

Gravitz, M.A. (1994). The first use of self-hypnosis: 

Mesmer mesmerizes Mesmer. American Journal of 


Gravitz, M.A. (1995). First admission (1846) of hypnotic 

testimony in court. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

37(4), 326-330. 

Gravitz, M.A. (1995). Hypnosis in the treatment of functional 

infertility. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

38(1), 22-26. 

Gravitz, M.A. (1996). Specialized journals in hypnosis: 

Further listings. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

39(1), 18-20. 

Gravitz, M.A. (1997). Mesmerism and masonry: Early 

historical interactions. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 39(4), 266-270. 

Gravitz, M.A. (2001). Percepual reconstruction in the 

treatment of inordinate grief. American Journal of 

Clinical Hypnosis, 44 (1), 51-55. 

Gravitz, M.A., Gerton, M. I. (1981). Freud and hypnosis: 

Report of post-rejection use. Journal of the History of 

the Behavioral Sciences, 17(1), 68-74. 

Gravitz, M.A., Gerton, M. I. (1982). Polgar as Freud’s 

hypnotist? Contrary evidence. American Journal of 


Gravitz, M.A., Gerton, M. I. (1984). Origins of the term 

hypnotism prior to Braid. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 27, 107-110. 

Grayson, G.I. (1975). Hypnosis as an aid to stopping 

smoking. American Review of Respiratory Diseases, 

111(6), 941-942. 

Greatrakes, V. (1666). A brief account of Mr. Valentine 

Greatrakes and divers of the strange cures by him lately 

performed: Written by himself in a letter Addressed to 

the Honourable Robert Boyle, Esq. London. 

Grecchi, V. (2003). Psicoterapia e neuroscienze. Gli stati 

modificati di coscienza nella trerapia generativa e delle 

emozioni. Milano: Guerini. 

Green, J. H. (1892). Hypnotic Suggestion and Its Relation 


to the Traumatic Neurosis. Railway Age and Northwestern 

Railroader, 23, 106-113. 

Green, J.P. (1999). Hypnosis, context effects, and the recall 

of early autobiographical memories. International 


284-300. 

Green, J.P. (2003). Beliefs about hypnosis: popular beliefs, 

misconceptions and the importance of experience. International 


Hypnosis, 51, 369-381. 

Green, J.P. (2004). The five factor model of personality and 

hypnotizability: Little variance in common. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 21(4), 161-168. 

Green, J.P. (2010). Hypnosis and smoking cessation: Research 

and application. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., 

Kirsch, I., editors. Handbook of clinical hypnosis, Second 

edition. Washington DC: American Psychological 


Green, J.P., Lynn, S.J. (1995). Hypnosis, dissociation, and 

simultaneous task performance. Journal of Personality 


Green, J.P., Lynn, S.J. (2000). Hypnosis and suggestion-based 

approaches to smoking cessation: An examination 

of the evidence. International Journal of 


Green, J.P., Lynn, S.J. (2006). Hypnosis, dissociation, and 

simultaneous task performance. Journal of Personality 


Green, J.P., Lynn, S.J. (2011). Hypnotic responsiveness: 

Expectancy, attitudes, fantasy proneness, absorption, 

and gender. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 59(1), 103-121. 

Green, J.P., Lynn, S.J., Montgomery, G.H. (2006). A meta-analysis 

of gender, smoking cessation, and hypnosis. 


Hypnosis, 54(2), 224-233. 

Green, J.P., Lynn, S.J., Montgomery, G.H. (2008). Gender-related 

differences in hypnosis-based treatments for 

smoking: A follow-up meta-analysis. American Journal 


Green, J.P., Page, R.A., Rasekhy, R., Johnson, L.K., 

Bernhardt, S.E. (2006). Cultural views and attitudes 

about hypnosis: A survey of college students across four 

countries. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 54, 263-280. 

Greenberg, I.A. (1977), editor. Group hypnotherapy and 

hypno-drama. Chicago: Nelson-Hall. 

Greenberg, R.P., Land, J.M. (1971). Influence of some 

hypnotist and subject variables on hypnotic susceptibility. 

Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 

37(1), 111-115. 

Greene, E. (1986). Forensic hypnosis to lift amnesia: The 



jury is still out. Behavioral Sciences and the Law, 4(1), 

65-72. 

Greene, R.J. (1973). Combining rational-emotive and 

hypnotic techniques: Treating depression. Psychotherapy: 

Theory, Research and Practice, 10, 71-73. 

Greenleaf, E. (1974). Defining hypnosis during hypnotherapy. 


Hypnosis, 22, 120-130. 

Greenleaf, M., Fisher, S., Miaskowki, C., DuHamel, K. 

(1992). Hypnotizability and recovery from cardiac 

surgery. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 35, 

119-128. 

Greenway, J. (2001). Galvanism as therapeutic agent: Perkins’s 

“Metallic tractors” and the placebo effect. ANQ, 

14(4), 24-37. 

Greenway, J.L. (1987). Nervous disease and electric medicine. 

In: Wrobel, A., editor. Pseudo-science and society 

in 19th Century America. Lexington KY: University 

Press of Kentucky, 46-73. 

Gregg, V.H. (1997). Hypnosis in chronic fatigue syndrome. 

Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 90, 682-683. 

Gregory, J., Diamond, M.J. (1973). Increasing hypnotic 

susceptibility by means of positive expectancies and 

written instructions. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

82(2), 363-367. 

Gregory, S. (1843). Mesmerism, or animal magnetism, and 

its uses; With particular directions for employing it in 

removing pains and curing diseases, in producing insensibility 

to pain in surgical and dental operations; and 

in the examination of internal diseases, with cases of 

operations, examinations and cures. Boston: Redding. 

Grellety, L. (1876). Du merveilleux des miracles et des 

pelerinages du point de vue medical. Paris: Bailliere. 

Griffith, E.E.H., English, T., Mayfield, V. (1980). Possession, 

prayer, and testimony: Therapeutic aspects of the 

Wednesday night meeting in a Black Church. Psychiatry, 

43, 120-128. 

Griffith, F.L. (1904). The Demotic Magical Papyrus of 

London and Leiden. London: Grevel. 

Griffiths, R.A. (1995). Two-year follow-up of 

hypnobehavioural treatment for bulimia nervosa. Australian 


23(2), 135-144. 

Griffiths, R.A., Channon-Little, L.D. (1995). Dissociation, 

dieting disorders and hypnosis: A review. European 

Eating Disorders Review, 3, 148-159. 

Griffiths, R.A., Hadzi Pavlovic, D., Channon Little, L. 

(1996). The short-term follow-up effects of 

hypnobehavioral and cognitive behavioural treatment 

for bulimia nervosa. European Eating Disorders Review, 

4(1), 12-31. 

Grimaldi, A., Fronda, R. (1891). Trasmissione del pensiero 

e suggestione mentale: Studio sperimentale e critico 

seguito da alcune indagini fatte sullo stesso soggetto a 

richiesta del prof. Cesare Lombroso. Napoli: Pierro. 

Grimes, J.S. (1845). Etherology; or the philosophy of 

mesmerism and phrenology: Including a new philosophy 

of sleep and consciousness, with a review of the 

pretensions of neurology and phreno-magnetism. Boston: 

Saxton Peirce. 

Grimes, J.S. (1857). The mysteries of human nature explained 

by a new system of nervous physiology: To 

which is added, a review of the errors of spiritualism, 

and instructions for developing or resisting the influence 

by which subjects and mediums are made. Buffalo: 

Wanzer. 

Grinder, J., Bandler, R. (1976). Patterns of the hypntoci 

techniques of Milton Erickson, M.D.; Volume 1. Cupertino 

CA: Meta Publications. 

Grinder, J., Bandler, R. (1981). Trance-formations: 

Neurolinguistic programming and the structure of 

hypnosis. Moab UT: Real People. 

Grinder, J., Delozier, J., Bandler, R. (1977). Patterns of the 

hypnotic techniques of Milton H. Erickson, M.D, Vol. II. 

Cupertino CA: Meta Publications. 

Grindstaff, J.S., Fisher, L.A. (2006). Sport psychology 

consultants’ experience of using hypnosis in their practice: 

An exploratory investigation. Sport Psychologist, 

20(3), 368-386. 

Grinker, R.R., Spiegel, J.P. (1945). Men under stress. 

Philadelphia: Blakeston. 

Grond, M., Pawlik, G., Walter, H., Lesch, O.M., Heiss, 

W.D. (1995). Hypnotic catalepsy-induced changes of 

regional cerebral glucose metabolism. Psychiatry Research, 

61(3), 173-179. 

Grondahl, J.R., Rosvold, E.O. (2008). Hypnosis as a 

treatment of chronic widespread pain in general practice: 

a randomized controlled pilot trial. BMC Musculoskeletal 

Disorders, 9, 124. 

Gross, H.N., Posner, N.A. (1963). An evaluation of hypnosis 

for obstetric delivery. American Journal of Obstetrics 

and Gynecology, 87, 912-920. 

Gross, M. (1983). Correcting perceptual abnormalities, 

anorexia nervosa and obesity by use of hypnosis. 

Journal of the American Society of Psychosomatic 


Gross, M. (1984). Hypnosis in the therapy of anorexia 

nervosa. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 26, 

175-181. 

Groth-Marnat, G. (1991). Hypnotizability, suggestibility 

and psychopathology: An overview of research. In: 

Schumaker, J., editor. Human suggestibility: Advances 

in theory, research and application. New York: 

Routledge, 219–234. 

Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry (1962) editor. 

Medical uses of hypnosis. New York: Group for the 


Advancement of Psychiatry. 

Gruber, B.L., Hall, N.R., Hersh, S.P., Dubois, P. (1988). 

Immune system and psychological changes in metastatic 

cancer patients using relaxation and guided imagery: 

A pilot study. Scandinavian Journal of 

Behaviour Therapy, 17(1), 25-46. 

Gruenewald, D. (1971). Hypnotic techniques without 

hypnosis in the treatment of dual personality: A Case 

Report. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 153, 

4146-4146. 

Gruenewald, D. (1981). Failures in hypnotherapy: a brief 

communication. International Journal of Clinical and 


Gruenewald, D. (1986). Dissociation: appearance and 

meaning. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 29, 

116-122. 

Gruenwald, D. (1982). A psychoanalytic view of hypnosis. 


Grunberger, J., Linzmayer, L., Walter, H., Hofer, C., 

Gutierrez-Lobos, K., Stohr, H. (1995). Assessment of 

experimentally-induced pain effects and their elimination 

by hypnosis using pupillometry studies. Wiener 

Medizinische Wochenschrift, 145(23), 646-650. 

Gruzelier, J.H. (1990) editor. A working model of neurophysiology 

of hypnotic relaxation. New York: Van 

Nostrand. 

Gruzelier, J.H. (1998). A working model of the neurophysiology 

of hypnosis: A review of the evidence. 


Gruzelier, J.H. (1999). Hypnosis from a neurobiological 

perspective: A review of evidence and applications to 

improve immune function. Annee Psychologique, 15, 

111-132. 

Gruzelier, J.H. (2000). Redefining hypnosis: Theory, 

methods and integration. Contemporary Hypnosis, 17 

(2), 51-70. 

Gruzelier, J.H. (2000). Unwanted effects of hypnosis: A 

review of the evidence and its implications. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 17(4), 163-193. 

Gruzelier, J.H. (2002a). A review of the impact of hypnosis, 

relaxation, guided imagery and individual differences 

on aspects of immunity and health. Stress, 5(2), 

147-163. 

Gruzelier, J.H. (2002b). The role of psychological intervention 

in modulating aspects of immune function, in 

relation to health and well-being. International Review 

of Neurobiology, 52, 383-417. 

Gruzelier, J.H. (2005). Altered states of consciousness and 

hypnosis in the twenty-first century: Comment. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 22(1), 1-7. 

Gruzelier, J.H., Brow, T.B. (1985). Psychophysiological 

evidence for a state theory of hypnosis and susceptibil- 


ity. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 29(3), 

287-302. 

Gruzelier, J.H., Brow, T.D., Perry, A., Rhonder, J., 

Thomas, M. (1984). Hypnotic susceptibility: A lateral 

predisposition and altered cerebral asymmetry under 

hypnosis. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 2, 

131–139. 

Gruzelier, J.H., Gray, M., Horn, P. (2002). The involvement 

of frontally modulated attention in hypnosis and 

hypnotic susceptibility: Cortical evoked potential evidence. 


Gruzelier, J.H., Levy, J., Williams, J., Henderson, D. 

(2001). Self-hypnosis and exam stress: Comparing 

immune and relaxation-related imagery for influences 

on immunity, health and mood. Contemporary Hypnosis, 

18(2), 73-86. 

Gruzelier, J.H., McCormack, K., Cikurel, K., Warren, K. 

(1989). Focal versus distributed neurophysiological 

dynamics as an accompaniment of hypnotic susceptibility. 

International Journal of Psychophysiology, 

7(2-4), 225-226. 

Gruzelier, J.H., Smith, F., Nagy, A., Henderson, D. (2001). 

Cellular and humoral immunity, mood and exam stress: 

The influences of self-hypnosis and personality predictors. 

International Journal of Psychophysiology, 

42(1), 55-71. 

Gruzelier, J.H., Warren, K. (1993). Neuropsychological 

evidence of reductions on left frontal tests with hypnosis. 


Guantieri, G. (1968). Ipnosi medica: Introduzione allo studio 

e alla pratica dell’ipnosi in medicina. Milano: 

Wassermann. 

Guantieri, G. (1973). L’ipnosi. Milano: Rizzoli. 

Guantieri, G. (1985) a cura. Hypnosis in psychotherapy and 

psychosomatic medicine. Verona: Il Segno. 

Guantieri, G., Angelozzi, A. (1985). Ipnosi. Un fondamento 

e una prospettiva. Verona: Centro Studi Bernheim. 

Guantieri, G., Ischia, S. (1985) a cura. L’ipnosi nelle istituzioni, 

ruolo e contributo; Atti del I Congresso Nazionale, 

Verona, 21-22 Dicembre 1985. Verona: 

Grafiche Fiorini. 

Guarnieri, P. (1985). Psichiatra con medium. Kos, gennaio-febbraio, 

50-71. 

Guarnieri, P. (1985). Teatro e laboratorio: Scienziati e 

medici davanti al magnetismo. Belfagor, 5, 561-575. 

Guarnieri, P. (1990). La psiche in “trance”: Indagini 

sull’ipnotismo. Rivista Sperimentale di Freniatria, 

94(2), 370-419. 

Gudjonsson, G.H. (1988). Interrogative suggestibility: Its 

relationship with assertiveness, social-evaluative anxiety, 

state anxiety and method of coping. British Journal 

of Clinical Psychology, 27 (2), 159-166. 



Gudjonsson, GH. (1997). Accusations by adults of childhood 

sexual abuse: A survey of the members of the 

British False Memory Society (BFMS). Applied Cognitive 

Psychology, 11(1), 3-18. 

Guess, H., Engel, L., Kleinman, A., Kusek, J. (2002) editors. 

Science of the placebo: Toward an 

interdisciplinanary research agenda. London: BMJ 

Books. 

Guidi, F. (1851). Magnetismo animale e sonnambulismo 

magnetico. Torino: Favale. 

Guidi, F. (1852). Piccolo catechismo magnetico: Nozioni 

elementari sul mesmerismo. Torino: Bomba. 

Guidi, F. (1854). Il morbo-cholera curabile col magnetismo: 

Memoria. Milano: Redaelli. 

Guidi, F. (1854). Trattato teorico-practico di magnetismo 

animale: Considerato sotto il punto di vista fisiologico e 

psicologico. Milano: Turati. 

Guidi, F. (1860). Il magnetismo animale considerato secondo 

le leggi della natura e principalmente diretto alla 

cura delle malattie, con note ed un’appendice: 

Sull’ipnotismo. Milano: Sanvito. 

Guidi, F. (1861). Introduzione allo studio del magnetismo 

animale e del magnetico sonnambulismo. Napoli: Nobile. 

Guidi, F. (1867). I misteri del moderno spiritismo e 

l’antidoto contro le superstizioni del secolo XIX. Milano: 

Bettoni. 

Guigoud-Pigale, P. (1784). Le baquet magnétique, comédie 

en vers et en deux actes. Paris: Gastellier. 

Guillain, G. (1953). J-M. Charcot (1835-1893): Sa vie, son 

oeuvre. Paris: Masson. 

Guinon G. (1893). Attentat contre le Dr. Gilles de la Tourette. 

Progres Médical, 2(18), 446. 

Guldenstubbe, L. de (1857). Pneumatologie positive et 

expérimentale: la réalité des esprits et le phénomène 

merveilleux de leur écriture directe démontrés. Paris: 

Franck. 

Gulotta, G. (1970). Ipnosi ed atti antisociali. Rassegna di 

Ipnosi e Medicina Psicosomatica, 13, 70-104. 

Gulotta, G. (1974a). Applicazioni legali dell’ipnosi (parte 

1). Rassegna di Ipnosi e Medicina Psicosomatica, 25, 

441-451. 

Gulotta, G. (1974b). Applicazioni legali dell’ipnosi (parte 

2). Rassegna di Ipnosi e Medicina Psicosomatica, 25, 

491-510. 

Gulotta, G. (1976). Manipolazione, suggestione, ipnosi. 

Rassegna di Ipnosi e Medicina Psicosomatica, 12(32), 

887-892. 

Gulotta, G. (1980). Ipnosi: Aspetti psicologici, clinici, legali, 

criminologici. Milano: Giuffré. 

Gulotta, G. (1985). Techniques of hypnotic influence the 

subject: Argumentative and mystifyng aspects. In: 

Guantieri G., a cura. Hypnosis in psychotherapy and 

psychosomatic medicine. Verona: Il Segno, 67-79. 

Gulotta, G. (1987). L’ipnosi, la psicologia clinica, la psicoterapia. 

In: Ceccarello F., a cura. Il corpo e la psicoterapia. 

Milano: Unicopli, 203-220. 

Gulotta, G. (1987). Psicologia della testimonianza. In: 

Gulotta, G., a cura. Trattato di psicologia giudiziaria 

nel sistema penale. Milano: Giuffrè, 495-558. 

Gulotta, G. (1995). Un approccio psicosociale alla psicoterapia 

e all’ipnosi. In: Del Castello, E., Loriedo, C., a 

cura. Tecniche dirette ed indirette in ipnosi e psicoterapia. 


Gulotta, G. (2000). Ipnosi e crimine. In: Elementi di psicologia 

giuridica e di diritto psicologico. Milano: 

Giuffré, 329-338. 

Gulotta, G. (2005). Lo psicoterapeuta stratega: Metodi ed 

esempi per risolvere i problemi del paziente. Seconda 

edizione ampliata. Milano: Angeli. 

Gumm, W.B., Walker, M.K., Day. H.D. (1982). 

Neurolinguistic programming: method or myth? Journal 

of Counseling Psychology, 29(3), 327-330. 

Gunnison, H. (2004). Hypnocounseling: An eclectic bridge 

between Milton Ericson and Carl Rogers. Carmarthen 

UK: Crown House. 

Gupta, A. (1989). Hypnosis: Facts and misconceptions. 

Indian Journal of Psychological Medicine, 12(2), 

79-82. 

Gur, R.C., Reyher, J. (1976). Enhancement of creativity via 

free-imagery and hypnosis, American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 18(4), 237-249. 

Gura, P.F. (2007). American transcendentalism: A history. 

New York: Hill and Wang. 

Gurgevich, S. (2003). Clinical hypnosis and surgery. Alternative 

Medicine Alert, 6(W), 109-120. 

Gurian, B. (1985). Trigeminal neuralgia: Management of 

two cases with hypnotherapy. Anesthesia Progress, 

32(5), 206-208. 

Gurney, E. (1884). The problems of hypnotism. Mind, 9, 

110-121. 

Gurney, E. (1887). Further problems of hypnotism. Mind, 

12, 212-222. 

Gurney, E., Myers, F.W.H., Podmore, F. (1886). Phantasms 

of the Living. 2 Vol. London: Trubner. 

Gurov, V.M., Svyadoshch, A.M., Jampolsky, L.T. (1980). 

The suggestive method for preparing athletes for competition. 

Soviet Sports Review, 15(2), 53-56. 

Guthrie, K., Taylor, D.J., Defriend, D. (1984). Maternal 

hypnosis induced by husbands. Journal of Obstetrics 

and Gynaecology, 5, 93-96. 

Guze, H. (1953). The phylogeny of hypnosis. Journal of 

Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 1, 41. 

Gwartney, R.H., Krikes, N. (1955). Hypnosis in suppression 

of cough reflex: Report of a case and review of the 

literature. New England Journal of Medicine, 253, 


561-562. 

Gwynn, M.I., Spanos, N.P., Gabora, N.J., Jarrett, L.E. 

(1988). Long term and short term follow-up on the 

Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility: Form 

A. British Journal of Experimental and Clinical Hypnosis, 

5, 117-124. 

Gysin,T. (1999). Clinical hypnotherapy/self-hypnosis for 

unspecified, chronic and episodic headache. 

Forschende Komplementarmedizin, 6(Suppl 1), 44-46. 

H 

Haanen, H.C.M., Hoenderdos, H.T., van Romunde, L.K., 

Hop, W.C., Mallee, C., Terwiel, J.P., and Hekster, G.B. 

(1991). Controlled trial of hypnotherapy in the treatment 

of refractory fibromyalgia. Journal of Rheumatology, 

18(1), 72-75. 

Haas Cowan, M. (2010). The effect of active versus passive 

hypnotic inductions on improving reaction time in ncaa 

baseball players. Indiana PA: Doctor of Psychology 

dissertation, Indiana University of Pennsylvania. 

Haber, R.N. (1959). Public attitudes regarding subliminal 

advertising. Public Opinion Quarterly, 23( 2), 291-293. 

Haberman, J.V. (1911). Hypnosis, its psychological interpretation 

and its practical use in the diagnosis and 

treatment of desease. New York: Clinical Lecture held 

in the Department of Neurology at the College of Physicians 

and Surgeons. 

Hacking, I. (1991a). Double consciousness in Britain: 

1815-1875. Dissociation, 4, 134-146. 

Hacking, I. (1991b). Two souls in one body. Critical Inquiry, 

17, 838-867. 

Hacking, I. (1992). Multiple personality and its hosts. 

History of the Human Sciences, 5(2), 3-31. 

Hacking, I. (1995). Rewriting the soul: Multiple personality 

and the sciences of memory. Princeton NY: Princeton 


Hackman, R.M., Stern, J.S., Gershwin, M.E. (2000). 

Hypnosis and asthma: A critical review. Journal of 

Asthma, 37(1), 1-15. 

Haddock, J.W. (1849). Somnolism and psycheism, otherwise 

vital magnetism, or mesmerism: Considered 

physiologically and philosophically. With an appendix 

containing notes of mesmeric and psychical experience. 


London: Hodson. 

Hadfield, J.A. (1917). The influence of hypnotic suggestion 

on inflammatory conditions. Lancet, 95, ii, 678-679. 

Hadfield, J.A. (1940). Treatment by suggestion and hypnos-analysis. 

In: Miller, E., editor. The neuroses in war. 

London: Macmillan, 128-149. 

Hadley, J., Staudaucher, C. (1985). Hypnosis for change: A 

practical manual of proven hypnotic techniques. Oakland 

CA: New Harbinger. 

Hageman-Wenselaar, L.H. (1988). Hypnosis for pain control 

during lumbar puncture and bone marrow aspirations 

in children with cancer. Tijdschr Kindergeneeskd, 

56,120-123. 

Hagen, M. (1997). Whores of the court. New York: Harper 

Collins. 

Haggbloom, S.J., Warnick, R.,Warnick, J.E., Jones,V.K., 

Yarbrough, G.L., Russell, T.M., Borecky, C.M., 

McGahhey, R., Powell, J,L., Beavers, J., Monte, Em 

(2002). The 100 most eminent psychologists of the 20th 

century. Review of General Psychology, 6,139-152. 

Hagner M. (2001). Psychophysiologie und Selbsterfahrung. 

Metamorphosen des Schwindels und der 

Aufmerksamkeit im 19. Jahrhundert. In: 

Aufmerksamkeiten. Archäologie der literarischen 

Kommunikation VII. ed. Aleida Assmann, Jan Assmann. 

München: Fink, 241-263. 

Hahnemann, S. (1796). Versuch über ein neues Prinzip zur 

Auffindung der Heilkräfte der Arzneisubstanzen, nebst 

einigen Blicken auf die bisherigen. Journal der 

practischen Arzneykunde und Wundarzneykunst, 2(3), 

391-439. 

Hajek, P., Jakoubek, B., Radil, T. (1990). Gradual increase 

in cutaneous threshold induced by repeated hypnosis of 

healthy individuals and patients with atopic eczema. 


Hajek, P., Stead, L.F. (2004). Aversive smoking for 

smoking cessation. Cochrane Database of Systematic 

Reviews, 3. CD000546. 

Haking, I. (1995). Rewriting the soul: Multiple personality 

and the sciences of memory. Princeton NJ: Princeton 


Hale, N.G. (1971). Freud and the Americans: The beginnings 

of psychoanalysis in the United States, 

1876-1917. New York: Oxford University Press. 

Hale, N.G. (1995). Freud and the Americans: The rise and 

crisis of psychoanalysis in the United States, 

1917-1985. New York: Oxford University Press. 

Haley, J. (1958). An interactional explanation of hypnosis. 


Haley, J. (1960). Control of fear with hypnosis. American 

Journal of Clincial Hypnosis, 2, 109-115. 

Haley, J. (1961). Control in brief psychotherapy. Archives 



of General Psychiatry, 4, 139-153. 

Haley, J. (1963). How hypnotist and subject maneuver each 

other. In: Haley, J., editor. Strategies of psychotherapy. 

New York: Grune and Stratton, 20-40. 

Haley, J. (1967) editor. Advanced techniques of hypnosis 

and therapy: Selected papers of Milton H. Erickson, 

M.D. New York: Grune and Stratton. 

Haley, J. (1973). Uncommon therapy: The psychiatric 

techniques of Milton Erickson. New York: Norton. 

Haley, J. (1985a). Conversations with Milton H. Erickson, 

M.D.: Changing Individuals. New York: Norton. 

Haley, J. (1985b). Conversations with Milton H. Erickson, 

M.D. (Vol. 2): Changing couples. New York: Norton. 

Haley, J. (1985c). Conversations with Milton H. Erickson, 

M.D. (Vol. 3): Changing children and families. New 

York: Norton. 

Hall, G.S. (1881). Recent Researches on Hypnotism. Mind, 

6, 98-104. 

Hall, G.S. (1883). Reaction-time and attention in the hypnotic 

state. Mind, 8, I70-I82. 

Hall, H. (1982-83). Hypnosis and the immune system: A 

review with implications for cancer and the psychology 

of healing. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

25(2-3), 92-103. 

Hall, H. (1999). Hypnosis and pediatrics. In: Temes, R., 

editor. Medical hypnosis: An introduction and clinical 

guide. New York: Churchill Livingston, 79-93. 

Hall, H., Longo, S., Dixon, R. (1981). Hypnosis and the 

immune system: The effect of hypnosis on T and B cell 

function. Paper presented at the 33rd Annual Workshop 

and Scientific Meeting of the Society for Clinical and 

Experimental Hypnosis, Portland, Oregon. 

Hall, J. (1996). Principles of past life therapy. London: 

Thorsons. 

Hall, J.A. (1989). Hypnosis: A Junghian perspective. New 

York: Guilford. 

Hall, J.R., McGill, J.C. (1986). Hypnobehavioral treatment 

of self-destructive behavior: Trichotillomania and bulimia 

in the same patient. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 29, 39-46. 

Hall, L., Porter, R. (1995). The facts of life: The creation of 

sexual knowledge in britain, 1650-1950. New Haven 

CT: Yale University Press. 

Hall, M.D. (1983). Using relaxation imagery with children 

with malignancies: A developmental perspective. 

American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 25(2-3) 

142-149. 

Halleck, S. (1990). Dissociative phenomena and the question 

of responsibility. International Journal of Clinical 


Halliday, A.M., Mason, A.A. (1964). The effect of hypnotic 

anaesthesia on cortical responses. Journal of Neurology, 

Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 27, 300-312. 

Halligan, P.W., Athwal, B.S., Oakley, D.A., Frackowiak, 

R.S. (2000). The functional anatomy of a hypnotic paralysis: 

Implications for conversion hysteria. Lancet, 

355, 986-987. 

Hallquist, M.N., Deming, A., Matthews, A., Chaves, J.F. 

(2010). Hypnosis for medically unexplained symptoms 

and somatoform disorders. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., 




Halpern, S. (1997). Mind and movement in psychotherapy: 

The evolution of self-understanding from hypnosis to 

hypnoanalysis to postural introspection. Mattituck NY: 

Amereon House. 

Halphide, A.C. (1901). The psychic and psychism. Chicago: 

The Author. 

Halsband, U. (2006). Learning in trance: Functional brain 

imaging studies and neuropsychology. Journal of 

Physiology-Paris, 99(4-6), 470-482. 

Ham, M.W., Edmonston, W.E. (1971). Hypnosis, relaxation, 

and motor retardation. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

77(3), 329-331. 

Hambleton, R. (2002). Practising safe hypnosis: A risk 

management guide. Norwalk CT: Crown House. 

Hamburg, S.R. (2006). Hypnosis in the desensitization of 

fears of dying. Pragmatic Case Studies in Psychotherapy, 

2(2), Article 1. 

Hamilton, C.J. (1982). Managing dental fears: A teaching/therapy 

model for hypnotherapists. Australian 

Journal of Clinical Hypnotherapy, 3(1), 45-57. 

Hamilton, M. (1906). Incubation: Or the cure of disease in 

pagan temples and christian churches. London: Henderson. 

Hammarstrand, G., Berggren, U., Hakeberg, M. (1995). 

Psychophysiological therapy vs. hypnotherapy in the 

treatment of patients with dental phobia. European 

Journal of Oral Sciences, 103(6), 399-404. 

Hammerschalag, H.E. (1957). Hypnotism and crime. Hollywood 

CA: Wilshire Book. 

Hammond, D.C. (1984). Myths about Milton Erickson and 

Ericksonian hypnosis. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 26(4), 236-245. 

Hammond, D.C. (1988). Learning clinical hypnosis. Des 

Plaines IL: Asch. 

Hammond, D.C. (1988). Will the real Milton Erickson 

please stand up? International Journal of Clinical and 


Hammond, D.C. (1990) editor. Handbook of hypnotic 

suggestions and metaphors. New York: Norton. 

Hammond, D.C. (1992). Manual for self-hypnosis. Des 

Plaines IL: Asch. 

Hammond, D.C. (1994). Medical and psychological hypnosis: 

How it benefits patients. DesPlaines IL: Ameri- 


can Society of Clinical Hypnosis. 

Hammond, D.C. (1998) editor. Hypnotic induction and 

suggestion: An introductory manual. Des Plaines IL: 

American Society of Clinical Hypnosis. 

Hammond, D.C. (2001). Treatment of chronic fatigue with 

neurofeedback and self-hypnosis. NeuroRehabilitation, 

16(4), 295-300. 

Hammond, D.C. (2005). An integrative, multi-factor conceptualization 

of hypnosis. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 48(2-3), 131-136. 

Hammond, D.C. (2007a). Review of the efficacy of clinical 

hypnosis with headaches and migraines. International 


207-219. 

Hammond, D.C. (2007b). Hypnosis, placebos, and systematic 

research bias in biological psychiatry. American 


Hammond, D.C. (2008). Hypnosis as sole anesthesia for 

major surgeries: Historical and contemporary perspectives. 


101-121. 

Hammond, D.C. (2010). Hypnosis in the treatment of 

anxiety- and stress-related disorders. Expert Review of 

Neurotherapeutics, 10(2), 263-273. 

Hammond, D.C., Elkins, G.R. (1995). Standards of training 

in clinical hypnosis. Des Plaines IL: American Society 

of Clinical Hypnosis. 

Hammond, D.C., Garver, R.B., Mutter, C.B., Crasilneck, 

H.B., Firschholz, E., Gravitz M.A., Hibler, N.S., Olson, 

J., Scheflin, A., Spiegel, H., Wester, W. (1995). Clinical 

hypnosis and memory: Guidelines for clinicians and for 

forensic hypnosis. Des Plaines IL: American Society of 

Clinical Hypnosis. 

Hammond, D.C., Haskins-Bartsch, C., Grant, C.W., 

McGhee, M. (1988). Comparison of self-directed and 

tape-assisted self-hypnosis. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 31(2), 129-137. 

Haney, C., Banks, W.C., Zimbardo, P.G. (1973a). Interpersonal 

dynamics in a simulated prison. International 

Journal of Criminology and Penology, 1, 69-97. 

Haney, C., Banks, W.C., Zimbardo, P.G. (1973b). Study of 

prisoners and guards in a simulated prison. Naval Research 

Reviews, 30, 4-17. 

Hankoff, L.D. (1992). Religious healing in first-century 

Christianity. Journal of Psychohistory, 19, 387-407. 

Hannapier, C.R. (1821). Tératoscopie du fluide vital de la 

mensambulance, ou démonstration physiologique et 

psychologique de la possibilité d’une infinité de 

prodiges réputés fabuleux, ou attribués par l’ignorance 

des philosophes et par la superstition des ignorants à des 

causes fausses et imaginaires. Paris: Dentu. 

Hansen, S., McHoul, A., Rapley, M. (2003). Beyond help: 


A consumers’ guide to psychology. Ross-on-Wye UK: 

PCCS Books. 

Haque, A. (2004). Psychology from Islamic perspective: 

Contributions of early muslim scholars and challenges 

to contemporary muslim psychologists. Journal of Religion 

and Health, 43(4), 357-377. 

Haraldsson, E. (2003). Children who speak of past-life 

experiences: Is there a psychological explanation? 

Psychology and Psychotherapy: Theory, Research and 

Practice, 76(1), 55-67. 

Haraldsson, E. (2006). Popular psychology, belief in life 

after death and reincarnation in the Nordic countries, 

Western and Eastern Europe. Nordic Psychology, 58(2), 

171-180. 

Harandi, A.A., Esfandani, A., Shakibaei, F. (2004). The 

effect of hypnotherapy of procedural pain and state 

anxiety related to physiotherapy in women hospitalized 

in a burn unit. Contemporary Hypnosis, 21, 28-34. 

Harary, K. (1992). The trouble with hypnosis. Whose 

power is it, anyway? Psychology Today, 25(2), 56-61. 

Harasymczuk, M. (2000). Hypnosis as an adjunct to tinnitus 

retraining therapy in the treatment of persistent tinnitus. 


Hypnosis, 28(2), 169-175. 

Hare, R. (1855). Experimental investigation on the spirit 

manifestations, demonstrating the existence of spirits 

and their communion with mortals. New York: Partidge 

and Brittan. 

Hargadon, R., Bowers, K.S., Woody, E.Z. (1995). Does 

counterpain imagery mediate hypnotic analgesia? 


Harling, I., Nyrup, M. (2010). Mischief: Radical hypnosis 

and mind-control. Wellesley, Canada: Spellbound. 

Harmon, S., Ward, C.B. (2007). Complementary and alternatives 

medicine: Awareness and attitudes. Academy 

of Health Care Management Journal, 3(1), 1-17. 

Harmon, T.M., Hynan, M., Tyre, T.E. (1990). Improved 

obstetric outcomes using hypnotic analgesia and skill 

mastery combined with childbirth education. Journal of 

Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 58, 525, 530. 

Harper, R.S. (1950). The first psychological laboratory. 

Isis, 41(2), 158-161. 

Harriman, P.L. (1942). The experimental induction of a 

multiple personality. Psychiatry, 5, 179-186. 

Harrington, A. (1985). Nineteenth-century ideas of 

hemispere differences and “duality of mind.” Behavioral 

and Brain Sciences, 8(4), 617-660. 

Harrington, A. (1987). Medicine, mind, and the double 

brain: A study in Nineteenth-Century thought. Princeton 

NJ: Princeton University Press. 

Harrington, A. (1988). Hysteria, hypnosis, and the lure of 

the invisible: The rise of neo-mesmerism in 



fin-de-siècle French psychiatry. In: Bynum, W.F., Porter, 

R., Shepherd, editors. The anatomy of madness: 

Essays in the history of psychiatry, Vol. III. London: 

Tavistock, 226-246. 

Harrington, A. (1997) editor. The placebo effect: An interdisciplinary 

exploration. Cambridge: Harvard University 

Press. 

Harris, G.M. (1991). Hypnotherapy for agoraphobia: A 

case study. International Journal of Psychosomatics, 

38(1-4), 92-94. 

Harris, L.R., Roberts, L. (2008). Treatments for irritable 

bowel syndrome: Patients' attitudes and acceptability. 

BMC Complementary and Alternative Medicine, 8, 65. 

Hart B. (1926). The conception of dissociation. British 

Journal of Medical Psychology, 6, 241-263. 

Hart, B. (1910). The conception of the subconscious. 


Hart, B.B., Hart, C. (1996). Managing examination anxiety. 


Hart, E. (1896). Hypnotism, mesmerism, and the new 

witchcraft. New York: Appleton. 

Hart, O. van der (1999). Trauma-induced dissociative amnesia 

in World War I combat soldiers. II. Treatment 

dimensions. Australian and New Zealand Journal of 

Psychiatry, 33(3), 392-398. 

Hart, O. van der, Brown, P., Kolk, B.A. van der (1989). 

Pierre Janet's treatment of post-traumatic stress. Journal 

of Traumatic Stress, 2(4), 379-395. 

Hart, R.R. (1980). The influence of a taped hypnotic induction 

treatment procedure on the recovery of surgery 

patients. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 28(4), 324-332. 

Hartland, J. (1966). Medical and dental hypnosis and it’s 

clinical applications. London: Bailliere, Tindall and 

Cassells. 

Hartman, B. (1967). Hypnotizability as affected by attitudinal 

and motivational variables. International Journal 


Hartman, B. (1968). An outline of clinical hypnosis. St. 

Louis MO: National Foundation For Research In Clinical 

Hypnosis. 

Hartman, D. (2010). Hypnosis and hypnotherapy citations. 

Journal of Heart-Centered Therapies, 13(1), 3-142. 

Hartmann, E. von (1869). Philosophie des Unbewussten. 

Berlin: Dunker. 

Hartmann, E. von (1885). Moderne Probleme. Leipzig: 

Friedrich. 

Harvey, R.F., Gunary, R.M., Hinton, R.A., Barry, R.E. 

(1989). Individual and group hypnotherapy in treatment 

of refractory irritable bowel syndrome. Lancet, 

333(8635), 424-425. 

Harvey, R.F., Hinton, R.A., Gunary, R.M., Barry, R.E. 

(1989). Individual and group hypnotherapy in treatment 

of refractory irritable bowel syndrome. Lancet, 1(8635), 

424-425. 

Hasegawa, H., Jamieson, G.A. (2002). Conceptual issues in 

hypnosis research: Explanations, definitions and the 

state-non-state debate. Contemporary Hypnosis, 19(3), 

103-117. 

Hassin, R.R., Uleman, J.S., Bargh, J.A. (2005) editors. The 

new unconscious. New York: Oxford University Press. 

Hastings, A. (2006). An extended nondrug MDMA-like 

experience evoked through posthypnotic suggestion. 

Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 38(3), 273-283. 

Hastings, C.D. (2004). Diabets and hypnosis. In: Damon, 

D.F. (2004) editor. Official consumer guide to hypnotism. 

Merrimack NH: National Guild of Hypnotists, 

53-54. 

Hatfield, E.C. (1961). The validity of the LeCron method of 

evaluating hypnotic depth. International Journal of 


Hathaway, M.R. (2003). The everything hypnosis book: 

Safe, effective ways to lose weight, improve your 

health, overcome bad habits, and boost creativity. 

Minneapolis: Adams. 

Hauri, P.J., Silber, M.H., Boeve, B.F. (2007). The treatment 

of parasomnias with hypnosis: a 5-year follow-up study. 

Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 3, 369-373. 

Havens, R.A. (1982). Approaching cosmic consciousness 

via hypnosis. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 22(1), 

105-116. 

Havens, R.A. (2004). The wisdom of Milton Erickson: The 

complete volume. Williston VT: Crown House. 

Havens, R.A., Walters, C. (1989). Hypnotherapy scripts: A 

neo-ericksonian approach to persuasive healing. New 


Hawkins, D. (1970). The effects of subliminal stimulation 

on drive level and brand preference. Journal of Marketing 

Research, 7(3), 322-326. 

Hawkins, P.J. (2006). Hypnoanalysis: An integration of 

clinical hypnosis and psychodynamic therapy. In: 

O’Leary, E., Murphy, M. editors. New approaches to 

integration in psychotherapy. New York: Routledge, 

61-73. 

Hawkins, P.J. (2006). Hypnosis and stress: A guide for 

clinicians. Chichester UK: Wiley. 

Hawkins, P.J., Heap, M. (1998) editors. Hypnosis in Europe. 

London: Whurr. 

Hawkins, P.J., Liossi, C., Ewart, B.W., Hatira, P., 

Kosmidis, P., Varvutsi, M. (1995). Hypnotherapy for 

control of anticipatory nausea and vomiting in children 

with cancer: Preliminary findings. Psycho-Oncology, 4, 

101-106. 

Hawkins, P.J., Liossi, C., Ewart, B.W., Hatira, P., 

Kosmidis, V.H. (1998). Hypnosis in the alleviation of 

procedure related pain and distress in paediatric on- 


cology patients. Contemporary Hypnosis, 15(4), 

199-207. 

Hawkins, P.J., Polemikos, N. (2002). Hypnosis treatment of 

sleeping problems in children experiencing loss. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 19(1), 18-24. 

Hawkins, R.M.F. (2001). A systematic meta-review of 

hypnosis as an empirically supported treatment for pain. 

Pain Reviews, 8, 47-73. 

Hayes, J., Mitchell, J.C. (1994). Mental health professionals’ 

skepticism about multiple personality disorder. 

Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 25, 

410-415. 

Haygarth, J. (1800). Of the imagination, as a cause and as a 

cure of disorders of the body; exemplified by fictitious 

tractors, and epidemical convulsions. Bath: Crutwell. 

Haynes, J.A. (1987). A comparison of hypnosis and behavioral 

treatments for obesity with one year follow-up. 

Dissertation Abstracts International, 47(10-A), 3704. 

Haynes, R. (1982). The Society for Psychical Research 

1882-1982: A history. London: MacDonald. 

Hazelgrove, J. (2000). Spiritualism and British society 

between the wars. Manchester GB: Manchester University 

Press. 

Healy, J.M., Dowd, E.T. (1986). Pain management by 

hypnotherapy. In: Dowd, E.T., Healy, J.M., editors. 

Case studies in hypnotherapy. New York: Guilford. 

Heap, M. (1988) editor. Hypnosis: Current clinical, experimental 

and forensic practices. London: Croom 

Helm. 

Heap, M. (1993). Hypnotic and placebo analgesia: Doubts 

about the placebo concept. Contemporary Hypnosis, 10, 

127-129. 

Heap, M. (1995). A case of death following stage hypnosis: 

Analysis and implications. Contemporary Hypnosis, 12, 

99–110. 

Heap, M. (1995). Another case of indecent assault by a lay 

hypnotherapist. Contemporary Hypnosis, 12, 92-98. 

Heap, M. (1995). Hypnosis: Applications in general medicine. 

British Journal of Therapy and Rehabilitation , 2, 

649-654. 

Heap, M. (1996). The case of a woman claiming damages 

from a therapist trained in hypnosis by a correspondence 

course. Contemporary Hypnosis, 13, 89-93. 

Heap, M. (1996). The nature of hypnosis. European Journal 

of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, 8, 515-519. 

Heap, M. (1996). The nature of hypnosis. The Psychologist, 

9 (11), 498-501. 

Heap, M. (1997). Hypnosis. In: Baum, A., Newman, S., 

Weinman, J., West, R., McManus, C., editors. Cambridge 

handbook of psychology, health and medicine. 

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 224-227. 

Heap, M. (2000a). The alleged dangers of stage hypnosis. 



Heap, M. (2000b). A legal case of a man complaining of an 

extraordinary sexual disorder following stage hypnosis. 


Heap, M. (2006). Assessing allegations of sexual assault 

during hypnosis and related procedures. Australian 


41-54. 

Heap, M. (2007). Hypnosis. In: Ayers, S., Baum, A., 

McManus, C., editors. Cambridge handbook of psychology, 

health and medicine; Second edition. Cambridge 

UK: Cambridge University Press, 359-362. 

Heap, M. (2008). Hypnosis in the courts. In: Nash, M., 



Heap, M., Aravind, K.K., Hartland, J. (1989-2002). Hartland’s 

medical and dental hypnosis, Fourth edition. 

Edinburgh GB: Churchill Livingstone. 

Heap, M., Brown, R.J., Oakley, D.A. (2004) editors. The 

highly hypnotizable person: Theoretical, experimental, 

and clinical issues. New York: Brunner Routledge. 

Heap, M., Dryden, W. (1991) editors. Hypnotherapy: A 

handbook. Milton Keynes UK: Open University Press. 

Heap, M., Kirsch, I. (2006) editors. Hypnosis: Theory, research 

and application. Aldershot UK: Ashgate. 

Hebert, S.W. (1984). A simple hypnotic approach to treat 

test anxiety in medical students and residents. Journal 

of Medical Education, 59, 841-842. 

Hegar, A. (1878). Die Castration der Frauen von 

physiologische und chirurgischen Standpunkte aus. 

Leipzig: Breitkopf und Hartel. 

Heidenhain, R. (1880). Der sogenannte thierische 

Magnetismus: Physiologische Beobachtungen. Leipzig: 

Breitkopf und Hartel. 

Heimberg, R.G. (1989). Cognitive and behavioral treatments 

for social phobia: A critical analysis. Clinical 


Heise, J. (1985). How you can bowl better using 

self-hypnosis. North Hollywood CA: Wilshire Book 

Company. 

Hélie, S., Cousineau, D. (2011, in press). The cognitive 

neuroscience of automaticity: Behavioral and brain 

signatures. Manuscript in press in Cognitive Sciences. 

At the moment: psych.ucsb.edu. 

Hell, M. (1775). Unpartheyischer Bericht der allhier 

gemachten Entdeckungen der sonderbaren Würkung 

der kunstlichen Stahlmagneten in verschiedenen 

Nervenkrankheiten. Wien. 

Helot, C. (1897). Névrose et possessions diaboliques. Paris: 

Bloud et Barra. 

Helot, C. (1898). L'hypnotisme franc et l'hypnotisme vrai. 

Paris: Bloud et Barra. 



Helot, C. (1903). L'hypnose chez les possédés. Paris: Bloud. 

Hendler, C.S., Redd, W.H. (1986). Fear of hypnosis: The 

role of labeling in patients' acceptance of behavioral 

interventions. Behavior Therapy, 17(1), 2-13. 

Hénin de Cuvillers, E.F. baron d’ (1820). Le magnétisme 

éclairé: Ou introduction aux archives du magnétisme 

animal. Paris: Barrois. 

Hénin de Cuvillers, E.F. baron d’ (1821). La moral 

chrétienne vengée: Ou réflexions sur les crimes commis 

sous les prétextes spécieux de la gloire de Dieu et des 

intérêts de la religion et observations historiques et 

philosophiques sur les faux miracles opérés par le 

magnétisme animal. Paris: Barrois. 

Hénin de Cuvillers, E.F. baron d’ (1821). Le magnétisme 

animal retrouvé dans l’antiquité: Ou dissertation 

historique, étymologique et mythologique sur Esculape, 

Hippocrate et Galien, sur Apis, Sérapis ou Osiris et sur 

Isis suivie de recherches sur l’alchimie. Paris: Barrois. 

Hénin de Cuvillers, E.F. baron d’ (1822). Discours 

préliminaire pour le troisième tome du magnetisme 

animal: Exposition critique du système et de la doctrine 

des magnetistes. Archives du Magnétisme, 3(7), 11-33. 

Henkel, L.A. (2004). Erroneous memories arise from repeated 

attempts to remember. Journal of Memory and 

Language, 50, 26-46. 

Henry, V. (1901). Le langage martien: Etude analytique de 

la genèse d’une lange dans un cas de glossolalie 

somnambulique. Paris: Maisonneuve. 

Her Majesty’s Stationery Office (1952). Hypnotism Act 

1952. London: Her Majesty’s Stationery Office, Chapter 

46, 15 and 16 Geo 6 and 1 Eliz 2. 

Herder, J.G., Goethe, J.W., Moser, J. (1773). Von deutscher 

Art und Kunst: Einige fliegende. Blätter. 

Héricourt, J. (1886). Un cas de somnambulisme à distance. 


Hericourt, J. (1889). Psychologie: L’activité inconsciente 

de l’esprit. Revue scientifique, 26(9), 257-268. 

Herman, J.L. (1992). Trauma and recovery: The aftermath 

of violence from domestic abuse to political terror. New 

York: Basic Books. 

Herman, S. (1985). Self-hypnosis antiemetic therapy in 

children receiving chemotherapy. Oncology Nursing 

Forum, 12, 41- 46. 

Hermes, D., Gerdes, V., Trubger, D., Hakim, S.G., Sieg, P. 

(2004). Evaluation des perioperativen Einsatzes 

standardisierter Hypnose mittels 

State-Trait-Angstinventar (STAI). (Evaluation of intraoperative 

standardized hypnosis with the State-Trait 

Anxiety Inventory). Mund Kiefer Gesichtschir, 8(2), 

111-117. 

Hermes, D., Hakim, S., Sieg, P. (2006). Standardised 

hypnosis in oral and maxillofacial surgery: Three-year 

experience and first study results. European Journal of 

Clinical Hypnosis, 6 (4). 2-9. 

Hermes, D., Trubger, D., Hakim, S.G., Sieg, P. (2004). 

Perioperative use of medical hypnosis: Therapy options 

for anaesthetists and surgeons. Anaesthesist, 53(4), 

41-46. 

Hernandez, A.Jr, Tatarunis, A.M. (2000). The use of pre-, 

intra-, and posthypnotic suggestion in anesthesia and 

surgery. Certified Registered Nurse Anesthetist, 11(4), 

167-172. 

Heron, W.T. (1949). Hypnosis and dentistry. Northwest 

Dentistry, 28, 154-158. 

Heron, W.T. (1952). Hypnosis as a factor in the production 

and detection of crime. British Journal of Medical 

Hypnotism, 3, 1-15. 

Heron, W.T. (1953). Clinical applications of suggestion 

and hypnosis; 2nd edition. Springfield IL: Thomas. 

Herrman, J.L. (1992). Trauma and recovery . New York: 

Basic Books. 

Herrmann, W.M., Kubicki, S.T., Boden, S., Eich, F.X., 

Attali, P., Coquelin, J.P. (1993). Pilot controlled double-blind 

study of the hypnotic effects of zolpidem in 

patients with chronic 'learned' insomnia: psychometric 

and polysomnographic evaluation. Journal of International 

Medical Research, 21(6), 306-322. 

Hervey de Saint Denys, M.J.L. Lecoq de (1867). Les rêves 

et les moyens de les diriger: Observations pratiques. 

Paris: Librairie d'Amyot. 

Herzfeld, G.M., Taub, E. (1980). Effect of slide projections 

and tape-recorded suggestions on thermal biofeedback 

training. Applied Psychophysiology and Biofeedback, 

5(4), 393-405. 

Hewson-Bower, B., Drummond, P.D. (1996). Secretory 

immunoglobulin A increases during relaxation in children 

with and without recurrent upper respiratory tract 

infections. Journal of Developmental and Behavioural 

Pediatrics, 17(5), 311-316. 

Heyer, G. (1931). Hypnosis and hypnotherapy. London: 

Daniel. 

Hibbard, W., Worring, R. (1981). Forensic hypnosis: The 

practical applicaton of hypnosis in criminal investigations. 


Hibberd, J.F. (1895). Relation of matter and mind in hypnotism. 


JAMA, 24(3), 87-90. 

Hibberd, R. (2004).’Dormez donc, mes chers amours’: 

Hérold’s La Somnambule (1827) and dream phenomena 

on the Parisian lyric stage. Cambridge Opera 

Journal, 16(2), 107-132. 

Hibler, F.W. (1940). An experimental investigation of 

negative after-images of hallucinated colors in hypnosis. 

Journal of Experimental Psychology. 27(1), 45-57. 

Higley, L.L.R. (2003). Hypnotic intervention for genital 

human papillomavirus infections in female patients. 


Dissertation Abstracts International, 63(11-B), 5518. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1948). Theories of learning. New York: 

Appleton Century Crofts. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1953). Introduction to psychology. New 

York: Harcourt Brace. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1964). Hypnosis. Annual Review of Psychology, 

16, 157-180. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1964). The motivational relevance of hypnosis. 

Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 1-40. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1965). Hypnotic susceptibility. New York: 

Harcourt Brace. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1966). The experience of hypnosis: A shorter 

version of Hypnotic susceptibility. San Diego CA: 

Harcourt Brace. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1967). A quantitative study of pain and its 

reduction through hypnotic suggestion. Proceedings of 

the National Academy of Sciences, 57, 1581-1586. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1969). Pain as a puzzle for psychology and 

physiology. American Psychologist, 24, 103-113. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1971). Hypnotic phenomena: The struggle 

for scientific acceptance. American Scientist, 59, 

567-577. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1973). A neodissociation interpretation of 

pain reduction in hypnosis. Psychological Review, 

396-411. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1975). Hypnosis. Annual Review of Psychology, 

26, 19-44. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1977a). Divided consciousness: Multiple 

controls in human thought and action. New York: 

Wiley. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1977b). The problem of divided consciousness: 

A neodissociation interpretation. Annals of the 

New York Academy of Sciences, 296, 48-59. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1978). Pain perception in man. In: Held, R., 

Leibowitz, H., Teuber, H.L., editors. Handbook of 

Sensory Physiology: Perception. Heidelberg: Springer, 

849-875. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1979a). A saga of hypnosis: Two decades of 

the Stanford Laboratory of Hypnosis Research. 

1957-1979. Stanford CA: Stanford University, Department 

of Psychology. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1979b). Consciousness and control: Lessons 

from hypnosis. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 7, 103-115. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1980). Consciousness in contemporary 

psychology. Annual Review of Psychology, 31, 1-28. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1982). Illusion that the eye-roll sign is related 

to hypnotizability. Archives of General Psychiatry, 

39(8), 963-966. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1986). Divided consciousness: Multiple 

controls in human thought and action; Revised edition. 

New York: Wiley. 


Hilgard, E.R. (1992). Dissociation and theories of hypnosis. 

In: Fromm, E., Nash, M.R., editors. Contemporary 

hypnosis research. New York: Guilford, 69-101. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1992). Divided consciousness and dissociation. 

Consciousness and Cognition, 1, 16-31. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1993). History of research centers and professional 

hypnosis societies in the United States. International 


Hypnosis, 1744-5183, 41(3), 173-190. 

Hilgard, E.R. (1994). Neodissociation theory. In: Lynn, 

S.J., Rhue, J.W., editors. Dissociation: Clinical and 

theoretical perspectives. New York: Guilford, 32-51. 

Hilgard, E.R., Bentler, P.M. (1963). Predicting 

hypnotizability from the Maudsley Personality Inventory. 

British Journal of Psychology, 54, 6369. 

Hilgard, E.R., Crawford, H.J., Wert, A. (1979). The Stanford 

Hypnotic Arm Levitation Induction and Test 

(SHALIT): A six-minute hypnotic induction and 

measurement scale. International Journal of Clinical 


Hilgard, E.R., Hilgard, J.R. (1975-1983). Hypnosis in the 

relief of pain. Los Altos CA: Kaufman. 

Hilgard, E.R., Hommel, L.S. (1961). Selective amnesia for 

events within hypnosis in relation to repression. Journal 

of Personality, 29(2), 205-216. 

Hilgard, E.R., Lauer, L.W. (1962). Lack of correlation 

between the California Psychological Inventory and 

hypnotic susceptibility. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 

26, 331-335. 

Hilgard, E.R., Macdonald, H., Marshall, G., Morgan, A.H. 

(1974). Anticipation of pain and of pain control under 

hypnosis: Heart rate and blood pressure response in cold 

pressor test. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 83 (5), 

561-568. 

Hilgard, E.R., Marquis, D.G. (1940). Conditioning and 

learning. New York: Appleton-Century. 

Hilgard, E.R., Morgan, A.H., Lange, A.F., Lenox, J.R., 

Macdonald, H., Marshall, G.D., Sachs, L.B. (1974). 

Heart rate changes in pain and hypnosis. Psychophysiology, 

11(6), 692-702. 

Hilgard, E.R., Nowlis, D. (1972). The contents of hypnotic 

dreams and night dreams: An exercise in method. 

511-524. In: Fromm, E., Shor, R.E., editors. Hypnosis: 

Research developments and perspectives, Chicago IL: 

Aldine, 511-524. 

Hilgard, E.R., Sheehan, P.W., Monteiro, K.P., MacDonald, 

H. (1981). Factorial structure of the Creative Imagination 

Scale as a measure of hypnotic responsiveness: An 

international comparative study. International Journal 


Hilgard, E.R., Tart, C.T. (1966). Responsiveness to suggestions 

following waking and imagination instructions 



and following induction of hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal 

and Social Psychology, 71, 196. 

Hilgard, E.R., Weitzenhoffer, A.M., Gough, P. (1958). Individual 

differences in susceptibility to hypnosis. Proceedings 

of the National Academy of Sciences, 44, 

1255-1259. 

Hilgard, E.R., Weitzenhoffer, A.M., Landes, J., Moore, 

R.K. (1961). The distribution of susceptibility to hypnosis 

in a student population: A study using the Stanford 

Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale. Psychological 

Monographs, 75(8, Whole No. 512). 

Hilgard, J.R. (1970-1979). Personality and hypnosis: A 

Study of imaginative involvement. Chicago: University 


Hilgard, J.R., Hilgard, E.R., Newman, R. (1961). Sequelae 

to hypnotic induction with special reference to earlier 

chemical anesthesia. Journal of Nervous and Mental 

Disease, 133, 461-478. 

Hilgard, J.R., LeBaron, S. (1982). Relief of anxiety and 

pain in children and adolescents with cancer: Quantitative 

measures and clinical observations. International 


417-442. 

Hill, O. (1957). J. P. Marat's use of electricity in the practice 

of medicine. British Journal of Physical Medicine, 

10(5), 100-102. 

Hill, R., Bannon-Ryder, G. (2005). The use of hypnosis in 

the treatment of driving phobia. Contemporary Hypnosis, 

22(2), 99-103. 

Hill, S. (1989). Satanism: Similarities between patient accounts 

and pre-inquisition historical sources. Dissociation, 

2(1), 39-44. 

Hill, S., Goodwin, J.R. (1993). Demonic possession as a 

consequence of childhood trauma. Psychohistory, 

20(4), 399-411. 

Hill, T. (1998). Hypnosis in the treatment of learning difficulties 

in students. Australian Journal of Clinical and 


Hill, Z., Hung, L., Bryant, R.A. (2010). A hypnotic paradigm 

for studying intrusive memories. Journal of Behavior 

Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 41(4), 

433-437. 

Hinterberger, T., Schoner, J., Halsband, U. (2011). Analysis 

of electrophysiological state patterns and changes 

during hypnosis induction. International Journal of 


Hirschman, E.C. (1985). Dual consciousness and altered 

states: Implications for consumer research. Journal of 

Business Research, 13, 223-234. 

Hirschmüller, A. (1978). Eine bisher unbekannte 

Krankengeschichte Sigmund Freuds und Josef Breuers 

aus der Entstehungszeit der «Studien über Hysterie». 

Jahrbuch der Psychoanalyse, 10, 136-168. 

Ho, S. (Nov 2007). Hypnosis in handling unfinished business 

in bereavement. Australian Journal of Clinical and 


Hockenberry, M.J., Bologna-Vaughan, S. (1985). Preparation 

for intrusive procedures using noninvasive techniques 

in children with cancer: State of the art vs. new 

trends. Cancer Nursing, 8, 97-102. 

Hodge, J.R. (1988). Can hypnosis help psychosis? American 


Hodgkiss, A. (2000). From lesion to metaphor: Chronic 

pain in British, French and German medical writings, 

1800-1914. Amsterdam: Rodopi. 

Hodgson, R. (1887). The possibilities of mal-observation 

and lapse of memory from a practical point of view. 

Society for Psychical Research Proceedings, 4, 

381-495. 

Hodgson, R. (1892). A Record of Observations of Certain 

Phenomena of Trance. Society for Psychical Research 

Proceedings, 8, 1-167. 

Hodgson, R. (1898). A Further Record of Observations of 

Certain Phenomena of Trance. Society for Psychical 

Research Proceedings, 13, 284-582. 

Hoencamp, E. (1990). Sexual abuse and the abuse of hypnosis 

in the therapeutic relationship. International 


283-297. 

Hoffeld, D.R. (1980). Mesmer’s failure: Sex, politics, 

personality, and the zeitgeist. Journal of the History of 

the Behavioral Sciences, 16, 377- 386. 

Hoffman, G.L., Kipenhauer, D.B. (1961). Medical hypnosis 

and its use in obstetrics. American Journal of Medical 

Science, 241(6), 788-810. 

Hofman-Bang, A. (1946). Complications and Dangers in 

Use of Hypnotism, Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 21, 

365-374. 

Hogan, K., Nahum, E.J., Hastings, C.D., LaBay, M.L., 

Sumner, H. (2001). The new hypnotherapy handbook: 

Hypnosis and mindbody healing. Eagan MN: Network 

3000. 

Hogan, K., Speakman, J. (2006). Covert persuasion: Psychological 

tactics and tricks to win the game. Hoboken 

NJ: Wiley. 

Hogan, M., Olness, K., MacDonald, J. (1985). The effects 

of hypnosis on brainstem auditory responses in children. 


91-94. 

Holden, C. (1980). Forensic use of hypnosis on the increase. 

Science, 208(4451), 1443-1444. 

Holden, K.J., French, C.C. (2002). Alien abduction experiences: 

Some clues from neuropsychology and neuropsychiatry. 


Hollingworth, A. (2001). I’ve got you under my skin: 

Hypnosis for dermatitis and unrequited love. Australian 



131-146. 

Holloway, E.L., Donald, K.M. (1982). Self-hypnosis to 

self-improvement: A group approach. Journal for Specialists 

in Group Work, 7(3), 199-208. 

Holopainen, D., Emmerson, G.J. (2002). Ego state therapy 

and the treatment of depression. Australian Journal of 


Holroyd, J. (1980). Hypnosis treatment for smoking: An 

evaluative review. International Journal of Clinical and 


Holroyd, J. (1996). Hypnosis treatment of clinical pain: 

Understanding why hypnosis is useful. International 


33-51. 

Holroyd, K.A., Penzien, D.B. (1990). Pharmacological 

versus non-pharmacological prophylaxis of recurrent 

migraine headache: A meta-analytic review of clinical 

trials. Pain, 42, 1-13. 

Holt, R. (1964). The return of the ostracized. American 

Psychologist, 19, 254-264. 

Home Office (1987). Draft circular: The use of hypnosis by 

the police in the investigation of crime. British Journal 

of Experimental and Clinical Hypnosis, 4, 189-191. 

Home Office (1988). Circular No. 66/1988: The use of 

hypnosis by the police in the investigation of crime. 

London: Home Office. 

Home Office (1995). Report of the Expert Panel appointed 

to consider the effects of participation in performances 

of stage hypnosis. London: Home Office. 

Home Office (1996a). Home Office Circular No 39/1996 - 

Stage hypnotism: Review of the hypnotism act 1952. 

London: Home Office. 

Home Office (1996b). Model conditions to be attached to 

licences for the performance of stage hypnotism. Annex 

to Home Office Circular No 39/1996. London: Home 

Office. 

Home, D.D. (1863). Incidents in my life. London: Longman 

and Co. 

Hong, G.K. (1982). The hypnotic enhancement of creativity. 

Dissertation Abstracts International, 43(6-B), 

1983-1984. 

Hong, G.K., Skiba, A.H., Yepes, E., O’Brien, R.M. (1982). 

Effects of ethnicity of hypnotist and subject on hypnotic 

susceptibility. International Journal of Clinical and 


Honoites, G.J. (1977). Hypnosis and breast enlargement: A 

pilot study. Journal of the International Society for 

Professional Hypnosis, 6(4), 8-12. 

Hoogduin, C.A.L., Schaap, C.P.D.R., Berk, H.A.A., de 

(2002), editors. Issues on hypnosis. Nijmegen: Cure and 

Care. 


Horevitz, R. (1983). Hypnosis for multiple personality 

disorder: A framework for beginning. American Journal 


Horevitz, R. (1994). Hypnosis and multiple personality 

disorder: Connections and controversies. In: Lynn, S.J., 

Rhue, J.W., editors. Dissociation: Clinical and theoretical 

perspectives. New York: Guilford, 434-453. 

Hornyak, L.M., Green, J.P. (2000) editors. Healing from 

within: The use of hypnosis in women's health care. 

Washington DC: American Psychological Association. 

Horselenberg, R., Merckelbach, H., Smeets, T., Franssens, 

D., Peters, G.-J., Zeles, G. (2008). False confessions in 

the lab: Do plausibility and consequences matter? 

Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 44, 

1137-1143. 

Horst, G.C. (1830). Deuteroskoppie, oder merkwürdige 

psychische und physiologische Erscheinungen und 

Probleme aus dem Gebiete der Pneumatologie. Für 

Religionsphilosophen, Psychologen und denkende 

Aerzte. Eine nothige Beilage zur Dämono-magie, wie 

zur Zauber-Bibliothek. 2 Vol. Frankfurt: Wilmans. 

Horton-Hausknecht, J.R. (1995). The effect of clinical 

hypnosis and relaxation techniques on the functioning 

of the immune system: New directions for psychoneuroimmunology 

research and practise. Forsch 

Komplemetärmed, 2, 196-202. 

Horwitz, A. (2002). Creating mental illness. Chicago: 

UCP. 

Houdini, H. (1924) pseudonym of Ehrich Weiss. A magician 

among the spirits. New York: Harper. 

Houghton, G. (1882). Chronicles of the photographs of 

spiritual beings and phenomena invisible to the material 

eye, interblended with personal narrative. London: Allen. 

Houghton, L.A., Calvert, E.L., Jackson, N.A., Cooper, P., 

Whorwell, P.J. (2002). Visceral sensation and emotion: 

A study using hypnosis. Gut, 51, 701-704. 

Houghton, L.A., Heyman, D.J., Whorwell, P.J. (1996). 

Symptomatology, quality of life and economic features 

of irritable bowel syndrome: The effect of hypnotherapy. 

Alimentary Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 10, 

91-95. 

Houghton, L.A., Larder, S., Lee, R., Gonsalcorale, W.M., 

Whelan, V., Randles, J., Cooper, P., Cruikshanks, P., 

Miller, V., Whorwell, P.J. (1999). Gut focused hypnotherapy 

normalises rectal hypersensitivity in patients 

with irritable bowel syndrome (IBS). Gastroenterology, 

116(4 pt2) A1009. 

Houle, M., McGrath, P.A., Moran, G., Garrett, O.J. (1988). 

The efficacy of hypnosis- and relaxation-induced analgesia 

on two dimensions of pain for cold pressor and 

electrical tooth pulp stimulation. Pain, 33(2), 241-251. 



Houran, J., Lange, R. (1998). Modeling precognitive 

dreams as meaningful coincidences. Psychological 

Reports, 83, 1411-1414. 

Howard, J.F. (1987). Incidents of auditory perception during 

general anesthesia with traumatic sequelae. Medical 

Journal of Australia, 146, 44-46. 

Howard, W.L. (1896). The practical uses of suggestive 

therapeutics. Journal of the American Medical Association 

JAMA, 27(3), 131-134. 

Howard, W.L., Reardon, J.P. (1986). Changes in the self 

concept and athletic performance of weight lifters 

through a cognitive-hypnotic approach: an empirical 


248-257. 

Howe, M.L., Courage, M.L. (1993). On resolving the 

enigma of infantile amnesia. Psychological Bulletin, 

113, 305-326. 

Howland, J.S. (1975). The use of hypnosis in the treatment 

of a case of multiple personality. Journal of Nervous 

and Mental Disease, 161(2), 138-142. 

Howsam, D.G. (1999a). Hypnosis in the treatment of insomnia, 

nightmares and night terrors. Australian 


32-39. 

Howsam, D.G. (1999b). Hypnosis and recurrent menstrual 

headaches. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 27(2), 118-124. 

Hoyt, I.P., Kihlstrom, J.F., Nadon, R. (1992). Hypnotic, 

prolucid and night dreaming: Individual differences. 

Journal of Mental Imagery, 16(1-2), 147-153. 

Hubbell, G.G. (1901). Fact and fancy in spiritualism, theosophy 

and psychical research. Cincinnati OH: Clarke. 

Hudson, L. (2009). Scripts and strategies in hypnotherapy 

with children. Bethel CT: Crown House. 

Hudson, L. (2010). More scripts and strategies in hypnotherapy. 

Bethel CT: Crown House. 

Hudson, P.S. (1990). Ritual child abuse: A survey of 

symptoms and allegations. In: Special Issue "The 

shadow of satan: The ritual abuse of children." Journal 

of Child and Youth Care, 27-53. 

Huesmann, L.R., Gruder, C.L., Dorst, G. (1987). A process 

model of posthypnotic amnesia. Cognitive Psychology, 

19(1), 33-62. 

Hufeland, F. (1796). Makrobiotik oder die Kunst, das 

menschliche Leben zu verlängern. Berlin: Verl. 

Hufeland, F. (1811). Über Sympathie. Weimar: Landes 

Industrie Comptoirs. 

Hufeland, F. (1816). Auszug und Anzeig der Schrift des 

Hernn Leibmedikus Stieglitz über den thierischen 

Magnetismus, nebst Zusätzen. Berlin: 

Realschulbuchhandlung. 

Huffman, W.H. (2001) editor. Robert Fludd. Berkeley CA: 

North Atlantic. 

Hugo, S. (2009). The fertile body method: A practitioner’s 

manual; the applications of hypnosis and other 

mind-body approaches for fertility. Norwalk CT: 

Crown House. 

Huguet, H. (1857). Institut dynamo-thérapique. Du 

somnambulisme médical, ou esquisse de nososcopie 

dynamo-thérapique. Paris: chez l’Auteur. 

Hull, C.L. (1929). Quantitative methods of investigating 

waking suggestion. Journal of Abnormal and Social 


Hull, C.L. (1930a). Quantitative methods of investigating 

hypnotic suggestion. Part 1. Journal of Abnormal and 


Hull, C.L. (1930b). Quantitative methods of investigating 

hypnotic suggestion. Part 2. Journal of Abnormal and 


Hull, C.L. (1933). Hypnosis and suggestibility: An experimental 

approach. New York: Appleton Century Crofts. 

Hull, C.L. (1943). Principles of behavior: An introduction 

to behavior theory. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts. 

Hull, C.L. (1951). Essentials of behavior. New Haven CT: 

Yale University Press. 

Hull, C.L., Huse, B. (1930). Comparative suggestibility in 

the trance and waking states. American Journal of 


Hull, C.L., Krueger, R.G., Williams, G.W. (1930). A 

portable phonographic apparatus for giving objectively 

uniform suggestions. American Journal of Psychology, 

22, 442-444. 

Hunter, C.R. (1994). The art of hypnosis: Mastering basic 

techniques; Third edition. Norwalk CT: Crown House. 

Hunter, C.R. (2005). Hypnosis for inner conflict resolution: 

Introducing parts therapy. Norwalk CT: Crown House. 

Hunter, C.R. (2006). Client-centered parts therapy. European 


Hunter, C.R. (2007). Client-centered parts therapy. Australian 


28(1), 19-27. 

Hunter, C.R. (2007). Mastering the power of self-hypnosis: 

A practical guide to self empowerment. Norwalk CT: 

Crown House. 

Hunter, C.R. (2011). Mastering the power of self-hypnosis: 

A practical guide to self-empowerment; 2nd ed. Norwalk 

CT: Crown House. 

Hunter, C.R., Tebbetts, C. (1995). The art of hypnotherapy: 

Mastering client-centered techniques. Norwalk CT: 

Crown House. 

Hunter, M.E. (1992). The use of hypnosis in a family 

practice setting. Journal of Psychiatry, 10, 87-99. 

Hunter, M.E. (1994). Creative scripts for hypnotherapy. 

Philadelphia PA: Brunner Mazel. 

Hunter, R.A. (1957). A brief review of the use of electricity 


in psychiatry with special reference to John Wesley. 

British Journal of Physical Medicine, 20(5), 98-100. 

Hunter, S., Hunter, C.R. (1999). Master the power of 

self-hypnosis: Program your subconscious to attain 

health, wealth and happiness. New York: Sterling. 

Huntley, A.L., Coon, J.T., Ernst, E. (2004). Complementary 

and alternative medicine for labor pain A systematic 

review. American Journal of Obstetrics and 

Gynecology, 191, 36-44. 

Hurley, J.D. (1980). Differential effects of hypnosis, biofeedback 

training, and trophotropic responses on anxiety, 

ego strength, and locus of control. Journal of 


Hurwitz, T.D., Mahowald, M.W., Schenck, C.H., Schluter, 

J.L., Bundlie, S.R. (1991). A retrospective outcome 

study and review of hypnosis as treatment of adults with 

sleepwalking and sleep terror. Journal of Nervous and 

Mental Disease, 179(4), 228-233. 

Huse, B. (1930). Does the hypnotic trance favor the recall 

of faint memories? Journal of Experimental Psychology, 

13(6), 519-529. 

Hussain, Z., Quigley, E.M. (2006). Systematic review: 

Complementary and alternative medicine in the irritable 

bowel syndrome. Alimentary Pharmacology and 

Therapeutics, 23(4), 465-471. 

Husson, H.M. (1831). Rapport sur les expériences 

magnétiques faites par la commission de l’Académie 

royale de médecine, lu dans les séances des 21 et 28 

Juin, par M. Husson, rapporteur. Paris: n.p. 

Husson, H.M. (1837). Opinion prononcée par M. Husson à 

l’Académie de médecine séance du 22 août 1837 sur le 

rapport de M. Dubois (d’Amiens) relatif au magnétisme 

animal. Paris: n.p. 

Huston, P.E., Shakow, D., Erickson, M.H. (1934). A study 

of hypnotically induced complexes by means of the luria 

technique. Journal of General Psychology, 30, 65. 

Huston, T.R. (2011). The effects of using hypnosis for 

treating anxiety in outpatients diagnosed with generalized 

anxiety disorder. Dissertation Abstracts International, 

71(12-B), 7725. 

Hutchings, D.D. (1961). The value of suggestion given 

under anaesthesia: A report and evaluation of 200 

consecutive cases. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

4, 26-29. 

Hutchinson-Phillips, S. (2003). Recipe for a miracle: Determination, 

optimism, medical technology, and hypnosis 

in IVF. Australian Journal of Clinical and 


Hutchinson-Phillips, S., Gow, K. (2005). Hypnosis as an 

Adjunct to CBT: Treating self-defeating eaters. Journal 

of Cognitive and Behavioral Psychotherapies, 5(2), 

113-138. 


Hutchison, C. (2009). How to hypnotize your friends. 

Psychology Today, 42(3), 12. 

Hutin, S. (1972). Le spiritisme et la société théosofique. In: 

Puech, H, editeur. Histoire des religions, Vol. II. Paris: 

Gallimard. 

Huxley, A. (1954). The doors of perception. London: 

Chatto and Windus. 

Huxley, H. (1932). The brave new world. London: Chatto 

and Windus. 

Huynh, M.E., Vandvik, I.H., Diseth, T.H. (2008). Hypnotherapy 

in child psychiatry: The state of the art. Clinical 

Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 13(3), 377-393. 

Hyman, G.J., Stanley, R.O., Burrows, G.D., Horne, D J. 

(1986). Treatment effectiveness of hypnosis and behaviour 

therapy in smoking cessation: A methodological 

refinement. Addictive Behaviors, 11, 355-365. 

Hyman, I.E., Husband, T.H., Billings, F.J. (1995). False 

memories of childhood experiences. Applied Cognitive 

Psychology, 9(3), 181-197. 

Hyman, R. (1999). The mischief-making of ideomotor action. 

Scientific Review of Alternative Medicine, 3(2), 

34-43. 

Hynes, J.V. (1982). Hypnotic treatment of five adult cases 

of trichotillomania. Australian Journal of Clinical and 


Hypnosis Unit UK (2011). Hypnosis training courses. 

London: Hypnosis Unit UK. 

Hyslop, J.H. (1901). A further record of observations of 

certain trance phenomena. Society for Psychical Research 


Hyslop, T.B. (1899). On "double consciousness". British 

Medical Journal, Sept. 23, 782-786. 

I 

Iacono, W.G., Allen, J.J., Laravuso, J.J., Dunn, L.A. 

(1995). An event-related potential investigation of 

posthypnotic recognition amnesia. Journal of Abnormal 

Psychology, 104(3), 421-430. 

Iancu, I., Kotler, M., Spivak, B., Radwan, M., Weizman, A. 

(1994). Psychiatric aspects of hyperemesis gravidarum. 

Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 61, 143-149. 

Iani, C., Ricci, F., Baroni, G., Rubichi, S. (2009). Attention 

control and susceptibility to hypnosis. Consciousness 



and Cognition, 18(4), 856-863 

Iani, C., Ricci, F., Gherri, E., Rubichi, S. (2006). Hypnotic 

suggestion modulates cognitive conflict. Psychological 

Science, 17, 721-727. 

Iannini, R (1992). Mesmer and mesmerism. Medicina nei 

Secoli, 4(3), 71-83. 

Ibbotson, G., Williamson, A. (2010). Treatment of 

post-traumatic stress disorder using trauma-focused 

hypnosis. Contemporary Hypnosis. 27(4), 257-267. 

Ibn Sina (1027). Kitab al-Shifa’. Edizione italiana: Libro 

della Guarigione, Le Cose Divine. Torino: Utet, 2007. 

Icon Group International (2009). Hypnosis: Webster's 

timeline history, 1784-2007. San Diego CA: Icon Group 

International. 

Iglesias, A, Iglesias, A. (2005). Awake-alert hypnosis in the 

treatment of panic disorder: A case report. American 


Iglesias, A, Iglesias, A. (2005-2006). Hypnotic treatment of 

PTSD in children who have complicated bereavement. 

American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 48(2-3), 

183-189. 

Iglesias, A, Iglesias, A. (2008). Secondary diurnal enuresis 

treated with hypnosis: a time-series design. International 


56(2), 229-240. 

Iglesias, A. (2004). Hypnosis and existential psychotherapy 

with end-stage terminally ill patients. American Journal 


Ince, R.B. (1920). Franz Anton Mesmer. His life and 

teaching. London: Rider. 

Inchbald, E.S. (1788). Animal Magnetism: A Farce, in 

three acts, as performed at the Theatre Royal, Covent-Garden. 

Dublin: Byron. 

Inglis, B. (1977). Natural and supernatural: A history of the 

paranormal from earliest times to 1914. London: 


Inglis, B. (1984). Science and parascience. A history of the 

paranormal, 1914-1939. London: Hodder and Stoughton. 

Inglis, B. (1989). Trance: A natural history of altered states 

of mind. London: Grafton. 

Institute for Laboratory Animal Research (2009). Recognition 

and alleviation of pain in laboratory animals. 

Washington DC: National Research Council. 

International Association for the Study of Pain, IASP 

(1994). Part III: Pain terms, A current list with definitions 

and notes on usage. In: Merskey, H. , Bogduk, N., 

editors. IASP Task Force on Taxonomy Classification of 

chronic pain, Second edition. Seattle: IASP Press, 

209-214. 

International Society of Hypnosis (1979). Resolution 

adopted August, 1979 by the International Society of 

Hypnosis. International Journal of Clinical and Ex- 

perimental Hypnosis, 27(4), 453. 

International Society of Hypnosis (1997). Membership directory. 

West Heidelberg, Australia: International Society 

of Hypnosis. 

Introvigne, M. (1990). Il cappello del mago: I nuovi movimenti 

magici, dallo spiritismo al satanismo. Carnago: 

Sugarco. 

Iorio, F. (2009). Le derive dell’ipnosi: Misticismo, ufologia, 

giurisprudenza. Roma: Coniglio. 

Ipsos (2007). Sondaggio Ipsos Vanity Fair “UFO.” Milano: 

Ipsos e Vanity Fair. 

Irland, J.M. (2010). Childbirth. In: Barabasz, M., et Al, 



Ironson, G., Freund, B., Strauss, J.L., Williams, J. (2002). 

Comparison of two treatments for traumatic stress: a 

community-based study of EMDR and prolonged exposure. 

Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(1), 113-128. 

Irvine, M.J., Logan, A.G. (1991). Relaxation behavior 

therapy as sole treatment for mild hypertension. Psychosomatic 

Medicine, 53, 587-597. 

Irving, L., Pope, S. (2002). Is the use of hypnosis during 

childbirth preparation associated with beneficial obstetric 

and psychological outcomes? Australian Journal 


Irwin, M., Vedhara, K. (2005). Human psychoneuroimmunology. 


Isaacs, T.C. (1987). The possessive states disorder: The 

diagnosis of demonic possession. Journal of Pastoral 

Psychology, 35(4), 363-373. 

Iserson, K.V. (1999). Hypnosis for pediatric fracture reduction. 

Journal of Emergency Medicine, 17(1), 53-56. 

Ismail, A.I., Chan, S.C. (2004) Knowledge and practice of 

complementary medicine amongst public primary care 

clinic doctors in Kinta District, Perak. Medical Journal 

of Malaysia, 59(1), 4-10. 

Isotani, T., Lehmann, D., Pascual-Marqui, R.D., Kochi, K., 

Wackermann, J., Saito, N., Yagyu, T., Kinoshita, T., 

Sasada, K. (2001). EEG source localization and global 

dimensional complexity in high- and low- hypnotizable 

subjects: A pilot study. Neuropsychobiology, 44(4), 

192-198. 

Israeli, N. (1953). Experimental study of hypnotic imagination 

and dreams of projection in time: I. Outlook upon 

the remote future - extending through the quintillionth 

year. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 1, 

49-60. 

Israëls, H. and Schatzman, M. (1993). The seduction theory. 

History of Psychiatry, 4, 23-59. 

Ito, M. (1979). The differential effects of hypnosis and 

motivational suggestions on muscular strength. Japanese 

Journal of Physical Education, 24, 93-100. 

Iverson, J. (1976). More lives than one? The evidence of the 


emarkable Bloxham Tapes. London: Souvenir. 

J 

Jackins, H. (1970). Fundamentals of co-counselling manual. 

Seattle WA: Rational Island. 

Jacknow, J.S., Tschann, J.M., Link M.P., Boyce, W.T. 

(1994). Hypnosis in the prevention of chemotherapy-related 

nausea and vomiting in children: A prospective 

study. Developmental and Behavioural Pediatrics, 

15(4), 258-264. 

Jackson, J.A., Gass, G.C., Camp, E.M. (1979). The relationship 

between posthypnotic suggestion and endurance 

in physically trained subjects. International 


278-293. 

Jackson, P. (2003). Hypnosis for birthing: A natural option, 

Part 1. Australian Journal of Clinical Hypnotherapy 

and Hypnosis, 24(1), 45-52. 

Jackson, S. (1869). On consciousness and cases of so-called 

double consciousness. American Journal of the Medical 

Sciences, 42, 17-24. 

Jacobs, A.L., Kurtz, R.M., Strube, M.J. (1995). Hypnotic 

analgesia, expectancy effects, and choice of design: a 

reexamination. International Journal of Clinical and 


Jacobs, D.M. (1992). Secret life: Firsthand accounts of 

UFO abductions. New York: Simon and Schuster. 

Jacobs, S.B., Gotthelf, C. (1986). Effects of hypnosis on 

physical and athletic performance. In: DePiano, F.A., 

Salzberg, H.C., editors. Clinical applications of hypnosis. 

Norwood NJ: Ablex, 89-98. 

Jacobs, S.B., Salzberg, H.C. (1987). The effects of 

post-hypnotic performance-enhancing instructions on 

cognitive-motor performance. International Journal of 


Jacobson, E. (1938). Progressive relaxation. Chicago: 

University of Chicago Press. 

Jacobson, N., Kramer, S., Tharp, A., Costa, S., Hawley, P. 

(2011).The effects of encoding in hypnosis and 

post-hypnotic suggestion on academic performance. 


Jacobson, N.O., Silfverskiold, N.P. (1973). A controlled 

study of a hypnotic method in the treatment of alco- 


holism, with evaluation by objective criteria. British 

Journal of Addiction, 68, 25-31. 

Jahoda, G. (1969). The psychology of superstition. London: 

Penguin. 

Jambrik, Z., Sebastiani, L., Picano, E., Ghelarducci, B., 

Santarcangelo, E.L. (2005). Hypnotic modulation of 

flow-mediated endothelial response to mental stress. 

International Journal of Psychophysiology, 55(2), 

221-227. 

James, T. (1995). Dream, creativity, and madness in nineteenth-century 

France. Oxford: Oxford University 

Press. 

James, T., Flores, L., Schober, J. (2000). Hypnosis: A 

comprehensive Guide. Carmethen UK: Crown House. 

James, U. (2010). Clinical hypnosis handbook. Abingdon 

UK: Radcliffe. 

James, W. (1889). Notes on automatic writing. Proceedings 

of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1, 

548-564. 

James, W. (1890a). The principles of psychology. New 

York: Holt. 

James, W. (1890b). The hidden self. Scribner’s Magazine, 

7, 361-373. 

James, W. (1892). Psychology: A briefer course. New 

York: Holt. 

James, W. (1896). The will to believe: And other essays in 

popular philosophy. Cambridge MA: Harvard University 

Press, 1979. 

James, W. (1901). Frederic Myers services to psychology. 

Society for Psychical Research Proceedings, XLII, 17, 

13-23. 

James, W. (1902). The varieties of religious experience: A 

study in human nature. New York: Longmans. 

Jameson, R.M. (1963). Hypnosis for minor surgical procedure. 

British Journal of Anaesthesia, 35(4), 269-271 

Jamieson, G.A. (2007) editor. Hypnosis and conscious 

states: The cognitive neuroscience perspective. London: 


Jamieson, G.A., Sheehan, P.W. (2002). A critical evaluation 

of the relationship between sustained attentional 

abilities and hypnotic susceptibility. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 19(2), 62-74. 

Jamieson, G.A., Sheehan, P.W. (2004). An empirical test of 

Woody and Bowers's dissociated-control theory of 

hypnosis. International Journal of Clincial and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 52(3), 232-249. 

Jamieson, G.A., Woody, E. (2007). Dissociated control as a 

paradigm for cognitive neuroscience research and theorizing 

in hypnosis. In: Jamieson, G. A., editor. Hypnosis 

and conscious states: The cognitive neuroscience 

perspective. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 111-132. 

Janet, J. (1888). Hystérie et hypnotisme d’après la théorie 



de la double personnalité. Revue Scientifique, 15, 

616-623. 

Janet, P. (1886a). Les actes inconscients et le dédoublement 

de la personnalité pendant le somnambulisme provoqué. 

Revue Philosophique, 22, II, 577-592. 

Janet, P. (1886b). Note sur quelques phénomènes de 

somnambulisme. Revue Philosophique, 190-198. 

Janet, P. (1887). L’anesthésie systématisée et la dissociation 

des phénomènes psychologiques. Revue 


Janet, P. (1888). Les actes inconscients et la mémoire 

pendant le somnambulisme. Revue Philosophique, 25, 

238-279 

Janet, P. (1889). L’automatisme psychologique: Essai de 

psychologie expérimentale sur les formes inférieures de 

la vie mentale; dissertation. Paris: Alcan. 

Janet, P. (1892). Le spiritisme contemporain. Revue 


Janet, P. (1892-1894). État mental des hystériques. Les 

stigmates mentaux, and État mental des hystériques. Les 

accidents mentaux. 2 Vol. Paris: Rueff. 

Janet, P. (1893). L'amnesie continue. Revue Generale des 

Sciences. (4), 167-179. 

Janet, P. (1894). Histoire d’une idée fixe. Revue 


Janet, P. (1895). J. M. Charcot, son oeuvre psychologique. 


Janet, P. (1898) editeur. Quatrième congrès international de 

psychologie Compte rendu. Paris: Alcan. 

Janet, P. (1898). Névroses et idées fixes:, 2 Vol. Paris: Alcan. 

Janet, P. (1903). Les obsessions et la psychasthénie, 2 Vol. 

Paris: Alcan. 

Janet, P. (1904). L’amnésie et la dissociation des souvenirs 

par 1’émotion. Journal de Psychologie, 1, 417-453. 

Janet, P. (1907). The major symptoms of hysteria. Fifteen 

lectures given in the medical school of Harvard University. 

New York: Macmillan. 

Janet, P. (1909). Les nervoses. Paris: Flammarion. 

Janet, P. (1919). Les médications psychologiques: Etudes 

historiques, psychologique et cliniques sur les méthodes 

de la psychothérapie. 3 Vol. Paris: Alcan. 

Janet, P. (1923). A propos de la métapsychique. Revue 


Janet, P. (1923). La médecine psychologique. Paris: 

Flammarion. 

Janet, P. (1929). De l’angoisseà l’extase: Étude sur les 

croyances et les sentiments. Paris: Alcan. 

Janet, P. (1932). Memories which are too real. In: Campbell, 

C., M., Langfeld, H.S., McDougall, W., Roback, 

A.A., Taylor, E.W., editors. Problems of personality. 

Studies presented to Dr. Morton Prince, pioneer in 

American psychopathology. London: Kegan and 

Trench, 141-150. 

Janiszewski, C. (1988). Preconscious processing effects: 

The independence of attitude formation and conscious 

thought. Journal of Consumer Research, 15, 199-209. 

Jansson, E., Wilson, A.D., Williams, J.H.G., 

Mon-Williams, M. (2007). Methodological problems 

undermine tests of the ideo-motor conjecture. Experimental 

Brain Research, 182(4), 549-558. 

Jara Vera, P., Garcés, E. (1995). La hipnosis en psicología 

del deporte. Revista de Psicología del Deporte, 7-8, 

73-85. 

Jaros, J.A. (1991). The concept of pain. Critical Care 

Nursing Clinics of North America, 3(1), 1-10. 

Jasiukaitis, P., Nouriani, B., Spiegel, D. (1996). Left hemisphere 

superiority for event-related potential effects of 

hypnotic obstruction. Neuropsychologia, 34(7), 

661-668. 

Jasnoski, M.L., Kugler, J. (1987). Relaxation, imagery, and 

neuroimmunomodulation. Annals of the New York 


Jastrow, J. (1901). Fact and fable in psychology. New 

York: Houghton Mifflin. 

Jastrow, J. (1905). The subconscious. Boston: Houghton 

Mifflin. 

Javel, A.F. (1980). One-session hypnotherapy for smoking: 

A controlled study. Psychological Reports, 46(3 Pt 1), 

895-899. 

Jayasinghe, H.B. (2005). Hypnosis in the management of 

alcohol dependence. European Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 6(3), 12-16. 

Jeffrey, L.K., Jeffrey, T.B. (1988). Exclusion therapy in 

smoking cessation. International Journal of Clinical 


Jenkins, M.W., Pritchard, M.H. (1993). Hypnosis: Practical 

applications and theoretical considerations in normal 

labor. British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, 

100, 221-226. 

Jenkins, P., Maier-Katkin, D. (1991). Occult survivors: The 

making of a myth. In: Richardson, J.T., Best, K., 

Bromley, D.G., editors. The satanism scare. New York: 

Aldine, 49-72. 

Jenness, A. (1933). Facilitation of response to suggestion 

by response to previous suggestion of a different type. 

Journal of Experimental Psychology. Vol 16(1) Feb 

1933, 55-82. 

Jenness, A., Hackman, R.C. (1938). Salivary secretion 

during hypnosis. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 

22(1), 58-66. 

Jensen, A., Watkins, M.L. (1967). Franz Anton Mesmer: 

Physician extraordinaire. New York: Helix. 

Jensen, M.P. (2008). The neurophysiology of pain perception 

and hypnotic analgesia: Implications for clinical 

practice. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 51(2), 


123-148. 

Jensen, M.P. (2009). Hypnosis for chronic pain management: 

a new hope. Pain, 146(3), 235-237. 

Jensen, M.P. (2010). Chronic pain. In: Barabasz, M., et Al, 



Jensen, M.P., Barber, J. (2000). Hypnotic analgesia of 

spinal cord injury pain. Australian Journal of Clinical 


Jensen, M.P., Barber, J., Hanley, M.A., Engel, J.M., Romano, 

J.M., Cardenas, D.D., Kraft, G.H., Hoffman, 

A.J., Patterson, D.R. (2008). Long-term outcome of 

hypnotic-analgesia treatment for chronic pain in persons 

with disabilities. International Journal of Clinical 


Jensen, M.P., Barber, J., Romano, J.M., Hanley, M.A., 

Raichle, K.A., Molton, I.R., Engel, J.M., Osborne, T.L., 

Stoelb, B.L., Cardenas, D.D., Patterson, D.R. (2009b). 

Effects of self-hypnosis training and EMG biofeedback 

relaxation training on chronic pain in persons with 

spinal-cord injury, International Journal of Clinical and 


Jensen, M.P., Barber, J., Romano, J.M., Molton, I.R., 

Raichle, K.A., Osborne, T.L., Engel, J.M., Stoelb B.L., 

Kraft, G.H., Patterson, D.R. (2009a). A comparison of 

self-hypnosis versus progressive muscle relaxation in 

patients with multiple sclerosis and chronic pain. International 


Hypnosis, 57(2), 198-221. 

Jensen, M.P., Ehde, D.M., Gertz, K.J., Stoelb, B.L., 

Dillworth, T.M., Hirsh, A.T., Molton, I.R., Kraft, G.H. 

(2011). Effects of self-hypnosis training and cognitive 

restructuring on daily pain intensity and catastrophizing 

in individuals with multiple sclerosis and chronic pain. 


Hypnosis, 59(1), 45-63. 

Jensen, M.P., Hanley, M.A., Engel, J.M., Romano, J.M., 

Barber, J.B., Cardenas, D.D. (2005). Hypnotic analgesia 

for chronic pain in persons with disabilities: A case 

series. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 53, 198-228. 

Jensen, M.P., McArthur, K.D., Barber, J.B., Hanley, M.A., 

Engel, J.M., Romano, J.M. (2006). Satisfaction with, 

and the beneficial side effects of, hypnosis analgesia. 


Hypnosis, 54, 432-447. 

Jensen, M.P., Patterson, D.R. (2005). Control conditions in 

hypnotic-analgesia clinical trials: Challenges and recommendations. 



Jensen, M.P., Patterson, D.R. (2006). Hypnotic treatment of 

chronic pain. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 29(1), 


95-124. 

Jensen, M.P., Patterson, D.R. (2008). Hypnosis in the relief 

of pain and pain disorders. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., 



Jervey, E. (1976). La Roy Sunderland: ‘Prince of the Sons 

of Mesmer’. Journal of Popular Culture, 9, 1010-1026. 

John, M.E., Parrino, J.P. (1983). Practical hypnotic suggestion 

in ophthalmic surgery. American Journal of 

Ophthalmology, 96, 540-542. 

Johnson, C.M., Larson, H.A., Conn, S.R., Estes, L.A., 

Ghibellini, A.B. (2009). The impact of relaxation techniques 

on third grade students’ self-perceived levels of 

test anxiety. Paper based on a program presented at the 

American Counseling Association Annual Conference 

and Exposition, March 19-23, Charlotte NC. 

Johnson, D.L. (1997). Weight loss for women: Studies of 

smokers and nonsmokers using hypnosis and multicomponent 

treatments with and without overt aversion. 

Psychological Reports, 80(3), Pt 1, 931-933. 

Johnson, D.L., Karkut, R.T. (1994). Performance by gender 

in a stop-smoking program combining hypnosis and 

aversion. Psychological Reports, 75(2), 851-857. 

Johnson, D.L., Karkut, R.T. (1996). Participation in multicomponent 

hypnosis treatment programs for women’s 

weight loss with and without overt aversion. Psychological 

Reports, 79, 659-68. 

Johnson, G.M., Hallenbeck, C.E. (1985). A case of obsessional 

fears treated by brief hypno-imagery intervention. 


232–236. 

Johnson, L.S. (1981). Current research in self-hypnosis 

phenomenology: The Chicago paradigm. International 


247-258. 

Johnson, L.S., Johnson, D.L., Olson, M.R., Newman, J.P. 

(1981). The uses of hypnotherapy with learning disabled 

children. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 37(2), 

291-299. 

Johnson, M., Raye, C. (1998). False memories and confabulation. 

Trends in Cognitive Science, 2(4), 137-145. 

Johnson, M.E., Hauck, C. (1999). Beliefs and opinions 

about hypnosis held by the general public: A systematic 

evaluation. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 49, 

10-21. 

Johnson, R.F.Q. Barber, T.X. (1978). Hypnosis, suggestions, 

and warts: an experimental investigation implicating 

the importance of “believed-in efficacy.” 


Johnson, R.L., Johnson, H.C. (1984). Effects of anxiety-reducing 

hypnotic training on learning and reading-comprehension 

tasks. Journal of the National 



Medical Association, 76(3), 233-235. 

Johnson, V.C., Walker, L.G., Heys, S.D., Whiting, P.H., 

Eremin, O. (1996). Can relaxation training and hypnotherapy 

modify the immune response to stress, and is 

hypnotizability relevant? Contemporary Hypnosis, 

13(2), 100-108. 

Johnson, W.R. (1961). Hypnosis and muscular performance. 

Journal of Sports Medicine and Physical Fitness, 

1, 71-79. 

Johnston, E., Donoghue, J. (1971). Hypnosis and smoking: 

A review of the literature. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 13, 265-272. 

Johnston, M., Vogele C. (1993). Benefits of psychological 

preparation for surgery: A meta-analysis. Annals of 

Behavioral Medicine, 15, 245-56. 

Johnston, R.D. (2004) editor. The politics of healing: Histories 

of alternative medicine in Twentieth-Century 

North America. New York: Routledge. 

Joire, P.M.J. (1908). Traité de l’hypnotisme expérimental et 

thérapeutique: Ses applications à la médecine, à 

l’éducation, à la psychologie. Paris: Vigot. 

Joire, P.M.J. (1909). Les phénomènes psychiques et 

supernormaux: Leur observation, leur expérimentation. 

Paris: Vigot. 

Joli, H. (1877). L’imagination: Etude psychologique. Paris: 

Hachette. 

Jones, C.W. (1978). Hypnosis and its uses in medicine. 

AORN, 27(1), 62-65. 

Jones, E. (1953). The life and work of Sigmund Freud. New 


Jones, E. (1953). The life and work of Sigmund Freud. 

Volume I. The formative years and the great discoveries: 

1856-1900. New York: Basic Books. 

Jones, H, Cooper, P, Miller, V, Brooks, N., Whorwell, P.J. 

(2006). Treatment of non-cardiac chest pain: A controlled 

trial of hypnotherapy. Gut, 55(10), 1403-1408. 

Jones, L. (1845). The curative powers of vital magnetism: 

Verified by actual application to numerous cases of 

diseases. London. 

Jones-Trebatoski, K. (2011). A single group multiple base 

line design: Clinical hypnosis as a technique in the reduction 

of stress related symptomatology in graduate 

students. Dissertation Abstracts International, 7(11-A), 

3913. 

Jopling, D. (2008). Talking cures and placebo effects. 

Cambridge MA: Oxford University Press. 

Jordan, C., Vaughan, D.J.A., Norton, D.E.F. (2000). 

Memory and awareness in anaesthesia IV. London: 

Imperial College Press. 

Judd, F.K., Burrows, G.D., Dennerstein, L. (1985). The 

dangers of hypnosis: A review. Australian Journal of 


Judd, F.K., Burrows, G.D., Dennerstein, L. (1985b). Cli- 

nicians’ perceptions of the adverse effects of hypnosis: 

A preliminary survey. Australian Journal of Clinical 


Jump, J., Yarbrough, L., Kilpatrick, S., Cable, T. (1998). 

Physicians’ Attitudes toward complementary and alternative 

medicine. Integrative Medicine, 1(4), 

149-153. 

Jung, C.G. (1902). Zur Psychologie und Pathologie 

sogenannter occulter Phänomene. Leipzig: Mutze. 

Jung, C.G. (1920). The psychological foundation of belief 

in spirits. Society for Psychical Research Proceedings, 

31, 75-93. 

Jung, C.G. (1958). Ein moderner Mythus: Von Dingen, die 

am Himmel gesehen warden. Now as: Flying saucers: A 

modern myth of things seen in the skies. Princeton NJ: 

Princeton University Press, 1979. 

Jung-Stilling, J.H. (1808). Theorie der Geister-Kunde, in 

einer Natur-, Vernunft- und Bibelmäsigen 

Beantwortung der Frage: Was von Ahnungen, 

Geschichten und Geistererscheinungen geglaubt und 

nicht geglaubt werden müsse. Nürnberg: Raw. 

Jussieu, A.L. de (1784). Rapport de l’un des commissaires 

chargés par le Roi de l’examen du magnétisme animal. 

Paris: Veuve Harissart. 

Jutai, J., Gruzelier, J., Golds, J., Thomas, M. (1993). Bilateral 

auditory-evoked potentials in conditions of 

hypnosis and focused attention. International Journal of 


K 

Kahn, S. (2010a). Stress and anxiety. In: Barabasz, M., et 

Al, editors. Medical hypnosis primer: Clinical and research 


Kahn, S. (2010b). When two is better than one: Hypnosis 

with couples. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, I., editors. 

Handbook of clinical hypnosis, Second edition. 


493-518. 

Kaiser, J., Barker, R., Haenschel, C., Baldeweg, T., 

Gruzelier, J.H. (1997). Hypnosis and event-related potential 

correlates of error processing in a Stroop-type 

paradigm: A test of the frontal hypothesis. International 

Journal of Psychophysiology, 27, 215-222. 

Kaiser, P.K. (1983). Nonvisual color perception: A critical 


eview. Color Research and Application, 8(3), 137-144. 

Kallio, S., Ihamuotila, M.J. (1999). Finnish norms for the 

Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility, Form 

A. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 47, 227-235. 

Kallio, S., Revonsuo, A. (2003). Hypnotic phenomena and 

altered states of consciousness: A multilevel framework 

of description and explanation. Contemporary Hypnosis, 

3, 111-164. 

Kalt, H.W. (2000). Psychoneuroimmunology: An interpretation 

of experimental and case study evidence towards 

a paradigm for predictable results. American 


Kampman, R. (1976). Hypnotically induced multiple personality: 

An experimental study. International Journal 


Kandyba, K., Binik, Y. M. (2003). Hypnotherapy as a 

treatment for vulvar vestibulitis syndrome: A case report. 

Journal of Sex and Marital Therapy, 9(3), 

237-242. 

Kant, I. (1766). Traume eines Geistersehers erlautert durch 

die Traume der metaphysik. Konigsburg: Kanter. 

Kanzer, M. (1965). The therapeutic use of dreams induced 

by hypnotic suggestion. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 14, 

313-335. 

Kaplan, F. (1974). ‘The mesmeric mania’: The early Victorians 

and animal magnetism. Journal of the History of 

Ideas, 35, 691-702. 

Kaplan, G.M., Barabasz, A.F. (1988). Enhancing 

hypnotizability: Differential effects of flotation restricted 

environmental stimulation technique and progressive 

muscle relaxation. Australian Journal of 


Kaplan, O. (2007). The effect of the hypnotic-suggestive 

communication level of advertisements on their effectiveness. 


Kaplan, P.V. (2002). The real Dr Frankenstein: Christian 

Gottlieb Kratzenstein? Journal of the Royal Society of 

Medicine, 95(11), 577-578. 

Kappas, J.G. (1984a). Self-hypnosis: The key to athletic 

success. Englewood Cliffs NJ: Prentice-Hall. 

Kappas, J.G. (1984b). Improve your sex life through 

self-hypnosis. Englewood Cliffs NJ: Prentice-Hall. 

Kaptchuk, T.J. (1988). Intentional ignorance: A history of 

blind assessment and placebo controls in medicine. 

Bulletin of the History of Medicine, 72(3), 389-433. 

Kardec, A. (1857) pseudonym of H.L.D. Rivail. Le livre 

des esprits: Contenant les principes de la doctrine spirite 

sur la nature des esprits, leur manifestation et leurs 

rapports avec les hommes. Écrit sous la dictée et publié 

par l’ordre d’esprits supérieurs par Allan Kardec. Paris: 

Dentu. 


Kardec, A. (1858) pseudonym of H.L.D. Rivail. Instructions 

pratiques sur les manifestations spirites contenant 

l’exposé complet des conditions nécessaires pour 

communiquer avec les esprits et les moyens pour 

développer la faculté médiatrice chez les médiums. 

Paris: Bureau de la Revue Spirite. 

Kardec, A. (1859) pseudonym of H.L.D. Rivail. 

Qu’est-ce-que le spiritisme; introduction à la 

connaissance du monde invisible ou des esprits, 

contenant les principes fondamentaux de la doctrine 

spirite et la réponse aux quelques objections 

préjudicielles. Paris: Ledoyen. 

Kardec, A. (1861) pseudonym of H.L.D. Rivail. Spiritisme 

expérimental: Le livre des médiums ou guide des 

médiums et des évocateurs, contenant l’enseignement 

spécial des esprits sur la théorie de tous les genres de 

manifestations, les moyens de communiquer avec le 

monde invisible, le développement de la médiumnité, 

les difficultés et les écueils que l’on peut rencontrer 

dans la pratique du spiritisme. Pour faire suite au Livre 

des Esprits. Paris: Ledoyen. 

Kardec, A. (1868) pseudonym of H.L.D. Rivail. La genèse, 

les miracles et les prophéties selon le spiritisme. Paris: 

Lacroix. 

Karle, H., Boys, J. (1987). Hypnotherapy: A practical 

handbook. London: Free Association. 

Karlin, R.A., Orne, E. (1997). Hypnosis and the iatrogenic 

creation of memory: On the need for a per se exclusion 

of testimony based on hypnotically influenced recall. 

Cultic Studies Journal, 14(2), 172-206. 

Karlin, R.A., Orne, E. (2004). Neural basis of hypnosis. 

International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral 

Sciences, 7101-7105. 

Karoly, M. (1961). Hypnosis. London: Bestseller Library. 

Karremans, J., Stroebe, W., Claus, J. (2006). Beyond 

Vicary’s fantasies: The impact of subliminal priming 

and brand choice. Journal of Experimental Social 

Psychology, 42(6), 792-798. 

Kassam, A., Patten, S.B. (2006). Hypnotic use in a population-based 

sample of over thirty-five thousand interviewed 

Canadians. Population Health Metrics, 4, 15. 

Kassin, S.M. (2007). Internalized false confessions. In: 

Toglia, M., Read, J., Ross, D., Lindsay, R., editors. 

Handbook of eyewitness psychology, Volume 1: 

Memory for events. Mahwah NJ: Erlbaum 175-192. 

Kassin, S.M., Kiechel, K.L. (1996). The social psychology 

of false confessions: Compliance, internalization, and 

confabulation. Psychological Science, 7(3), 125-128. 

Katcher, A., Segal, H., Beck, A. (1984). Comparison of 

contemplation and hypnosis for the reduction of anxiety 

and discomfort during dental surgery. American Journal 




Katz, E.R. (1996). Hypnosis and hypnotherapy with children. 

Lancet, 348(9030), 809-810. 

Katz, E.R., Kellerman, J., Ellenberg, L. (1987). Hypnosis in 

the reduction of acute pain and distress in children with 

cancer. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 12(3), 

379-394. 

Katz, N.W. (1978). Hypnotic inductions as training in 

self-control. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 2, 

365-369. 

Katz, N.W. (1979). Comparative efficacy of behavioral 

training, training plus relaxation, and sleep/trance 

hypnotic induction in increasing hypnotic susceptibility. 

Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 47, 

119-127. 

Katz, N.W. (1980). Hypnosis and the addictions: A critical 

review. Addictive Behaviors, 5(1), 41-47. 

Kaufert, J.M., Rabkin, S.W., Syrotuik, J., Boyko, E., Shane, 

F. (1985). Health beliefs as predictors of success of alternate 

modalities of smoking cessation: results of a 

controlled trial. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 9(5), 

475-489. 

Kaufman, M.R. (1961). Hypnosis in psychotherapy today: 

Anachronism, fixation, regression, or valid modality? 

Archives of General Psychiatry, 4(1), 30-39. 

Kavussanu, M., Crews, D., Gill, D. (1998). The effects of 

single versus multiple measures of biofeedback on 

basketball free throw shooting performance. International 

Journal of Sport Psychology, 29(2), 132-144. 

Kaye, J.M., Marlowe, F.I., Ramchandani, D., Berman, S., 

Schindler, B., Loscalzo, G. (1994). Hypnosis as an aid 

for tinnitus patients. Ear Nose and Throat Journal, 73, 

309-12, 315. 

Kaye, J.M., Schindler, B.A. (1990). Hypnosis on a 

consultationliaison service. General Hospital Psychiatry, 

12, 379-383. 

Kazdin, A.E. (1982). Symptom substitution, generalization, 

and response covariation: implications for psychotherapy 

outcome. Psychological Bulletin, 91(2), 349-365. 

Keefe, F.J. (1982). Behavioral assessment and treatment of 

chronic pain: Current status and future directions. 

Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 50, 

896-911. 

Keller, R.F. (1996). Hypnosis belief survey. Psychological 


Kellerman, J. (1981). Hypnosis as an adjunct to 

thought-stopping and covert reinforcement in the 

treatment of homicidal obsessions in a twelve-year-old 

boy. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 29(2), 128-135. 

Kellerman, J., Zeltzer, L., Ellenberg, L., Dash, J. (1983). 

Adolescents with cancer: Hypnosis for the reduction of 

the acute pain and anxiety associated with medical 

procedures. Journal of Adolescent Health Care, 4, 

85-90. 

Kellogg, E.R. (1929). Duration of the effects of 

post-hypnotic suggestion. Journal of Experimental 

Psychology, 12(6), 502-514. 

Kelly, E.F., Locke, R.G. (1981). Altered states of consciousness 

and PSI: An historical survey and research 

prospectus. New York: Parapsychology Foundation. 

Kelly, M.A., McKinty, H.R., Carr, R. (1988). Utilization of 

hypnosis to promote compliance with routine dental 

flossing. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 31(1), 

57-60. 

Kelly, S.F. (1980). Hypnotizability and the inadvertent 

experience of pain: A brief communication. International 


28(3), 189-191. 

Kennedy, G.A. (2002). A review of hypnosis in the treatment 

of parasomnias: Nightmare, sleepwalking, and 

sleep terror disorders. Australian Journal of Clinical 


Kenning, G., Woodford, A.F.A. (1878). Kenning’s Masonic 

cyclopaedia and handbook of Masonic archeology, 

history, and biography. London: Kenning. 

Kent, G. (1988). Hypnosis and dental anxiety. New York: 

Croom Helm. 

Kerner, J.A.C. (1824). Geschichte zweyer Somnambulen. 

Nebst einigen andern Denkwürdigkeiten aus dem 

Gebiete der magischen Heilkunde und der Psychologie. 

Karlsruhe: Braun 

Kerner, J.A.C. (1829). Die Seherin von Prevorst. 

Eröffnungen über das innere Leben und über das 

Hineinragen einer Geisterwelt in die unsere. Stuttgart 

und Tübingen: Cotta. 

Kerner, J.A.C. (1834). Geschichten Besessener neurerer 

Zeit. Beobachtungen aus dem Gebiete 

kakodämonisch-magnetischer Erscheinungen. Nebst 

Reflexionen von C. A. Eschenmayer über 

Bessessenseyn und Zauber. Stuttgart: Wachendorf. 

Kerner, J.A.C. (1836). Nachricht von dem Vorkommen des 

Besessenseyns eines dämonisch-magnetischen Leidens 

und seiner schon im Alterthum bekannten Heilung 

durch magisch-magnetisches Einwirken, in einem 

Sendschreiben an den Herrn Obermedicinalrath Dr. 

Schelling in Stuttgart. Stuttgart and Augsburg: Cotta. 

Kerner, J.A.C. (1853). Die Somnambulen Tische. Zur 

Geschichte und Erklärung dieser Erscheinung. 

Stuttgart: Ebner und Seubert. 

Kerner, J.A.C. (1856). Franz Anton Mesmer aus Schwaben; 

Entdecker des thierischen Magnetismus. Erinnerungen 

an denselben, nebst Nachrichten von den letzten Jahren 

seines Lebens zu Meersburg am Bodensee. Frankfurt: 

Literarische Anstalt. 

Kessler, R.C., Berglund, P., Demler, O., Jin, R., Koretz, D., 

Merikanga, K.R., Rush, A.J., Walters, E.E., Wang, P.S. 


(2003).The epidemiology of major depressive disorder: 

results from the National Comorbidity Survey Replication 

(NCS-R). Journal of the American Medical Association 

JAMA, 289(23), 3095-3105. 

Ketterhagen, D., VandeVusse, L., Berner, M.A. (2002). 

Self-hypnosis: Alternative anesthesia for childbirth. 

MCN: The American Journal of Maternal-Child Nursing, 

27(6), 335-341. 

Key, W.B. (1973). Subliminal seduction: Ad media’s manipulation 

of a not so innocent America. New York: 

Signet. 

Key, W.B. (1980). The clam-plate orgy: And other 

subliminals the media use to manipulate your behavior. 

Englewood Cliffs NJ: Prentice-Hall. 

Key, W.B. (1989). The age of manipulation: The con in 

confidence, the sin in sincere. New York: Holt. 

Khamsi, R. (2005). The power of suggestion lingers: Brain 

scans show hypnosis helps to focus the mind. Nature 

News, 27 June. 

Khan, A.Y., Baade, L., Ablah, E., McNerney, V., 

Golewale, M.H., Liow, K. (2009). Can hypnosis differentiate 

epileptic from nonepileptic events in the 

video/EEG monitoring unit? Data from a pilot study. 

Epilepsy and Behavior, 15(3), 314-317. 

Kiecolt-Glaser, J.K., Marucha, P.T., Atkinson, C., Glaser, 

R. (2001). Hypnosis as a modulator of cellular immune 

dysregulation during acute stress. Journal of Consulting 

and Clinical Psychology, 69(4), 674-682. 

Kiecolt-Glaser, J.K., Marucha, P.T., Malarkey, W.B., 

Mercado, A.M., Glaser, R. (1995). Slowing of wound 

healing by psychological stress. Lancet, 346, 

1194-1196. 

Kiecolt-Glaser, J.K., McGuire, L., Robles, T.F., Glaser, R. 

(2002a). Psychoneuroimmunology: Psychological influences 

on immune function and health. Journal of 

Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 70(3), 537-547. 

Kiecolt-Glaser, J.K., McGuire, L., Robles, T.F., Glaser, R. 

(2002b). Emotions, morbidity, and mortality: New 

perspectives from psychoneuroimmunology. Annual 

Review of Psychology, 53, 83-107. 

Kiernan, B.D., Dane, J.R., Phillips, L.H., Price, D.D. 

(1995). Hypnotic analgesia reduces R-III nociceptive 

reflex: Further evidence concerning the multifactorial 

nature off hypnotic analgesia. Pain, 60(1), 39-47. 

Kieser, D.G. (1822). System des Tellurismus oder 

thierischen Magnetismus. Ein Handbuch für 

Naturforscher und Aerzte. 2 Vol. Leipzig: Herbig. 

Kiesewetter, C. (1891). Geschichte des neueren 

Occultismus. Geheimwissenschaftliche Systeme von 

Agrippa von Nettesheym bis zu Carl du Prel. Leipzig: 

Wilhelm Friedrich. 

Kiesewetter, C. (1893). Franz Anton Mesmer’s Leben und 


Lehre. Nebst einer Vorgeschichte des Mesmerismus, 

Hypnotismus und Somnambulismus. Leipzig: Max 

Spohr. 

Kiev, A. (1964) editor. Magic, faith and healing: Studies in 

primitive psychiatry today. London: Free Press. 

Kiev, A. (1964). Psychotherapeutic aspects of pentecostal 

sects among West Indian immigrants to England. British 

Journal of Sociology, 15, 129-138. 

Kihlstrom, J.F. (1979). Hypnosis and psychopathology: 

Retrospect and prospect. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

88(5), 459-473. 

Kihlstrom, J.F. (1980). Posthypnotic amnesia for recently 

learned material: Interactions with “episodic” and 

“semantic” memory. Cognitive Psychology, 12, 

227-251. 

Kihlstrom, J.F. (1983). Instructed forgetting: Hypnotic and 

nonhypnotic. Journal of Experimental Psychology: 

General. 112(1), 73-79. 

Kihlstrom, J.F. (1984). Conscious, subconscious, unconscious: 

A cognitive perspective. In: Bowers, K.S., 

Meichenbaum, D., editors. The unconscious reconsidered. 


Kihlstrom, J.F. (1985a). Hypnosis. Annual Review of Psychology, 

36, 385-418. 

Kihlstrom, J.F. (1985b). Posthypnotic amnesia and the 

dissociation of memory. Psychology of Learning and 

Motivation, 19, 1985, 131-178 

Kihlstrom, J.F. (1987). The cognitive unconscious. Science, 

237, 1445-1452. 

Kihlstrom, J.F. (1987). The two Svengalis: Making the 

myth of hypnosis. Australian Journal of Clinical and 


Kihlstrom, J.F. (1992a). Dissociation and dissociations: A 

comment on consciousness and cognition. Consciousness 


Kihlstrom, J.F. (1992b). Hypnosis: A sesquicentennial essay. 


Hypnosis, 40, 301-314. 

Kihlstrom, J.F. (1994). Hypnosis, delayed recall, and the 

principles of memory. International Journal of Clinical 

and Experimental Hypnosis, 42(4), 337–345. 

Kihlstrom, J.F. (1996). Perception without awareness of 

what is perceived, learning without awareness of what 

is learned. The science of consciousness: Psychological, 

neuropsychological and clinical reviews. London: 


Kihlstrom, J.F. (1997). Consciousness and me-ness. In: 

Cohen, J., Schooler, J., editors. Scientific approaches to 

consciousness. Mahwah NJ: Erlbaum, 451-468. 

Kihlstrom, J.F. (1997). Hypnosis, memory and amnesia. 

Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological 

Sciences, 352(1362), 1727-1732. 



Kihlstrom, J.F. (2002). Mesmer, the Franklin Commission, 

and hypnosis: a counterfactual essay. International 


407-419. 

Kihlstrom, J.F. (2006). Does neuroscience constrain social-psychological 

theory? Dialogue; Society for Personality 


Kihlstrom, J.F. (2007). Consciousness in hypnosis. In: 

Zelazo, P.D., Moscovitch, M., Thompson, E., editors. 

Cambridge handbook of consciousness. Cambridge: 

Cambridge University Press, 445-479. 

Kihlstrom, J.F. (2008). The automaticity juggernaut. In: 

Baer, J., Kaufman, J.C., Baumeister, R.F., editors. Are 

we free? Psychology and free will. New York: Oxford 


Kihlstrom, J.F. (2008a). The domain of hypnosis, revisited. 



Kihlstrom, J.F. (2008b). The psychological unconscious. 

In: John, O., Robins, R., Pervin, L., editors. Handbook 

of personality: Theory and research, Third edition. 


Kihlstrom, J.F. (2010). Unconscious processes. In: 

Reisberg, D., editor. Oxford handbook of cognitive 

psychology. New York: Oxford University Press, 

forthcoming. 

Kihlstrom, J.F., Barnhardt, T.M., Tataryn, D. J. (1992). 

Implicit perception. In: Bornstein, R.F., Pittman, T.S., 

editors. Perception without awareness: Cogntive, clinical, 

and social perspectives. New York: Guilford, 

17-54. 

Kihlstrom, J.F., Couture, L.J. (1992). Awareness and information 

processing in general anesthesia. British 

Journal of Psychopharmacology, 6, 410-417. 

Kihlstrom, J.F., Edmonston, W.E. (1971). Alterations in 

consciousness in neutral hypnosis: Distortions in semantic 

space. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

13(4), 243-248. 

Kihlstrom, J.F., Evans, F.J., Orne, E.C., Orne, M.T. (1980). 

Attempting to breach posthypnotic amnesia. Journal of 


Kihlstrom, J.F., Register, P.A. (1984). Optimal scoring of 

amnesia on the Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility, 



Kihlstrom, J.F., Schacter, D.L. (1990). Anaesthesia, amnesia, 

and the cognitive unconscious. In: Bonke, B, 

Fitch, W, Millar, K, editors. Memory and awareness in 

anaesthesia. Amsterdam: Swets and Zeitlinger, 21-44. 

Kihlstrom, J.F., Schacter, D.L., Cork, R.C., Hurt, C.A., 

Behr, S.E. (1990). Implicit and explicit memory following 

surgical anesthesia. Psychological Science, 1(5), 

303-306. 

Kihslinger, D., Sapp, M. (2006). Hypnosis and diabetes: 

Applications for children, adolescents, and adults. 


Hypnosis, 27(1), 19-27. 

Killeen, P.R., Nash, M.R. (2003). The four causes of hypnosis. 


Hypnosis, 51(3), 195-231. 

Kim, K. (2010). Incubation as a type-scene in the Aqhatu, 

Kirta, and Hannah stories: A form-critical and 

narratological study of ktu 1.14 i-1.15 iii, 1.17 i-ii, and 1 

samuel 1:1-2:11. Chicago IL: University of Chicago, 

Department of Near Eastern Languages and Civilizations. 

King, K. (2010). A review of the effects of guided imagery 

on cancer patients with pain. Complementary Health 

Practice Review, 15, 98-107. 

King, W.D. (1997). 'Shadow of a mesmeriser': The female 

body on the 'dark' stage. Theatre Journal, 49(2), 

189-206. 

Kingbury, J. (1980). Conditioning for hypnosis via telephone 

in a case of dental phobia. Australian Journal of 

Clinical Hypnotherapy, 1(1), 50-53. 

Kingsbury, S.J. (1988). Hypnosis in the treatment of posttraumatic 

stress disorder: An isomorphic intervention. 


Kingsbury, S.J. (1993). Brief hypnotic treatment of repetitive 

nightmares. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

35, 161-169. 

Kinney, J.M., Sachs, L.B. (1974). Increasing hypnotic 

susceptibility. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 83, 

145-150. 

Kinnunen, T., Zamansky, H.S., Block, M.L. (1994). Is the 

hypnotized subject lying? Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

103, 184-191. 

Kinnunen, T., Zamansky, H.S., Nordstrom, B.L. (2001). Is 

the hypnotized subject complying? International 

Journal of Clinical and Expeerimental Hypnosis, 49, 

83-94. 

Kircher, A. (1641). Magnes sive de arte magnetica. Opus 

tripartitum, quo praeterquam quod universa magnetis 

natura, eiusque in omnibus artibus et scientijs usus nova 

Methodo explicetur. Cologne: Jodocus Kalcoven. 

Kircher, A. (1646). Experimentum mirabile: De imaginatione 

gallinae. In: Ars magna lucis et umbra. Roma: 

Grignani; Liber II, Pars I, 154-155. 

Kircher, A. (1652-1654). Oedipus aegyptiacus: Hoc est 

universalis hieroglyphicae veterum doctrinae temporum 

iniuria abolitae instauratio. Roma. 

Kirk, S., Kutchins, H. (1992). The selling of DSM-III: The 

rhetoric of science in psychiatry. New York: Aldine. 

Kirkner, F.J. (1956). Control of sensory and perceptive 

functions by hypnosis. In: Dorcus, R.M., editor. Hypnosis 

and its therapeutic applications. New York: 


McGraw-Hil, Chapter 3. 

Kirsch, I. (1991). The social learning theory of hypnosis. 

In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., editors. Theories of hypnosis: 

Current models and perspectives. New York: 


Kirsch, I. (1994a). APA definition and description of 

hypnosis: Defining hypnosis for the public. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 12,142-143. 

Kirsch, I. (1994b). Clinical hypnosis as a nondeceptive 

placebo: Empirically derived techniques. American 


Kirsch, I. (1996). Hypnosis in psychotherapy: Efficacy and 

mechanisms. Contemporary Hypnosis, 13(2), 109-114. 

Kirsch, I. (1996). Hypnotic enhancement of cognitive-behavioral 

weight loss treatments: Another meta-reanalysis. 


Psychology, 64 (3), 517-519. 

Kirsch, I. (1997). Suggestibility or hypnosis: What do our 

scales really measure? International Journal of Clinical 


Kirsch, I. (1999). Hypnosis and placebos: Response expectancy 

as a mediator of suggestion effets. Anales de 

Psicologia, 15(1), 99-110. 

Kirsch, I. (2005). Empirical resolution of the altered state 

debate. Contemporary Hypnosis, 1, 18-23. 

Kirsch, I., Barton, R.D. (1988). Hypnosis in the treatment 

of multiple personality: A cognitive-behavioural approach. 

British Journal of Experimental and Clinical 

Hypnosis, 5, 131-137. 

Kirsch, I., Braffman, W. (2001). Imaginative suggestibility 

and hypnotizability. Current Directions in Psychological 

Science, 4(2), 57-61. 

Kirsch, I., Burgess, C.A., Braffman, W. (1999). Attentional 

resources in hypnotic responding. International Journal 


Kirsch, I., Capafons, A., Cardena-Buelna, E., Borras, S.A. 

(1999) editors. Clinical hypnosis and self regulation: A 

cognitive- behavioral perspective. Washington DC: 

American Psychological Association. 

Kirsch, I., Council, J.R. (1992). Situational and personality 

correlates of hypnotic responsiveness. In: Fromm, E., 

Nash, M.R., editors. Contemporary hypnosis research. 


Kirsch, I., Council, J.R., Wickless, C. (1990). Subjective 

scoring for the Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility, 

form A. International Journal of Clinical 


Kirsch, I., Lynn, S.J. (1995). The altered state of hypnosis: 

Changes in the theoretical landscape. American Psychologist, 

50(10), 846-858. 

Kirsch, I., Lynn, S.J. (1997). Hypnotic involuntariness and 

the automaticity of everyday life. American Journal of 



Kirsch, I., Lynn, S.J. (1998). Dissociation theories of 

hypnosis. Psychological Bulletin, 123(1), 100-115. 

Kirsch, I., Mazzoni, G., Roberts, K., Dienes, Z., Hallquist, 

M.N., Williams, J., Lynn, S.J. (2008). Slipping into 

trance. Contemporary Hypnosis, 25(3-4), 202-209. 

Kirsch, I., Milling, L.S., Burgess, C. (1998). Experiential 

scoring for the Waterloo-Stanford Group C Scale. International 


Hypnosis, 46(3), 269-279. 

Kirsch, I., Mobayed, C.P., Council, J.R., Kenny, D.A. 

(1992). Expert judgments of hypnosis from subjective 

state reports. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 

657–662. 

Kirsch, I., Montgomery, G., Sapirstein, G. (1995). Hypnosis 

as an adjunct to cognitive-behavioral psychotherapy: 

A meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting and Clinical 

Psychology, 63(2), 214-220. 

Kirsch, I., Silva, C.E., Carone, J.E., Johnston, J.D., Simon, 

B. (1989). The surreptitious observation design - An 

experimental paradigm for distinguishing artifact from 

essence in hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

98, 132-136. 

Kirsch, I., Silva, C.E., Comey, G., Reed S. (1995). A 

spectral analysis of cognitive and personality variables 

in hypnosis: empirical disconfirmation of the two-factor 

model of hypnotic responding. Journal of Personality 


Kissin, B. (1986). Psychobiology of human behavior: Vol. 

1. Conscious and unconscious programs in the brain. 


Klaesi, J. (1956). Eugen Bleuler, 1857-1939. In: Kolle, K., 

editor. Grosse Nervenärzte, Band 1. Stuttgart: Thieme, 

7-15. 

Klafta, J.M., Roizen, M.F. (1996). Current understanding 

of patients’ attitudes toward and preparation for anesthesia: 

A review. Anesthesia and Analgesia, 83, 

1314-1321. 

Klapow, J.C., Patterson, D.R., Edwards, W.T. (1996). 

Hypnosis as an adjunct to medical care in the management 

of Burger’s Disease: A case report. American 


Klatzky, R.L., Erdelyi, M.H. (1985). The response criterion 

problem in tests of hypnosis and memory. International 


246-257. 

Klein, K.B., Spiegel, D. (1989). Modulation of gastric acid 

secretion by hypnosis. Gastroenterology, 96(6), 

1383-1387. 

Kleinhauz, M. (1991). Prolonged hypnosis with individualized 

therapy. International Journal of Clinical and 




Kleinhauz, M., Beran, B. (1981). Misuses of hypnosis: A 

medical emergency and its treatment. International 


148-161. 

Kleinhauz, M., Beran, B. (1984). Misuse of hypnosis: A 

factor in psychopathology. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 26, 283-290. 

Kleinhauz, M., Dreyfuss, D.A., Beran, B., Azikri, D. (1984) 

Some after-effects of stage hypnosis: A case study of 

psychotic manifestations. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 27, 219–226. 

Kleinhauz, M., Dreyfuss, D.A., Beran, B., Goldberg, T., 

Azikri, D. (1979). Some after-effects of stage hypnosis: 

A case study of psychopathological manifestations. International 


Hypnosis, 27(3), 219–226. 

Kleinhauz, M., Eli, I. (1987). Potential deleterious effects 

of hypnosis in the clinical setting. American Journal of 


Kleinhauz, M., Eli, I. (1991). Hypnotic induction in dentistry: 

Coping with the fear of losing control (autonomy). 



Kleinhauz, M., Eli, I., Rubinstein, Z. (1985). Treatment of 

dental and dental-related behavioral dysfunctions in a 

consultative outpatient clinic: A preliminary report. 


Kleinhauz, M., Horowitz, I., Tobin, Y. (1977). The Use of 

hypnosis in police investigation: A preliminary communication. 

Journal of the Forensic Science Society, 

17, 77-80. 

Kline, M.V. (1958). Freud and hypnosis. New York: Julian. 

Kline, M.V. (1958). The dynamics of hypnotically induced 

antisocial behavior. Journal of Psychology, 45, 

239-245. 

Kline, M.V. (1963) editor. Clinical correlations of 

esperimental hypnosis. Springfield IL: Thomas. 

Kline, M.V. (1966) editor. Psychodynamics and hypnosis: 

New contributions to the practice and theory of hypnotherapy. 


Kline, M.V. (1972). The production of antisocial behavior 

through hypnosis: New clinical data. International 


80-94. 

Kline, M.V. (1976). Dangerous aspects of the practice of 

hypnosis and the need for legislative regulation. Clinical 

Psychologist, 29, 3–6. 

Kline, M.V. (1983). Forensic hypnosis: Clinical tactics in 

the courtroom. Springfield IL: Thomas. 

Kline, M.V., Best, H.L., Michaels, R.M. (1954). Living out 

“future” experience under hypnosis. Science, 

120(3130), 1076-1077. 

Kline, M.V., Haggerty, A.D. (1953). An hypnotic experimental 

approach to the genesis of occupational interests 

and choice: III. hypnotic age regression and the thematic 

apperception test - a clinical case study in occupational 

identification. International Journal of Clinical 


Klinger, E. (1971). Structure and functions of fantasy. New 

York: Wiley. 

Klinkosch, J.T. (1776). Schreiben den Thier. Magnetismus 

u. die sich selbst wieder ersetzende Kraft Betreffend. 

Prague. 

Kluft, R. P. (1984). Multiple personality in childhood. 

Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 7, 121-134. 

Kluft, R.P. (1982). Varieties of hypnotic interventions in 

the treatment of multiple personality. American Journal 


Kluft, R.P. (1985a) editor. Childhood antecedents of multiple 

personality. Washington DC: American Psychiatric 

Press. 

Kluft, R.P. (1985b). The natural history of multiple personality 

disorder. In: Kluft, R.P., editor. Childhood 

antecedents of multiple personality. Washington DC: 

American Psychiatric Press, 197-238. 

Kluft, R.P. (1989). Iatrogenic creation of new alter personalities. 

Dissociation, 2(2), 83-91. 

Kluft, R.P. (1992). Hypnosis with multiple personality 

disorder. American Journal of Preventive Psychiatry 

and Neurology, 3, 19-27. 

Kluft, R.P. (1992). The use of hypnosis with dissociative 

disorders. Psychiatric Medicine, 10, 31-46. 

Kluft, R.P. (1994). Applications of hypnotic interventions 

to dissociative identity disorders. Hypnos, 21(4), 

205-223. 

Kluge, C.A.F. (1811). Versuch einer Darstellung des 

animalischen Magnetismus als Heilmittel. Berlin: 

Salfeld. 

Knight, Z. (1995). The healing power of the unconscious: 

how can we understand past life experiences in psychotherapy? 

South African Journal of Psychology, 

25(3), 90-98. 

Knox, V.J., Morgan, A.H., Hilgard, E.R. (1974). Pain and 

sufering in ischemia: The paradox of hypnotically 

suggested anesthesia as contradicted by reports from the 

"hidden observer". Archives of General Psychiatry, 30, 

840-847. 

Koe, G.G. (1989). Hypnotic treatment of sleep terror disorder: 

A case report. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 32(1), 36-40. 

Koffka, K. (1935). Principles of gestalt psychology. New 

York: Harcourt Brace. 

Kohen, D.P. (1986). Applications of relaxation/mental 

imagery (self-hypnosis) in pediatric emergencies. International 



Hypnosis, 34(4), 283-294. 

Kohen, D.P. (1990a). Hypnosis with children. In: Hammond, 

D.C., editor. Handbook of hypnotic suggestions 

and metaphors. New York: Norton, 490-481. 

Kohen, D.P. (1990b). A hypnotherapeutic approach to enuresis. 

In: Hammond, D.C., editor. Handbook of hypnotic 

suggestions and metaphors. New York: Norton, 

489-493. 

Kohen, D.P. (1991). Applications of relaxation and mental 

imagery (self-hypnosis) for habit problems. Pediatric 

Annals, 20, 136-138, 141-144. 

Kohen, D.P. (1995). Relaxation/mentalimagery 

(self-hypnosis) for childhood asthma: Behavioral outcomes 

in a prospective, controlled study. Hypnos, 22(3), 

132-144. 

Kohen, D.P. (1996). Hypnotherapeutic management of 

pediatric and adolescent trichotillomania. Journal of 

Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 17, 328-334. 

Kohen, D.P., Botts, P. (1987). Relaxation-imagery 

(self-hypnosis) in Tourette syndrome: Experience with 

four children. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

29, 227-237. 

Kohen, D.P., Mahowald, M. W., Rosen, G.M. (1992). 

Sleep-terror disorder in children: The role of 

self-hypnosis in management. American Journal of 


Kohen, D.P., Murray, K. (2006). Depression in children 

and youth: Applications of hypnosis to help young 

people help themselves. In: Yapko, M., editor. Hypnosis 

and treating depression: Applications in cinical practice. 

New York: Routledge, 243-267. 

Kohen, D.P., Olness, K.N. (1993). Hypnotherapy with 

children. In: Rhue, J.W., Lynn, S.J., Kirsch, I., editors. 

Handbook of clinical hypnosis. Washington DC: 


Kohen, D.P., Olness, K.N., Colwell, S., Heimel, A. (1984). 

The use of relaxation/mental imagery (self-hypnosis) in 

the management of 505 pediatric behavioral encounters. 

Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 

1(5), 21-25. 

Kohen, D.P., Zajac, R. (2007). Self-hypnosis training for 

headaches in children and adolescents. Journal of Pediatrics, 

150(6), 635-639. 

Kohli, S.C., Gibb, A. (2005). Jack Stanley Gibson. British 

Medical Journal, 330, 1452. 

Kohn, L, Corrigan, J., Donaldson, M. (1999) editors. To err 

is human: Building a safer health system. Washington 

DC: National Academy Press. 

Kolb, L.C. (1988). Recovery of memory and repressed 

fantasy in combat-induced post-traumatic stress disorder 

of Vietnam veterans. In: Pettinati, H.M., editor. 



Kopel, K.F., Quinn, M. (1996). Hypnotherapy treatment for 

dysphagia. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 44, 101-105. 

Koppe, S. (2009). Neurosis: Aspects of its conceptual development 

in the nineteenth century. History of Psychiatry, 

20(1), 27-46. 

Koreff, D.F. (1815). Über die Erscheinungen des Lebens 

und über die Gesetze, nach denen es im menschlichen 

Organismus sich offenbart. Paris. 

Kornman, G. (1787). Mémoire en forme de Lettre pour M. 

Daudet de Jossan, contre M. Kornman. Paris: Clousier. 

Kosslyn, S.M., Thompson, W.L., Costantini-Ferrando, 

M.F., Alpert, N.M., Spiegel, D. (2000). Hypnotic visual 

illusion alters color processing in the brain. American 


Kotik, N. (1908). Die Emanation der psycho-physischen 

Energie: Eine experimentelle Untersuchung über die 

unmittelbare Gedankenübertragung im Zusammenhang 

mit der Frage über die Radioaktivität der Gehirns. 

Wiesbaden: Bergmann. 

Kovács, Z.A., Puskás, L.G., Juhász, A., Rimanóczy, Á., 

Hackler, L.Jr, Kátay, L., Gali, Z., Vetró, Á., Janka, Z., 

Kálmán, J. (2008). Hypnosis upregulates the expression 

of immune-related genes in lymphocytes. Psychotherapy 

and Psychosomatics, 77(4), 257-259. 

Krafft-Ebing, R. von (1888). Eine experimentelle Studie 

auf dem Gebiete des Hypnotismus. Stuttgart: Enke. 

Krafft-Ebing, R. von (1889). An experimental study in the 

domain of hypnotism. New York and London: Putnam. 

Krafft-Ebing, R., von (1886). Psychopathia Sexualis. 


Krafft-Ebing, R., von (1893). Eine experimentelle Studie 

auf dem Gebiete des Hypnotismus nebst Bemerkungen 

über Suggestion und Suggestionstherapie. Stuttgart: 

Enke. 

Krafft-Ebing, R., von (1893). Hypnotische Experimente. 


Kraft, T. (1984). Injection phobia: A case study. British 

Jouma1 of Experimental and Clinical Hypnosis, 1, 

13-18. 

Kraft, T. (1990). Use of hypnotherapy in anxiety management 

in the terminally ill: A preliminary study. 

British Journal of Experimental and Clinical Hypnosis, 

7(1), 27-33. 

Kraft, T. (1992). Behaviour therapy for performance anxiety: 

A psychodynamic explanation for rapidity of 

treatment. Contemporary Hypnosis, 9(3), 175-181. 

Kraft, T. (2003). The use of direct suggestion in the successful 

treatment of a case of snoring. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 20(2), 98-101. 

Kraft, T., Kraft, D. (2007). The place of hypnosis in psychiatry; 

Part 2: Its application to the treatment of sexual 




Hypnosis, 35(1), 1-18. 

Kraft, W.A., Rodolfa, E.R. (1982). The use of hypnosis 

among psychologists. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 24(4), 249-257. 

Kramer, E., Brennan, E.P. (1964). Hypnotic susceptibility 

of schizophrenic patients. Journal of Abnormal and 


Kramer, R. L. (1989). The treatment of childhood night 

terrors through the use of hypnosis; a case study: A brief 



Kramer, S., Zims, R., Irnich, D. (2010). The effect of unspecific 

hypnotic suggestion on somatosensory thresholds 

depends on hypnotic susceptibility. European 

Journal of Integrative Medicine, 2(4), 191. 

Krampen, G. (1997). Promotion of creativity (divergent 

productions) and convergent productions by systemic-relaxation 

exercises: empirical evidence from five 

experimental studies with children, young adults, and 

elderly. European Journal of Personality, 11, 83-99. 

Kratochvil, S. (1970). Prolonged hypnosis and sleep. 


Kratzenstein, C.G. (1744). Abhandlung dem Nutzen der 

Electricität in der Arzneywissenshaft. Halle: 

Hemmerde. 

Kravis, N. M. (1988). James Braid's psychophysiology: A 

turning point in the history of dynamic psychiatry. 


Krenz, E.W. (1984). Improving competitive performance 

with hypnotic suggestions and modified autogenic 

training: Case reports. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 27, 58-63. 

Krippner, S. (1963). Hypnosis and reading improvement 

among university students. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 5, 187-193. 

Krippner, S. (1968). The psychedelic state, the hypnotic 

trance, and the creative act. Journal of Humanistic 

Psychology, 8(1), 49-67. 

Krippner, S. (1971). The use of hypnosis and the improvement 

of academic achievement. Journal of Special 

Education, 4, 451-460. 

Krippner, S. (1972). The use of hypnosis and the improvement 

of academic achievement. Journal of Special 

Education, 4(4), 451-460. 

Krippner, S. (1994). Improvement of academic skills for 

children and adolescents with hypnosis. (Paper) Presented 

at the annual meeting of the American Psychological 

Association, Los Angeles. 

Krippner, S. (2005). Trance and the trickster: Hypnosis as a 

liminal phenomenon. International Journal of Clinical 

and Experimental Hypnosis, 53 (2), 97-118. 

Krippner, S., Friedman, H.L. (2009) editors. Mysterious 

minds: The neurobiology of psychics, mediums, and 

other extraordinary people. Santa Barbara CA: 

ABC-CLIO. 

Kroger, W.S. (1960a). Techniques of hypnosis. Journal of 

the American Medical Association JAMA, 172(7), 

675-680. 

Kroger, W.S. (1960b). Hypnoanesthesia in surgery and 

obstetrics. Western Journal of Surgery, Obstetrics, and 

Gynecology, 68, 73-75. 

Kroger, W.S. (1960c). Hypnoanesthesia in obstetrics. In: 

Davis, C.H., editor. Gynecology and obstetrics. Hagerstown 

MD: Harper and Row, 111-130. 

Kroger, W.S. (1961). Childbirth with hypnosis. New York: 

Doubleday. 

Kroger, W.S. (1963). Hypnotherapeutic management of 

headache. Headache, 3, 50-62. 

Kroger, W.S. (1963). Hypnotic pseudo-orientation in time 

as a means of determining the psychological effects of 

surgical sterilization in the male and female. Fertility 

and Sterility, 14(5), 535-539. 

Kroger, W.S. (1964). Current status of hypnosis in allergy. 

Annals of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology, 22, 

123-129. 

Kroger, W.S. (1966). Newer trends in psychosomatic 

medicine and hypnosis as related to yoga. In: Yogendra, 

S., editor. Yoga in modern life. Bombay: Yoga Institute 

of Bombay, 135-144. 

Kroger, W.S. (1969). Hypnotherapy for intractable 

postsurgical hiccups. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 12(1), 1-4. 

Kroger, W.S. (1972). Hypnotism and acupuncture. Journal 

of the American Medical Association JAMA, 220(7), 

1012-1013. 

Kroger, W.S. (1977). Clinical and experimental hypnosis: 

In medicine., dentistry, and psychology, Second edition. 

Philadelphia PA: Lippincott. 

Kroger, W.S., DeLee, S.T. (1943). The use of the hypnoidal 

state as an amnesic, analgesic and anaesthetic agent in 

obstetrics. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 

46, 655-661. 

Kroger, W.S., DeLee, S.T. (1946). The psychosomatic 

treatment of hyperemesis gravidarum, American Journal 

of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 51, 544-552. 

Kroger, W.S., DeLee, S.T. (1957). Hypnoanesthesia for 

cesarean section and hysterectomy. Journal of the 

American Medical Association JAMA, 163, 442-444. 

Kroger, W.S., Fezler, R. (1976). Hypnosis and behavior 

modification: Imagery conditioning. Philadelphia: Lippincott. 

Kroger, W.S., Freed, S.C. (1943). The psychosomatic 

treatment of functional dysmenorrhea by hypnosis. 


817-822. 


Kroger, W.S., McClendon, J.F. (1976). Acupuncture, 

hypnotism, and magic. Science, 180(4090), 1002-1005. 

Krueger, R.G. (1931). The influence of repetition and disuse 

upon rate of hypnotization. Journal of Experimental 

Psychology, 14(3), 260-269. 

Krukowski, J. (2006). Hypnotherapy in medicine: The 

subconscious approach to healing. Presented at The 

Ministry of Public Health Bangkok Thailand; to the 

Medical Science Department. Bangkok. 

Kubie, L.A., Margolin, S. (1944). The process of hypnotism 

and the nature of the hypnotic state. American 


Kuhn, L., Russo, S. (1947) editors. Modern hypnosis. New 

York: Psychological Library Publishers. 

Kuhns, B. (1981). Hypnosis and the law. Glendale CA: 

Westwood. 

Kukuruzovic, R. (2004). Hypnosis in the treatment of migraine. 


Hypnosis, 32(1), 53-61. 

Kumar, V.K., Pekala, R.J., Marcano, G. (1996). 

Hypnotizability, dissociativity, and phenomenological 

experience. Dissociation, 9, 143-153. 

Kumar, V.K., Pekala, R.J., McCloskey, M.M. (1999). 

Phenomenological state effects during hypnosis: A 

cross-validation of findings. Contemporary hypnosis, 

16, 9-22. 

Kuna, D.P. (1976). The concept of suggestion in the early 

history of advertising psychology. Journal of the History 

of the Behavioral Sciences, 12(4), 347-353. 

Kunzendorf, R.G., Beltz, S.M., Tymowicz, G. (1992). 

Self-awareness in autistic subjects and deeply hypnotized 

subjects: Dissociation of self-concept versus 

self-consciousness. Imagination, Cognition and Personality, 

11, 129-41. 

Kunzendorf, R.G., Benoit, M. (1985-86). Spontaneous 

post-hypnotic amnesia and spontaneous rehypnotic recovery 

in repressors. Imagination, Cognition and Personality, 

5 (4), 303-310. 

Kunzendorf, R.G., Spanos, N.P. , Wallace, B.J. (1996) editors. 

Hypnosis and imagination. New York: Baywood 

Kupers, R., Faymonville, M.E., Laureys, S. (2005). The 

cognitive modulation of pain: Hypnosis- and placebo-induced 

analgesia. Progress in Brain Research, 150, 

251-269. 

Kupfersmid, J. (2006). Psychologists versus psychologists: 

Evaluating the claims of psychologists who publicly 

criticize their profession. Genetic, Social, and General 

Psychology Monographs, 132(4), 329-353. 

Kuriyama, K. (1968). Clinical applications of prolonged 

hypnosis in psychosomatic medicine. American Journal 


Kurtz, R.M., Strube, M.J. (1996). Multiple susceptibility 


testing: Is it helpful?. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 38(3), 172-184. 

Kuttner, L. (1988). Favorite stories: A hypnotic pain reduction 

technique for children in acute pain. American 


Kuttner, L. (1989). Management of young children’s acute 

pain and anxiety during invasive medical procedures. 

Pediatrician, 16(1-2), 39-44. 

Kuttner, L. (2007). Hypnosis and palliative care. In Wester 

II, W.C., Sugarman, L.I., editors. Therapeutic hypnosis 

with children and adolescents. Norwalk CT: Crown 

House, 453-466. 

Kuttner, L. (2009a). Treating pain, anxiety, and sleep disorders 

in children and adolescents. In Brown, D.C., editor. 

Advances in the use of hypnosis for medicine, 

dentistry and pain prevention management. Norwalk 

CT: Crown House, 177-193. 

Kuttner, L. (2009b). CBT and hypnosis: The worry-bug 

versus the cake. Contemporary Hypnosis, 26(1), 60-64. 

Kwan, P.S.K. (2006). The application of hypnosis in the 

treatment of a woman with complex trauma. Australian 


204-215. 

Kwan, P.S.K. (2007). Hypnosis in complex trauma and 

breast cancer pain: A single case study. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 24(2), 86-96. 

L 

La Motte Sage (1900). Corso per corrispondenza in magnetismo 

personale, ipnotismo, mesmerismo, risanamento 

magnetico, terapeutica suggestiva, 

psico-terapeutica, sviluppo personale, sviluppo della 

volontà, pensieri conducenti al successo ecc. Rochester 

NY: New York State Publishing Co. 

La Motte Sage (1900). Corso superiore di magnetismo e 

d'ipnotismo personale, di terapeutica suggestiva e della 

maniera di curare e guarire per mezzo del magnetismo. 

Rochester NY: New York State Publishing Co. 

LaBarre, W. (1962). They shall take up serpents. Minneapolis 

MN: University of Minnesota Press. 

LaBaw, W.L. (1973). Adjunctive trance therapy with severely 

burned children. International Journal of Child 




LaBaw, W.L. (1975). Auto-hypnosis in hemophilia. 

Haematologia, 9, 103-110. 

LaBaw, W.L. (1992). The use of hypnosis with hemophilia. 


LaBaw, W.L., Holton, C., Tewell, K., and Eccles, D. 

(1962). The use of self-hypnosis by children with cancer. 


233-238. 

Labelle, L., Laurence, J.R., Nadon, R., Perry, C. (1900). 

Hypnotizability, preference for an imagic cognitive 

style, and memory creation in hypnosis. Journal of 


Lachapelle, S. (2008). From the stage to the laboratory: 

Magicians, psychologists, and the science of illusion. 


44(4), 319-334. 

Lackersteen, M.H. (1890). The scientific aspects of medical 

hypnotism, or treatment by suggestion; Read before the 

Chicago Medico-Legal Society. Journal of the American 


Ladame, P.L. (1881). La névrose hypnotique: Ou, le 

magnétisme dévoilé; étude de physiologie pathologique 

sur le systéme nerveux. Paris: Sandoz et Fischbacher. 

Ladd, G.T. (1919). A case of multiple personality. Yale 

Review, 8, 318-333. 

Lafontaine, C. (1847). L’art de magnétiser ou le 

magnétisme animal considéré sous le point de vue 

théorique, pratique et thérapeutique. Paris: Baillière. 

Lafontaine, C. (1855). Eclaircissements sur le magnétisme: 

Cures magnétiques à Genève. Genève: De 

Chateauvieux. 

Lafontaine, C. (1886). Mémoires d'un magnétiseur: Suivis 

de l’examen phrénologique de l’auteur, par le Docteur 

Castle, 2 Vol. Paris: Baillière. 

Laguaite, J.K. (1976). The use of hypnosis with children 

with deviant voices. International Journal of Clinical 


Laidlaw, T.M. (1994). Hypnosis and breathing training in 

the treatment of anxiety: Three cases. Australian 


137-145. 

Laidlaw, T.M., Booth, R.J., Large, R.G. (1996). Reduction 

in skin reactions to histamine after a hypnotic procedure. 


Laidlaw, T.M., Large, R.G. (1997). Harvard Group Scale of 

Hypnotic Susceptibility and the Creative Imagination 

Scale: Defining two separate but correlated abilities. 


Laidlaw, T.M., Naito, A., Dwivedi, P., Enzor, N.A., 

Brincat, C.E., Gruzelier, J.H. (2003). Mood changes 

after self-hypnosis and Johrei prior to exams. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 20(1), 25-49. 

Laidlaw, T.M., Richardson, D.H., Booth, R.J., Large, R.G. 

(1994). Immediate-type hypersensitivity reactions and 

hypnosis: Problems in methodology. Journal of Psychosomatic 

Research, 38(6), 569-580. 

Laing, R.D. (1960). The divided self: An existential study 

in sanity and madness. Harmondsworth: Penguin. 

Laing, R.D. (1961). The self and others. London: 

Tavistock. 

Lait, V.S. (1961). Effect of hypnosis on edema: A case 

report. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 3, 200. 

Lalonde, J.K., Hudson, J.I., Gigante, R.A., Pope, H.G. 

(2001). Canadian and American psychiatrists' attitudes 

toward dissociative disorders diagnoses. Canadian 

journal of psychiatry; Revue canadienne de psychiatrie, 

46(5), 407-412. 

Lamas, J.R., Blanco, M.J., Pan, I., Fernández, A., Roldá, 

C., Díaz, A. (2010). Oculomotor activity during the 

induction of hypnosis. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 

77(3), 298. 

Lamas, J.R., Del Valle-Inclan, F., Blanco, M.J., Diaz, A.A. 

(1989). Spanish norms for the Harvard Group Scale of 

Hypnotic Susceptibility, Form A. International Journal 


Lambe, R., Osier, C., Franks, P.A (1986). A randomized 

controlled trial of hypnotherapy for smoking cessation. 

Journal of Family Practice, 22(1), 61-65. 

Lambert, S.A. (1996). The effects of hypnosis-guided imagery 

on the postoperative course of children. Journal 

of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 17(5), 

307-310. 

Lampman, C.A. (1998). Hypnotherapy and birth. Journal 

of Heart-Centered Therapies, 1(1), 60-68. 

Landmark Healthcare (1998). The Landmark Report I on 

public perception of alternative care. Sacramento CA. 

Landmark Healthcare. 

Landolt, A.S., Milling, L.S. (2011). The efficacy of hypnosis 

as an intervention for labor and delivery pain: A 

comprehensive methodological review. Clinical Psychology 

Review, 31(6), 1022-1031. 

Laney, C., Bowman Fowler, N., Nelson, K.J., Bernstein, 

D.M., Loftus, E.F. (2008). The persistence of false beliefs. 

Acta Psychologica, 129, 190-197. 

Lang, A. (1898). The making of religion. London: Longmans 

and Co. 

Lang, E.V. (2010). Procedural hypnosis. In: Barabasz, M., 

et Al, editors. Medical hypnosis primer: Clinical and 

research evidence. New York: Routledge, 81-84. 

Lang, E.V., Benotsch, E.G., Fick, L.J., Lutgendorf, S., 

Berbaum, M.L., Berbaum, K.S., Logan, H., Spiegel, D. 

(2000). Adjunctive non-pharmacological analgesia for 

invasive medical procedures: A randomised trial. Lancet, 

355(9214), 1486-1490. 

Lang, E.V., Berbaum, K.S., Faintuch, S., Hatsiopoulou, O., 

Halsey, N., L. X., Berbaum, M.L., Laser, E., Baum, J. 


(2006). Adjunctive self-hypnotic relaxation for outpatient 

medical procedures: A prospective randomized 

trial with women undergoing large core breast biopsy. 

Pain, 126(1-3), 155-164. 

Lang, E.V., Berbaum, K.S., Pauker, S.G., Faintuch, S., 

Salazar, G.M., Lutgendorf, S., Laser, E., Logan, H., 

Spiegel, D. (2008).Beneficial effects of hypnosis and 

adverse effects of empathic attention during percutaneous 

tumor treatment: when being nice does not suffice. 

Journal of Vascular and Interventional Radiology, 

19, 897-905. 

Lang, E.V., Joyce, J.S., Spiegel, D., Hamilton, D., Lee, 

K.K. (1996). Self-hypnotic relaxation during interventional 

radiological procedures: Effects on pain perception 

and intravenous drug use. International Journal of 


Lang, E.V., Laser, E. (1999). Hypnosis in radiology. New 

York: Churchill Livingstone. 

Lang, E.V., Rosen, M. (2002). Cost analysis of adjunct 

hypnosis with sedation during outpatient interventional 

radiological procedures. Radiology, 222, 375-382. 

Lang, E.V., Speigel, D., Lutgendorf, S., Logan, H. (1996). 

Empathic attention and self-hypnotic relaxation for interventional 

radiological procedures. Iowa City IA: 

The University of Iowa. 

Lang, P.J., Lazovik, A.D. (1962). Personality and hypnotic 

susceptibility. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 26, 

317-322. 

Lang, W. (1843). Mesmerism, its history, phenomena, and 

practice, with reports of cases developed in Scotland. 

Edinburgh: Fraser. 

Langen, D. (1972). Kompendium der medizinischen 

Hypnose. Basel: Karger. 

Langenfeld, M.C., Cipani, E., Borckardt, J.J. (2002). 

Hypnosis for the control of HIV/AIDS-related pain. 


Hypnosis, 50(2), 170-188. 

Langer, E.J. (1978). Rethinking the role of thought in social 

interaction. In: Harvey, J.H., Ickes, W.J., Kidd, R.F., 

editors. New directions in attribution research. Potomac 

MD: Erlbaum, 35-58. 

Langewitz, W., Izakovic, J., Wyler, J., Schindler, C., Kiss, 

A., Bircher, A.J. (2005). Effect of self-hypnosis on hay 

fever symptoms: A randomised controlled intervention 

study. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 74, 

165-172. 

Langlade, A., Jussiau, C., Lamonerie, L., Marret, E., Bonnet, 

F. (2002). Hypnosis increases heat detection and 

heat pain thresholds in healthy volunteers. Regional 

Anesthesia and Pain Medicine, 27(1), 43-46. 

Lankton, S. (1980). Practical magic: A translation of basic 

neuro linguistic programming into clinical psycho- 


therapy. Cupertino CA: Meta Publications. 

Lankton, S. (1985) editor. Ericksonian monographs number 

1: Elements and dimensions of an ericksonian approach. 



2: Themes and principles of ericksonian therapy. New 



5: Ericksonian hypnosis: Application, preparation, and 

research. New York: Brunner Mazel. 


7: The issue of broader implications of ericksonian 

therapy. New York: Brunner Mazel. 

Lankton, S. (2007). Psychotherapeutic intervention for 

numerous and large viral warts with adjunctive hypnosis: 

A case study. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

49(3), 211-218. 

Lankton, S. (2008). An Ericksonian approach to clinical 

hypnosis. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., editors. Oxford 


Press, 467-484. 

Lankton, S., Lankton, C. (1983). The answer within: A 

clinical framework of Ericksonian therapy. New York: 


Lankton, S., Lankton, C. (1986). Enchantment and intervention 

in family therapy: Training in ericksonian approaches. 


Lankton, S., Lankton, C. (1989). Tales of enchantment: 

Goal-oriented metaphors for adults and children in 

therapy. New York: Brunner Mazel. 

Lankton, S., Lankton, C. (1996). Ericksonian psychotherapy: 

Basic principles into practice library. New York: 

Brunner Mazel 

Lankton, S., Matthews, W.J. (2010). An ericksonian model 

of clinical hypnosis. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, 



209-238. 

Lankton, S., Zeig, J. (1988a) editors. Ericksonian monographs 

number 3: Special treatment populations. New 


Lankton, S., Zeig, J. (1988b) editors. Ericksonian monographs 

number 4: Research, therapy comparisons, and 

medical applications. New York: Brunner Mazel. 

Lankton, S., Zeig, J. (1989) editors. Ericksonian monographs 

number 6: Extrapolations: Demonstrations of 

ericksonian therapy. New York: Brunner Mazel. 

Lankton, S., Zeig, J. (1994) editors. Ericksonian monographs 

number 10: Difficult contexts for therapy. New 


Lapassade, G. (1976). Essai sur la transe: Le matérialisme 

hystérique. Paris: Delarge. 



Lapassade, G. (1976). Les âetats modifiâes de conscience. 


Lapassade, G. (1982). Gens de l'ombre: Transes et possessions. 

Paris: Anthropos Méridiens. 

Lapassade, G. (1990). La trance. Paris: Presses Universitaires 

de France. 

Lapenta, A.M. (1986). L'ipnosi nella terapia psichiatrica. 

Rassegna di Ipnosi e Psicoterapie, 13, 3. 

Lapponi, G. (1906). Ipnotismo e spiritismo: Studio medico-critico. 

Roma: Deslée Lefebvre. Versione anglo-americana. 

Hypnotism and spiritism: A critical and 

medical study. New York: Longman, 1915. 

Large, R.G. (1994). Hypnosis for chronic pain: A critical 

review. Hypnos, 21, 234-237. 

Larkin, D.M (2007). Ericksonian hypnosis in chronic care 

support groups: A rogerian exploration of power and 

self-defined health-promoting goals. Nursing Science 

Quarterly, 20(4), 357-369. 

Larner, A.J. (2006). A possible account of synaesthesia 

dating from the seventeenth century. Journal of the 

History of the Neurosciences, 15, 245-249. 

Lasègue, C. (1881). Les hystériques, leur perversité, leurs 

mensonges. Annalles Médico Psychologiques, 39, 111. 

Lask, B. (1991). Psychological treatments of asthma. 

Clinical and Experimental Allergy, 21, 625-626. 

Lassaigne, A. (1851). Mémoires d’un magnétiseur, 

contenant la biographie de la somnambule P. Bernard. 


Laugier, E.M. (1785). Parallèle entre le magnétisme animal, 

l’électricité et les bains médicinaux par distillation, 

etc appliqués aux maladies rebelles. Paris: Morin. 

Laurence, J-R. (1983). Forensic hypnosis in the late Nineteenth 

Century. International Journal of Clinical and 


Laurence, J-R., Beaulieu-Prévost, D., Du Chéné, T. (2008). 

Measuring and understanding individual differences in 

hypnotizability. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., editors. Oxford 


Press, 225-254. 

Laurence, J-R., Perry, C. (1982). Montreal norms for the 

Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility, Form 

A. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 30, 167-176. 

Laurence, J-R., Perry, C. (1983). Hypnotically created 

memory among highly hypnotizable subjects. Science, 

523-524. 

Laurence, J-R., Perry, C. (1988). Hypnosis, will, and 

memory: A psycho-legal history. New York: Guilford. 

Laurence, L.W. de (1900). Hypnotism: A complete system 

of method, application and use. Chicago: Henneberry. 

Laurent, E. (1889). Premier congrès international 

d’hypnotisme expérimentale et thérapeutique. Archive 

de l’Anthropologie Criminelle et des Sciences Pénales, 

4, 742-748. 

Laureys, S. (2005) editor. The boundaries of consciousness: 

Neurobiology and neuropathology. London: Elsevier. 

Lausanne, A. De (1819) or Sarrazin de Montferrier, 

A.A.V., pseudonyme. Des principes et des procédés du 

magnétisme animal, et de leurs rapports avec les lois de 

la physique et de la physiologie. Paris: Dentu. 

Lavater, J.K. (1774-1778). Physiognomische Fragmente 

zur Beförderung der Menschenkenntnis und 

Menschenliebe. Zurich: Faksimiledrauck nach der 

Ausg. 

Lavertue, N.E., Kumar, V.K., Pekala, R.J. (2002). The effectiveness 

of a hypnotic ego-strengthening procedure 

for improving self-esteem and depression. Australian 


1-23. 

Lavoie, G., Sabourin, M. (1980). Hypnosis and schizophrenia: 

A review of experimental and clinical studies. 

In: Burrows, G.D., Dennerstein, L., editors. Handbook 



Law, M., Tang, J.L. (1995). An analysis of the effectiveness 

of interventions intended to help people stop 

smoking. Archives of Internal Medicine, 155, 

1933-1941. 

Lawrence, RM. (1910). Primitive psychotherapy and 

quackery. Boston: Houghton-Mifflin. 

Laycock, T. (1845). On the reflex function of the brain. 

British and Foreign Medical Journal, 19, 298-311. 

Laycock, T. (1876). Reflex, automatic and unconscious 

cerebration: A history and a crit icism. Journal of 

Mental Science, 21, 477-498. 

Lazar, B.S. Dempster, C.R. (1981). Failures in hypnosis 

and hypnotherapy: a review. American Journal of 


Lazarus, A.A. (1973). “Hypnosis” as a facilitator in behavior 

therapy. International Journal of Clinical and 


Lazarus, A.A. (2010). A multimodal framework and clinical 

hypnosis. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, I., editors. 



239-264. 

Lazarus, J.E., Klein, S.K. (2010). Nonpharmacological 

treatment of tics in Tourette syndrome adding videotape 

training to self-hypnosis. Journal of Developmental and 

Behavioral Pediatrics, 31(6), 498-504. 

Le Baron, G.I. (1962). Ideomotor signalling in brief psychotherapy. 

American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

5(2), 81-91. 

Le Bon, G. (1895). La psychologie des foules. Paris: Alcan. 

Le Bon, G. (1922). Introduction. In: Lombroso, C., 

Hypnotisme et spiritisme, Flammarion, Paris; tradu- 


zione di Lombroso, 1910, 1-4. 

Le Cat, N.C. (1765). Traité de l'existance, de la nature et 

des propriétés du fluide des nerfs, et principalement de 

son action dans le mouvement musculaire. Berlin: Le 

Cat. 

Le Cat, N.C. (1766).Traité des sensations et des passions en 

général, et des sens en particulier. 2 Vol. Paris: 

Vallat-la-Chapelle. 

Lears, T.J.J. (1983). From salvation to self-realization: 

Advertising and the therapeutic roots of the consumer 

culture, 1880-1930. In: Fox, R.W., Lears, T.J.J., editors. 

The culture of consumption: Critical essays in American 

history, 1880-1980. New York: Pantheon Books, 

1-38. 

Leary, D. (1987). Telling likely stories: The rhetoric of the 

new psychology, 1880-1920. Journal of the History of 

the Behavioral Sciences, 23, 315-331. 

LeBaron, S., Fanurik, D., Zeltzer, L. (2001). The hypnotic 

dreams of healthy children and children with cancer: A 

quantitative and qualitative analysis. International 


304-319. 

LeBaron, S., Hilgard, J.R (1984). Hypnotherapy of pain in 

children with cancer. Los Altos CA: Kaufmann 

Lebovits, A.H., Twersky, R., McEwan, B. (1999). Intraoperative 

therapeutic suggestions in day-case surgery: 

Are there benefits for postoperative outcome? 


Leckie, F.H. (1964). Hypnotherapy in gynecological disorders. 


Hypnosis,12, 121-146. 

LeCron, L.M. (1952) editor. Experimental hypnosis: A 

symposium of articles on research by many of the 

world's leading authorities. New York: Macmillan. 

LeCron, L.M. (1953). A method of measuring depth of 

hypnosis. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 

1, 4-7. 

LeCron, L.M. (1954). A hypnotic technique for uncovering 

unconscious material. International Journal of Clinical 


LeCron, L.M. (1961). Techniques of hypnotherapy. New 

York: Julius. 

LeCron, L.M. (1963). The uncovering of early memories by 

ideomotor responses to questioning. International 


137-142. 

LeCron, L.M. (1967). Better health through self-hypnosis. 

New York: Delacorte. 

LeCron, L.M. (1968). Experimental hypnosis. New York: 

Citadel. 

LeCron, L.M. (1969). Breast development through hypnotic 

suggestion. Journal of the American Society of 


Psychosomatic Dentistry and Medicine, 16, 58-61. 

LeCron, L.M., Bordeaux, J. (1947). Hypnotism today. New 

York: Grune and Stratton. 

Lederman, E.I., Fordyce, C.Y., Stacy, T.E. (1958). Hypnosis 

as an adjunct to anaesthesiology. Maryland 


Lee, E. (1835). Animal magnetism and homeopathy; being 

the appendix to observations on the principal medical 

institutions and practice of France, Italy, and Germany. 


Leeb, J. (1995). A protocol for training individual pregnant 

patients in self-hypnosis for labour. European Journal 


Lees, A.J. (1986). Georges Gilles de la Tourette: The man 

and his times. Revue Neurologique, 142(11), 808-816. 

Lee-Teng, E. (1965).Trance-susceptibility, induction-susceptibility, 

and acquiescence as factors in 

hypnotic performance. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

70(5), 383-389. 

Lefebvre, L., Sabourin, M. (1977). Response differences in 

animal hypnosis: A hypothesis. Psychological Record, 

27, 77-87. 

Leger, T. (1846). Animal magnetism; Or psychodunamy. 

New York: Appleton. 

Legrand du Saulle, H. (1883). Les hystériques, état physique 

et mental, actes insolites, délictueux et criminels. 


Lehman, A. (2009). Victorian women and the theatre of 

trance: Mediums, spiritualists and mesmerists in performance. 

Jefferson NC: McFarland. 

Leibowitz, H.W., Graham, C., Parrish, M. (1972). The effect 

of hypnotic age regression on size constancy. 


Leibrand, W. (1937). Romantische Medizin. Hamburg and 

Leipzig: H. Goverts Verlag. 

Leibrand, W. (1956). Die spekulative Medizin der 

Romantik. Hamburg: Ciaassen. 

Leighton, M.E. (2006). Under the influence: Crime and 

hypnotic fictions of the fin de siècle. In: Willis, M., 

Winne, C., editors. Victorian literary mesmerism. Amsterdam: 

Rodopi, 203-226. 

Lekprasert, V., Frost, E.A.M., Pausawasdi, S. (2008). Intraoperative 

awareness: Major factor or non-existent? 

Middle East Journal of Anesthesiology, 19(6), 

1201-1218. 

Lemke, W. (2005). Utilizing hypnosis and ego-state therapy 

to facilitate healthy adaptive differentiation in the 

treatment of sexual disorders. American Journal of 


Lenihan, G.O., Sanders, Cl.D. (1984). Guidelines for group 

therapy with eating disorder victims. Journal of Counseling 

and Development, 63(4 ), 252-253. 



Lennmarken, C., Bildfors, K., Enlund, G., Samuelsson, P., 

Sandin, R. (2002). Victims of awareness. Acta 

Anaesthesiologica Scandinavica, 46(3), 229-231. 

Lennmarken, C., Sydsjo, G. (2007). Psychological consequences 

of awareness and their treatment. Best Practice 

and Research: Clinical Anaesthesiology, 21(3), 

357-367. 

Lenox, J.R. (1970). Effect of hypnotic analgesia on verbal 

report and cardiovascular responses to ischemic pain. 


Leonardy, E., Renard, M.F., Drösch, C., Vanasten, S. 

(2001) editeurs. Traces du mesmérisme dans les 

littératures européennes du XIXe siècle. Bruxelles: 

Publications des Facultés universitaires Saint-Louis. 

Leonidas, Prof (1901). Stage hypnotism: A text book of 

occult entertainements. Chicago: Bureau of Stage 

Hypnotism. 

Lerner, P. (2003). Hysterical men: War, psychiatry, and the 

politics of trauma in Germany, 1890-1930. Ithaca: 

Cornell University Press. 

Leskowitz, E. (2000) editor. Transpersonal hypnosis: 

Gateway to body, mind and spirit. Boca Raton FL: CRC 

Press. 

Leslie, K., Lee, L., Myles, P., Lerch N., Fiddes C. (2003). 

Patients' knowledge of and attitudes towards awareness. 

Anaesthesia and Intensive Care, 31, 63-68. 

Leslie, K., Myles, P.S., Forbes, A., Chan, M.T.V., Swallow, 

S.K., Short, T.G. (2005). Dreaming during anaesthesia 

in patients at high risk of awareness. Anaesthesia, 

60(3), 239-244. 

Lesmana, C.B.J., Suryani, L.K., Jensen, G,D., Tiliopoulos, 

N. (2009). A spiritual-hypnosis assisted treatment of 

children with ptsd after the 2002 Bali terrorist attack. 


Lessne, G.J. Didow, N.M.Jr. (1987). Inoculation theory and 

resistance to persuasion in advertising. Psychology and 

Marketing, 4, 157-165. 

Leuba, C. (1940). Images as conditioned sensations. 

Journal of Experimental Psychology, 26(3), 345-351. 

Leuba, C., Dunlap, R. (1951). Conditioning imagery. 

Journal of Experimental Psychology, 41(5), 352-355. 

Levendula, D. (1962). Hypnosis in criminal investigation. 

Postgraduate Medicine, 31, A24-A30. 

Levendula, D. (1962). The possible use of hypnosis in 

criminal investigation. In: Gerber, S.R., Schroeder, O., 

editors. Criminal investigation and interrogation. Cincinnati: 

Anderson, 335-346. 

Levi, G. (1985). L'eredità immateriale: Carriera di un esorcista 

nel Piemonte del seicento. Torino: Einaudi. 

Levin, L.A., Harrison, R.H. (1976). Hypnosis and regression 

in the service of the ego. International Journal of 

Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 24, 400-418 

Levine, K.N., Grassi, J.R., Gerson, M J. (1943). Hypnoti- 

cally induced mood changes in the verbal and graphic 

Rorschach: A case study. Rorschach Research Exchange, 

7, 130-144. 

Levine, M. (1942). Psychotherapy in medical practice. 


Levinson, B.W. (1965). States of awareness during general 

anaesthesia. British Journal of Anaesthesia, 37, 

544-546. 

Levit, H.I. (1973). Depression, back pain and hypnosis. 

American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 15 (4), 263. 

Levitan, A.A. (1992). The use of hypnosis with cancer patients, 


Levitan, A.A., Harbourgh, T.E. (1992). Hypnotizability and 

hypnoanalgesia: Hypnotizability of patients using 

hypnoanalgesia during surgery. American Journal of 


Levitas, E., Parmet, A., Lunenfeld, E., Bentov, Y., 

Burstein, E., Friger, M., Potashnik, G. (2006). Impact of 

hypnosis during embryo transfer on the outcome of in 

vitro fertilization-embryo transfer: A case-control 

study. Fertility and Sterility, 85(5), 1404-1408. 

Levitt, E.E. (1975). The objectional act as a mechanism for 

testing the coercive power of the hypnotic state. American 


Levitt, E.E. (1976). Can hypnosis coerce subject to commit 

a repugnant act? Clinical Psychiatry. News, 4, 39. 

Levitt, E.E. (1977). Research strategies in evaluating the 

coercive power of hypnosis. Annals of the New York 


Levitt, E.E. (1993). Hypnosis in the treatment of obesity. 

In: Rhue, J.W., Lynn, S.J., Kirsch, I., editors. Handbook 

of clinical hypnosis.Washington DC: American Psychological 


Levitt, E.E. Aronoff, G., Morgan, C.D., Overly, T.M., 

Parrish, M.J. (1975). Testing the coercive power of 

hypnosis: Committing objectionable acts. International 


59-67. 

Levitt, E.E. Baker, E.L. (1983). The hypnotic relationship: 

Another look at coercion, compliance and resistance. 


Hypnosis, 31, 125-131. 

Levitt, E.E., Baker, E.L. (1990). Compliance and resistance 

in the hypnotic state: The effect of a social and academic 

counter-motivation. In: Van Dyck, R., editor. 

Hypnosis: Current theory, research and practice. Amsterdam: 

Free University Press, 121-130. 

Levitt, E.E., Baker, E.L., Fish, R.C. (1990). Some conditions 

of compliance and resistance among hypnotic 

subjects. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 32, 

225-236. 

Levitt, E.E., Brady, J.P. (1963). Psychophysiology of 

hypnosis. In: Schneck, J.M., editor. Hypnosis in modern 


medicine. Springfield IL: Thomas, 314-362. 

Levitt, E.E., Brady, J.P., Lubin, P. (1963). Correlates of 

hypnotizability in young women: Anxiety and dependency. 

Journal of Personality, 31, 52-57. 

Levitt, E.E., Herschman, S. (1963). The clinical practice of 

hypnosis in the United States: A preliminary survey. 


Hypnosis, 11, 55–65. 

Levitt, E.E., Overley, T.M. (1993). A comparison of the 

performance of hypnotic subjects and simulators on a 

variety of measures: A pilot study. International Journal 


234-242. 

Levitt, E.E., Persky, H., Brady, J.P. (1964). Hypnotic induction 

of anxiety: A. Psychoendocrine investigation. 


Levitt, E.E., Waldo, T.G. (1991). Hypnotically induced 

auditory hallucinations and the mouth-opening maneuver: 

A failure to duplicate findings. American 


Levitt, R.E., Aronoff, G., Morgan, C.D.,Overley, T.M., 

Parrish, M.J. (1975). Testing the coercive power of 

hypnosis: Committing objectionable acts. International 


59-67. 

Levy, D. (1983). Post-hypnotic suggestion and the existence 

of unconscious mental activity. Analysis, 43, 

184-189. 

Lewicki, P. (1986). Nonconscious social information processing. 

Orlando FL: Academic Press. 

Lewicki, P., Hill, T. (1987). Unconscious processes as explanations 

of behavior in cognitive, personality, and 

social psychology. Personality and Social Psychology 

Bulletin, 13, 355-362. 

Lewis, J.S. (1910). Suggestion: The mainspring of hypnotism 

and psychotherapy. New England Journal of 

Medicine (Boston Medical Surgical Journal), 162, 

165-170. 

Leys, R. (2000).Trauma: A genealogy. Chicago: University 


Li, C.L., Ahlberg, D., Landsdell, H., Gravitz, M.A., Chen, 

T.C., Ting, C.Y., Bak, A.F., Blessing, D. (1975). Acupuncture 

and hypnosis: Effects on induced pain. Experimental 

Neurology, 49, 281-290. 

Libet, B. (1965). Cortical activation in conscious and unconscious 

experience. Perspectives in Biology and 


Libetta, G.C. (1860). Notizie intorno al magnetismo animale. 

Foggia: Ciampitti. 

Licht, S. (1967). History of electrotherapy. In: Licht S, editor. 

Therapeutic electricity and ultraviolet radiation. 

Baltimore MD: Waverly, 1-70. 


Lichtenberg, P. (2008). Israeli norms for the Harvard Group 

Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility, Form A. International 


384-393. 

Lichtenberg, P., Shapira, H., Kalish, Y., Abramowitz, E.G. 

(2009). Israeli norms for the Stanford hypnotic susceptibility 

scale, Form C. International Journal of Clinical 


Liébeault, A.A. (1866). Du sommeil et des etats analogues: 

Considérés surtout au point de vue de l’action du moral 

sur le physique. Paris: Masson. 

Liébeault, A.A. (1873). Ebauche de psychologie. Paris: 

Masson. 

Liébeault, A.A. (1883). Étude sur le zoomagnétisme. Paris 

et Nancy: Masson. 

Liébeault, A.A. (1889). Le sommeil provoqué et les états 

analogues. Paris: Doin. 

Liébeault, A.A. (1891). Suggestions criminelles 

hypnotiques: Arguments et faits à l’appui. Revue de 

l’Hypnotisme et de la Psychologie Physiologique, 9, 

289-299, 330-336. 

Liébeault, A.A. (1891). Thérapeutique suggestive: Son 

mécanisme. Propriétés diverses du sommeil provoqué et 

des états analogues. Paris: Doin. 

Lieberman, J., Lavoie, G., Brisson, A. (1978). Suggested 

amnesia and order of recall as a function of hypnotic 

susceptibility and learning conditions in chronic 

schizophrenic patients. International Journal of Clinical 


Lieberman, L.R., Fisher, J.R., Thomas, R., King, W. 

(1968). Use of tape recorded suggestions as an aid to 

probationary students. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 11(1), 35-41. 

Liebert, R.M., Rubin, N., Hilgard, E.R. (1965). The effects 

of suggestions of alertness in hypnosis on 

paired-associated learning. Journal of Personality, 33, 

605-612. 

Liégeois, J. (1884). De la suggestion hypnotique dans ses 

rapports avec le droit civil et le droit criminel. Paris: 

Picard. 

Liégeois, J. (1889). De la suggestion et du somnambulisme 

dans leurs rapports avec la jurisprudence et la médecine 

légale. Paris: Doin. 

Liégeois, J. (1890). La suggestion et la médecine légale. In: 

Bérillon, E., editeur. Premier Congrès international de 

l’hypnotisme expérimental et thérapeutique, Tenu à 


rendus. Paris: Doin, 244-278. 

Liggett, D.R. (1993). Enhancing the visualization of gymnasts. 


190-197. 

Liggett, D.R. (2000a). Sport hypnosis. Champaign IL: 



Human Kinetics. 

Liggett, D.R. (2000b). Enhancing imagery through hypnosis: 

A performance aid for athletes. American Journal of 


Liggett, D.R., Hamada, S. (1993). Enhancing the visualization 

of gymnasts. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 35(3), 190-197. 

Lilienfeld, S.O. (1996). EMDR treatment: Less than meets 

the eye? Skeptical Inquirer, 20, 25-31. 

Lin, Y.C., Lee, A.C., Kemper, K.J., Berde, C.B. (2005). 

Use of complementary and alternative medicine in pediatric 

pain management service: A survey. Pain Medicine, 

6(6), 452-458. 

Lind, S.E. (1947). Poe and Mesmerism. PMLA, 62, 

1077-1094. 

Lindsay, D.S., Read, J.D. (1995). Memory work and recovered 

memories of childhood sexual abuse: Scientific 

evidence and public, professional, and personal issues. 

Psychology, Public Policy, and Law, 1(4), 846-908. 

Lindsay, R.C.L., Ross, D.F., Toglia, M.P., Read, J.D. 

(2006). The handbook of eyewitness psychology. London: 

Erlbaum. 

Linton, C.P., Sheehan, P.W. (1994). The relationship between 

interrogative suggestibility and susceptibility to 

hypnosis. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 22(1), 53-64. 

Liossi, C. (2000). Clinical hypnosis in paediatric oncology: 

A critical review of the literature. Sleep and Hypnosis, 2 

(3), 125-131. 

Liossi, C. (2006). Hypnosis in cancer care. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 23(1), 47-57. 

Liossi, C., Hatira, P. (1999). Clinical hypnosis versus cognitive 

behavioral training for pain management with 

pediatric cancer patients undergoing bone marrow aspirations. 


Hypnosis, 47(2), 104-116. 

Liossi, C., Hatira, P. (2003). Clinical hypnosis in the alleviation 

of procedure related pain in paediatric oncology 

patients. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 51, (1), 4-28. 

Liossi, C., Mystakidou, K. (1996). Clinical hypnosis in 

palliative care. European Journal of Palliative Care, 3, 

(2), 56-58. 

Liossi, C., White, P. (2001). Efficacy of clinical hypnosis in 

the enhancement of quality of life of terminally ill 

cancer patients. Contemporary Hypnosis, 18, (3), 

145-160. 

Liossi, C., White, P., Hatira, P. (2006). Randomized clinical 

trial of local anesthetic versus a combination of local 

anesthetic with self-hypnosis in the management of 

pediatric procedure-related pain. Health Psychology, 

25, 307-315. 

Liossi, C., White, P., Hatira, P. (2009). A randomized 

clinical trial of a brief hypnosis intervention to control 

venepuncture-related pain of paediatric cancer patients. 

Pain, 142 (3), 255-263. 

Liotti, G. (1993). Etiopatogenesi dei disturbi dissociativi. 

In: Liotti, G., a cura. La discontinuità della coscienza: 

Etiologia, diagnosi e psicoterapia dei disturbi dissociativi. 


Lioy, P. (1868). Spiritismo e magnetismo: Lettura fatta a 

Vincenza. Firenze: Scienza del Popolo. 

Lipps, T. (1897). Suggestion und hypnose: Eine psychologische 

Untersuchung. Munich: Verlag der Akademie. 

Lipsett, L. (1998). Hypnosis in the treatment of social 

phobia. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 26(1), 57-64. 

Lister, J. (1955). By the London Post: Army medicine - 

Medical use of hypnotism - candy and caries. New 

England Journal of Medicine, 252(26), 1132-1133. 

Litman, R.E., Farberow, N.L. (1994). Pop-rock music as 

precipitating cause in youth suicide. Journal of Forensic 

Sciences, 39(2), 494-499. 

Litta Biumi Resta, C.M. (1792). Riflessioni sul magnetismo 

animale fatte dal conte Carlo Matteo Litta Biumi Resta 

ad oggetto di illuminare i suoi cittadini avendolo trovato 

salutare in molti mali. Milano: A spese della signora 

Costante Cordialita Imperturbabile. 

Liu, W.H., Standen, P.J., Aitkenhead, A.R. (1992). Therapeutic 

suggestions during general anaesthesia in patients 

undergoing hysterectomy. British Journal of 

Anaesthesia, 68(3), 277-281. 

Livnay, S. (2010). From Ferencszi to Livnay: A search for 

the different models we use consciously and unconsciously 

in hypnotherapy. Contemporary Hypnosis, 

27(3), 159-169. 

Llaneza-Ramos, M.L. (1989). Hypnotherapy in the treatment 

of chronic headaches. Philippine Journal of 


Lo Gullo, E., Mocciaro, R. (2003). L'ipnosi: Manuale teorico-pratico. 

Roma: Kappa. 

Locke, E.L. (1991). The Vance decision: The future of 

subliminal communication. Law and Psychology Review, 

15, 375-394. 

Locke, H.S., Finger, S. (2007). Gentleman's Magazine, the 

advent of medical electricity, and disorders of the 

nervous system. In: Whitaker, H.A., Smith, C.U.M., 

Finger, S., editors. Brain, mind and medicine: Essays in 

Eighteenth-Century neuroscience. New York: Springer, 

257-270. 

Locke, J. (1689). An essay concerning human understanding 

(edizione italiana, Saggio sull'intelletto umano. 

Torino: Utet, 1971). 

Locke, S.E., Ransil, B.J., Zachariae, R., Molay, F., Tollins, 

K., Covino, N.A., Danforth, D. (1994). Effect of hypnotic 

suggestion on the delayed-type hypersensitivity 


esponse. Journal of the American Medical Association 

JAMA, 272(1), 47-52. 

Lockert, O. (2001). Hypnose: Evolution humaine, qualite 

de vie, santé. Paris: IFHE 

Lodato, F.J., Kosky, E.M., Barnett, B. (1991). The application 

of hypnosis in enhancing the performance of a 

youth swim team. Hypnos, 18(4), 209-216. 

Lodge, O.J. (1909). The survival of man: A study in unrecognized 

human faculty. London: Methuen. 

Loftus, E.F. (1979). Eyewitness testimony. Cambridge: 


Loftus, E.F. (1993). The reality of repressed memories. 


Loftus, E.F. (1997). Creating false memories. Scientific 

American, 277(3), 70-75. 

Loftus, E.F., Davis, D. (2006). Recovered memories. Annual 

Review of Clinical Psychology, 2, 469-498. 

Loftus, E.F., Garry, M., Brown, S.W., Rader, M. (1994). 

Near-natal memories, past-life memories and other 

memory myths. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

36, 176-179. 

Loftus, E.F., Ketcham, K. (1994). The myth of repressed 

memory. New York: St. Martin’s. 

Loftus, E.F., Pickrell, J.E. (1995). The formation of false 

memories. Psychiatric Annals, 25, 720-725. 

Logan, W.G. (1963). Delay of premature labor by the use of 


209-211. 

Lohr, J.M., Kleinknecht, R.A., Tolin, D.F., Barrett, R.H. 

(1995). The empirical status of the clinical application 

of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. 

Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 

26(4), 285-302. 

Loisel, A. (1845). Observation concernant une jeune fille 

de dix-sept ans amputée d’une jambe à Cherbourg le 2 

octobre 1845, pendant le sommeil magnétique. Cherbourg: 

Beaufort et Lecauf. 

Loitman, J.E. (2000). Pain management: Beyond pharmacology 

to acupuncture and hypnosis. Journal of the 

American Medical Association JAMA, 283, 118-119. 

Lokshin, B., Lindgren, S., Weinberger, M., Koviach, J. 

(1991). Outcome of habit cough in children treated with 

brief suggestion therapy. Annals of Allergy, 67(6), 

579-582. 

Lo-Looz, R. de (1788). Recherches physiques et 

métaphysiques sur les influences célestes, sur le 

magnétisme universel et sur le magnétisme animal dont 

on trouve la pratique de temps immémorial chez les 

Chinois. Paris: Couturier. 

Lomas, J.G. (1961.) Uses and abuses of hypnosis. Californian 

Medicine, 94, 256-258. 

Lombard, A. (1819). Les dangers du magnétisme animal et 


l’importance d’en arrêter la propagation vulgaire. Paris: 

Dentu et Bailleul. 

Lombardo, G.P., Foschi, R. (2003). Il concetto di personalità 

tra la psicologia francese dell'Ottocento e la psicologia 

americana del Novecento. Psicoterapia e Scienze 

Umane, 37(4), 33-55. 

Lombroso, C. (1876). L’uomo delinquente: Sudiato in 

rapporto alla anthropologia, alla medicina egale ed alle 

discipline carcerarie. Milano: Hoepli. 

Lombroso, C. (1882). Sull’azione del magnete e sulla trasposizione 

dei sensi nell’isterismo. Archivio di Psichiatria, 

Scienze Penali ed Antropologia Criminale, 

3(2), 221-237. 

Lombroso, C. (1886a). Studi sull’ipnotismo: Con ricerche 

oftalmoscopiche del prof. Reymond e dei prof. Bianchi 

e Sommer sulla polarizzazione psichica. Torino: Bocca. 

Lombroso, C. (1886b). Sulle proibizioni degli spettacoli 

ipnotici, Archivio di Psichiatria, Scienze Penali ed Antropologia 

Criminale, VII, 505-505. 

Lombroso, C. (1886c). Le nuove scoperte sull’ipnotismo, 

Fanfulla della Domenica: Suppl. letterario, 17 ottobre 

1886. 

Lombroso, C. (1887). L’ipnotismo applicato alla procedura 

penale. Archivio di Psichiatria, Scienze Penali ed Antropologia 

Criminale, VIII, 243. 

Lombroso, C. (1891). L’ipnotismo e lo spiritismo e la parola 

di Lodge, Archivio di Psichiatria, Scienze Penali ed 

Antropologia Criminale, XII, 580. 

Lombroso, C. (1892). Le spiritsme et la psychiatrie: Explication 

psychiatrique de certain faits spirites. Annales 

des Sciences Psychiques. 2, 143-151. 

Lombroso, C. (1909). Ricerche sui fenomeni ipnotici e 

spiritici. Torino: Unione Tipografìco-Editrice Torinese. 

Lombroso, C., Grimaldi, G., Ardu, E. (1891). Inchiesta 

sulla trasmissione del pensiero. Torino: Bocca. 

Lombroso, C., Roncoroni, L. (1898). Forma d’isterismo 

mascolino con sintomi tabetici: Migliorato colla suggestione 

ipnotica (pretesa guaritrice). Archivio di Psichiatria, 

Scienze Penali ed Antropologia Criminale, 19, 

623-629. 

London, J. (1908). The iron heel. New York: Macmillan. 

London, P. (1961). Subject characteristics in hypnosis research: 

Part I. A survey of experience, interest, and 

opinion. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 9, 151-161. 

London, P. (1962). Children’s Hypnotic Susceptibility 

Scale. Palo Alto CA: Consulting Psychologists Press. 

London, P. (1962). Hypnosis in children: An experimental 

approach. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 10(2), 79-91. 

London, P. (1965). Developmental experiments in hypnosis. 

Journal of Projective Techniques and Personality 



Assessment, 29, 189-199. 

London, P. (1966). Child hypnosis and personality. American 


London, P., Cooper, L.M., Johnson, H.J. (1962). Subject 

characteristics in hypnosis research: II. Attitudes towards 

hypnosis, volunteer status, and personality 

measures. III. Some correlates of hypnotic susceptibility. 


Hypnosis, 10, 13-22. 

London, P., Fuhrer, M. (1961). Hypnosis, motivation and 

performance. Journal of Personality, 29, 321-333. 

London, P., Hart, J.T., Leibovitz, M.P. (1968). EEG alpha 

rhythms and susceptibility to hypnosis. Nature, 219, 

71-72. 

London, P., Madsen, C.H.Jr (1970). Effect of role playing 

on hypnotic susceptibility in children. Journal of Personality 


London, P., McDevitt, R.A. (1970). Effects of hypnotic 

susceptibility and training on responses to stress. 


London, P., Ogle, M.E., Unikel, I.P. (1968). Effects of 

hypnosis and motivation on resistance to heat stress. 


Long, N. (1992). Labeling relaxation procedures: Impact on 

adolescent's self-report of effectiveness. Journal of 

Adolescent Health, 13(8), 686-692. 

Longstaff, H.P. (1947). A note on popular pseudo-psychological 

beliefs in 1923 and in 1946. Journal 

of Applied Psychology, 31(1), 91-93. 

Loomis, A.L., Harvey, E.N., Hobart, G. (1936). Brain potentials 

during hypnosis. Science, 83(2149), 239-241. 

Lopez, C.A. (1993). Franklin and Mesmer: An encounter. 

Yale Journal of Biology and Medicine, 66(4), 325-31 

Lopez, H., Habre, W., Laurencon, M., Haller, G., Van der 

Linden, M., Iselin-Chaves, I.A. (2007). Intra-operative 

awareness in children: The value of an interview 

adapted to their cognitive abilities. Anaesthesia, 62, 

778-789. 

Lorensini, S. (1998). Hypnosis for performance anxiety. 

Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 

26(2), 177-182. 

Loria, E. (1994). Salute e magia attraverso i secoli. Padova: 

Piccin. 

Loriedo, C., Del Castello, E. (1995). Tecniche dirette ed 

indirette in ipnosi e psicoterapia. Milano: Angeli. 

Loriedo, C., Gulotta, G. (1998). Hypnosis in Italy. In: 

Hawkins P., Heap M., editors. Hypnosis in Europe. 

London: Whurr, 128-140. 

Loriedo, C., Nardone, G., Watzlawick, P., Zeig, J.K. 

(2002). Strategie e stratagemmi della psicoterapia. 

Tecniche ipnotiche e non ipnotiche per la soluzione, in 

tempi brevi, di problemi complessi. Milano: Angeli. 

Loriedo, C., Torti, C. (2010). Systemic hypnosis with de- 

pressed individuals and their families. International 


222-246. 

Lotze, R.H. (1852). Medicinische Psychologie oder 

Physiologie der Seele. Leipzig: Weidmannsche 

Buchhandlung. 

Loubert, J.B. (1844). Le magnétisme et le somnambulisme 

devant les corps savant, le cour de Rome et les 

théologiens. Paris: Baillière. 

Lovett, R. (1774). The electrical philosopher: Containing a 

new system of physics founded upon the principle of an 

Universal Plenum of elementary fire. Worcester: Lewis. 

Lowndes, L. (2007). Undercover sex signals: A pickup 

guide for guys. New York: Citadel. 

Lozanov, G. (1971). Suggestologija: Nauka i iskustvi. Sofia. 

(english: Suggestology and outlines of 

suggestopedy. New York: Gordon and Breach, 1978) 

Lu, D.P. (1994). The use of hypnosis for smooth sedation 

induction and reduction of post operative violent 

emergencies from anaesthesia in paediatric dental patients. 

American Society of Dentistry for Children 

Journal, 61, 182-185. 

Lu, D.P., Lu, G.P., Hersh, E.V. (1995). Augmenting sedation 

with hypnosis in drug-dependent patients. Anesthesia 

Progress, 42(3-4), 139-143. 

Lubar, J.F., Gordon, D.M., Harrist, R.S., Nash, M.R., 

Mann, C.A., Lacy, J.E. (1991). EEG correlates of 

hypnotic susceptibility based upon fast Fourier power 

spectral analysis. Biofeedback and Self-Regulation, 16, 

75-80. 

Lubin, B., Brady, J.P., Levitt, E.E. (1962). A comparison of 

personality characteristics of volunteers and 

nonvolunteers for hypnosis experiments. Journal of 

Clinical Psychology, 18, 341-343. 

Lucas, O.N. (1965). Dental extractions in the haemophiliac: 

Control of the emotional factors by hypnosis. American 


Lucas, O.N. (1975). Use of hypnosis in haemophilia dental 

care. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 240, 

263-266. 

Lucas, W.B. (1993). Regression therapy: A handbook for 

professionals. Vol 1: Past life therapy. Los Angeles CA: 

Tarcher. 

Lucas-Polomeni, M.M. (2004). Hypnosis: A new anesthetic 

technique! Pediatric Anesthesia, 14, 975-976. 

Luchetti, M., Antonelli, C. (2011). Ipnosi medica: Parola, 

informazione, esperienza. Toronto: Lulu.com. 

Ludwig, A.F. (1922). Geschichte der okkultistischen (metapsychichen) 

Forschung von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart. 

I Teil: Von der Antike bis zur Mitte des 19. 

Jahrhunderts. Pfullingen: Johannes Baum. 

Ludwig, A.M., Lyle, W.H.Jr (1964). Tension induction and 

the hyperalert trance. Journal of Abnormal and Social 


Psychology, 69(1), 70-76. 

Luebert, K, Dahme, B, Hasenbring, M. (2001). The effectiveness 

of relaxation training in reducing treatment-related 

symptoms and improving emotional 

adjustment in acute non-surgical cancer treatment: A 

meta-analytical review. Psycho-Oncology, 10, 490-502. 

Lütkehaus, L. (1989) editor. Dieses wahre innere Afrika: 

Texte zur Entdeckung des Unbewussten vor Freud (This 

true inner Africa: Texts on the discovery of the unconscious 

before Freud). Frankfurt: Fischer. 

Lukianowicz, N. (1958). Autoscopic phenomena. Archives 

of Neurology and Psychiatry, 80, 199-220. 

Luna, K.J. (2009). Physiological differences between 

self-hypnosis and hetero-hypnosis. Dissertation Abstracts 

International: B. 70(6-B), 3823. 

Lundholm, H., Lowenback, H. (1942). Hypnosis and the 

alpha activity of the electroencephalogram. Journal of 

Personality, 11(2), 145-149. 

Lutgendorf, S.K., Lang, E.V., Berbaum, K.S., Russell, D., 

Berbaum, M.L., Logan, H., Benotsch, E.G., 

Schulz-Stubner, S., Turesky, D., Spiegel, D. (2007). 

Effects of age on responsiveness to adjunct hypnotic 

analgesia during invasive medical procedures. Psychosomatic 

Medicine, 69(2), 191-199. 

Lutzelbourg, comte de (1786). Cures faites par M. Le Cte. 

de L******. Sindic de la Société de Bienfaisance 

établie à Strasbourg. Avec des notes sur les crises 

magnétiques appellées improprement somnambulisme. 

Strasbourg: Lorence et Schouler. 

Luys, J.B. (1874). Études de physiologie et de pathologie 

cérébrale: Des actions réflexes du cerveau dans les 

conditions normales et pathologiques de leur manifestations. 


Luys, J.B. (1879). Etudes sur le dédoublement des operations 

cérébrales et sur le ro1e isolé de chaque hemisphere 

dans les phénemènes de la pathologie mentale. 

Bulletin de l'Academie de Médecine, 8, 516-534, 

547-565. 

Luys, J.B. (1887). Les émotions chez les sujets en état 

d’hypnotisme. Études de psychologie expérimentale 

faites à l’aide de substances médicamenteuses ou 

toxiques impressionnant à distance les réseaux nerveux 

périphériques. Paris: Baillière. 

Luys, J.B. (1890). Leçons cliniques sur les principaux 

phénomènes de l'hypnotisme dans leur rapport avec la 

pathologie mentale. Paris: Carré. 

Luys, J.B. (1890). Les émotions dans l’état d’hypnotisme et 

l’action à distance de substances médicamenteuses ou 

toxiques. Paris: Baillière. 

Luys, J.B., Encausse, G. (1891). Du transfert à distance à 

l’aide d’une couronne de fer aimanté, d’états 

névropathiques variés, d’un sujet à l’état de veille sur un 


sujet à l’état hypnotique. Clermont (Oise): Daix. 

Lyell, A. (1966). Management of warts. British Medical 

Journal, 2(5529), 1576-1579. 

Lyles, J.N., Burish, T.G., Krozely, M.G., Oldham, R.K. 

(1982). Efficacy of relaxation training and guided imagery 

in reducing the aversiveness of cancer chemotherapy. 


Psychology, 50(4), 509-524. 

Lynn S.J, Barnes, S., Deming, A., Accardi, M. (2010). 

Hypnosis, rumination, and depression: Catalyzing attention 

and mindfulness-based treatments. International 


202-221. 

Lynn, S.J., Boycheva, E., Barnes, S. (2008). To assess or 

not assess hypnotic suggestibility? That is the question. 


Lynn, S.J., Boycheva, E., Deming, A., Lilienfeld, S.O., 

Hallquist, M.N. (2009). Forensic hypnosis: The state of 

the science. In: Skeem, J.L., Douglas, K.S., Lilienfeld, 

S.O., editors. Psychological science in the courtroom: 

Controversies and consensus. New York: Guilford, 

80-99. 

Lynn, S.J., Cardeña, E. (2007). Hypnosis and the treatment 

of posttraumatic conditions: An evidence-based approach. 


Hypnosis, 55(2), 167-188. 

Lynn, S.J., Green, J.P., Accardi, M., Cleere, C. (2010). 

Hypnosis and smoking cessation: The state of the science. 


177-181. 

Lynn, S.J., Kirsch, I., (2006). Essentials of clinical hypnosis: 

An evidence based approach. Washington DC: 


Lynn, S.J., Kirsch, I., Barabasz, A., Cardeña, E., Patterson, 

D. (2000). Hypnosis as an empirically supported clinical 

intervention: The state of the evidence and a look to 

the future. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 48, 239-259. 

Lynn, S.J., Kirsch, I., Hallquist, M.N. (2008). Social cognitive 

theories of hypnosis. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., 



Lynn, S.J., Kirsch, I., Rhue, J.W. (1996) editors. Casebook 

of clinical hypnosis. Washington DC: American Psychological 

Association. 

Lynn, S.J., Knox, J., Fassler, O., Hallquist, M. (2003). An 

evaluation of Woodard's theory of Perceptually Oriented 

Hypnosis. Psychological Reports, 93(1), 87-90. 

Lynn, S.J., Lilienfeld, S.O. (2002). A critique of the 

Franklin Commission Report: Hypnosis, belief, and 

suggestion. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 50, 369-386. 



Lynn, S.J., Lilienfeld, S.O., Rhue, J.W. (1999). An evaluation 

of Barber’s threedimensionalmodel of hypnosis: 

Promises and pitfalls. Contemporary Hypnosis, 16, 

160-164. 

Lynn, S.J., Martin, D.J., Frauman, D.C. (1996). Does 

hypnosis pose special risks for negative effects? International 


44, 7-19. 

Lynn, S.J., Milano, M., Weekes, J.R. (1991). Hypnosis and 

pseudomemories: The effects of prehypnotic expectancies. 

Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 

318-326. 

Lynn, S.J., Myer, E., Mackillop, J. (2000). The systematic 

study of negative post-hypnotic effects: Research 

hypnosis, clinical hypnosis and stage hypnosis. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 17, 127-131. 

Lynn, S.J., Myers, B., Sivec, H. (1994). Psychotherapists’ 

beliefs, repressed memories of abuse and hypnosis: 

What have we really learned? American Journal of 


Lynn, S.J., Nash, M.R. (1994). Truth in memory: Ramifications 

for psychotherapy and hypnotherapy. American 


Lynn, S.J., Neufeld, V., Matyi, C.L. (1987). Inductions 

versus suggestions: Effects of direct and indirect 

wording on hypnotic responding and experience. 


Lynn, S.J., Neufeld, V., Rhue, J.W., Matorin, A.S. (1993). 

Hypnosis and smoking cessation: A cognitive-behavioral 

treatment. In: Rhue, J.W., Lynn, S.J., 

Kirsch, I., editors. Handbook of clinical hypnosis. 


Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W. (1986). The fantasy-prone person: 

Hypnosis, imagination, and creativity. Journal of Personality 

and Social Psychology, 51 (2), 404-408. 

Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W. (1987). Hypnosis, imagination, and 

fantasy. Journal of Mental Imagery, 11, 101-112. 

Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W. (1988). Fantasy proneness: Hypnosis, 

developmental antecedents, and psychopathology. 


Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W. (1991a) editors. Theories of hypnosis: 

Current models and perspectives. New York: 

Guilford. 

Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W. (1991b). Theories of hypnosis: An 

introduction. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., editors. Theories 

of hypnosis: Current models and perspectives. New 


Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W. (1994). Dissociation: Clinical and 

theoretical perspectives. New York: Guilford. 

Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, I. (2010) editors. Handbook 

of clinical hypnosis, Second edition. Washington DC: 


Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., Weekes, J.R. (1990). Hypnotic in- 

voluntariness: A social cognitive analysis. Psychological 

Review, 97(2), 169-184. 

Lynn, S.J., Snodgrass, M., Rhue, J., Hardaway, R. (1987). 

Goal-directed fantasy, hypnotic susceptible and expectancies. 


53 (5), 933-938. 

Lynn, S.J., Spanos, N. (1998) editors. Truth in memory. 


Lynn, S.J., Weekes, J.R., Matyi, C.L., Neufeld, V. (1988). 

Direct versus indirect suggestions, archaic involvement, 

and hypnotic experience. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

97(3), 296-301. 

Lynn, S.J., Weekes, J.R., Matyi, C.L., Neufeld, V., Zivney, 

O., Brentar, J., Weiss, F. (1991). Interpersonal climate 

and hypnotizability level: Effects on hypnotic performance, 

rapport, and archaic involvement. Journal of 

Personality and Social Psychology, 60(5), 739-743. 

Lynn, S.J., Weekes, J.R., Milano, M.J. (1989). Reality 

versus suggestion: Pseudomemory in hypnotizable and 

simulating subjects. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

98, 137-144. 

Lynn, S.J., Weekes, J.R., Neufeld, V., Zivney, O., Brentar, 

J., Weiss, F. (1991). Interpersonal climate and 

hypnotizability level: Effects on hypnotic performance, 

rapport, and archaic involvement. Journal of Personality 


Lyons, G., Macdonald, R. (1991). Awareness during Caesarean 

section. Anaesthesia, 46(1), 62-64. 

Lyons, L.C. (1992). A quantitative review of the effects of 

measuring absorption in a hypnotic context. Paper 

presented at the annual scientific meeting of the Society 

for Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, Arlington, VA. 

Manassas VA: Lyons. 

Lyons, L.C., Crawford, H.J. (1997). Sustained attentional 

and disattentional abilities and arousability: Factor 

analysis and relationships to hypnotic susceptibility. 

Personality and Individual Diffeerences, 23(6), 

1071-1084. 

Lyons, W. (1985). The disappearance of introspection. 

Cambridge MA: Bradford. 

M 

Mabille, H., Ramadier, J. (1886). Deroulement spontane ou 

provoque d’etats successifs de personnalite chez un 


hystero-epileptique. Revue de l’Hypnotisme, 2, 42-48. 

Mabru, G. (1859). I magnetizzatori giudicati da loro stessi: 

Nuova investigazione sul magnetismo animale. Opera 

dedicata alla classe letteraria, a'medici, alla magistratura 

ed al clero. Napoli: Vitale. 

MacHovec, F.J. (1975). Hypnosis, its practice and its 

promise. Mount Vernon NY: Peter Pauper. 

MacHovec, F.J. (1975). Hypnotism before Mesmer. 


MacHovec, F.J. (1986). Hypnosis complications: Prevention 

and risk management. Springfield IL: Thomas. 

MacHovec, F.J. (1987). Hypnosis complications: Six cases. 


MacHovec, F.J. (1988). Hypnosis complications, risk factors, 

and prevention. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 31, 40-49. 

MacHovec, F.J., Man, S.C. (1975). Acupuncture and 

hypnosis compared: Fifty-eight cases. American Journal 


Machovic, F.J. (1979). The cult of Asklipios. American 


Macintosh, L. (2008). Review of the many parts of you. 


Hypnosis, 29(2), 40-42. 

MacKay, C. (1841). Memoirs of extraordinary popular 

delusions and the madness of crowds. London: 

Routledge. 

Mackey, E.F. (2009). Age regression: A case study. Annals 

of the American Psychotherapy Association, 12(4), 

46-49. 

Mackey, E.F. (2010). Effects of hypnosis as an adjunct to 

intravenous sedation for third molar extraction: A randomized, 

blind, controlled study. International Journal 


Mackey, E.F. (2010). The use of hypnosis in the treatment 

of migraine headache: A case study. Annals of the 

American Psychotherapy Association, 13(3), 38-42. 

Mackillop, J., Lynn, S.J., Meyer, E. (2004). The impact of 

stage hypnosis on audience members and participants. 


Hypnosis, 52(3), 313-329. 

Macklis, R. (1993). Magnetic healing, quackery and the 

debate about the health effects of electromagnetic 

fields. Annals of Medicine, 118(5), 376-383. 

Macleod, A.D., Maycock, E. (1992). Awareness during 

anaesthesia and post traumatic stress disorder. Anaesthesia 

and Intensive Care, 20, 378-382. 

MacLeod, C.M. (2011). Hypnosis and the control of attention: 

Where to from here? Consciousness and Cognition, 

20(2), 321-324. 

Macmillan, M.B. (1976). Beard's concept of neurasthenia 

and Freud's concept of the actual neuroses. Journal of 


the History of Behavioral Sciences, 12(4), 376-390. 

Macmillan, M.B. (1979). Delboeuf and Janet as influences 

in Freud's treatment of Emmy von N. Journal of the 

History of Behavioral Sciences, 15(4), 299-309. 

Macvaugh, G.S. (1979). Frigidity: What you should know 

about its cure with hypnosis. New York: Pergamon. 

Madigan, C.O., Elwood, A. (1983). Brainstorms and 

thunderbolts. New York: Macmillan. 

Madrid, A., Rostel, G., Pennington, D., Murphy, D. (1995). 

Subjective assessment of allergy relief following group 

hypnosis and self-hypnosis: A preliminary study. 


Madsen, C.H., London, P. (1966). Role playing and hypnotic 

susceptibility in children. Journal of Personality 


Maggiorani, C. (1869). La magnete e i nervosi: Centuria di 

osservationi. Milano: Vallardi. 

Maggiorani, C. (1879). Influenza del magnetismo sul cervelletto: 

Discorso accademico. Roma: Romana. 

Maggiorani, C. (1880). Influenza del magnetismo sulla vita 

animale. Napoli: Detken. 

Magini, G. (1887). Le maraveglie dell’ipnotismo. Sommario 

dei principali fenomeni del somnambulismo provocato, 

e metodi di sperimentazione. Torino: Loescher. 

Magnan, J.T. (1959). Hypnosis: A medico-moral evaluation. 

Linacre Quarterly, May, 39-48. 

Magnetic Physician (1871) pseudonym of Aaron S. Hayward. 

Vital magnetic cure: An exposition of vital 

magnetism and its application to the treatment of mental 

and physical disease. Boston: White and Co. 

Magrini, L. (1842). Sulla musica e sul magnetismo animale: 

Pensieri. Milano: Resnati. 

Magrini, N., Vaccheri, A., Parma, E., D'Alessandro, R., 

Bottoni, A., Occhionero, M., Montanaro, N. (1996). 

Use of benzodiazepines in the Italian general population: 

prevalence, pattern of use and risk factors for use. 

European Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, 50(1-2), 

19-25. 

Maher-Loughnan, G.P. (1970). Hypnosis and autohypnosis 

for the treatment of asthma. International Journal of 


Maher-Loughnan, G.P., MacDonald, N., Mason, A.A., Fry, 

L. (1962). Controlled trial of hypnosis in the symptomatic 

treatment of asthma. British Medical Journal, 2, 

371-376. 

Maher-Loughnan, S.P., Kinsley, B.J. (1968). Hypnosis for 

asthma, a controlled trial: A report to the Research 

Committee of the British Tuberculosis Association. 

British Medical Journal, 4, 71-76. 

Maine de Biran (1803) pseudonym of M.F.P. Gonthier de 

Biran. Influence de l'habitude sur la faculté de penser. 

Paris: Henrichs. 




Biran. Nouvelles considérations sur le sommeil, les 

songes et le somnambulisme; mémoire re-publiè 

posthume de M. Maine de Biran, lu à l’Académie des 

sciences morales et politiques, le 31 mai, 1834. Paris: 

Cousin. 


Biran. Essai sur les fondements de la psychologie et sur 

ses rapports avec l'étude de la nature. In: Oeuvres 

inédites de Maine de Biran, publiées par Ernest Naville 

et Marc Debrit: Tome 1. Paris: Dezobry Magdeleine, 

1859. 


Biran. Nouvelles considérations sur les rapports du 

physique et du moral de l'homme. Ouvrage posthume 

publié par M. Cousin. Paris: Ladrange. 

Mairs, D.A.E. (1995). Hypnosis and pain in childbirth. 


Mais, C. (1814). The surprising case of Rachel Baker, who 

prays and preaches in her sleep: with specimens of her 

extraordinary performances taken down accurately in 

short hand at the time; and showing the unparalleled 

powers she possesses to pray, exhort, and answer questions, 

during her unconscious state. The whole authenticated 

by the most respectable testimony of living 

witnesses. New York: Marks. 

Makari, G.J. (1994). Franz Anton Mesmer and the case of 

the blind pianist. Hospital and Community Psychiatry, 

45(2), 106-110. 

Maldonado, J.R., Spiegel, D. (1998). Trauma, dissociation, 

and hypnotizability. In: Michelson L.K., Ray W.J., editors. 

Trauma, memory, and dissociation. Washington 

DC: American Psychiatric Press, 57-106. 

Malesani, P.G. (2004). Quiete e tempeste dell'essere: Ipnosi 

e metodi di rilassamento per educatori ed operatori sociosanitari. 

Verona: Res. 

Malinconico, F. (1857). Il magnetismo animale riguardato 

nel triplice rapporto filosofico, morale, religioso. Lecce: 

Reale Ospizio S. Ferdinando. 

Mallard, D., Bryant, R.A. (2001). Hypnotic color blindness 

and performance on the Stroop test. International 


330-338. 

Malon, D.W., Berardi, D. (1987). Hypnosis with 

self-cutters. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 41, 

531-541. 

Malone, M.D., Kurtz, R.M., Strube, M.J. (1989). The effects 

of hypnotic suggestion on pain report. American 


Malone, M.D., Strube, M.J. (1988). Meta-analysis of 

nonmedical treatments for chronic pain. Pain, 34, 

231-244. 

Malott, J.M. (1984). Active-alert hypnosis: Replication and 

extension of previous research. Journal of Abnormal 

Psychology, 93(2), 246-249. 

Mammini, C. (2009). Il trattamento ipnotico di soggetti con 

intolleranze alimentari. In: Valerio, C., Mammini, C., a 

cura. L’evoluzione clinica dell’ipnosi. Milano: Angeli, 

26-42. 

Manca Uccheddu, O., Viola, A. (2005). Ipnosi e suggestione 

in psicoterapia. Milano: Giuffrè. 

Mancini, S. (2000). Chronique: Magnétisme animal et 

sciences psychiques (1784-1935); La redécouverte d'un 

continent perdu. Diogene, 190, 138-147. 

Mandle, C.L., Domar, A.D., Harrington, D.P., Leserman, 

J., Bozadjian, E.M., Friedman, R., Benson, H. (1990). 

Relaxation response in femoral angiography. Radiology. 

174(3Pt1), 737-739. 

Mandle, C.L., Jacobs, S.C., Arcari, P.M. (1996). The efficacy 

of relaxation response interventions with adult 

patients: A review of the literature. Journal of Cardiovascular 

Nursing, 10(3), 4-26. 

Manganiello, A.J. (1984). A comparative study of hypnotherapy 

and psychotherapy in the treatment of methadone 

addicts. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

26(4), 273-279. 

Manganiello, A.J. (1986). Hypnotherapy in the rehabilitation 

of a stroke victim: A case study. American Journal 


Manmiller, J.L., Kumar, V.K., Pekala, R.J. (2005). 

Hypnotizability, creative capacity, creativity styles, 

absorption, and phenomenological experience during 

hypnosis. Creativity Research Journal. 17(1), 9-24. 

Mann, B.J., Sanders, S. (1995). The effects of light, temperature, 

trance length, and time of day on hypnotic 

depth. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 37(3), 

43-53. 

Manson, D. (2006). The trance of the ecstatica: Margaret 

Fuller, animal magnetism, and the transcendent female 

body. Literature and Medicine, 25(2), 298-324. 

Manusov, E. G., Murray, G. (1992). Acute trauma and 

hypnosis. Military Medicine, 157, 504-505. 

Manzoni, G.M., Pagnini, F., Castelnuovo, G., Molinari, E. 

(2008). Relaxation training for anxiety: A ten-years 

systematic review with meta-analysis. BMC Psychiatry, 

2, 8, 41. 

Maquet, P., Faymonville, M.E., Degueldre, C., Delfiore, 

G., Franck, G., Luxen, A., Lamy, M. (1999). Functional 

neuroanatomy of hypnotic state. Biological Psychiatry, 

45, 327-333. 

Marat, J.P. (1784). Mémoire sur l'électricité médicale. 

Paris: Méquignon. 

Marc, I., Rainville, P., Masse, B., Verreault, R., 

Vaillancourt, L., Vallée, E., Dodin, S. (2009). Hypnotic 

analgesia intervention during first-trimester pregnancy 

termination: An open randomized trial. American 


Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 199(5), 

469.e1-469.e9. 

Marcel, A. (1983). Conscious and unconscious perception: 

Experiments in visual masking and word recognition. 

Cognitive Psychology, 15, 197-257. 

Marchand, P., Moulin, J.L., Merle, J.C. (2002). L'hypnose 

pour traiter les nausees et vomissements: Ca marche! 

Revue Medicale de Liege, 57(6), 382-384. 

Marchioro, G., Azzarello, G., Viviani, F., Barbato, F., Pavanetto, 

M., Rosetti, F., Pappagallo, G.L., Vinante, O. 

(2000). Hypnosis in the treatment of anticipatory nausea 

and vomiting in patients receiving cancer chemotherapy. 

Oncology, 59(2), 100-104. 

Marcus, J., Elkins, G., Mott, F. (2003). The integration of 

hypnosis into a model of palliative care. Integrative 

Cancer Therapy, 2(4), 365-370. 

Marcus, K.M. (1995). The representation of mesmerism in 

Honoré de Balzac’s La comédie humaine. New York: 

Lang. 

Marcuse, F.L. (1953). Anti-social behavior and hypnosis. 


Hypnosis, 1, 18- 20. 

Marcuse, F.L. (1959). Hypnosis: Fact and fiction. Baltimore: 

Penguin. 

Marcuse, F.L. (1964) editor. Hypnosis throughout the 

world. Springfield IL: Thomas. 

Marcuse, F.L., Phipps, G.T. (1956). A demonstration of 

dental extraction with hypnotic anaesthesia. Journal of 


Marcuse, H. (1964). One-dimensional man. Boston: Beacon. 

Marcuse, H. (1965). Repressive Toleranz. In: Wolff, M., 

Marcuse, H.: Kritik der reinen Toleranz. Frankfurt: 

Suhrkamp. 

Margetts, E.L. (1953). The concept of the unconscious in 

the history of medical psychology. Journal Psychiatric 

Quarterly, 27(1), 115-138. 

Margnelli, M. (2004). Natura e struttura di alcuni stati di 

coscienza. Milano: Poletto. 

Margolis, C.G. (1997). Hypnotic trance: The old and the 

new. Primary Care: Clinics in Office Practice, 24(4), 

809-823. 

Margolis, C.G., Domangue, B.B., Ehleben, C., Shrier, L. 

(1983). Hypnosis in the early treatment of burns: A pilot 


9-15. 

Margolis, J., Margolis, C.G. (1979). The theory of hypnosis 

and the concept of persons. Behaviorism, 7, 97-111. 

Marinelli, L., Mayer, A. (2000) editors. Die Lesbarkeit der 

Träume. Zur Geschichte von Freuds «Traumdeutung». 

Frankfurt-im-Main: Fischer. 

Marinelli, L., Mayer, A. (2000). Vom ersten Methodenbuch 


zum historischen Dokument. Freuds Traumdeutung im 

Prozeß ihrer Lektüren (1899-1930). In: Marinelli, L., 

Mayer, A., editors. Die Lesbarkeit der Träume. Zur 

Geschichte von Freuds «Traumdeutung». Frankfurt-im-Main: 

Fischer, 37-125. 

Marinelli, L., Mayer, A. (2003). Freud’s The interpretation 

of dreams: A history. New York, The Other Press. 

Markous, W.L. (1966). Cutaneous color sensitivity: explanation 

and demonstration. Psychological Review, 

73(4), 280-294. 

Marks, J.D. (1979). The search for the “Manchurian Candidate.” 

The CIA and mind control: The secret history 

of the behavioral sciences. New York: Times Books. 

Marks, N.J., Karl, H., Onisiphorou, C.A. (1985). Controlled 

trial of hypnotherapy in tinnitus. Clinical Otolaryngology, 

10(1), 43-46. 

Marks, R.W. (1947). The story of hypnotism. New York: 

Prentice-Hall. 

Markwell, E.D. (1965). Alterations in self-concept under 

hypnosis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 

1(2), 154-161. 

Marmer, M.J. (1956). The role of hypnosis in anesthesiology. 


JAMA, 162(5), 441-443. 

Marmer, M.J. (1959). Hypnoanalgesia and 

hypnoanesthesia for cardiac surgery. American Journal 


Marmer, M.J. (1959). Hypnosis in anaesthesiology. Oxford: 

Blackwell. 

Marmer, M.J. (1961). Present applications of hypnosis in 

anesthesiology. Western Journal of Surgery, Obstetrics 

and Gynecology, 69, 260-263. 

Marmin, N. (2001). Métapsychique et psychologie en 

France (1880-1940). Revue d'Histoire des Sciences 

Humaines, 4, 145-171. 

Marone, F. (2002). Suggestions from the unconscious: 

Freud, hypnosis, and the mind-body problem. In: Van 

de Vijver, G., Geerardyn, F., editors. The 

pre-psychoanalytic writings of Sigmund Freud. London: 

Karnac. 

Maroof, M., Ahmed, S.M., Khan, R.M., Bano, S.J., Haque, 

A.W. (1997). Intra-operative suggestions reduce incidence 

of post hysterectomy emesis. Journal of the Pakistan 

Medical Association, 47(8), 202-204. 

Marquer, B. (2004). Lombroso et l'École de la Salpêtrière: 

Du bon usage du cliché. In: Cesare Lombroso e la fine 

del secolo, la verità dei corpi. Atti del Convegno di 

Genova 24-25 Settembre 2004. Genova: Quaderni del 

Dipartimento, Università di Genova, Tilgher. 

Marquer, B. (2008). Beyond the theatre of desire: Hysterical 

performativity and perverse choreography in the 

writings of the Salpêtrière school, 1862-1893. In: Cryle, 



P.M., Forth, C.E., editors. Sexuality at the fin-de-siècle: 

The making of a central problem. Newark: University 

of Delaware Press. 

Marquer, B. (2008). Les romans de la Salpêtrière: réception 

d'une scénographie clinique; Jean-Martin Charcot dans 

l'imaginaire fin-de-siècle. Genève: Droz. 

Marquet, P., Faymonville, M.E., Degueldre, C., Delfiore, 

G., Franck, G., Luxen, A., Lamy, M. (1999). Functional 

neuroanatomy of hypnotic state. Biological Psychiatry, 

45, 327-333. 

Marshall, J.C., Halligan, P.W., Fink, G.R., Wade, D.T., 

Frackowiak, R.S.J. (1997). The functional anatomy of a 

hysterical paralysis. Cognition, 64, B1-B8. 

Martin, A.A., Rai, S.H., Curry, R.W.(2001). The effects of 

hypnosis on the labour processes and birth outcomes of 

pregnant adolescents. Journal of Family Practice, 50, 

441-443. 

Martin, A.A., Schauble, P.G., Rai, S.H., Curry, R.W.Jr. 

(2001). The effects of hypnosis on the labor processes 

and birth outcomes of pregnant adolescents. Journal of 

Family Practice, 50(5), 441-443. 

Martin, E., Cohen, O.D. (1965). Tonometry and hypnosis. 

Australian Journal of Optometry, 48(5), 136-139. 

Martin, J. (1983). Helping the dying to live: Through 

hypnosis. Journal of the American Medical Association 

JAMA , 249(3), 322-323. 

Martin, J. (1983). Hypnosis also useful in rehabilitation 

therapy. Journal of the American Medical Association 

JAMA , 249(12), 1536. 

Martin, J. (1983). Hypnosis gains legitimacy, respect, in 

diverse clinical specialties. Journal of the American 


Martin, J. (1983). Hypnosis may reduce hemophiliacs' 

blood needs. Journal of the American Medical Association 

JAMA, 250(14), 1814-1815. 

Martin, M. (1990). On the induction of mood. Clinical 


Martineau, H. (1845). Letters on mesmerism. London: 

Moxon. 

Martinez Salazar, G.M., Faintuch, S., Lang, E. (2008). 

Adjunctive hypnotic management of acute pain in invasive 

medical interventions. Integrative Pain Medicine, 

3, 211-224. 

Martinez Salazar, G.M., Faintuch, S., Laser, E., Lang, E. 

(2010). Hypnosis during invasive medical and surgical 

procedures. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, I., editors. 



575-592. 

Martinez-Taboas, A. (2002). The role of hypnosis in the 

detection of psychogenic seizures. American Journal of 


Martínez-Tendero, J., Capafons, A., Weber, V., Cardeña, E. 

(2001). Rapid self-hypnosis: A new self-hypnosis 

method and its comparison with the Hypnotic Induction 

Profile (HIP). American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

44(1), 3-11. 

Martínez-Valero, C., Castel, A., Capafons, A., Sala, J., 

Espejo, B., Cardeña, E. (2008). Hypnotic treatment 

synergizes the psychological treatment of fibromyalgia: 

A pilot study. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

50(4), 311-321. 

Martorano, J.T., Oestreicher, C. (1966). Hypnosis of the 

deaf mentally ill: A clinical study. American Journal of 

Psychiatry, 123, 605-606. 

Maser, J.D., Gallup, G.G. (1974). Tonic immobility in the 

chicken: Catalepsy potentiation by uncontrollable shock 

and alleviation by imipramine. Psychosomatic Medicine, 

36(3), 199-205. 

Mashour, G.A., Wang, L.Y.-J., Turner, C.R., Vandervest, 

J.C., Shanks, A., Tremper, K.K. (2009). A retrospective 

study of intraoperative awareness with methodological 

implications. Anesthesia and Analgesia, 108, 521-526. 

Masini, M. (s.d.). Il potere dell'ipnosi. Milano: Olympia 

Press. 

Maslach, C., Marshall, G., Zimbardo, P.G. (1972). Hypnotic 

control of peripheral skin temperature: A case 

report. Psychophysiology, 9(6), 600-605. 

Maslow, A. (1970). Religion, values and peak experiences. 

New York: Viking. 

Mason, A.A. (1952). Case of congenital ichthyosiform 

erythrodermia of Brocq treated by hypnosis. British 

Medical Journal, 23.2(4781), 422-423. 

Mason, A.A. (1960). Hypnotism for medical and dental 

practitioners. London: Secker and Warburg. 

Mason, J.D., Rogerson, D.R., Butler, J.D. (1996). Client 

centred hypnotherapy in the management of tinnitus: Is 

it better than counselling? Journal of Laryngology and 

Otology, 110(2), 117-120. 

Massarini, M., Rovetto, F., Tagliaferri, C. (2005). Preoperative 

hypnosis: A controlled study to assess the 

effects on anxiety and pain in the postoperative period. 

European Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 6(1), 8-15. 

Masters, K.S. (1992). Hypnotic susceptibility, cognitive 

dissociation, and runner’s high in a sample of marathon 

runners. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 34(3), 

193-201. 

Masters, P. (2008). Look into my eyes: How to use hypnosis 

to bring out the best in your sex life. Seattle WA: 

CreateSpace. 

Mastronardi, V.M. (1983). Devianza e psicopatologia sociale: 

10 anni di ricerche in tema di ipnosi e training 

autogeno. Bari: Levante. 

Mastronardi, V.M. (1998). Le strategie della comunicazione 

umana: La persuasione, le influenze sociali, i 

mass media. Milano: Angeli. 


Mastronardi, V.M. (2006). Ipnosi e narcoanalisi. In: Volterra, 

V., a cura. Trattato italiano di psichiatria, psichiatria 

forense, criminologia ed etica psichiatrica. 

Milano: Masson., 119- 126. 

Mastronardi, V.M., Costanzo, S. (2003). Ipnosi investigativa 

e in psichiatria forense. In: Strano, M., a cura. 

Manuale di criminologia clinica. Firenze: SEE, 

711-730. 

Matheson, G. (1979). Modification of depressive symptoms 

through posthypnotic suggestion. American 

Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 22 (1), 61-64 

Matheson, G., Drever, J.M. (1990). Psychological preparation 

of the patient for breast reconstruction. Annals of 

Plastic Surgery, 24, 238-47. 

Matheson, T. (1998). Alien abductions: Creating a modern 

phenomenon. Buffalo NY: Prometheus. 

Matthews M.J., Flatt S. (1999). The efficacy of hypnotherapy 

in the treatment of migraine. Nursing Standard, 

14(7), 33-36. 

Matthews, J. (1991). The celtic shaman: A handbook. 

Shaftesbury UK: Element Books. 

Matthews, W.J., Conti, J., Starr, L. (1999). Ericksonian 

hynosis: A review of the empirical data. Sleep and 

Hypnosis. 1(1), 47-56. 

Mattioli, G., Scalzone, F. (2002) a cura. Attualità dell'isteria: 

Malattia desueta o posizione originaria? Milano: 

Angeli. 

Mattison, H. (1854). The rappers. New York: Long and 

Brother. 

Mauersberger, K., Artz, K., Duncan, B., Gurgevich, S. 

(2000). Can children with spastic cerebral palsy use 

self-hypnosis to reduce muscle tone? A preliminary 

study. Integrative Medicine, 2(2), 93-96. 

Maury, L.F.A. (1861). Le sommeil et les rêves. Paris: 

Didier. 

Mauss M. (1902-1903). Esquisse d’une théorie générale de 

la magie. Année Sociologique, 5-6, 1-146. 

Mawdsley, J.E., Jenkins, D.G., Macey, M.G., Langmead, 

L., Rampton, D.S. (2008). The effect of hypnosis on 

systemic and rectal mucosal measures of inflammation 

in ulcerative colitis. American Journal of Gastroenterology, 

103, 1460-1469. 

May, J.R., Edmonston, W.E. (1966). Hypnosis and a 

plethysmographic measure of two types of situation 

anxiety. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 9(2), 

109-113. 

Mayer, A. (1999). Von Galtons Mischphotographien zu 

Freuds Traumfiguren. Psychometrische und 

psychoanalytische Inszenierungen von Typen und 

Fällen. In: Hagner, M., editor. Ecce Cortex: Beiträge 

zur Geschichte des modernen Gehirns. Göttingen: 

Wallstein, 110-143. 


Mayer, A. (2001). Objets perdus: Matérialiser et 

dématérialiser l’inconscient de Charcot à Freud. 

Ethnopsy, 2, 67-89. 

Mayer, A. (2006). Lost objects: From the laboratories of 

hypnosis to the psychoanalytic setting. Science in 

Context, 19(1), 37-64. 

Mayo, H. (1851). On the truths contained in popular superstitions 

with an account of mesmerism. Edinburgh: 

Blackwood. 

Mazzoni, G., Heap, M., Scoboria, A. (2010). Hypnosis and 

memory: Theory, laboratory research and applications. 

In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, I., editors. Handbook 



Mazzoni, G., Heap, M., Scoboria, A. (2010). Hypnosis and 

memory: Theory, laboratory research, and applications. 

In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, I., editors. Handbook 

of clinical hypnosis, Second edition. Washington DC: 


Mazzoni, G., Loftus, E.F., Seitz, A., Lynn, S.J. (1999). 

Changing beliefs and memories through dream interpretation. 

Applied Cognitive Psychology, 13(2), 

125-144. 

Mazzoni, G., Rotriquenz, E., Carvalho, C., Vannucci, M., 

Roberts, K., Kirsch, I. (2009). Suggested visual hallucinations 

in and out of hypnosis. Consciousness and 

Cognition, 18 (2), 494-499. 

McAleney, P.J., Barabasz, A., Barabasz, M. (1990). Effects 

of flotation restricted environmental stimulation on intercollegiate 

tennis performance, Perceptual and Motor 

Skills, 71, 1023-1028. 

McAmmond, D.M., Davidson, P.O., Kovitz, D.M. (1971). 

A comparison of the effects of hypnosis and relaxation 

training on stress reactions in a dental situation. American 


McBain, W.N. (1954). Imagery and suggestibility: A test of 

the Arnold hypothesis. Journal of Abnormal and Social 


McCabe, J. (1920). Is spiritualism based on fraud? The 

evidence of Sir A. Conan Doyle and others drastically 

examined. London: Watts. 

McCabe, M.P., Collins, J.K., Jupp, J.J., Walker, W, Sutton, 

J.E. (1983). The role of sex of therapist and group vs. 

individual therapy in treatment outcome using hypnosis 

with obese female patients: A research note. Australian 


107-109. 

McCann B.S., Landes, S.J. (2010). Hypnosis in the treatment 

of depression: considerations in research design 

and methods. International Journal of Clinical and 


McCann, T., Sheehan, P.W. (1988). Hypnotically induced 



pseudomemories: Sampling their conditions among 

hypnotizable subjects. Journal of Personality and Social 


McCann, T.E., Sheehan, P.W. (1989). Pseudomemory 

creation and confidence in the experimental hypnosis 

context. British Journal of Experimental and Clinical 

Hypnosis, 6 (3), 151-159. 

McCarthy, K. (1984). Psychotherapy and religion: The 

emmanuel movement. Journal of Religion and Health, 

23(2), 92-105. 

McCarthy, P. (1998). Hypnosis in obstetrics. Australian 

Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, Vol 

26(1), 35-42. 

McCarthy, P. (2001). Hypnosis in obstetrics and gynecology. 

In: Thomas, C., Fredericks, L.E., editor. The use of 

hypnosis in surgery and anesthesiology. Springfield IL: 

Norton, 163-211. 

McCauley, J.D., Thelen, M.H., Frank, R.G., Willard, R.R., 

Callen, K.E. (1983). Hypnosis compared to relaxation 

in the outpatient management of chronic low back pain. 

Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 

64(11), 548-552. 

McClenon, J. (1997). Spiritual healing and folklore research: 

Evaluating the hypnosis-placebo theory. Alternative 

Therapies in Health and Medicine, 3, 61-66. 

McClure, E.B., Lilienfeld, S.O. (2002). The dark side of 

absorption: Empirical associations between an experiential 

response style and hypochondriacal concerns. 

Journal of Research in Personality, 36(6), 573-579. 

McColl, D. (2001). Precision therapy: A professional 

manual of fast and effective hypnoanalysis techniques. 


McComas, H.C. (1917).General reviews and summaries: 

recent literature on hypnotism. Psychological Bulletin, 

14(7), 243-245. 

McComb, S., Coriat, I.H., Worcester, E. (1908). Religion 

and medicine: The moral control of nervous disorders. 

New York: Moffat, Yard, and Co. 

McConkey, K.M. (1986). Opinions about hypnosis and 

self-hypnosis before and after hypnotic testing. International 


34, 311-319. 

McConkey, K.M. (2008). Generations and landscapes of 

hypnosis: Questions we’ve asked, questions we should 

ask. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., editors. Oxford handbook 

of hypnosis. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 53-78. 

McConkey, K.M., Bryant, R.A., Bibb, B.C., Kihlstrom, J.F. 

(1991). Trance logic in hypnosis and imagination. 


McConkey, K.M., Jupp, J.J. (1985). Opinions about the 

forensic use of hypnosis. Australian Psychologist, 20, 

283-291. 

McConkey, K.M., Jupp, J.J. (1986). A survey of opinions 

about hypnosis. British Journal of Experimental Hypnosis, 

3, 87-93. 

McConkey, K.M., Kinoshita, S. (1988). The influence of 

hypnosis on memory after one day and one week. 


McConkey, K.M., Roche, S.M., Sheehan, P.W. (1989). 

Reports of forensic hypnosis: A critical analysis. Australian 

Psychologist, 24(2), 249-272. 

McConkey, K.M., Sheehan, P.W. (1995). Hypnosis, 

memory, and behavior in criminal investigation. New 


McConnell, J.V., Cutler, R.L., McNeil, E.B. (1958). Subliminal 

stimulation: An overview. American Psychologist, 

13(5), 229-242. 

McCormack, D. (2010). Hypnosis for hyperemesis 

gravidarum. Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, 

30(7), 647-653. 

McCormack, K., Gruzelier, J. (1993). Cerebral asymmetry 

and hypnosis: A signal detection analysis of divided 

visual field stimulation. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

102. 352-257. 

McCranie, E.J., Crasilneck, H.B., Teter, H.R. (1955). The 

electro-encephalogram in hypnotic age regression. 

Psychiatric Quarterly, 29(1), 85-88. 

McCulley, D. (1994). Satanic ritual abuse: A question of 

memory. Psychology and Theology, 22(3), 167-172. 

McCulloch, J. (1995). Colonial psychiatry and "the African 

Mind". New York: Cambridge University Press. 

McCullough, M.L. (2001). Freud’s seduction theory and its 

rehabilitation: A saga of one mistake after another. Review 

of General Psychology, 5(1), 3-22. 

McDanal, C.E. (1993). Obesity, multiple personality disorder, 

and hypnosis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 

150(8), 1274. 

McDougall, W. (1930). Autobiography. In: Murchison, C., 

editor. A history of psychology in autobiography. Vol. 1. 

New York: Russell and Russell, 191-223. 

McDowell, M. (1949). Juvenile warts removed with the aid 

of hypnotic suggestion. Bulletin of the Menninger 

Clinic, 13, 124-126. 

McGarry, J. (1987). Mesmerism vs hypnosis: A comparison 

of relaxation responses and evaluation of mental 

and psychophysiological outcomes. Australian Journal 

of Clinical Hypnotherapy and Hypnosis, 8(1), 7-36. 

McGeown, W.J., Mazzoni, G., Venneri, A., Kirsch, I. 

(2009). Hypnotic suggestibility, cognitive inhibition, 

and dissociation. Consciousness and Cognition, 18(4), 

837-847. 

McGill, O. (1947). Encyclopedia of stage hypnotism. Colon 

MI: Abbots Magic. 

McGill, O. (1977). Professional stage hypnotism. Los 

Angeles: Westwood. 

McGill, O. (1979). Hypnotism and mysticismof India. 


Glendale CA: Westwood. 

McGill, O. (1981). Hypnotism and meditation: The operational 

manual for hypnomeditation. Glendale CA: 

Westwood. 

McGill, O. (1996). The new encyclopedia of stage hypnotism. 

St Clears UK: Anglo American Book Company. 

McGill, O. (2001). Seeing the unseen: A past life revealed 

through hypnotic regression. Carmethen UK: Crown 

House. 

McGin, C. (2008). Mindfucking: A critique of mental manipulation. 

Stockfield UK: Acumen. 

McGlashan, T.H., Evans, F.J., Orne, M.T. (1969). The nature 

of hypnotic analgesia and placebo resonse to experimental 

pain. Psychosomatic Medicine, 31, 227-246. 

McGuier, M.B. (1988). Ritual healing in suburban America. 

New Brunswick NJ: Rutgers University Press. 

McGuinness, T. (1984). Hypnosis in the treatment of phobias: 

A review of the literature. American Journal of 


McGuirk, J., Fitzgerald, D., Friedmann, P.S., Oakley, D., 

Salmon, P. (1998). The effect of guided imagery in a 

hypnotic context on forearm blood flow. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 15(2), 101-108. 

McIntosh, I.B., Hawney, M. (1983). Patients attitudes to 

hypnotherapy in a general medical practice: A brief 



McKeen Cattell, J. (1943). Proposed changes in the 

American Psychological Association. Psychological 

Review, 50, 61-64. 

McKelvie, S.J., Pullara, M. (1988). Effects of hypnosis and 

level of processing on repeated recall of line drawings. 

Journal of General Psychology, 115(3), 315-329. 

McLeskey, C.H., Aitkenhead, A.R. (1994). Prevention of 

awareness. American Society of Anesthesiologists ASA 

Newsletter, 58, 12-15. 

McLintock, T.T., Aitken, H., Downie, C.F., Kenny, G.N. 

(1990). Postoperative analgesic requirements in patients 

exposed to positive intraoperative suggestions. British 


McMahon, C.E.(1976). The role of imagination in the 

disease process: Pre-Cartesian histroy. Psychological 

Medicine, 6(2), 179-184. 

McMahon, C.E., Hastrup, J.L. (1980). The role of imagination 

in the disease process: Post-Cartesian history. 

Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 3(2), 205-217. 

McMaster, N. (1993). Behaviour modification with hypnotic 

visualisation, the mental side of golf: A case history. 


Hypnosis, 14(1), 17-22. 

McNally, R. (1999). EMDR and Mesmerism: A comparative 

historical analysis. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 


13. 225-236. 

McNally, R.J. (2003a). Remembering trauma. Cambridge 


McNally, R.J. (2003b). Progress and controversy in the 

study of posttraumatic stress disorder. Annual Review of 


McNally, R.J. (2003c). Recovering memories of trauma: A 

view from the laboratory. Current Directions in Psychological 

Science, 12(1), 32-35. 

McNally, R.J., Clancy, S.A. (2005). Sleep paralysis, sexual 

abuse, and space alien abduction. Transcultural Psychiatry, 

42(1), 113-122. 

McNeal, S. (2008). Healthy narcissism and ego state therapy. 


Hypnosis, 56(1), 19-36. 

McReynolds, P. (1997). Lightner Witmer: His life and 

times. Washington DC: American Psychological Association. 

Mead, R. (1704). De imperio solis ac lunae in corpora 

humana: Et morbis inde oriundis. London: Brindley. 

Meares, A. (1957). A working hypothesis as to the nature of 

hypnosis. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 77(5), 

549-555. 

Meares, A. (1957). Hypnography: A study in the therapeutic 

use of hypnotic painting. Springfield IL: Thomas. 

Meares, A. (1960). A system of medical hypnosis. Philadelphia: 

Saunders. 

Meares, A. (1961). An evaluation of the dangers of medical 


90-97. 

Medd, D. (1992). The use of hypnosis in multiple sclerosis: 

Four case studies. Contemporary Hypnosis, 9(1), 62-65. 

Meeker, W.B., Barber, T.X. (1971). Toward an explanation 

of stage hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

77(1), 61–70. 

Meerloo, J.A.M. (1951). First aid in acute panic states. 

American Journal of Psychotherapy, 5, 367-371. 

Meerloo, J.A.M. (1956). The rape of the mind: The psychology 

of thought control, menticide, and brainwashing. 

Cleveland: World Publishing Company. 

Megas, J.C., Coe, W.C. (1975). Hypnosis as 

role-enactment: the effect of positive information about 

hypnosis on self-role congruence. American Journal of 


Méheust, B. (1978). Science-fiction et soucoupes volantes: 

Une réalité mythico-physique. Paris: Mercure de 

France. 

Méheust, B. (1999). Somnambulisme et mediumnité 

(1784-1930): Vol. 1.: Le défi du magnétisme animal 

(Somnambulism and mediumship (1784-1930): Vol. 1: 

The challenge of animal magnetism). Le 

Plessis-Robinson FR: Institut Synthélabo pour de 



Progrès de la Connaissance. 

Mehl, L.E. (1988). Hypnosis in preventing premature labor. 

Journal of Prenatal andPerinatal Psychology and 

Health, 8, 234-240. 

Mehl, L.E. (1994). Hypnosis and conversion of the breech 

to the vertex presentation. Archives of Family Medicine, 

3, 881-887. 

Mehl, L.E., Donovan, S., Peterson, G. (1988). The role of 

hypnotherapy in facilitating normal birth. In: 

Fedor-Freyburgh, P.G., Vogel, M.L.V., editors. Encounter 

with the unborn: Perinatal psychology and 

medicine. Park Ridge NJ: Parthenon, 189-207. 

Mehl-Madrona, L.E. (2004). Hypnosis to facilitate uncomplicated 

birth. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

46(4), 299-312. 

Mehrstedt, M., Wikstrom, P.O. (1997) editors. Hypnosis in 

dentistry. Munich DE: MEG Stiftung. 

Meichenbaum, D.H. (1975). A self-instructional approach 

to stress management: A proposal for stress inoculation 

training. In: Spielberger, C.D., Sarason, I., editor. Stress 

and anxiety. New York: Wiley, Vol. 2, 237-264. 

Meichenbaum, D.H., Turk, D.C. (1982). Stress, coping, and 

disease: A cognitive-behavioral perspective. In: 

Neufield, R.W.J., editor. Psychological stress and 

psychopathology. New York: McGraw-Hill, 289-306. 

Meier, W., Klucken, M., Soyka, D., Bromm, B. (1993). 

Hypnotic hypo- and hyperalgesia: Divergent effects on 

pain ratings and pain-related cerebral potentials. Pain, 

53(2), 175-181. 

Meiners, C. (1788). Über den thierischen Magnetismus. 

Lemgo: Werner. 

Meldman, M.J. (1960). Personality decompensation after 

hypnotic symptom suppression, Journal of the American 

Medical Association JAMA, 173, 359-364. 

Melei, J.P., Hilgard, E.R. (1964). Attitudes toward hypnosis, 

self- predictions, and hypnotic susceptibility. International 


Hypnosis,12, 99-108 

Melis, P.M., Rooimans, W., Spierings, E.L., Hoogduin, 

C.A. (1991). Treatment of chronic tension-type headache 

with hypnotherapy: A single- blind time controlled 

study. Headache, 31(10), 686-689. 

Mellegren, A. (1976). Hypnosis and artistic creation. 


Dentistry and Medicine, 23(4), 133-135. 

Mellinger, D.I. (1992). The role of hypnosis and imagery 

techniques in the treatment of agoraphobia: A case 

study. Contemporary Hypnosis, 9(1), 57-61. 

Mellinger, D.I. (2010). Hypnosis and the treatment of 

anxiety disorders. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, I., 

editors. Handbook of clinical hypnosis, Second edition. 


359-390. 

Melnick, J., Russell, R.W. (1976). Hypnosis versus systematic 

desensitization in the treatment of test anxiety. 

Journal of Counseling Psychology, 23(4), 291-295. 

Melzack, R., Perry, C. (1975). Self-regulation of pain: The 

use of alpha-feedback and hypnotic training for the 

control of chronic pain. Experimental Neurology, 46, 

452-469. 

Mende, E-M., Mende, M. (2011). Integrating animals in 

psychotherapy: The dog as co-therapist in the hypnotherapeutic 

treatment of trauma; A case report. Contemporary 

Hypnosis and Integrative Therapy, 28(1), 

8-16. 

Mende, M. (2006). The special effects of hypnosis and 

hypnotherapy: A contribution to an ecological model of 

therapeutic change. International Journal of Clinical 


Mendelsohn, A., Chalamish, Y., Solomonovich, A., Dudai, 

Y. (2008). Mesmerizing memories: Brain substrates of 

episodic memory suppression in posthypnotic amnesia. 

Neuron, 57(1), 159-170. 

Menzocchi, M., Paoletti, G., Carli, G., Scattina, E., Manzoni, 

D., Santarcangelo, E.L. (2010). 

Hypnotizability-related effects of vestibular impairment 

on posture and locomotion. International Journal of 


Merikle, P.M. (1992). Perception without awareness: Critical 

issues. American Psychologist, 47(6), 792-795. 

Merikle, P.M. (1997). Parallels between perception without 

attention and perception without awareness. Consciousness 


Merikle, P.M. (1998). Psychological investigations of unconscious 

perception. Journal of Consciousness Studies, 

1998, 5, 5-18. 

Merikle, P.M., Smilek, D., Eastwood, J.D. (2001). Perception 

without awareness: Perspectives from cognitive 

psychology. Cognition, 79(1-2), 115-134. 

Merskey, H. (1992). The manufacture of personalities: The 

production of multiple personality disorder. British 


Merskey, H. (1995). The analysis of hysteria: Understanding 

conversion and dissociation. London: Royal 

College of Psychiatrists. 

Merskey, H., Bogduk, N. (1994). Classification of chronic 

pain: Descriptions of chronic pain syndromes and definitions 

of pain terms; Second edition. Seattle WA: International 

Association for the Study of Pain, IASP 

Task Force on Taxonomy. 

Mesmer, F.A. (1766). De planetarum influxu in corpus 

humanum (Über den Einfluss der Gestirne auf den 

menschlichen Körper). Wien: Ghelen. 

Mesmer, F.A. (1775). Schreiben über die Magnetkur von 

Herrn. A. Mesmer, Doktor der Arzneygelahrtheit, an 

einen auswartigen Arzt. Wien: Kurzbock. 


Mesmer, F.A. (1778). Sammlung der neuesten gedruckten 

und geschriebenen Nachrichten von Magnet-Curen, 

vorzüglich der Mesmerischen. Leipzig: Hilscher 

Mesmer, F.A. (1779). Mémoire sur la découverte du 

magnétisme animal. Paris: Didot. 

Mesmer, F.A. (1781). Précis historique des faits relatifs au 

magnétisme animal jusques en Avril 1781. Tr. de 

l’allemand. London: s.n. 

Mesmer, F.A. (1799). Mémoire de F. A. Mesmer, docteur 

en médecine, sur ses découvertes. Paris: Fuchs. 

Mesmer, F.A. (1812). Allgemeine Erläuterungen über den 

Magnetismus und den Somnambulismus. Als 

vorläufige Einleitung in das Natursystem. Aus dem 

Askläpieion abgedruckt. Halle und Berlin: Hallischen 

Waisenhauses. 

Mesmer, F.A. (1814). Mesmerismus: Oder System der 

Wechselwirkungen, Theorie und Anwendung des 

thierischen Magnetismus als die allgemeine Heilkunde 

zur Erhaltung des Menschen. Herausgegeben von Dr. 

Karl Christian Wolfart. Berlin: Nikola. 

Mesnet, E. (1874). De l'automatisme de la mémoire et du 

souvenir dans le somnambulisme pathologique: Considérations 

médico-légales. Paris: Malteste. 

Mesnet, E. (1894). Outrages à la pudeur. Violences sur les 

organes sexuels de la femme dans le somnambulisme 

provoqué et la fascination. Étude médico-légale. Paris: 

Rueff. 

Meszaros, I., Szabo, C. (1999). Correlation of EEG 

asymmetry and hypnotic susceptibility. Acta 

Physiologica Hungarica, 86, 259–263. 

Mészáros, I., Szabó, C., Csákó, R.I. (2002). Hypnotic susceptibility 

and alterations in subjective experiences. 

Acta Biologica Hungarica, 53(4), 499-514. 

Métraux, A. (2000). Räume der Traumforschung vor und 

nach Freud. In: Marinelli, L., Mayer, A., editors. Die 

Lesbarkeit der Träume: Zur Geschichte von Freuds 

«Traumdeutung». Frankfurt-im-Main: Fischer, 

127-187. 

Metzinger, T. (2000) editor. Neural correlates of consciousness: 

Empirical and conceptual questions. Cambridge 

MA: MIT Press 

Meurisse, M., Defechereux, T., Hamoir, E., Maweja, S., 

Marchettini, P., Gollogly, L., Degauque, C., Joris, J., 

Faymonville, M.E. (1999). Hypnosis with conscious 

sedation instead of general anaesthesia? Applications in 

cervical endocrine surgery. Acta Chirurgica Belgica, 

99, 151-158. 

Meyer, D. (1980). The positive thinkers: Religion as pop 

psychology from Mary Baker Eddy to Oral Roberts. 

New York: Pantheon. 

Mialle, S. (1826). Exposé par ordre alphabétique des cures 

opérées en France par le magnétisme animal, depuis 


Mesmer jusqu’à nos jours (1774-1826). 2 Vol. Paris: 

Dentu. 

Michael, A.M. (1952). Hypnosis in childbirth. British 


Michaux,D. (1986). Le Magnétisme Animal: Constitution 

d'un phénomène et de sa représentation. Bulletin de la 

Société Française d'Hypnose, 2-3, 361-403. 

Michaux,D. (1987). Les sources du magnétisme: Le magnétiseur 

psychologue ou sorcier? In: Actes de la 

Journée du 27 Septembre 1986: Du Magnétisme à 

l'Hypnose. Journal de la Société Française d'Hypnose, 

2, 39-49. 

Michaux,D. (1995) editeur. La transe et l'hypnose. Paris: 

Imago. 

Michaux,D. (1998) editeur. Hypnose, langage et communication. 

Paris: Imago. 

Michaux,D. (2006) editeur. Hypnose et dissociation 

psychique. Paris: Imago. 

Michaux,D., Halfon, Y., Wood, C., (2009). Manuel 

d'hypnose pour les professions de santé. Paris: Maloine. 

Michelson, L.K., Ray, W.J. (1996) editors. Handbook of 

dissociation: Theoretical, empirical, and clinical perspectives. 


Midelfort, H.C.E. (2005). Exorcism and enlightenment: 

Johann Joseph Gassner and the demons of eighteenth-century 

Germany. New Haven CT: Yale University 

Press. 

Mikesell, S.G. (2000). Infertility and pregnancy loss: 

Hypnotic interventions for reproductive challenges. In: 

Hornyak, L.M., Green, J.P. (2000) editors. Healing 

from within: The use of hypnosis in women’s health 

care. Washington DC: American Psychological Association, 

191-212. 

Milgram, S. (1963). Behavioral study of obedience. Journal 

of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67, 371-378. 

Milgram, S. (1974). Obedience to authority: An experimental 

view. New York: Harper and Row. 

Milingo E. (1989). Contro Satana. Gardolo di Trento: 

Reverdito. 

Millar, K. (1993). Efficacy of therapeutic suggestions presented 

during anaesthesia: Re-analysis of conflicting 

results. British Journal of Anaesthesia, 71(4), 597-601. 

Miller, F., Barabasz, A., Barabasz, M. (1991). Effects of 

active alert and relaxation hypnotic inductions on cold 

pressor pain. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 100, 

223-226. 

Miller, G., Galanter, E., Pribram, K. (1960). Plans and the 

structure of behavior. New York: Holt. 

Miller, G.E., Cohen, S. (2001). Psychological interventions 

and the immune system: A meta-analytic review and 

critique. Health Psychology, 20(1), 47-63. 

Miller, L.S., Cross, H.J. (1985). Hypnotic susceptibility, 



hypnosis, and EMG biofeedback in the reduction of 

frontalis muscle tension. International Journal of 


Miller, M.E., Bowers, K.S. (1986). Hypnotic analgesia and 

stress inoculation in the reduction of pain, Journal of 


Miller, M.E., Bowers, K.S. (1993). Hypnotic analgesia: 

Dissociated experience or dissociated control? Journal 


Miller, M.M. (1959). Treatment of chronic alcoholism by 

hypnotic aversion. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

171(11), 1492-1495. 

Miller, M.M. (1979). Therapeutic hypnosis. New York: 

Human Sciences. 

Miller, R.D. (1984). The possible use of auto-hypnosis as a 

resistance during hypnotherapy. International Journal 


Miller, R.D., Stava, L.J. (1997). Hypnosis and dissimulation. 

In: Rogers, R., editor. Clinical assessment of malingering 

and deception; Second edition. New York, 


Miller, R.J. (1975). Response to the Ponzo illusion as a 

reflection of hypnotic susceptibility. International 


148-167. 

Miller, R.J., Hennessy, R.T., Leibowitz, H.W. (1973). The 

effect of hypnotic ablation of the background on the 

magnitude of the Ponzo perspective illusion. International 


21(3), 180-191. 

Miller, S.D., Berg, I.K. (1995). The miracle method: A 

radically new approach to problem drinking. New York: 

Norton. 

Miller, V, Jones, H, Whorwell, P.J. (2007). Hypnotherapy 

for non‐cardiac chest pain: Long‐term follow‐up. Gut, 

56(11), 1643. 

Miller, V., Whorwell, P.J. (2009). Hypnotherapy for functional 

gastrointestinal disorders: A review. International 


57(3), 279-292. 

Miller, W.S. (1935). Elisha Perkins and his metallic tractors. 

Yale Journal of Biology and Medicine, 8(1), 41-57. 

Millet, E. (2005). The benefit of group hypnotherapy in the 

treatment of sex addictions. Journal of Heart-Centered 

Therapies, 8(1), 95-103. 

Milling, L.S. (2008). Is high hypnotic suggestibility necessary 

for successful hypnotic pain intervention? Current 

Pain Headache Reports, 12(2), 98-102. 

Milling, L.S., Costantino, C.A. (2000). Clinical hypnosis 

with children: First steps toward empirical support. International 


Hypnosis, 48(2), 113-137. 

Milling, L.S., Costantino, C.A. (2003). Clinical hypnosis 

with children: First steps toward empirical support. 

York UK: National Institure for Health Research Database 

of Abstracts of Reviews of Effects (DARE); 

University of York Centre for Reviews and Dissemination. 

Milling, L.S., Coursen, E.L., Shores, J.S., Waszkiewicz, 

J.A. (2010). The predictive utility of hypnotizability: 

The change in suggestibility produced by hypnosis. 


126-130. 

Milling, L.S., Kirsch, I., Allen, G.J., Reutenauer, E.L. 

(2005). The effects of hypnotic and nonhypnotic imaginative 

suggestion on pain. Annals of Behavioral 

Medicine, 29(2), 116-127. 

Milling, L.S., Kirsch, I., Burgess, C.A. (1999). Brief modification 

of suggestibility and hypnotic analgesia: Too 

good to be true? International Journal of Clinical and 


Milling, L.S., Levine, M.R., Meunier, S.A. (2003). Hypnotic 

enhancement of cognitive-behavioral interventions 

for pain: An analogue treatment study. Health 


Milling, L.S., Reardon, J.M., Carosella, G.M. (2006). Mediation 

and moderation of psychological pain treatments: 

Response expectancies and hypnotic 

suggestibility. Journal of Consulting and Clinical 

Psychology, 74, 253–262. 

Mills, J., Crowley, R., Ryan, M. (1986). Therapeutic metaphors 

for children and the child within. New York: 


Milt, B. (1953). Franz Anton Mesmer und seine 

Beziehungen zur Schweiz. Magie und Heilkunde zu 

Lavaters Zeit. Zurich: Leemann. 

Miltner, W.H.R., Weiss, T. (2007). Cortical mechanisms of 

hypnotic pain control. In: Jamieson, G.A., editor. 

Hypnosis and conscious states: The cognitive neuroscience 

perspective. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 

51-66. 

Mina, G., Torsello, S. (2006). La tela infinta. Bibliografia 

degli studi sul tarantismo mediterraneo 1945-2006. 

Nardò: Besa. 

Minalyka, E.E., Whanger, A.D. (1959). Tonsillectomies 

under hypnosis: Report of cases. American Journal of 


Mingay, D.J. (1987). The effect of hypnosis on eyewitness 

memory: Reconciling forensic claims and research 

findings. Applied Psychology, 36(2), 163-183. 

Mirowitz, J.M. (1966). The utilisation of hypnosis in psychic 

impotence. British Journal of Medical Hypnotism, 

17, 25-32. 

Mirville, J.E., de. (1853-1868). Pneumatologie: Des esprits 

et de leurs manifestations fluidiques. 10 Vol. Paris: 

Vrayet de Surcy, Detaroque et Wattelier. 


Mirvish, I. (1978). Hypnotherapy for the child with chronic 

eczema: A case report. South African Medical Journal, 

54, 410-412. 

Mirzan, G. (1894). Trilogia ipno-spiritica socialista. Parte I: 

Scienza occulta. Torino-Roma: Roux. 

Mitchell, S.L. (1816). A double consciousness, or a duality 

of person in the same individual. Medical Repository, 3, 

185-186. 

Mitchell, S.W. (1888). Mary Reynolds: A case of double 

consciousness. Transactions of the College of Physicians 

of Philadelphia, 10, 366-389. 

Mitchell, W.M. (1972). The use of hypnosis in athletics. 

Stockton CA: Department of Psychology, University of 

the Pacific. 

Mitchill, S.L. (1816). A double consciousness: Or a duality 

of person in the same individual. Medical Repository, 3, 

185-186. 

Mize, W.L. (1996). Clinical training in self-regulation and 

practical pediatric hypnosis: What pediatricians want 

pediatricians to know. Journal of Developmental and 

Behavioral Pediatrics, 17, 317-322. 

Moene, F.C., Roelofs, K. (2008). Hypnosis in the treatment 

of conversion and somatization disorders. In: Nash, M., 



Moene, F.C., Spinhoven, P., Hoogduin, K.A., Van Dyck, 

R.A (2003). Randomized controlled clinical trial of a 

hypnosis-based treatment for patients with conversion 

disorder, motor type. International Journal of Clincial 

and Experimental Hypnosis,51(1), 29-50. 

Moene, F.C., Spinhoven, P., Hoogduin, K.A., Van Dyck, 

R.A. (2002). Randomised controlled clinical trial on the 

additional effect of hypnosis in a comprehensive 

treatment programme for in-patients with conversion 

disorder of the motor type. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 

71(2), 66-76. 

Moerman, D.E. (2002). Meaning, medicine and the ‘Placebo 

effect’. Cambridge MA: Cambridge University 

Press. 

Moerman, N., Bonke, B., Oosting, J. (1993). Awareness 

and recall during general anesthesia: Facts and feelings. 

Anesthesiology, 79, 454-464. 

Moine, D., Kenneth, L. (1990). Unlimited selling power: 

How to master hypnotic selling skills. Englewood Cliffs 

NJ: Prentice Hall. 

Moldawsky, R.J. (1984). Hypnosis as an adjunctive treatment 

in Huntington’s disease. American Journal of 


Moll, A. (1889). Der Hypnotismus. Berlin: Kornfeld. 

Moll, A. (1892). Der Rapport in der Hypnose. 

Untersuchungen über den thierischen Magnetismus. 

Leipzig: Abel. 


Moll, A. (1898). Untersuchungen uber die Libido sexualis. 

Berlin: Kornfeld. 

Moll, A. (1958) posthumous. A study of hypnosis: Historical, 

clinical, and experimental research in the techniques 

of hypnotic induction. New York: Julian Press. 

Monahan, J.L., Murphy, S.T., Zajonc, R.B. (2000). Subliminal 

mere exposure: Specific, general, and diffuse 

effects. Psychological Science, 11(6), 462-466. 

Mongan, M.F. (1992). HypnoBirthing. A celebration of 

life: A guide to achieving an easier, more comfortable 

birthing in the way that most mirrors nature. Pembroke 

NH: HypnoBirthing Foundation. 

Mongan, M.F. (2005). Hypnobirthing. The Mongan 

method: A natural approach to a safe, easier, more 

comfortable birthing. Deerfield Beach FL: Health 

Communications. 

Moniz, E. (1925). O Padre Faria na história do 

hipnotismo. Lisboa: Faculdade de Medicina de Lisboa 

Monnerie, M. (1977). Et si les ovnis n’existaient pas? Paris: 

Les Humanoïdes Associés. 

Monteiro, A.R. de C., de Oliveira, D.A. (1958). 

Amigdalectomia sob hipnose (Tonsillectomy under 

hypnosis). Medicine Cirsugia Formaria, 267, 315-320. 

Montgomery, G.H., Bovbjerg, D., Schnur, J., David, D., 

Goldfarb, A., Welty, C., Schechter, C., Graff-Yivin, J., 

Tatrow, K., Price, D., Silverstein, J. (2007). A randomized 

clinical trial of a brief hypnosis intervention to 

control side effects in breast surgery patients. Journal of 

National Cancer Institute, 99, 1304-1312. 

Montgomery, G.H., David, D., Winkel, G., Silverstein, J., 

Bovbjerg, D. (2002). The effectiveness of adjunctive 

hypnosis with surgical patients: A meta-analysis. Anesthesia 

and Analgesia, 94, 1639-1645. 

Montgomery, G.H., Duhamel, K.N., Redd,W.H. (2000). A 

meta-analysis of hypnotically induced analgesia: How 

effective is hypnosis? International Journal of Clinical 


Montgomery, G.H., Hallquist, M.N., Schnur, J.B., David, 

D., Silverstein, J.H., Bovbjerg, D.H. (2010). Mediators 

of a brief hypnosis intervention to control side effects in 

breast surgery patients: response expectancies and 

emotional distress. Journal of Consulting and Clinical 

Psychology, 78(1), 80-88. 

Montgomery, G.H., Kangas, M., David, D., Hallquist, 

M.N., Green, S., Bovbjerg, D.H., Schnur, J.B. (2009). 

Fatigue during breast cancer radiotherapy: An initial 

randomized study of cognitive-behavioral therapy plus 

hypnosis. Health Psychology, 28 (3), 317-322. 

Montgomery, G.H., Kirsch, I. (1996). The effects of subject 

arm position and initial experience on Chevreul pendulum 

responses. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

38(3), 185-190. 



Montgomery, G.H., Weltz, C.R., Seltz, M., Bovbjerg, D.H. 

(2002). Brief presurgery hypnosis reduces distress and 

pain in excisional breast biopsy patients. International 


17-32. 

Montgomery, G.T., Crowder, J.E. (1972). The symptom 

substitution hypothesis and the evidence. Psychotherapy: 

Theory, Research and Practice, 9(2), 98-102. 

Montiel, L., González de Pablo, A. (2003) editors. En 

ningún lugar en parte alguna: Estudios sobre la historia 

del magnetismo animal y del hipnotismo (Nowhere in 

No Place: Studies of the History of Animal magnetism 

and Hypnotism). Madrid: Frenia. 

Moore, K.A., Burrows, G.D. (1991). Hypnosis in the 

treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder. Australian 


63-75. 

Moore, L.E., Kaplan, J.Z. (1983). Hypnotically accelerated 

burn wound healing. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 26, 16-19. 

Moore, L.E., Wiesner, S.L. (1996). Hypnotically-induced 

vasodilation in the treatment of repetitive strain injuries. 


Moore, M. (2001). Hypnosis and post-traumatic stress 

disorder. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 29(2), 93-106. 

Moore, M., Tasso, A.F. (2008). Clinical hypnosis: the empirical 

evidence. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., editors. 

Oxford handbook of hypnosis. Oxford: Oxford University 

Press, 697-726. 

Moore, M.E., Berk, S.N. (1976). Acupuncture for chronic 

shoulder pain. An experimental study with attention to 

the role of placebo and hypnotic susceptibility. Annals 

of Internal Medicine, 84(4), 381-384. 

Moore, R., Abrahamsen, R., Brodsgaard, I. (1996). Hypnosis 

compared with group therapy and individual desensitization 

for dental anxiety. European Journal of 

Oral Sciences, 104(5-6), 612-618. 

Moore, R., Brodsgaard, I., Abrahamsen, R.A. (2002). 

3-year comparison of dental anxiety treatment outcomes: 

hypnosis, group therapy and individual desensitization 

vs. no specialist treatment. European Journal 

of Oral Sciences, 110(4), 287-295. 

Moore, R.L. (1977). In search of white crows: Spiritualism, 

parapsychology, and American culture. New York: 


Moore, T.E. (1982). Subliminal advertising: What you see 

is what you get. Journal of Marketing, 46(1), 38-47. 

Moore, T.E. (1985). Subliminal delusion. Psychology Today, 

19(7), 10-11. 

Moore, T.E. (1988). The case against subliminal manipulation. 

Psychology and Marketing, 5 297-316. 

Moore, T.E. (1992). Subliminal perception: facts and fal- 

lacies. Skeptical Inquirer, 17, 273-81. 

Moore, T.E. (1996). Scientific consensus and expert testimony: 

Lessons from the Judas Priest trial. Skeptical 

Inquirer, 20(6), 32-38. 

Moors, A., De Houwer, J. (2006). Automaticity: A theoretical 

and conceptual analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 

132(2), 297-326. 

Mora, G. (1998). Il male pugliese: Etnopsichiatria storica 

del tarantismo. Nardò: Besa. 

Moran, A. (2000). Improving sporting abilities. In: Hartley, 

J., Branthwaite, A., editors. The applied psychologist. 

Buckingham: Open University Press, 92-110. 

Morcas, B.A. (1984). The treatment of anxiety by reciprocal 

inhibition under hypnosis. British Dental Journal, 

157, 68-68. 

Morchio, C. (1914). Il libro delle consolazioni: Psicologia 

terapeutica (spiritismo e magnetismo animale ), l'arte 

del massaggio (teorico pratico); Vero metodo per alleggerire 

e guarire le malattie. Rapallo: Fratelli Fedele. 

Moreau, J. de Tours (1859). La psychologie morbide dans 

ses rapports avec la philosophie de l'histoire: Ou de 

l'influence des névropathies sur le dynamisme intellectuel. 

Paris: Masson. 

Moreira-Almeida, A., Neto, F.L., Cardeña, E, (2008). 

Comparison of Brazilian spiritist mediumship and dissociative 

identity disorder. Journal of Nervous and 

Mental Disease, 196(5), 420-424. 

Moreno, J.L. (1950). Hypnodrama and psychodrama. 

Group Psychotherapy, 3(1), 1-10. 

Moreno, J.L., Enneis, J. (1950). Hypnodrama and psychodrama. 

Beacon NY: Beacon House. 

Moret, V., Forster, A., Laverrière, M.C., Lambert, H., 

Gaillard, R.C., Bourgeois, P., Haynal, A., Gemperle, 

M., Buchser, E. (1991). Mechanism of analgesia induced 

by hypnosis and acupuncture: Is there a difference. 

Pain, 45(2), 135- 140. 

Moréty, G. (1887). Le magnétisme triomphant: exposé 

historique et critique de la question. Paris: Ghio. 

Morgagni, G.B. (1761). De sedibus et causis morborum per 

anatomen indagatis. Venezia: Typhographia 

Remondiniana. 

Morgan, A.H. (1973). The heritability of hypnotic susceptibility 

in twins. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 82, 

55-61. 

Morgan, A.H. (1973). The heritability of hypnotic susceptibility 

in twins. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

82(1), 55-61. 

Morgan, A.H., Hilgard, E.R. (1973). Age differences in 

susceptibility to hypnosis. International Journal of 


Morgan, A.H., Hilgard, J.R. (1978-1979a). The Stanford 

Hypnotic Scale for Adults. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 21, 134-147. 


Morgan, A.H., Hilgard, J.R. (1978-1979b). The Stanford 

Hypnotic Clinical Scale for Children. American Journal 

of Clinical Hypnosis, 21(2-3), 148-169. 

Morgan, A.H., Johnson, D.L., Hilgard, E.R. (1974). The 

stability of hypnotic susceptibility: A longitudinal 


Hypnosis, 22, 249-257. 

Morgan, G. (1980). Hypnosis in ophthalmology. Birmingham 

AL, Aesculapius. 

Morgan, W.P. (1972). Hypnosis and muscular performance. 

In: Morgan, W.P., editor. Ergogenic aids in 

muscular performance. New York: Academic Press, 

193-233. 

Morgan, W.P. (1980). Hypnosis and sports medicine. In: 

Burrows, G.D., Dennerstein, L., editors. Handbook of 

hypnosis and psychosomatic medicine. Amsterdam: 


Morgan, W.P. (1993). Hypnosis and sport psychology. In: 


clinical hypnosis.Washington DC: American Psychological 


Morgan, W.P. (2002). Hypnosis in sport and exercise 

psychology. In: Van Raalite, J.L., Brewer, B.W., editors. 

Exploring sport and exercise psychology. Washington 


151-181. 

Morgan, W.P., Brown, D.R. (1983). Hypnosis. In: Williams, 

M.E., editor. Ergogenic aids and sports. Champaign 

IL: Human Kinetics, 45-54. 

Morgan, W.P., Stegner, A.J. (2008). Hypnosis in sport: 

Cases, techniques and issues. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., 



Morley, C. (1841). Elements of animal magnetism, or 

pneumatology. New York: Turner and Hughes. 

Moro, L., Noreika, V., Revonsuo, A., Kallio, S. (2011). 

Hypnotizability, sleepiness, and subjective experience. 


Hypnosis, 59(2), 211-224. 

Morris, D.M., Nathan, R.G., Goebel, R.A., Blass, N.H. 

(1985). Hypnoanesthesia in the morbidly obese. Journal 

of the American Medical Association JAMA, 

253(22), 3292-3294. 

Morris, D.M., Nathan, R.G., Goebel, R.A., Blass, N.H. 

(1985). Hypnotherapy of warts using the Simonton 

visualization technique. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 27(4), 237-240. 

Morris, F. (1970). Mutual hypnosis: A specialized hypnotic 

induction technique. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 13(2), 90-94. 

Morse, D.R. (1975). Hypnosis in the practice of 

endodontics. Journal of the American Society of Psy- 


chosomatic Dentistry and Medicine, 22(1), 17-22. 

Morse, D.R. (1977). An exploratory study of the use of 

meditation alone and in combination with hypnosis in 

clinical dentistry: Journal of the American Society of 

Psychosomatic Dentistry and Medicine, 24(4), 113-120. 

Morse, D.R., Hancock, R.R., Cohen, B.B. (1984). In vivo 

desensitization using meditation-hypnosis in the treatment 

of tactile-induced gagging in a dental patient. International 


Morse, D.R., Schoor, R.S., Cohen, B.B. (1984). Surgical 

and non-surgical dental treatments for a multi-allergic 

patient with meditation-hypnosis as the sole anesthetic. 

Case report: International Journal of Psychosomatics, 

31(2), 27-33. 

Morse, D.R., Wilcko, J.M. (1979). Nonsurgical endodontic 

therapy for a vital tooth with meditation-hypnosis as the 

sole anesthetic: A case report: American Journal of 


Morselli, E. (1886). Il magnetismo animale: La fascinazione 

e gli stati ipnotici; seconda edizione. Torino: 

Roux e Favale. 

Morselli, E. (1896). I fenomeni telepatici e le allucinazioni 

veridiche: Osservazioni critiche sul neo-misticismo 

psicologico. Archivio per l’antropologia e l’etnologia, 

36, 183-236. 

Morselli, E. (1900). Prefazione. In: De Blasio, A. Inciarmatori, 

maghi e streghe a Benevento. Napoli: Pierro, 

V-XVI. 

Morselli, E. (1904). Il radio e le tendenze trascendentali. 

Rivista Ligure di Scienze, Lettere e Arti, gennaio-febbraio, 

1-8. 

Morselli, E. (1908). Psicologia e “Spiritismo”: Impressioni 

e note critiche sui fenomeni ‘medianici’ di Eusapia 

Palladino; 2 Vol. Torino: Bocca. 

Morselli, E. (1917). Sulla origine subcosciente delle così 

dette “personalità spiritiche”, Luce e Ombra, gennaio-febbraio, 

11-24. 

Morselli, E., Tanzi, E. (1889). Contributo sperimentale alla 

fisio-psicologia dell’ipnotismo: Ricerche sul polso e sul 

respiro negli stati suggestivi dell’ipnosi. Milano: Dumolard. 

Morselli, E.A. (1911). Antropologia generale: L’uomo 

secondo le teorie dell’evoluzione. Torino: UTET. 

Morselli, E.A. (1911). Su di un caso di medianità scrivente 

a personalità multiple. Luce e Ombra, agosto novembre, 

429-442, 535-553. 

Mortara Garavelli, B. (1989). Manuale di retorica. Milano: 

Bompiani. 

Morton, P.A. (2003). The hypnotic belay in alpine mountaineering: 

the use of self-hypnosis for the resolution of 

sports injuries and for performance enhancement. 




Morton, R. (1980). Hypnosis and pastoral counseling. Los 

Angeles: Westwood. 

Mosconi, G. (1960). La tecnica dell’ipnosi in ostetricia. 

Padova: Piccin. 

Mosconi, G. (1974). L’ipnosi per partorire. Padova: Piccin. 

Mosconi, G. (1987). Training ipnotico: Istruzioni per l’uso 

nella preparazione al parto. Padova: Piccin. 

Mosconi, G. (1993). Psicoterapia ipnotica. Principii e 

fondamenti. Padova: Piccin. 

Mosconi, G. (1998). Teoretica e pratica della psicoterapia 

ipnotica. Milano: Angeli. 

Mosconi, G. (2002). Questa è l'ipnosi: Storia, tecniche e 

successi di una terapia tutta da scoprire. Firenze: Atheneum. 

Mosconi, G. (2004). Erickson: La trance ipnotica come 

terapia. Storia dell’uomo che guariva con la parola. Firenze: 

Atheneum. 

Mosconi, G. (2008). Ipnosi neo-ericksoniana: La psicoterapia 

e il training ipnotico. Milano: Angeli. 

Mosconi, L. (1847). Guarigione di singolare malattia ottenuta 

per mezzo del magnetismo animale. Venezia: 

Andreola. 

Moseley, S., Briggs, W.P., Magnus, V. (2005). Hypnotic 

psychotherapy with sex offenders. Journal of Addictions 

and Offender Counseling, 26(1), 38-51. 

Moser, F. (1935). Der Okkultismus, Täuschungen und 

Tatsachen. 2 Vol. Zurich: Orell Fussli. 

Moses, W.S. (1877). The Slade case, Its facts and its lessons: 

A record and a warning. London: Burns. 

Moses, W.S. (1878). Psychography: A treatise on one of the 

objective forms of psychic or spiritual phenomena. 

London: Harrison. 

Moss, B.F., Magaro, P.A. (1989). Personality types and 

hetero- versus auto-hypnosis. Journal of Personality 


Moss, C.S. (1965). Hypnosis in perspective. New York: 

Macmillan. 

Moss, C.S. (1967). The hypnotic investigation of dreams. 


Moss, C.S., Logan, J.C., Lynch, D. (1962). Present status of 

psychological research and training in hypnosis. 


Moss, V., Schweiner, M. (1985).Hypnosis and the surgical 

patient: Effects of positive suggestion. AORN, 42(3), 

389-390, 392, 394, 397, 400 

Mosso, A. (1886). Fisiologia e patologia dell’ipnotismo. 

Nuova Antologia, 87, 638-657; 88, 57-74. 

Mott, T. (1987). Editorial: Adverse reactions in the use of 


147-148. 

Mottelay, P.F. (1922) editor. Bibliographical history of 

electricity and magnetism chronologically arranged. 

London: Griffin. 

Mottin, D.J. (2004). Introduction. In: Damon, D.F., editor. 

Official consumer guide to hypnotism. Merrimack NH: 

National Guild of Hypnotists, 1-2. 

Mouilleseaux, de (1787). Appel au public sur le 

magnétisme animal, ou Projet d’un journal pour le seul 

avantage du public, et dont il serait le coopérateur. 

Strasbourg. 

Moulinié, C. (1784). Lettre sur le magnétisme animal 

adressée à M. Perdriau, pasteur et professeur de l’église 

et de l’académie de Genève. Paris. 

Mount, G.R., Walters, S.R., Rowland, R.W., Barnes, P.R., 

Payton, T.I. (1978). The effects of relaxation techniques 

on normal blood pressure. Behavioral Engineering, 5, 

1-4. 

Mourino, M.R. (1991). From Thales to Lauterbur, or from 

the lodestone to MR imaging: Magnetism and medicine. 

Radiology, 180, 593-612. 

Moutin, L. (1887). Le nonvel hypnotisme. Paris: Perrin. 

Moya, F., Jones, L.S. (1982). Medical hypnosis for obstetrics. 


149-177. 

Mozzoni, G. (1856). Lo psicologico: Repertorio di magnetismo 

ad uso di chiunque voglia e debba essere al fatto 

dell’origine dello scopo e dei frutti di questa scienza. 

Milano: Mozzoni. 

Mucciarelli, G. (1987). Vittorio Benussi nella storia della 

psicologia italiana. Bologna: Pitagora. 

Mühl, A.M. (1927). Notes on the use of photography in 

checking up unconscious conflicts. Psychoanalytic Review, 

14, 329-331. 

Münsterberg, H. (1893). Psychological laboratory of Harvard 

University. Written for the psychology exhibit at 

the 1893 World's Columbian Exposition in Chicago. 

Classics in the Hystory of Psychology. Toronto Ontario: 

York University, psychclassics.yorku.ca. 

Muhl, A.M. (1922). Automatic writing as an indicator of 

the fundamental factors underlying the personality. 


Muhl, A.M. (1923). The use of automatic writing in determining 

conflicts and early childhood impressions. 

Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology, 

18, 1-32. 

Muhl, A.M. (1924). Automatic writing combined with 

crystal gazing as a means of recalling forgotten incidents. 

Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social 


Muhl, A.M. (1930). Automatic writing: An approach to the 

unconscious. Dresden und Leipzig: Steinkopf. 

Muhl, A.M. (1956). Automatic writing and hypnosis. In: 

LeCron, M.L., editor. Experimental hypnosis. New 


Mullatera, G.T. (1785). Del magnetismo animale, e degli 

effetti ad esso attribuiti nella cura delle umane infer- 


mità. Biella: Cajani. 

Munro, M. (1985). Hypnosis in the treatment of constipation: 

A case study. Australian Journal of Clinical 


Muoni, D. (1850). Elementi di magnetismo animale: Lezione 

popolare. Milano: Centenari. 

Muratori L.A. (1745). Della forza della fantasia umana. 

Venezia: Pasquali. 

Muratori, L.A. (1751). Dissertazioni sopra le antichità italiane; 

Tomo Terzo. Milano: Pasquali. 

Murphy, J. (1964). Psychotherapeutic aspects of shamanism 

in St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. In: Kiev, A., editor. 

Magic faith and healing: Studies in primitive psychiatry. 

New York: Free Press, 3-83. 

Murray-Jobsis, J. (1985). Exploring the schizophrenic experience 

with the use of hypnosis. American Journal of 


Murry, J.M. (1982). The use of hypnotherapy in treating 

tongue thrusting problems in dentistry. Journal of the 

American Society of Psychosomatic Dentistry and 

Medicine, 29(2), 42-43. 

Musatti, C.L. (1931). Elementi di psicologia della testimonianza. 

Padova: Cedam. 

Musatti, C.L. (1984). Vittorio Benussi e i fenomeni ipnosuggestivi. 

In: I girasoli, Roma, Editori Riuniti, p. 

181-192; ora in: Mucciarelli, G., a cura. Vittorio Benussi 

nella storia della psicologia italiana. Bologna: 

Pitagora, 1987. 

Musatti, C.L. (1985). Il linguaggio e i fenomeni ipnosuggestivi. 

In: Mia sorella gemella la psicoanalisi. Roma: 

Editori Riuniti, 229-240. 

Musellec, H., Bernard, F., Houssel, P., Guillou, N., Hugot, 

P., Martin, L., Hamelin, H., Lanchou, J., Gentili, M.-E., 

Devins, C., Virot, C. (2010). Étude prospective comparant 

l’hypnosédation et l’anesthésie générale pour la 

pose de dispositif de stérilisation intratubaire en ambulatoire. 

Annales Françaises d'Anesthésie et de Réanimation, 

29(12), 889-896. 

Muses, C. (1972). Trance-induction techniques in Ancient 

Egypt. In: Muses, C., Young, A.M., editors. Consciousness 

and reality: The human pivot point. New 

York: Outerbridge and Lazard, 9-17. 

Mutke, P.H. (1967). Increased reading comprehension 

through hypnosis. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

9, 262-266. 

Mutter, C.B., Coates, M.L. (1990). Hypnosis in family 

medicine. American Family Physician, 42(5-suppl), 

70S-73S. 

Mycoe, S. (2001). Unlimited sport success: The power of 

hypnosis. San Jose: Writers Club. 

Myers, C.S. (1915). A contribution to the study of shellshock. 

Being an account of three cases of loss of 


memory, vision, smell and taste admitted to the Duchess 

of Westminster’s War Hospital, Le Touquet. Lancet, 13, 

316-20. 

Myers, C.S. (1916). Contributions to the study of shell 

shock: Being an account of certain cases treated by 

hypnosis. Lancet, 187(4819), 65-69. 

Myers, C.S. (1921). The revival of emotional memories and 

its therapeutic value (II). British Journal of Medical 


Myers, F.W.H. (1886). Multiplex Personality. Society for 

Psychical Research Proceedings, 4, 496-514. 

Myers, F.W.H. (1886). The life-history of a case of double 

or multiple personality. Journal of Mental Science, 31, 

596-605. 

Myers, F.W.H. (1892-1893). The subliminal consciousness. 


298-355; 8, 436-535; 9, 2-128. 

Myers, F.W.H. (1893). Professor Wundt on hypnotism and 

suggestion. Mind, 2 (5), 95-101. 

Myers, F.W.H. (1895). The subliminal self. Society for 

Psychical Research Proceedings, 11, 334-593. 

Myers, F.W.H. (1903). Human personality and its survival 

of bodily death. 2 Vol. London: Longmans Green. 

Myers, F.W.H., Lodge, O., Leaf, W., James, W. (1890). A 

Record of Observation of Certain Phenomena of 

Trance. Society for Psychical Research Proceedings, 6, 

436-659. 

Myles, P.S. (1992). Cessation of smoking following tape 

suggestion under anaesthesia. Anaesthesia and Intensive 

Care, 20(4), 540-541. 

Myles, P.S. (2007). Prevention of awareness during anaesthesia. 

Best Practice and Research: Clinical Anaesthesiology, 

21(3), 345-355. 

Myles, P.S., Hendrata, M., Layher, Y., Williams, N.J., Hall, 

J.L., Moloney, J.T., Powell, J. (1996). Double-blind, 

randomized trial of cessation of smoking after audiotape 

suggestion during anaesthesia. British Journal of Anaesthesia, 

76(5), 694-698. 

Myles, P.S., Symons, J., Leslie, K. (2003). Anaesthetists’ 

attitudes towards awareness and depth-of-anesthesia 

monitoring. Anesthesia, 58, 11-16. 

Myles, P.S., Williams, D.L., Hendrata, M., Anderson, H., 

Weeks, A.M. (2000). Patient satisfaction after anaesthesia 

and surgery: Results of a prospective survey of 

10,811 patients. British Journal of Anaesthesia, 84(1), 

6-10. 



N 

Nace, E.P., Orne, M.T., Hammer, A.G. (1974). Posthypnotic 

amnesia as an active psychic process. Archives of 

General Psychiatry, 31, 257-260. 

Nadeau, G. (1992). Hypnosis and hypnotism in family 

medicine: How are they used in a clinical setting? Canadian 

Family Physician, 38, 2075-2082. 

Nadis, F. (2001). Of horses, planks, and window sleepers: 

Stage hypnotism meets reform, 1836-1920. Journal of 

Medical Humanities, 22(3), 223-245. 

Nadis, F. (2005). Wonder shows: Performing science, 

magic, and religion in America. Piscataway NJ: Rutgers 


Nadon, R., Hoyt, I.P., Register, P.A., Kihlstrom, J.F. 

(1991). Absorption and hypnotizability: Context effects 

reexamined. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 

60, 144-153. 

Nadon, R., Kihlstrom, J.F. (1987). Hypnosis, psi, and the 

psychology of anomalous experience. Behavioral and 

Brain Sciences, 10, 597-599. 

Nadon, R., Laurence, J-R. (1994). Idiographic approaches 

to hypnosis research: or How therapeutic practice can 

inform science. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

37(2), 85-94. 

Nadon, R., Laurence, J-R., Perry, C. (1987). Multiple predictors 

of hypnotic susceptibility. Journal of Personality 

and Social Psychology, 53, 948–960. 

Nagar, A. (2005). Ipnosi e fumo: Ipnosi e tecniche cognitivo-comportamentali 

nella disassuefazione tabagica. 

Torino: Edizioni Medico Scientifich. 

Nahin, R.L., Barnes, P.M., Stussman, B.J., Bloom, B. 

(2009). Costs of complementary and alternative medicine 

(CAM) and frequency of visits to CAM practitioners: 

United States, 2007. National Health Statistic 

Report, n.18, july. 

Nairn, A., Fine, C. (2008). Who’s messing with my mind? 

The implications of dualprocess models for the ethics of 

advertising to children. International Journal of Advertising, 

27(3), 447-470. 

Naish, P.L.N. (1986) editor. What is hypnosis? Current 

theories andresearch. Philadelphia: Open University 

Press. 

Naish, P.L.N. (2005). Detecting hypnotically altered states 

of consciousness: Comment. Contemporary Hypnosis, 

22 (1), 24-30. 

Naish, P.L.N. (2007). The distortion, and the nature of 

hypnosis and consciousness. In: Jamieson, G.A., editor. 

Hypnosis and conscious states: The cognitive neuroscience 

perspective. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 

271-292. 

Naish, P.L.N. (2010). Hypnosis and hemispheric asymmetry. 

Consciousness and Cognition, 19(1), 230-234. 

Naito, A., Laidlaw, T.M., Henderson, D.C., Farahani, L., 

Dwivedi, P., Gruzelier, J.H. (2003). The impact of 

self-hypnosis and Johrei on lymphocyte subpopulations 

at exam time: A controlled study. Brain Research Bulletin, 

62(3), 241-253. 

Nani, G.D. (1850). Trattato teorico-pratico sul magnetismo 

animale . Torino: Ferrero e Franco. 

Napier, N.J. (1990). Recreating your self: Help for adult 

children of dysfunctional families. New York: Norton. 

Nardi, C.D. (1984). Hypnosis of the accused: Defendant's 

choice. Journal of Criminal Law and Criminology, 

75(3), 995-1019. 

Nardone, G., Loriedo, C., Zeig, J.K., Watzlawick, P. 

(2006). Ipnosi e terapie ipnotiche. Firenze: Ponte alle 

Grazie. 

Nardone, G., Watzlawick, P. (1990). L’arte del cambiamento: 

Manuale di terapia strategica e ipnoterapia senza 

trance. Firenze: Ponte alle Grazie. 

Naruse, G. (1965). The hypnotic treatment of stage fright in 

champion athletes. International Journal of Clinical 


Nash, M.R. (1987). What, if anything, is regressed about 

hypnotic age regression? A review of the empirical literature. 


Nash, M.R. (1991). Hypnosis as a special case of psychological 

regression. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., editors. 

Theories of hypnosis: Current models and perspectives. 


Nash, M.R. (2000). The status of hypnosis as an empirically 

validated clinical intervention: A preamble to the special 

issue. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 48(4), 107-112. 

Nash, M.R. (2001). The truth and the hype of hypnosis. 

Scientific American, 285, 46-55. 

Nash, M.R. (2002). Hypnosis, the brain, and sports: Salient 

Findings. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 50(3), 282-285. 

Nash, M.R. (2005). Salient findings: A potentially 

groundbreaking study on the neuroscience of 

hypnotizability, a critical review of hypnosis' efficacy, 

and the neurophysiology of conversion disorder. International 


Hypnosis, 53(1), 87-93. 

Nash, M.R. (2008a). Foundations of clinical hypnosis. In: 

Nash, M., Barnier, A., editors. Oxford handbook of 


Nash, M.R. (2008b). A psychoanalytic theory of hypnosis: 


a clinically informed approach. In: Nash, M., Barnier, 

A., editors. Oxford handbook of hypnosis. Oxford: 


Nash, M.R., Baker, E.L. (1993). Hypnosis in the treatment 

of anorexia nervosa. In: Rhue, J.W., Lynn, S.J., Kirsch, 

I. (1993) editors. Handbook of clinical hypnosis. 


383-394. 

Nash, M.R., Baker, E.L. (2010). Hypnosis in the treatment 

of anorexia nervosa. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, 



453-466. 

Nash, M.R., Barnier, A.J. (2008) editors. Oxford handbook 

of hypnosis: Theory, research and practice. New York: 


Nash, M.R., Johnson, L., Tipton, R. (1979). Hypnotic age 

regression and the occurrence of transitional object relationships. 

Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 88, 

547-555. 

Nash, M.R., Levy, J.J., Tasso, A., Perez, N. (2008). Neurophysiological 

attributes of the hypnotic state and the 

utility of hypnosis in pediatric medicine and burn care. 


Hypnosis, 56(4), 463-469. 

Nash, M.R., Lynn, S., Stanley, S., Frauman, D., Rhue, J. 

(1985). Hypnotic age regression and the importance of 

assessing interpersonally relevant affect. International 


224-235. 

Nash, M.R., Lynn, S.J. (1986). Child abuse and hypnotic 

ability. Imagination, Cognition and Personality, 5, 

211-218. 

Nash, M.R., Lynn, S.J., Stanley, S. (1984). The direct 

hypnotic suggestion of altered mind/body perception. 


Nash, M.R., Spinler, D. (1989). Hypnosis and transference: 

A measure of archaic involvement with the hypnotist. 


129-144. 

Nassiri, M. (2005). The effects of regular relaxation on 

perceived stress in a group of London primary education 

teachers. European Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

6, 21-29. 

Natale, J.A.. (1988). Are you open to suggestion?. Psychology 

Today, 22(9), 28-29. 

Nath, S., Warren, J. (1995). Hypnosis and examination 

stress in adolescence. Contemporary Hypnosis, 12(2), 

119-24. 

National Center for Health Statistics (2007). Field representatives 

manual, National Health Interview Survey, 

2007: United States Department of Health and Human 


Services. National Center for Health Statistics. Ann 

Arbor MI: Inter-university Consortium for Political and 

Social Research. 

National College of Hypnosis and Psychotherapy (2011). 

Research catalogue. London: National College of 

Hypnosis and Psychotherapy. 

National Institute of Health NIH (1996). Integration of 

behavioral and relaxation approaches into the treatment 

of chronic pain and insomnia. National Institute of 

Health NIH Technology Assessment Panel on Integration 

of Behavioral and Relaxation Approaches into the 

Treatment of Chronic Pain and Insomnia. Journal of the 

American Medical Association JAMA, 276(4), 313-318. 

National Laboratory of Psychical Research (1929). Proceedings 

1 Part 2, 1929: Short-title Catalogue of Works 

on Psychical Research, Spiritualism, Magic, Psychology, 

Legerdemain and Other Methods of Deception, 

Charlatanism, Witchcraft, and Technical Works for the 

Scientific Investigation of Alleged Abnormal Phenomena 

from circa 1450 A.D. to 1929 A.D. London: 

National Laboratory of Psychical Research. 

Nava, E., Landau, D., Brody, S., Linder, L., Schächinger, 

H. (2004). Mental relaxation improves long-term incidental 

visual memory. Neurobiology of Learning and 

Memory, 81(3), 167-171. 

Nayyar, S.N., Brady, J.B. (1962). Elevation of depressed 

skull fracture and frontal topectomy under hypnotic 

anesthesia: report of a case. Journal of the American 


Neiburger, E.J. (1973). Sensory confusion through hypnosis: 

A technique of rapid patient control during dental 

treatment. Journal of the American Society of Psychosomatic 


Neiburger, E.J. (1976). Waking hypnosis through sensory 

confusion: 302 cases of dental prophylaxis. Journal of 

the American Society of Psychosomatic Dentistry and 

Medicine, 23(3), 88-98. 

Neild, J.E., Cameron, I.R. (1985). Bronchoconstriction in 

response to suggestion: its prevention by an inhaled 

anticholinergic agent. British Medical Journal: Clinical 

Research Edition, 290(6469), 674. 

Nel, P.W. (1993). Hypnosis for success in studies and 

examinations. Hypnos, 3(1), 1-9. 

Neppe, V.M. (1983). The psychology of déjà vu: Have I 

been here before? Johannesburg South Africa: Witwatersrand 


Néron, S., Stephenson, R. (2007). Effectiveness of hypnotherapy 

with cancer patients’ trajectory: Emesis, acute 

pain, and analgesia and anxiolysis in procedures. International 


Hypnosis, 55(3), 336-354. 

Netherton, M., Shiffrin, N. (1978). Past life therapy. New 



York: William Morrow. 

Neuburger, M. (1932). The doctrine of the healing power of 

nature throughout the course of time. New York; 

Omeopathy College. 

Neuburger, M. (1944). An historical survey of the concept 

of nature from a medical viewpoint. Isis, 35(1), 16-28. 

Neufeld, V., Lynn, S. J. (1988). Single-session group self 

hypnosis smoking cessation treatment: A brief communication. 


Hypnosis, 36(2), 75-79. 

Neumann, P. (2005). The use of hypnosis in modifying 

immune system response. Australian Journal of Clinical 


New, C., Kauffman, K. (2004). Co-counselling: The theory 

and practice of re-evaluation counselling. London: 

Routledge. 

Newark, T.S., Bogacki, G.F. (2005).The use of relaxation, 

hypnosis, and imagery in sport psychiatry. Clinics in 

Sports Medicine, 24(4), 973-977. 

Newman, J.B. (1848). Fascination: Or the philosophy of 

charming, illustrating the principles of life in connection 

with spirit and matter. New York: Fowler and 

Wells. 

Newman, M. (1971). Hypnotic handling of the chronic 

bleeder in extraction: a case report. American Journal of 


Newman, M. (1974). Hypnosis in haemophiliacs. Journal 

of Australian Dental Association, 88, 273-279. 

Newman, M., Baumeister, R.F. (1974). Toward an explanation 

of the UFO abduction phenomenon: Hypnotic 

elaboration, extraterrestrial sadomasochism, and spurious 

memories. Psychological Inquiry, 7( 2), 99-126. 

Newmark, T.S., Bogacki, D.F. (2005). The use of relaxation, 

hypnosis, and imagery in sport psychiatry. Clinics 

in Sports Medicine, 24(4), 973-977. 

Newnham, W. (1830). Essay on superstition: Being an inquiry 

into the effects of physical influence on the mind, 

in the production of dreams, visions, ghosts, and other 

supernatural appearances. London: Hatchard. 

Newnham, W. (1845). Human magnetism: Its claims to 

dispassionate inquiry: being an attempt to show the 

utility of its application for the relief of human suffering. 


Newton, I. (1687). Philosophiae naturalis principia 

mathematica. London: Streater. 

Nichols, T.L. (1864). A biography of the brothers Davenport: 

With some account of the physical and psychical 

phenomena which have occurred in their presence, in 

America and Europe. London: Saunders, Otley, and Co. 

Nicolaou, P.E. (1991). Hypnosis in dentistry. Maidenhead 

UK: Open University Press. 

Nicolas, S. (2004). L’Hypnose: Charcot Face à Bernheim; 

Lécole de la Salpetriere Face à Lécole de Nancy. Paris: 

L’Harmattan. 

Niehaus, J. (1998). Investigative forensic hypnosis. New 

York: CRC Press. 

Nierenberg, G.I., Calero, H.H. (1971). How to read a person 

like a book: Using body language to know what 

people are thinking. New York: Hawthorn. 

Nilsson, K.M. (1990). The effect of subject expectations of 

“hypnosis” upon vividness of visual imagery. International 


38(1), 17-24. 

Nilsson, U., Rawal, N., Enqvist., D., Unosson, M. (2003). 

Analgesia following music and therapeutic suggestions 

in the PACU in ambulatory surgery: A randomized 

controlled trial. Acta Anaesthesiologica Scandinavica, 

47(3), 278-283. 

Nilsson, U., Rawal, N., Unestahl, L.E., Zetterberg, C., 

Unosson, M. (2001). Improved recovery after music 

and therapeutic suggestions during general anaesthesia: 

A double-blind randomised controlled trial. Acta 

Anaesthesiologica Scandinavica, 45(7), 812-817. 

Noble, J., McConkey, K.M. (1995). Hypnotic sex change: 

Creating and challenging a delusion in the laboratory. 

Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 104, 69–74. 

Noblitt, J.R., Perskin, P. (2000). Cult and ritual abuse: Its 

history, anthropology, and recent discovery in contemporary 

America; Revised edition. Westport CT: 

Praeger. 

Nogrady, H., McConkey, K.M., Perry, C. (1985). Enhancing 

visual memory: Trying hypnosis, trying imagination, 

and trying again. Journal of Abnormal 


Noizet, F.J. (1854). Mémoire sur le somnambulisme et le 

magnétisme animal adressé en 1820 à l’Académie royale 

de Berlin. Paris: Plon. 

Noll, R.B. (1988). Hypnotherapy of a child with warts. 

Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 9, 

89-91. 

Nollet, J.A. (1746). Essai sur l’electricité du corps. Paris: 

Guérin. 

Nollet, J.A. (1749-1750). Extract of a Letter from the Abbe 

Nollet, F.R.S. &c. to Charles Duke of Richmond, F.R.S. 

Accompanying an examination of certain phaenomena 

in electricity, published in Italy, by the same, and 

translated from the French by Mr. Watson, F. R. S. 

Philosophical Transactions, 46, 368-397. 

Nongard, R., Thomas, N. (2009). Keys to the mind: Learn 

how to hypnotize anyone and practice hypnosis and 

hypnotherapy correctly. Toronto: Lulu.com. 

Nordenstrom, B.K., Council, J.R., Meier, B.P. (2002). The 

‘‘Big Five’’ and hypnotic suggestibility. International 


276-281. 

Northcott, P. (1996). Yellow Pages advertisers of hypno- 


therapy: A survey of hypnosis beliefs and practice. 


Northridge, W.L. (1924). Modern theories of the unconscious. 

London: Kegan Paul. 

Nowlis, D.P., Rhead, J.C. (1968). Relation of eyes-closed 

resting EEG alpha activity to hypnotic susceptibility. 


Nurnberger, J.I., Hingtgen, J.N. (1973). Is symptom substitution 

an important issue in behavior therapy? Biological 

Psychiatry, 3, 221−236. 

Nusbaum, F., Redoute, J., Le Bars, D., Volckmann, P., 

Simon, F., Hannoun, S., Ribes, G., Gaucher, J., Laurent, 

B., Sappey-Marinier, D. (2011). Chronic low-back pain 

modulation is enhanced by hypnotic analgesic suggestion 

by recruiting an emotional network: A PET imaging 

study. International Journal of Clinical and 


Nygard, J.W. (1939). Cerebral circulation prevailing during 

sleep and hypnosis. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 

24(1), 1-20. 

O 

O’Connell, D.N., Shor, R.E., Orne, M.T. (1970). Hypnotic 

age regression: An empirical and methodological 

analysis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 76 (Monograph 

Supplement No.3, Pt. 2), 1-32. 

O’Connor, A.R., Barnier, A.J., Cox, R.E. (2008). Déjà vu in 

the laboratory: A behavioral and experiential comparison 

of posthypnotic amnesia and posthypnotic familiarity. 



O’Hanlon, B. (1987). Taproots: Underlying principles of 

Milton Erickson’s therapy and hypnosis. New York: 

Norton. 

O’Hanlon, W., Hexum, A. (1990). An uncommon casebook: 

The complete clinical work of Milton H. Erickson, 

MD. New York: Norton. 

O’Keefe, T., Fox, K. (1998). Investigating stage hypnosis. 

London: Extraordinary People Press. 

O’Laughlan, B. (1995). Hypnosis in the treatment of plantar 

warts. Australian Journal of Hypnosis, 23, 166-172. 

O’Neill, M.L. (2000). Hypnobirthing: The original method. 

Chicago: Papyrus Press. 


O’Shea, J., Dodd, L., Panayiotou, S., Palmer, S. (2011). 

Self-induced hypnosis for bilateral ankle arthroscopy. 

British Journal of Anaesthesia, 106(2), 282. 

Oakley, D.A. (1998). Emptying the habit: a case of 

trichotillomania. Contemporary Hypnosis, 15(2), 

109-117. 

Oakley, D.A. (1999). Hypnosis and consciousness: A 

structural model. Contemporary Hypnosis, 16, 215-223. 

Oakley, D.A. (1999). Hypnosis and conversion hysteria: A 

unifying model. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 4, 

243-265. 

Oakley, D.A. (2006). Hypnosis as a tool in research: Experimental 

Psychopathology. Contemporary Hypnosis, 

23, 3–14. 

Oakley, D.A. (2008). Hypnosis, trance and suggestion: 

Evidence from neuroimaging. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., 

editors. Oxford handbook of hypnosis. New York: Oxford 


Oakley, D.A., Alden, P., Degun-Mather, M. (1996). The 

use of hypnosis in therapy with adults. The Psychologist, 

9, 502–505. 

Oakley, D.A., Degun-Mather, M. (1997). Clinical hypnosis 

and memory: Document prepared by the British Society 

of Experimental Hypnosis. Leicester: British Society of 

Experimental Hypnosis. 

Oakley, D.A., Halligan, P.W. (2009). Hypnotic suggestion 

and cognitive neuroscience. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 

13(6), 264-270. 

Oakley, D.A., Halligan, P.W. (2010). Psychophysiological 

foundations of hypnosis and suggestion. In: Lynn, S.J., 




Oakley, D.A., Halligan, P.W. (2011). Using hypnosis to 

gain insights into healthy and pathological cognitive 

functioning. Consciousness and Cognition, 20(2), 

328-331. 

Oakman, J.M., Woody, E.Z. (1996). A taxometric analysis 

of hypnotic susceptibility. Journal of Personality and 


Oberhuber, W. (2000). Ipnosi: Terapia come 

comunicazione. Milano: Angeli. 

Obermayer, M.E. (1949). Verruca plana of the face treated 

by post-hypnotic suggestion. Archives of Dermatology 

and Syphilology, 60(6), 1222-1224. 

Obermayer, M.E., Greenson, R.R. (1949). Treatment by 

suggestion of verrucae planae of the face. Psychosomatic 

Medicine, 11, 163-164. 

Obersteiner, H. (1885). Der Hypnotismus. Wien: 

Selbstverlag des Verfassers. 

O'Brien, J.R. (1906a). Some experiments in hypnosis. 

Lancet, 167( 4302), 402. 



O'Brien, J.R. (1906b). The induction of hypnosis. Lancet, 

168( 4334), 830-831. 

O'Brien, R.M. (1977). Hypnosis and task-motivation instructions 

for "post-experimental"-post-hypnotic suggestions. 

Perceptual and Motor Skills, 45(3 Pt 2), 1274 

O'Brien, R.M., Kramer, C.E., Chiglinsky, M.A., Stevens, 

G.E., Nunan, L.J., Fritzo, J.A. (1977). Moral development 

examined through hypnotic and task motivated 

age regression. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

19(4), 209-213. 

O'Brien, R.M., Rabuck, S.J. (1976). Experimentally produced 

self-repugnant behavior as a function of hypnosis 

and waking suggestion: A pilot study. American Journal 


Obstoj, I., Sheehan, P.W. (1977). Aptitude for trance, task 

generalizability, and incongruity response in hypnosis. 


Ochorowicz, J. (1887). De la suggestion mentale. Paris: 

Doin. 

O'Connell, D.N., Orne, M.T. (1962). Bioelectric correlates 

of hypnosis: An experimental reevaluation. Journal of 

Psychiatric Research, 1, 201-213. 

O'Connell, D.N., Orne, M.T. (1968). Endosomatic 

electrodermal correlates of hypnotic depth and susceptibility. 

Journal of Psychiatric Research. 6(1), 1-12. 

Odescalchi, A. (1856). Le moderne scienze occulte: Ossia il 

magnetismo animale e le tavole parlanti. Milano: Societa 

per la pubblicazione degli annali universali delle 

scienze e dell'industria. 

Oesterreich, T.K. (1921). Die Besessenheit. Langensalza: 

Wendt und Klauwell. 

Oetting, E.R. (1964). Hypnosis and concentration in study. 

American Journal of. Clinical Hypnosis, 7, 148-151. 

Office of Strategic Services Assessment Staff (1948). Assessment 

of men. New York: Rinehart. 

Ofshe, R., Watters, E. (1994). Making monsters: False 

memories, psychotherapy and sexual hysteria. Berkeley 

CA: University of California Press. 

Ofshe, R.J. (1992). Inadvertent hypnosis during interrogation: 

False confession due to dissociative state, 

mis-identified multiple personality and the Satanic cult 

hypothesis. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 40(3), 125-156. 

Ogden, E. (2010). The science of error: Mesmerism and 

American fiction, 1784-1890. Philadelphia PA: Publicly 

accessible University of Pennsylvania Dissertations, 

Paper 296. 

Ogden, P., Minton, K., Pain, C. (2006). Trauma and the 

body. A sensorimotor approach to psychotherapy. New 

York: Norton 

Ohrbach, R., Patterson, D. R., Carrougher, G., Gibran, N. 

(1998). Hypnosis after an adverse response to opioids in 

an ICU burn patient. Clinical Journal of Pain, 14(2), 

167-175. 

Okhowat, V.O. (1985). An eclectic hypno-emotive approach 

to psychotherapy. International Journal of Clinical 


Oliva, N. (1920). Surge et ambula: Trattato teorico-pratico 

di medicina occulta con numerose illustrazioni. Napoli: 

Società Editrice Partenopea. 

Olness, K. (1975). The use of self-hypnosis in the treatment 

of childhood nocturnal enuresis. Clinical Pediatrics, 14, 

273-279. 

Olness, K., Culbert, T., Uden, D. (1989). Self-regulation of 

salivary immunoglobulin A by children. Pediatrics, 83, 

66-71. 

Olness, K., Gardner, G.G. (1978). Some guidelines for uses 

of hypnotherapy in pediatrics. Pediatrics, 62(2), 

228-233. 

Olness, K., Gardner, G.G. (1988). Hypnosis and hypnotherapy 

with children, Second edition. Philadelphia: 

Grune and Stratton. 

Olness, K., Kohen, D.P. (1996). Hypnosis and hypnotherapy 

with children, Third edition. New York: Guilford. 

Olness, K., Kohen, D.P. (2010). Childhood problems. In: 

Barabasz, M., et Al, editors. Medical hypnosis primer: 

Clinical and research evidence. New York: Routledge, 

31-38. 

Olness, K., Macdonald, J.T., Uden, D.L. (1987). Comparison 

of self-hypnosis and propranolol in the treatment of 

juvenile classic migraine. Pediatrics, 79(4), 593-597. 

Olness, K., Wain, H.J., Lorenz, N.G. (1980). A pilot study 

of blood endorphin levels in children using 

self-hypnosis to control pain. Journal of Developmental 

and Behavioral Pediatrics, 4, 187-188. 

Olness, K.N. (1986). Hypnotherapy in children: New approach 

to solving common pediatric problems. Postgraduate 

Medicine, 79, 95-100-105. 

Ome, A.T., Dinges, D., Bloom, P.B. (1995). Hypnosis. In: 

Kaplan, H., Sadock, B., editors. Comprehensive textbook 

of psychiatry; lV; 61 Edition. Baltimore: Williams 

and Wilkins, 2.1807-1821. 

Omer, H. (1987). A hypnotic relaxation technique for the 

treatment of premature labor. American Journal of 


Omer, H. Friedlander, D., Palti, Z. (1986). Hypnotic relaxation 

in the treatment of premature labor. Psychosomatic 

Medicine, 48(5), 351-361. 

Omer, H., Sirkovitz, A. (1987). Failure of hypnotic relaxation 

in the treatment of postterm pregnancies. Psychosomatic 

Medicine, 49(6), 606-609. 

Onanoff, J. (1890). De la perception inconsciente. Archives 

de Neurologie, 19, 51, 364-377. 

Oneal, B.J., Patterson, D.R., Soltani, M., Teeley, A., Jensen, 

M.P. (2008). Virtual reality hypnosis in the treatment 

of chronic neuropathic pain: A case report. 



Hypnosis, 56(4), 451-462. 

Onestak, D.M. (1991). The effects of progressive relaxation, 

mental practice, and hypnosis on athletic performance: 

A review. Journal of Sport Behavior, 14(4), 

247-282. 

Opperman, M.C., Roets, H.E. (2009). The creation and 

manifestation of reality through the re-enactment of 

subconscious conclusions and decisions. Journal of 

Heart-Centered Therapies, 12(1), 3-98. 

Ordine Nazionale degli Psicologi (1997). Codice deontologico 

degli psicologi italiani. Roma: Ordine Nazionale 

degli Psicologi. 

Orelut, P. (1784). Détail des cures opérées à Lyon par le 

magnétisme animal, selon les principes de M. Mesmer. 

Précédé d’une lettre à M. Mesmer. Lyon: Faucheux. 

Orioli, F. (1853). In proposito delle tavole giranti: Esame 

dell'opinione che attribuisce questo fenomeno all'elettricita 

o al magnetismo animale e quindi esame delle 

teoriche sul mesmerismo in generale. Roma: Tipografia 

Legale. 

Orlandi, P.A. (1996). I fenomeni fisici del misticismo. Milano: 

Gribaudi. 

Orne, E.C., Whitehouse, W.G., Dinges, D.F., Orne, M.T. 

(1996). Memory liabilities associated with hypnosis: 

Does low hypnotizability confer immunity? International 


44, 354-369. 

Orne, M.T. (1951). The mechanisms of hypnotic age regression: 

An experimental study. Journal of Abnormal 


Orne, M.T. (1953). Hypnosis, hypnotherapy, and medical 

practice. Tufts Medical Journal, 21, 3-15. 

Orne, M.T. (1959). The nature of hypnosis: Artifact and 

essence. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 

58, 277-299. 

Orne, M.T. (1961). The potential uses of hypnosis in interrogation. 

In: Biderman, A.D., Zimmer, H. , editors. 

The manipulation of human behavior. New York: 

Wiley, 169-215. 

Orne, M.T. (1962). Antisocial behavior and hypnosis: 

Problems of control and validation in empirical studies. 

In: Estabrooks, G.H., editor. Hypnosis: Current problems. 

New York: Harper and Row, 137-192. 

Orne, M.T. (1962). Hypnotically induced hallucinations. 

In: West, L.J., editor. Hallucinations. New York: Grune 

and Stratton, 211-219. 

Orne, M.T. (1962). Implications for psychotherapy derived 

from current research on the nature of hypnosis. American 


Orne, M.T. (1965). Psychological factors maximizing resistance 

to stress: With special reference to hypnosis. 


In: Klausner, S.Z., editor. The quest for self-control. 

New York: Macmillan, 286-328. 

Orne, M.T. (1965). Undesirable effects of hypnosis: The 

determinants and management. International Journal of 


Orne, M.T. (1966). Hypnosis, motivation and compliance. 

American Journal of Psychiatry, 122, 721- 726. 

Orne, M.T. (1970). Hypnosis, Motivation, and the ecological 

validity of the psychological experiment. In: Arnold, 

W.J., Page, M.M., editors. Nebraska Symposium 

on Motivation. Lincoln NE: University of Nebraska 

Press, 187-265. 

Orne, M.T. (1970). Hypnosis. Naval Research Review, 23, 

1-10. 

Orne, M.T. (1971). The simulation of hypnosis: Why, how 

and what it means. International Journal of Clinical 


Orne, M.T. (1972). Can a hypnotised subject be compelled 

to carry out otherwise unacceptable behavior? International 


20, 101-117. 

Orne, M.T. (1976). Mechanisms of hypnotic pain control. 

In: Bonica, J.J., Albe-Fessard, D., editor. Advances in 

pain research and therapy. New York: Raven, 716-731. 

Orne, M.T. (1977). The construct of hypnosis: Implications 

of the definition for research and practice. Annals of the 

New York Academy of Sciences, 296(7), 14-33. 

Orne, M.T. (1979b). The use and misuse of hypnosis in 

court. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 27, 311-341. 

Orne, M.T. (1983). Hypnotic methods for managing pain. 

In: Bonica, J.J., Albe-Fessard, D., editor. Advances in 

pain research and therapy, Vol. 5. New York: Raven, 

847-856. 

Orne, M.T., Bates, B.L. (1992). Reflections on multiple 

personality: A view from the looking-glass of hypnosis 

past. In: Kales, A., Pierce, C.M., Greenblatt, M., editors. 

The mosaic of contemporary psychiatry in perspective. 


Orne, M.T., Dinges, D.F., Orne, E.C. (1986). Hypnotic 

experience: A cognitive social psychological reality. 

Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 9(3), 477-478. 

Orne, M.T., Evans, F.J. (1965). Social control in the psychological 

experiment: Antisocial behavior and hypnosis. 


189-200. 

Orne, M.T., Evans, F.J. (1966). Inadvertent termination of 

hypnosis with hypnotized and simulating subjects. International 


Hypnosis, 14, 61-78. 

Orne, M.T., Evans, F.J. (1971) The disappearing hypnotist: 

The use of simulating subjects to evaluate how subjects 



perceive experimental procedures. International Journal 


277–296. 

Orne, M.T., Hammer, A.G. (1974). Hypnosis. Encyclopaedia 

Britannica, 15th ed. Chicago: Hemingway 

Benton, 9, 133-140. 

Orne, M.T., Hilgard, E.R., Spiegel, H., Spiegel, D., Crawford, 

H.J., Evans, F.J., Orne, E.C., Frischholz, E.J. 

(1979). The relation between the Hypnotic Induction 

Profile and the Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scales, 

Forms A and C. International Journal of Clinical and 


Orne, M.T., McConkey, K.M. (1981). Toward convergent 

inquiry into self-hypnosis. International Journal of 


Orne, M.T., O’Connell, D.N. (1967). Diagnostic ratings of 

hypnotizability. International Journal of Clinical and 


Orne, M.T., Sheehan, P.W., Evans, F.J. (1968). Occurrence 

of posthypnotic behavior outside the experimental setting. 


189-196. 

Orne, M.T., Whitehouse, W.G. (2000). Hypnosis. In: Fink, 

G., editor. Encyclopedia of stress; Vol. 2. New York: 

Academic Press, 446-452. 

Orne, M.T., Whitehouse, W.G., Dinges, D.F., Orne, E.C. 

(1988). Reconstructing memory through hypnosis: Forensic 

and clinical implications. In: Pettinati, H.M., editor. 


Orne, M.T., Whitehouse, W.G., Orne, E.C., Dinges, D.F. 

(1996). “Memories” of anomalous and traumatic autobiographical 

experiences: Validation and consolidation 

of fantasy through hypnosis. Psychological Inquiry, 7, 

168-172. 

Orr, L., Ray, S. (1977). Rebirthing in the New Age. Millbrae 

CA: Celestial Arts. 

Orser, B.A., Mazer, C.D., Baker, A.J. (2008). Awareness 

during anesthesia. Canadian Medical Association 

Journal, 178(2), 185-188. 

Orwell, G. (1949). Nineteen eighty-four. London: Secker 

and Warburg. 

Osgood, H. (1890a). The therapeutic value of suggestion 

during the hypnotic state: With an historical sketch of 

hypnotism and a report of thirty-five cases. New England 

Journal of Medicine (Boston Medical Surgical 

Journal), 122, 411-417. 

Osgood, H. (1891a). The outcome of personal experience in 

the application of hypnotism and hypnotic suggestion. 

New England Journal of Medicine (Boston Medical 

Surgical Journal), 124, 277-280. 

Osgood, H. (1891b). The outcome of personal experience 

in the application of hypnotism and hypnotic suggestion. 

New England Journal of Medicine (Boston Medi- 

cal Surgical Journal), 124, 303-307. 

Ost, L.G. (1987). Applied relaxation: Description of a 

coping technique and review of controlled studies. 

Behaviour Research and Therapy, 25(5), 397-409. 

Ost, LG, Westling, BE, Hellstrom, K. (1993). Applied relaxation, 

exposure in vivo and cognitive methods in the 

treatment of panic disorder with agoraphobia. Behaviour 

Research and Therapy, 31, 383-394. 

Oster, M.I. (1994). Psychological preparation for labor and 

delivery using hypnosis. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 37, 12-21. 

Oster, M.I. (1998). A graduate school curriculum in clinical 


41(1), 65-74. 

Osterman, J.E., Hopper, J., Heran, W.J., Keane, T.M., Van 

der Kolk, B.A. (2001). Awareness under anesthesia and 

the development of posttraumatic stress disorder. General 

Hospital Psychiatry, 23(4), 198-204. 

Osterman, J.E., Van der Kolk, B.A. (1998). Awareness 

during anesthesia and posttraumatic stress disorder. 

General Hospital Psychiatry, 20(5), 274-281. 

Ott, U. (2007). States of absorption: In search of neurobiological 

foundations. In: Jamieson, G.A., editor. Hypnosis 

and conscious states: The cognitive neuroscience 

perspective. Oxford University Press, 250-270. 

Ottolenghi, S. (1900). La suggestione e le facoltà psichiche 

occulte in rapporto alla pratica legale e medico-forense. 

Torino: Bocca. 

Ottolenghi, S., Lombroso, C. (1889). Nuovi studi 

sull’ipnotismo e sulla credulità. Torino: UTET. 

Otto-Salaj, L.L., Nadon, R., Hoyt, I.P., Register, P.A., Kihlstrom, 

J.F. (1992). Laterality of hypnotic response. 


Hypnosis, 40, 12–20. 

Overdurf, J., Silverthorn, J. (1900). Training trances: 

Multi-level communication in therapy and training. 

Portland OR: Metamorphous Press. 

Overholser, L. (1984). Ericksonian hypnosis: Handbook of 

clinical practice. New York, Irvington. 

Owen, A. (1990). The darkened room: Women, power, and 

spiritualism in late Victorian England. Philadelphia PA: 

University of Pennsylvania Press. 

Owen, N. (2001). The magic of metaphor: 77 stories for 

teachers, trainers and thinkers. Carmethen UK: Crown 

House. 

Owen, N. (2004). More magic of metaphor: Stories for 

leaders, influencers and motivators and spiral dynamics 

wizards. Carmethen UK: Crown House. 

Oxman, M. (2002). How to read people like a book: 50 

uncommon tips you need to know. Naperville IL: 

Sourcebooks. 

Oystragh, P. (1970). The use of hypnosis in general and 

obstetrical practice. Medical Journal of Australia, 


2(16), 731-733. 

P 

Pacciolla, A. (1989). Ipnosi e sport: Con riferimiento al 

problema del doping. Movimento, 5(3), 209-212. 

Pacciolla, A. (1994). Ipnosi: Benessere psicofisico e risorse 

mentali. Roma: San Paolo. 

Packard, (1904). History of some famous quacks. Johns 

Hopkins Hospital Bulletin, XV(163), 316-323. 

Packard, V. (1957). The hidden persuaders. New York: 

McKay. 

Page, R.A., Green, J.P. (2005). Experiencing 

hypnotizability scale motor items by an amputee: A 

brief report. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

48(1), 51-54. 

Page, R.A., Green, J.P. (2007). An update on age, hypnotic 

suggestibility, and gender: A brief report. American 


Page, R.A., Handley, G.W. (1990). Psychogenic and 

physiological sequelae to hypnosis: Two case reports. 


Page, R.A., Handley, G.W. (1993a). The effect of preventive 

measures in reducing aftereffects to hypnosis. 


Page, R.A., Handley, G.W. (1993b). The use of hypnosis in 

cocaine addiction. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

36, 120-123. 

Page, R.A., Handley, G.W., Green, J.P. (1997). Response 

expectancies and beliefs about hypnosis: Another look. 


Paget, (1873). Nervous mimicry. Lancet. Reprinted in: 

Selected Essays. New York: Appleton, 1875, 172-250. 

Palan, B.M., Chandwani, S. (1989). Coping with examination 

stress through hypnosis: An experimental study. 


Palano, D. (2002). Il potere della moltitudine: L’invenzione 

dell’inconscio collettivo nella teoria politica e nelle 

scienze sociali italiane tra Otto e Novecento. Milano: 

Vita e Pensiero. 

Palfreman, J. (1977). Mesmerism and the English medical 

profession: A study of conflict. Ethics in Science and 


Palmer, D.D. (1910). The science, art and philosophy of 


chiropractic. Portland OR: Portland Printing House. 

Palmer, S. (2008). The judicious use of hypnosis in 

coaching and coaching psychology practice. International 

Coaching Psychology Review, 3(3), 253-262. 

Palsson, O.S. (2006). Standardized hypnosis treatment for 

irritable bowel syndrome: The North Carolina protocol. 


Hypnosis, 54(1), 51-64. 

Palsson, O.S. Whitehead, W.E. (2002). The growing case 

for hypnosis as adjunctive therapy for functional gastrointestinal 

disorders. Gastroenterology, 123(6), 

2132-2135. 

Palsson, O.S. Whitehead, W.E. (2006). Hypnosis for 

non-cardiac chest pain. Gut, 55, 1381-1384 

Palsson, O.S., Turner, M. J., Johnson, D. A., Burnelt, C. K., 

Whitehead, W.E. (2002). Hypnosis treatment for severe 

irritable bowel syndrome: Investigation of mechanism 

and effects on symptoms. Digestive Diseases and Science, 

47(11), 2605-2614. 

Palsson, O.S., Turner, M.J., Whitehead, W.E. (2006). 

Hypnosis home treatment for irritable bowel syndrome: 

A pilot study. International Journal of Clinical and 


Palumbo, J. (2008). Salesnosis: The art of hypnotic persuasion. 

Jacksonville FL: Palumbo. 

Parenti, F., Fiorenzola, F. (1964). Sogno, ipnosi e suggestione. 

Milano: Feltrinelli. 

Pareti, G. (1990). La tentazione dell’occulto: Scienza ed 

esoterismo nell’età vittoriana. Torino: Bollati 

Boringhieri. 

Parikh, C.K. (1982). Recall of witnesses under hypnosis. 

Journal of the Forensic Science Society, 22(4), 336. 

Paris, J. (1996). Review-essay: Dissociative symptoms, 

dissociative disorders, and cultural psychiatry. Transcultural 

Psychiatry, 33(1), 55-68. 

Parish, D. (1990). Mesmer and his critics. New Jersey 

Medicine: Journal of the Medical Society of New Jersey, 

87(2), 108-10. 

Parker, P.D., Barber, T.X. (1964). Hypnosis, 

task-motivating instructions, and learning performance. 

Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 69(5), 

499-504. 

Parliament of South Australia (2009). A review of the Department 

of Health’s report into hypnosis. Adelaide: 

Parliament House. 

Parrish, M.J. (1974). Moral predisposition and hypnotic 

influence of "immoral" behavior: An exploratory study. 


Parrish, M.J. (1975). Predoctoral training in clinical hypnosis: 

A national survey of availability and educator 

attitudes in schools of medicine, dentistry, and graduate 

clinical psychology. International Journal of Clinical 



and Experimental Hypnosis, 23(4) 249-265. 

Parrish, M.J., Lundy, R.M., Leibowitz, H.W. (1968). 

Hypnotic age-regression and magnitudes of the Ponzo 

and Poggendorff illusions. Science, 159, 1375-1376. 

Parrish, M.J., Lundy, R.M., Leibowitz, H.W. (1969). Effect 

of hypnotic age regression on the magnitude of the 

Ponzo and Poggendorff illusions. Journal of Abnormal 

Psychology, 74(6), 693-698. 

Parson, F.T. (1877). Vital magnetism: Its power over disease. 

A statement of the facts developed by men who 

have employed this agent under various names, as animal 

magnetism, mesmerism, hypnotism, etc., from the 

earliest times down to the present. New York: Adams, 

Victor and Co. 

Parssinen, T.M. (1977). Mesmeric Performers. Victorian 

Studies, 21, 87-104. 

Parssinen, T.M. (1979). Professional deviants and the history 

of medicine: Medical mesmerists in Victorian 

Britain. In: Wallis, R., editor. On the margins of science: 

The social construction of rejected knowledge. 

Sociological Review Monograph 27. Keele: University 

of Keele, 103-120. 

Partington, P. (2009). Hypnotic interventions for pain 

management in chiropractic practice: A review. Clinical 

Chiropractic, 12(3), 109-116. 

Parwatikar, S.D., Brown, M.S., Stern, J.A., Ulett, G.A., 

Sletten, I.S. (1978). Acupuncture, hypnosis and experimental 

pain; I. Study with volunteers. Acupuncture 

and Electro-Therapeutics Research, 3, 161-190. 

Passavant, J.C. (1837). Untersuchungen über den 

Lebensmagnetismus und das Hellsehen: Zweite, 

umgearbeitete Auflage. Frankfurt: Brönner. 

Patel, B., Potter, C., Mellor, A.C. (2000). The use of hypnosis 

in dentistry: A review. Dental Update, 27(4), 

198-202. 

Paterson, D.G. (1923). A note on popular pseudo-psychological 

beliefs. Journal of Applied 

Pscyhology, 7, 101-102. 

Pates, J., Cummings, A., Maynard, I. (2002). The effects of 

hypnosis on flow states and three-point shooting performance 

in basketball players. Sport Psychologist, 

16(1), 34-47. 

Pates, J., Maynard, I. (2000). Effects of hypnosis on flow 

states and golf performance. Perceptual and Motor 

Skills, 91(3Pt2), 1057-1075. 

Pates, J., Maynard, I., Westbury, T. (2001). An investigation 

into the effects of hypnosis on basketball performance. 

Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 13(1), 

84-102. 

Pates, J., Oliver, R., Maynard, I. (2001). The effects of 

hypnosis on flow states and golfputting performance. 

Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 13, 341-354. 

Pates, J., Westbury, T. (2000). The effects of hypnosis on 

free-throw performance. Journal of Sport Sciences, 18, 

56. 

Patry, M.W., Stinson, V., Smith, S.M. (2009). Supreme 

Court of Canada Addresses Admissibility of 

Posthypnosis Witness Evidence: R. v. Trochym, 2007. 

Canadian Psychology, 50(2), 98-105. 

Patten, E.F. (1930). The duration of post-hypnotic suggestion. 

Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 

25(3), 319-334. 

Patten, E.F., Switzer, S.A., Hull, C.L. (1932). Habituation, 

retention, and perseveration characteristics of direct 

waking suggestion. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 

15(5), 539-549. 

Patterson, D.R. (1992). Practical applications of psychological 

techniques in controlling burn pain. Journal of 

Burn Care and Rehabilitation, 13, 13-18. 

Patterson, D.R. (2004). Treating pain with hypnosis. Current 

Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 252-255. 

Patterson, D.R. (2010a) editor. Clinical hypnosis for pain 

control. Washington DC: American Psychological 

Association. 

Patterson, D.R. (2010b). Acute pain. In: Barabasz, M., et 



Patterson, D.R., Adcock, R.J., Bombardier, C.H. (1997). 

Factors predicting hypnotic analgesia in clinical burn 

pain. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 45, 377-395. 

Patterson, D.R., Everett, J.J., Burns, G.L., Marvin, J.A. 

(1992). Hypnosis for the treatment of burn pain. Journal 

of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 60(5), 713-717. 

Patterson, D.R., Goldberg, M.L., Ehde, D.M. (1996). 

Hypnosis in the treatment of patients with severe burns. 


Patterson, D.R., Jensen, M.P. (2003). Hypnosis and clinical 

pain. Psychological Bulletin, 129(4), 495-521. 

Patterson, D.R., Jensen, M.P., Montgomery, G.H. (2010). 

Hypnosis for pain control. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., 




Patterson, D.R., Jensen, M.P., Wiechman, S.A., Sharar, 

S.R. (2010). Virtual reality hypnosis for pain associated 

with recovery from physical trauma. International 


288-300. 

Patterson, D.R., Ptacek, J.T. (1997). Baseline pain as a 

moderator of hypnotic analgesia for burn injury treatment. 

Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 

65(1), 60-67. 

Patterson, D.R., Questad, K.A., Boltwood, M.D. (1987). 

Hypnotherapy as a treatment for pain in patients with 

burns: Research and clinical considerations. Journal of 


Burn Care and Rehabilitation, 8, 263-268. 

Patterson, D.R., Wiechman, S.A., Jensen, M., Sharar, S.R. 

(2006). Hypnosis delivered through immersive virtual 

reality for burn pain: A clinical case series. International 


54, 130-142. 

Pattie, F.A. (1935). A report of attempts to produce 

uni-ocular blindness by hypnotic suggestion. British 

Journal of Medical Psychology, 15, 230-241. 

Pattie, F.A. (1937). The genuineness of hypntically produced 

anesthesia of the skin. American Journal of 


Pattie, F.A. (1941). The production of blisters by hypnotic 

suggestion: A review. Journal of Abnormal and Social 

Psychology, 36(1), 62-72. 

Pattie, F.A. (1950). The genuineness of unilateral deafness 

produced by hypnosis. American Journal of Psychology, 

63, 84-86. 

Pattie, F.A. (1956). Mesmer’s medical dissertation and its 

debt to Mead’s De Imperio Solis ac Lunae. Journal of 

the History of Medicine and Allied Sciences, 11, 

275-287. 

Pattie, F.A. (1956). The genuineness of some hypnotic 

phenomena. In: Dorcus, R.M., editor. Hypnosis and its 

therapeutic applications. New York: McGraw-Hill. 

Pattie, F.A. (1964). Unilateral hypnotic anesthesias: A reply. 


71-78. 

Pattie, F.A. (1967). A brief history of hypnotism. In: Gordon, 

G.E., editor. Handbook of clinical and experimental 

hypnosis. New York: Macmillan, 10-43. 

Pattie, F.A. (1979). A Mesmer-Paradis myth dispelled. 


Pattie, F.A. (1990). On the origin of the word hypnotism. 


Pattie, F.A. (1994). Mesmer and animal magnetism: A 

chapter in the history of medicine. Hamilton NY: 

Edmonston. 

Pattie, F.A., Watkins, J.R. (1962). Hypnosis and contact 

lenses: Fear alleviation and facilitation of initial fitting. 


Paulet, J.J. (1784). L’antimagnétisme: Ou origine, progrès 

décadence, renouvellement et réfutation du magnétisme 

animal. Paris: Desenne (ma indicando falsamente nel 

frontespizio: London, senza indicazione ulteriore). 

Pauly, J. (1889). Über einige neuere Publicationen auf dem 

Gebiete des Hypnotismus. Wiener Klinische Wochenschrift, 

21, 428-430. 

Pavese, R. (1959). Teoria e pratica dell'ipnotismo. Varese: 

La Tecnografica. 

Pavesi, P.M.A. (1959). L'ipnosi in odontoiatria: Una rassegna 

della letteratura moderna. A cura della Clinica 


Odontoiatrica dell'Universita' di Pavia, Scuola di specializzazione 

in Odontoiatria e protesi Dentaria. Pavia: 

Cortina. 

Pavesi, P.M.A., Mosconi, G. (1960). L'ipnosi nella medicina 

moderna: Una rassegna della letteratura moderna. 

Pavia: Cortina. 

Pavesi, P.M.A., Mosconi, G. (1974). Tecniche e applicazioni 

dell'ipnosi medica. Padova: Piccin. 

Pavlov, I.P. (1923). The identity of inhibition with sleep 

and hypnosis. Scientific Monthly, 17, 603-608. 

Pavlov, I.P. (1957) posthumous. Experimental psychology: 

And other essays. New York: Philosophical Library. 

Pawlow, L.A, Jones, J.E. (2002). The impact of abbreviated 

progressive muscle relaxation on salivary cortisol. 

Biological Psychology, 60, 1-16. 

Peano, C. (1855). Il magnetismo animale al cospetto 

dell’Associazione Medica degli Stati Sardi. Saluzzo: 

Tipografia Lobetti-Bodoni. 

Pearce, M. (1997). Hypnosis and imagination visualisation. 


Hypnosis, 18(1), 33-38. 

Pearce, M. (1999). A case study in the use of hypnosis to 

assist with exam preparation and anxiety. Australian 

Journal of Clinical Hypnotherapy and Hypnosis, 20(1), 

55-57. 

Pearson, J.E. (2006). The weight: Hypnotherapy and you. 

Weight reduction program: An NLP and hypnotherapy 

practitioner's manual. Norwalk CT: Crown House. 

Pearson, P. (1983). Practical applications of hypnosis in 

sporting performance. Australian Journal of Clinical 


Pease, A. (1984-2006). Body language: How to read others' 

thoughts by their gestures. New York: Bantam. 

Peaumerelle, C. J. de B. de (1784). La philosophie des 

vapeurs ou Correspondance d’une jolie femme, 

nouvelle édition, augmentée d’un petit traité des crises 

magnétiques à l’usage des mesmériennes. Paris: Royez. 

Peckham, F.E. (1893). A case of hysterical hip-joint successfully 

treated by hypnotism. New England Journal of 


419-420. 

Pederson, L.L., Schrimgeour, W.G., Lefcoe, N.M. (1975). 

Comparison of hypnosis plus counseling, counseling 

alone, and hypnosis alone in a community service 

smoking withdrawal program. Journal of Consulting 

and Clinical Psychology, 43(6), 920. 


Variables of hypnosis which are related to success in a 

smoking withdrawal program. International Journal of 



Incorporation of rapid smoking in a community service 



smoking withdrawal program. International Journal of 

the Addictions, 15(5), 615-629. 

Pederzini, A. (1964). Contributo allo studio del comportamento 

dell'EEG in corso di ipnosi. Archivio di Psicologia, 

Neurologia e Psichiatria, 25(2), 163-178. 

Peebles, M.J. (2008). Trauma-related disorders and dissociation. 

In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., editors. Oxford 


Press, 647-680. 

Peebles-Kleiger, M.J. (2000). The use of hypnosis in 

emergency medicine. Emergency Medicine Clinics of 

North America, 18(2), 327-338. 

Peintinger, C., Hartmann, W. (2008). Hypnosis as an alternative 

treatment for pain in palliative medicine | 

(Hypnose als schmerztherapeutische Option in der 

Palliativmedizin). Wiener Medizinische Wochenschrift, 

158(23-24), 674-679. 

Pekala, R. J., Forbes, E. (1988). Hypnoidal effects associated 

with several stress management strategies. Australian 


16, 121‑132. 

Pekala, R.J. (1991). Hypnotic types: Evidence from a 

cluster analysis of phenomenal experience. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 8, 95-104. 

Pekala, R.J. (1995). A short, unobtrusive hypnotic-assessment 

procedure for assessing hypnotizability 

level: I. Development and research. American Journal 


Pekala, R.J., Kumar, V.K. (1986). The differential organization 

of the structures of consciousness during hypnosis 

and a baseline condition. Journal of Mind and 

Behavior, 7, 515‑539. 

Pekala, R.J., Kumar, V.K. (1989). Phenomenological patterns 

of consciousness during hypnosis: Relevance to 

cognition and individual differences. Australian Journal 


Pekala, R.J., Kumar, V.K. (2000). Individual differences in 

patterns of hypnotic experience across low and high 

hypnotically susceptible individuals. In: Kunzendorf, 

R.G., Wallace, B., editors. Individual differences in 

conscious experience. Philadelphia: Benjamins, 

309-336. 

Pekala, R.J., Kumar, V.K. (2007). An empirical-phenomenological 

approach to quantifying consciousness 

and states of consciousness: With particular 

reference to understanding the nature of hypnosis. In 

Jamieson, G.A., editor. Hypnosis and conscious states: 

The cognitive neuroscience perspective. Oxford: Oxford 


Pekala, R.J., Kumar, V.K., Marcano, G. (1995). Hypnotic 

types: A partial replication concerning phenomenal 

experience. Contemporary Hypnosis, 12, 194-200. 

Pekala, R.J., Kumar, V.K., Maurer, R., Elliott-Carter, N., 

Moon, E. (2006). How deeply hypnotized did I get? 

Predicting self-reported hypnotic depth for a phenomenological 

assessment instrument. International Journal 


316-339. 

Pekala, R.J., Nagler, R. (1989). The assessment of 

hypnoidal states: Rationale and clinical applications. 


Pélin, G. (1889). Homo duplex: Note physiologique sur 

l’organisme humain présentée aux Facultés de 

Médecine et à l’Académie des Sciences. Paris: Sauvaitre. 

Pelosi, L.C. (1870). Manuale teorico-pratico di magnetismo 

animale. Bologna: Fava e Garagnani. 

Peltier, B. (2006). Hypnosis in dentistry. Malden MA: 

Blackwell. 

Peresson, L. (1980). Ipnositerapia: Le tecniche. Faenza: 

Faenza editrice. 

Peresson, L. (1981). Ipnositerapia: Le applicazioni. Faenza: 


Peresson, L. (1982). Ipnositerapia: Le suggestioni. Faenza: 


Peresson, L. (1983). Ipnositerapia: La casistica. Faenza: 


Peresson, L. (1983). L'immagine mentale in psicoterapia. 

Roma: Città Nuova. 

Peretz, B., Bimstein, E. (2000). The use of imagery suggestions 

during administration of local anesthetic in 

pediatric dental patients. ASDC Journal of Dentistry for 

Children, 67, 263-267. 

Pérez Álvarez, M. (1999). Teoría dramatúrgica de la 

hipnosis. Anales de Psicología, 15, 27-38. 

Perkins, B.D. (1796). The influence of metallic tractors on 

the human body, in removing various painful 

inflamatory diseases. London: Johnson and Ogilvy. 

Perkins, B.D. (1799). Reports of about one hundred and 

fifty cases in England demonstrating the efficacy of the 

metallic practice in a variety of complaints both upon 

the human body and on horses. London: Johnson. 

Perkins, D.N. (1981). The mind’s best work. Cambridge 


Perkins, E. (1796). Certificates of the efficacy of Dr. Perkins’s 

patent metallic instruments. New London CT: S. 

Green’s Press. 

Perl, E.R. (2007). Ideas about pain, a historical view. Nature 

Reviews Neuroscience, 8(1), 71-80. 

Perlini, A.H., Spanos, N.P. (1991). EEG alpha methodologies 

and hypnotizability: A critical review. Psychophysiology, 

28, 511-530. 

Perlini, A.H., Spanos, N.P., Jones, W. (1996). Hypnotic 

negative hallucinations: A review of subjective, behavioral 

and physiological methods. In: Kunzendorf, 

R.G., Spanos, N.P. , Wallace, B.J., editors. Hypnosis 


and imagination. New York: Baywood, 199–222. 

Perlini, T. (1980). La vertigine del niente: Considerazioni 

sulla nostalgia del sacro. Psicoterapia e Scienze Umane, 

14(2), pp. 1-22. 

Perlman, L. (2001). Nonspecific, unintended, and serendipitous 

effects in psychotherapy. Professional Psychology: 

Research and Practice, 32(3), 283-288. 

Perloff, M.M., Spiegelman, J. (1973). Hypnosis in the 

treatment of a child’s allergy to dogs. American Journal 


Pernick, M.S. (1985). A calculus of suffering: Pain, professionalism, 

and anesthesia in 19th-century America. 

New York: Columbia University Press. 

Perri, F.B. (2003). An investigation into the use of ego state 

therapy in enhancing creative output. Australian Journal 

of Clinical Hypnotherapy and Hypnosis, 24(2), 

77-87. 

Perry, B.J. (1980). Control of physiological phenomena via 

hypnosis with special reference to contraception. Australian 

Journal of Clinical Hypnotherapy, 1(2), 73-77. 

Perry, C. (1973). Imagery, fantasy, and hypnotic susceptibility: 

A multidimensional approach. Journal of Personality 


Perry, C. (1977a). Uncancelled hypnotic suggestions: The 

effects of hypnotic depth and hypnotic skill on their 

posthypnotic persistence. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

86(5), 570-574. 

Perry, C. (1977b). Variables influencing the posthypnotic 

persistence of an uncancelled hypnotic suggestion. 

Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 296: 

264-273. 

Perry, C. (1979). Hypnotic coercion and compliance to it: A 

review of evidence presented in a legal case. International 


27, 187-218. 

Perry, C. (1997). Admissibility and per se exclusion of 

hypnotically elicited recall in American courts of law. 


Hypnosis, 45(3), 266-279. 

Perry, C., Chisholm, W. (1973). Hypnotic age regression 

and the Ponzo and Poggendorff illusions. International 


192-204. 

Perry, C., Galfand, R., Marcovitch, P. (1979). The relevance 

of hypnotic susceptibility in the clinical context. 


Perry, C., Nadon, R., Button, J. (1992). The measurement 

of hypnotic ability. In: Fromm, E., Nash, M., Contemporary 


Perry, C., Orne, M.T., London, R.W., Orne, E.C.(1996), 

Rethinking per se exclusions of hypnotically elicited 

recall as legal testimony. International Journal of 



Perry, E.K., Ashton, H., Young, A. (2002) editors. Neurochemistry 

of consciousness: Neurotransmitters in 

mind. Philadelphia PA: Benjamins. 

Perry, P.W., Laurence, J-R., D'Eon, J., Tallant, B. (1988). 

Hypnotic age regression techiniques in the elicitation of 

memories: Applied uses and abuses. In: Pettinati, H.M., 

editor. Hypnosis and memory. New York: Guilford, 

128-155. 

Perussia, F. (2000). Storia del soggetto: La costruzione 

mimetica della persona. Torino: Bollati Boringhieri. 

Perussia, F. (2002). Theatrum psychotechnicum: 

L’espressione poetica della persona. Torino: Bollati 

Boringhieri. 

Perussia, F. (2004). Regia psicotecnica. Milano: Guerini. 

Perussia, F. (2007). La psicoterapia secondo il Dipartimento 

di Stato Americano sul finire della seconda 

guerra mondiale. Giornale di Psicologia, 1(1), 85-92. 

Perussia, F. (2010a). Memoria sulla scoperta della psicotecnica. 

Milano: Unicopli. 

Perussia, F. (2010b). Cover hypnosis: Hypnotic suggestions 

in thousand and more covers. Rapporto Tecnico, Report 

n.9 dal Laboratorio di Ricerca sulle Personalità e sul 

Counseling. Torino: Università degli Studi di Torino, 

Dipartimento di Psicologia. 

Perussia, F. (2011). Manuale di ipnosi. Milano: Unicopli. 

Pesoli, F. (1999). Aspetti della ricerca scientifica sullo 

spiritismo in Italia (1870-1915). Milano: Università 

degli Studi, TFO-SWIF Tesi Filosofiche Online 

(www.swif.it/tfo). 

Pessin, M., Plapp, J.M., Stern, J.A.(1968). Effects of hypnosis 

induction andattention direction on electrodermal 

responses. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

10(3), 198-206. 

Peter, B. (1997). Hypnosis in the treatment of cancer pain. 


25, 40-52. 

Peter, B. (2011). On the history of dissociative identity 

disorders in Germany: The doctor Justinus Kerner and 

the girl from Orlach, or possession as an "Exchange of 

the self." International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 59(1), 82-102. 

Peters, J.D. (1999). Speaking into the air: A history of the 

idea of communication. Chicago: University of Chicago 

Press. 

Peters, J.E., Stern, R.M. (1973). Peripheral skin temperature 

and vasomotor responses during hypnotic induction. 



Peters, J.P., Dhanens, T.P., Lundy, R.M., Landy, F.J. 

(1974). A factor analytic investigation of the Harvard 

Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility, Form A. In- 



ternational Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 22, 377-385. 

Petetin, J.H.D. (1787). Mémoires sur la découverte des 

phénomènes que représentent la catalepsie et le 

somnambulisme, symptômes de l’affection hystérique 

essentielle, avec des recherches sur la cause physique 

des ces phénomènes. Lyon. 

Petetin, J.H.D. (1802). Nouveau mécanisme de l'électricité, 

fondé sur les lois de l'équilibre et du mouvement , 

démontré par des experiences qui renversent le système 

de l'électricité positive et négative ; et qui établissent ses 

rapports avec le mécanisme caché de l'aimant, dont il 

explique les principaux phénomènes ; et l'heureuse influence 

du fluide électrique dans le traitement des 

maladies nerveuses. Lyon: Bruyset. 

Petetin, J.H.D. (1803). Théorie du galvanisme: Ses rapports 

avec le nouveau mecanisme de l´électricité. Lyon: 

Reymann. 

Petetin, J.H.D. (1805). Electricitè animale: Prouvée par la 

decouverte des phénomènes physiques et moraux de la 

catalepsie hysterique, et de ses variétés; et par les bons 

effets de l´électricité artificielle dans la traitement de 

ces maladies. Lyon: Bruyset et Buyand. 

Petrie, A. (1948). Repression and suggestibility as related 

to temperament. Journal of Personality, 18, 445-458. 

Pettinati, H.M. (1988) editor. Hypnosis and memory. New 


Pettinati, H.M., Evans, F J., Orne, E.C., Orne, M.T. (1981). 

Restricted use of success cues in retrieval during posthypnotic 

amnesia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 90, 

345-353. 

Pettinati, H.M., Horne, R.L., Staats, J.M. (1985). 

Hypnotizability in patients with anorexia nervosa and 

bulimia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 42(10), 

1014-1016. 

Pettinati, H.M., Kogan, L.G., Evans, F.J., Wade, J.H., 

Horne, R.L., Staats, J.M. (1990). Hypnotizability of 

psychiatric inpatients according to two different scales. 


Petty, R.E., Cacioppo, J.T., Schumann, D. (1983). Central 

and peripheral routes to advertising effectiveness: The 

moderating role of involvement. Journal of Consumer 

Research, 10, 18-37. 

Peynovska, R., Fisher, J., Oliver, D., Mathew, V.M. (2005). 

Efficacy of hypnotherapy as a supplement therapy in 

cancer intervention. European Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 6(1), 2-7. 

Pfeifer, S. (1994). Belief in demons and exorcism in psychiatric 

patients in Switzerland. British Journal of 


Pfitzer, B.E., Clark, K., Revenstorf, D. (2005) (Medical 

hypnosis in cases of herpes labialis improves resistance 

for recurrence. A pilot study). Hautarzt, 56(6), 562-568. 

Pfungst, O. (1907). Das Pferd des Herrn von Osten; der 

kluge Hans. Ein Beitrag zur experimentellen Tier- und 

Menschen-Psychologie. Leipzig: Barth. 

Philips, J.P.: pseudonym of Durand de Gros, J.P. 

Phillips, A.A., McLean, R.F., Devitt, J.H., Harrington, 

E.M. (1993). Recall of intraoperative events after general 

anaesthesia and cardiopulmonary bypass. Canadian 

Journal of Anaesthesia, 40, 922-926. 

Phillips, K.D. (1994). Hypnotherapy. British Journal of 

General Practice, 44, 281-282. 

Phillips, K.D. (1995). Our bodies, our selves: Treating the 

somatic expressions of trauma with ego-state therapy. 


Phillips, M. (2004). Joan of Arc meets Mary Poppins: 

Maternal re-nurturing approaches with male patients in 

ego-state therapy. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

47(1), 3-12. 

Phillips, M., Frederick, C. (1992). The use of hypnotic age 

progressions as prognostic, ego-strengthening, and integrating 

techniques. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 35, 99-108. 

Phillips, M., Frederick, C. (1995). Healing the divided self: 

Clinical and ericksonian hypnotherapy for 

post-traumatic and dissociative conditions. New York: 

Norton. 

Piccione, P.C., Hilgard, E.R., Zimbardo, P.G. (1989). On 

the degree of stability of measured hypnotizability over 

a 25-year period. Journal of Personality and Social 


Pick, D. (2000). Svengali’s web: The alien enchanter in 

modern culture. New Haven and London: Yale University 

Press. 

Piesbergen, C., Burkhard, P. (2006). An investigation of the 

factor structure of the harvard group scale of hypnotic 

susceptibility, form a (HGSHS:A). Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 23(2), 59-71. 

Pietikäinen, P. (2007). Neurosis and modernity: The age of 

nervousness in Sweden. Leiden: Brill. 

Pigeaire, J. (1839). Puissance de l'électricité animale: Ou du 

magnétisme vital et de ses rapports avec la physique, la 

physiologie et la médecine. Paris: Dentu. 

Pik, M.J. (1989). Hypnosis as an adjunct to a behavioral 

weight loss treatment. Dissertation Abstracts International, 

49(9-B), 4018. 

Pike, D. K. (1997). Life as a waking dream: How to explore 

your most vivid life experiences and find the meaning 

within them. New York: Burkley. 

Pinel, P. (1798). Nosographie philosophique: Ou la 

méthode de l'analyse appliquée a la médecine. Paris: 

Richard, Caille et Ravier. 

Pinel, P. (1798). Recherches et observations sur le 

traitement moral des aliénés. Mémoires de la Société 

Médicale d’Émulation, 2, 215-255. 


Pinel, P. (1801). Traité médico-philosophique sur l'aliénation 

mentale: Ou la manie. Paris: Richard, Caille et 

Ravier. 

Pinel, P. (1804). La medécine clinique: Rendue plus précise 

et plus exacte par l'application de l'analyse, ou recueil et 

résultat d'observations sur les maladies aiguës, faites à 

la Salpêtrière. Paris: Brosson. 

Pinel, P. (1804). La medécine clinique: Rendue plus précise 

et plus exacte par l'application de l'analyse, ou recueil et 

résultat d'observations sur les maladies aiguës, faites à 

la Salpêtrière. Paris: Brosson. 

Pinelli, P. (1959). Sonno, sogno, ipnosi e stati patologici di 

inibizione celebrale. Pavia: Renzo Cortina. . 

Pinizzotto, A.J. (1989). Memory and hypnosis: Implications 

for the use of forensic hypnosis. Professional 

Psychology: Research and Practice, 20(5), 322-328. 

Pinnell, C.M., Covino, N.M. (2000). Empirical findings on 

the use of hypnosis in medicine: A critical review. International 

Journal fo Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 48(2), 170-194. 

Pintar, J. (2010a). Il n’y a pas d’hypnotisme: A history of 

hypnosis in theory and practice. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, 

J.W., Kirsch, I., editors. Handbook of clinical hypnosis, 

Second edition. Washington DC: American Psychological 


Pintar, J. (2010b). On a clear day you can see forever: 

Hypnosis in the popular imagination. In: Lynn, S.J., 




Pintar, J., Lynn, S.J. (2008). Hypnosis: A brief history. New 

York: Wiley. 

Pio XII Papa (1956). Discorso sul parto indolore (8 gennaio 

1956). Roma: Vaticano. 

Pio XII Papa (1957). Discorso di Pio XII intorno a tre 

quesiti religiosi e morali concernenti l’ analgesia (24 

febbraio 1957). Roma: Vaticano. 

Piper, A., Merskey, H. (2004a). The persistence of folly: A 

critical examination of dissociative identity disorder. 

Part I. The excesses of an improbable concept. Canadian 

Journal of Psychiatry; Revue Canadienne de 

Psychiatrie, 49(9), 592-600. 

Piper, A., Merskey, H. (2004b). The persistence of folly: 

Critical examination of dissociative identity disorder. 

Part II. The defence and decline of multiple personality 

or dissociative identity disorder. Canadian Journal of 

Psychiatry; Revue Canadienne de Psychiatrie, 49(10), 

678-683. 

Pirotta, M.V., Cohen, M.M., Kotsirilos, V., Farish, S.J. 

(2000). Complementary therapies: Have they become 

accepted in general practice? Medical Journal of Australia, 

172(3), 105-109. 


Pirro, G. (1913). I fenomeni dell'ipnotismo e della suggestione. 

Milano: Sonzogno. 

Piscicelli, U. (1968). L'ipnositerapia nell'iperemesi gravidica. 

Rassegna Italiana di Ipnosi e Medicina Psicosomatica, 

8. 

Piscicelli, U. (1995). Trance e psicoterapie brevi. Roma: 

SEU. 

Pitaro, A. (1805). Parallèle physico-chimique entre le calorique, 

la lumière, l’électricité, le magnétisme, le galvanisme 

animal et le galvanisme métallique: ou 

Introduction à la théorologie galvanique, suivi de trois 

autres mémoires, dont un sur le tarentulisme. Paris: 

Giguet et Michaud. 

Pitres, A. (1884). Des suggestions hypnotiques. Bordeaux: 

Feret. 

Pitres, A. (1891). Lecons cliniques sur l ‘hysterie et l 

‘hypnotisme; 2 Vol. Paris: Doin. 

Pitt, L. (2006). A small moment of great illumination: 

Searching for Valentine Greatrakes, the master healer. 

Emeryville CA: Shoemaker and Hoard. 

Pivati, G.F. (1749). Riflessioni fisiche sopra la medicina 

elettrica. Venezia: Milocco. 

Place, M. (1984). Hypnosis and the child. Journal of Child 

Psychology and Psychiatry, 25(3), 339-347. 

Plapp, J., Edmonston, W.E. (1965). Extinction of a conditioned 

motor response following hypnosis. Journal of 


Plas, R. (1986). De l'hypnotisme criminel à la suggestion 

collective dans un traité de droit pénal français: 

L'exemple de René Garraud. Hermès, 5-6, 107-116. 

Plas, R. (1987). De quelques particularités de l’histoire de 

l’hypnose et de l’hypnotisme en France. Studies in the 

History of Psychology and the Social Sciences, 4, 

286-298. 

Plas, R. (1991). De la vivisection morale et intellectuelle: 

L’hypnotisme comme moyen d’investigation 

psychologique en France au XIXe siècle. Phoenix, 

11-12, 41-44. 

Plas, R. (1998). Hysteria, hypnosis and moral sense in 

French 19th-Century forensic psychiatry: The 

Eyraud-Bompard Case. International Journal of Law 

and Psychiatry, 21, 397-407. 

Platonov, K.I. (1959). Methods of verbal suggestion. In: 

The word as a physiological and therapeutic factor: The 

theory and practice of psychotherapy according to I. P. 

Pavlov; Second edition. Moscow: Foreign Language 

Publishing House. Now in: Greenwald, H. editor. Active 

psychotherapy. New York: Aronson, 1974, 224-250. 

Playfair, W.S. (1883). The systematic treatment of nerve 

prostration and hysteria. London: Smith, Elder and Co. 

Pleasants, H. (1964). Biographical dictionary of parapsychology, 

with directory and glossary. New York: Helix 



Press. 

Plotnick, A.B., O’Grady, G.J. (1991). Hypnotic responsiveness 

in children. In: Wester, W.C., O’Grady, D.J, 

editors. Clinical hypnosis with children. New York: 

Brunner Mazel, 19-33. 

Plowman, J. (1996). Past life memories and present day 

problems. European Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 3(2), 

36–39. 

Plunkett, R.J. (1958). Medical use of hypnosis: Council on 

Mental Health Report. Journal of the American Medical 

Association JAMA, 168, 186-189. 

Pockett, S. (2004). Hypnosis and the death of "subjective 

backwards referral". Consciousness and Cognition, 13, 

621-25. 

Podmore, F. (1894). Apparitions and thought-transference: 

An examination of the evidence for telepathy. London: 

Scott. 

Podmore, F. (1902). Modern spiritualism: A history and a 

criticism. 2 vol. London: Methuen. 

Podmore, F. (1902). Modern spiritualism: A history and a 

criticism. London: Methuen. Now at Cambridge MA: 

Cambridge University Press, 2011. 

Podmore, F. (1909). Mesmerism and Christian Science: A 

Short history of mental healing. London: Methuen. 

Podmore, F. (1910). The Newer Spiritualism. London: 

Fisher Unwin. 

Podolnick, E.E., Field, P.B. (1970). Emotional involvement, 

oral anxiety, and hypnosis. International Journal 


Poe, E.A., (1837) anonimous? The philosophy of animal 

magnetism together with the system of manipulating 

adopted to produce ecstasy and somnambulism. The 

effects and rationale. By a gentleman of Philadelphia. 

Philadelphia: Merrihew and Gunn. 

Poe, E.A., (1845). Mesmeric revelation. Tales of Edgar A. 

Poe. New York: Wiley, 47-57. 

Poeti, M., Dugnani, C. (1848). L'omeopatia paragonata agli 

altri metodi di curare le malattie, accompagnata da un 

Saggio sopra l'azione curativa del magnetismo animale 

nelle malattie nervose, con aloune osservazioni del 

dottore Carlo Dugnani. Torino: Bocca. 

Poffel, S.A., Cross, H.J. (1985). Neurolinguistic programming: 

A test of the eye movement hypothesis. 

Perceptual and Motor Skills, 61, 1262. 

Poggi, S. (2000). Fluido nervoso, elettricità, magnetismo 

animale. In: Rossi, P., a cura. Storia della scienza moderna 

e contemporanea. Dalla rivoluzione scientifica 

all’età dei Lumi, Vol. I, Tomo II. Milano: TEA, 

645-671. 

Poincaré, E.L. (1865). Étude physiologique sur le magnétisme 

animal. Nancy: Raybois. 

Poissonnier, P.I., Caille, C.A., Mauduyt de Varenne, P.J.C., 

Andry, C.L.F. (1784). Rapport des commissaires de la 

Société royale de médecine nommés par le Roi pour fair 

l’examen du magnétisme animal, imprimé par ordre du 

Roi. Paris: Imprimerie royale. 

Polgar, F.J. (1951). The story of a hypnotist. New York: 

Hermitage House. 

Polidoro, M. (1995). Viaggio tra gli spiriti: Indagine sui 

“fenomeni” dello spiritismo. Carnago: Sugarco. 

Pollack, S. (1966). Pain control by suggestion. Journal of 

Oral Medicine, 21, 89-95. 

Pollard, R.J., Coyle, J.P., Gilbert, R.L., Beck, J.E. (2007). 

Intraoperative awareness in a regional medical system: 

A review of 3 years’ data. Anesthesiology, 106, 

269-274. 

Pollitt, J.D., Smith, M.A., Wallace, H.J. (1963). Treatment 

of warts by hypnosis. Lancet, 282(7299), 152-153. 

Polusny, M.A., Follette, V.M. (1996). Remembering 

childhood sexual abuse: A national survey of psychologists’ 

clinical practices, beliefs, and personal experiences. 

Professional Psychology: Research and 

Practice, 27(1), 41-52. 

Polzonetti, P. (2002). Mesmerizing adultery: Così fan tutte 

and the Kornman scandal. Cambridge Opera Journal, 

14(3), 263-296. 

Pomme, P. (1763). Traité des affections vaporeuses des 

deux sexes: Ou l'on tâche de joindre à une théorie solide 

une pratique sûre, fondée sur des observations. Lyon: 

Benoit Duplain. 

Poole, D.A., Lindsay, D.S., Memon, A., Bull, R. (1995). 

Psychotherapy and the recovery of memories of childhood 

sexual abuse: U.S. and British practitioners’ 

opinions, practices, and experiences. Journal of Consulting 

and Clinical Psychology, 63(3), 426-437. 

Poole, D.A., Lindsay, D.S., Menon, A. Bull, R. (1995). 

Psychotherapy and the recovery of memories of childhood 

sexual abuse: U.S. and British practitioners' 

opinions, practices, and experiences. Journal of Consulting 

and Clinical Psychology, 63, 426-437. 

Pope, H.G., Hudson, J.I. (1995). Can memories of childhood 

abuse be repressed? Psychological Medicine, 25, 

121-126. 

Pope, H.G., Hudson, J.I., Mialet, J-P. (1985). Bulimia in the 

late nineteenth century: The observations of Pierre Janet. 


Pope, H.G., Oliva, P.S., Hudson, J.I., Bodkin, J.A., Gruber, 

A.J. (1999). Attitudes toward DSM-IV dissociative 

disorders diagnoses among board-certified American 

psychiatrists. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156(2), 

321-323. 

Popper, M. (2002). Hypnotic leadership: Leaders, followers 

and the loss of self. New York: Blackwell. 

Porter, J. (1978). Suggestions and success imagery for 

study problems. International Journal of Clinical and 

Experimental Hypnosis, 26(2), 63 -75. 


Porter, J.W., Woodward, J.A., Bisbee, C.T., Fenker, 

R.M.Jr. (1972). Effect of hypnotic age regression on the 

magnitude of the Ponzo illusion: a replication. Journal 


Porter, K., Foster, J. (1990). Visual athletics. Dubuque IA: 

Brown. 

Porter, R. (2000). Quacks: Fakers and charlatans in English 

medicine. Stroud: Tempus. 

Porter, R.S. (1982). The sexual politics of James Graham. 

British Journal for Eighteenth-Century Studies, 5, 

199-206. 

Porter, S., Yuille, J.C., Lehman, J.R. (1999). The nature of 

real, implanted, and fabricated childhood emotional 

events: Implications for the recovered memory debate. 

Law and Human Behavior, 23, 517-537. 

Posner, M.I., Rothbart, M.K. (2011). Brain states and 

hypnosis research. Consciousness and Cognition, 20(2), 

325-327. 

Postman, N.(1985). Amusing ourselves to death. New 

York: Viking Penguin. 

Potter, G. (2004). Intensive therapy: Utilizing hypnosis in 

the treatment of substance abuse disorders. American 


Pourhoseina, R., Ehsanb, Z.B. (2011). Using hypnosis in a 

case of vaginismus: A case report. Procedia: Social and 

Behavioral Sciences, 15, 3886-3889. 

Powell, R.C. (1979). The “subliminal” versus the “subconscious” 

in the American acceptance of psychoanalysis, 

1906-1910. Journal of the History of the 

Behavioral Sciences, 15(2), 155-165. 

Powers, M. (1961). Practical guide to self-hypnosis. Los 

Angeles: Wilshire. 

Poyen Saint Sauveur, C. (1836). Animal Magnetism. Boston 

Medical and Surgical Journal, 6 Apr, 141-145. 

Poyen Saint Sauveur, C. (1837). Progress of animal magnetism 

in New England: Being a collection of experiments, 

reports and certificates, from the most 

respectable sources. Preceded by a dissertation on the 

proofs of animal magnetism. Boston: Weeks Jordan. 

Pratkanis, A. R. (1992). The cargo-cult science of subliminal 

persuasion. Skeptical Inquirer, 16, 260-272. 

Pratkanis, A.R., Greenwald, A.G. (1988). Recent perspectives 

on unconscious processing: Still no marketing 

applications. Psychology and Marketing, 5, 337-353. 

Pratt, G.J., Wood, D.P., Alman, B.M. (1988). A clinical 

hypnosis primer. New York: Wiley. 

Praz, M. (1930). La carne, la morte e il diavolo nella letteratura 

romantica. Milano-Roma: La Cultura. 

Preyer, W. (1880). Das « Magnetisiren » der Menschen und 

Thiere, Natur-wissenschaftliche Thatsachen und Probleme. 

Populäre Vorträge, Berlin, Gebrüder Paetel, 

153-198. 


Preyer, W. (1882). Der Hypnotismus: Ausgewählte 

Schriften von J. Braid. Deutsch herausgegeben von W. 

Preyer. Berlin: Paetel, 1882 

Preyer, W. (1890). Der Hypnotismus: Vorlesungen 

gehalten an der K. Friedrich-Wilhelm’s-Universität zu 

Berlin, von W. Preyer. Nebst Anmerkungen und einer 

nachgelassenen Abhandlung von Braid aus dem Jahre 

1845. Berlin: Urban unt Schwarzenberg. 

Prezas, R.B. (1995). The effects of neurolinguistic programming 

on state-trait anxiety and academic performance 

using self-hypnosis. Dissertation Abstracts 

International, 56(5-A), 1715. 

Price, D. (2000). Hypnotic analgesia: Psychological and 

neural mechanisms. Science, 1769-1772. 

Price, D.D, Barrell, J.J. (2000). Mechanisms of analgesia 

produced by hypnosis and placebo suggestions. Progress 

in Brain Research, 122, 255-271. 

Price, D.D., Finniss, D.G., Benedetti, F. (2008). A comprehensive 

review of the placebo effect: Recent advances 

and current thought. Annual Review of 

Psychology, 59(1), 565-590. 

Price, H. (1925). Stella C: An account of some original 

experiments in psychical research. London: Hurst and 

Blackett. 

Prince, M. (1885). The nature of mind and human automatism. 

Philadelphia: Lippincott. 

Prince, M. (1890). Remarks on hypnotism as a therapeutic 

agent. New England Journal of Medicine (Boston 

Medical Surgical Journal), 122, 447-449. 

Prince, M. (1890). Some of the revelations of hypnotism - 

post-hypnotic suggestion, automatic writing and double 

personality. New England Journal of Medicine (Boston 

Medical Surgical Journal), 122, 463-467. 

Prince, M. (1901). The development and genealogy of the 

Misses Beauchamp: A Preliminary report of the case of 

multiple personality. Society for Psychical Research 


Prince, M. (1906). The dissociation of a personality: A 

biographical study in abnormal psychology. New York: 

Longmans. 

Prince, M. (1909). Experiments to determine co-conscious 

(sub-conscious) ideation. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

3, 33-42. 

Prince, M. (1921). The unconscious: The fundamentals of 

human personality, normal and abnormal. New York: 

Macmillan. 

Prince, M. (1929). Clinical and experimental studies in 

personality. Cambridge: Sci-Art Publishers. 

Prince, M. (1929). Suggestive depersonalization and 

repersonalization. The psychophysiology of hypnotism. 

Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 18, 159-180. 

Prince, M., Münsterberg, H., Ribot, T.A., Jastrow, J., Janet, 



P. (1907). A symposium on the subconscious. Journal 

of Abnormal Psychology, 2, 22-43, 58-80. 

Prince, W.F. (1917). The Doris case of quintuple personality. 


Prince, W.F. (1924). Studies in psychometry. American 


178-352. 

Prior, A., Colgan, S.M., Whorwell, P.J. (1990). Changes in 

rectal sensitivity after hypnotherapy in patients with irritable 

bowel syndrome. Gut, 31, 896–898. 

Pritchard, A., Pritchard, D.E., Mack, J.E., Kasey, P., Yapp, 

C. (1994) editors. Alien discussions: Proceedings of the 

Abduction Study Conference. Cambridge MA: North 

Cambridge Press. 

Professor of the Science (1849). A key to the science of 

electrical psychology. Rhode Island: Ashtabula Telegraph 

Office. 

Pronko, N.H., Hill, H.A (1949). Study of differential stimulus 

function in hypnosis. Journal of Psychology, 27, 

49-53. 

Propp, V. (1928). Morfologiia skazki: Istoricheskie korni 

volshebnoi skazki. Leningrad. (Morphology of the 

folktale. Austin TX: University of Texas Press, 1968). 

Pulos, L. (1980). Mesmerism revisited: The effectiveness 

of Esdaile’s technique in the production of deep hypnosis 

and total body hypnoanaesthesia. American 


Pulos, L. (1990). Beyond hypnosis. San Francisco: Omega 

Press. 

Pulver, S.E., Pulver, M.P. (1975). Hypnosis in medical and 

dental practice: A survey. International Journal of 


Pulver, S.E., Smith, L.H. (1961). Teaching medical hypnosis: 

A pilot course at a University Medical School. 

Comprehensive Psychiatry, 2(3), 157-162. 

Pulver, S.E., Smith, L.H. (1965). Physicians studying 

hypnosis: An evaluation. Archives of General Psychiatry, 

12(6), 557-561. 

Purcell, L.E. (1977). Trilby and Trilby-mania. Journal of 

Popular Culture, 11(1), 62-76. 

Purgotti, S. (1853). Sul fluido biotico e le sue influenze nei 

moti delle tavole e dei pendoli indovini e nel magnetismo 

animale e nelle manifestazioni spiritualiste. Perugia: 

Bartelli. 

Putnam, F.W. (1984). The psychophysiological investigation 

of multiple personality disorder. Psychiatric Clinics 

or North America, 7, 31-39. 

Putnam, F.W. (1989). Diagnosis and treatment of multiple 

personality disorder. New York: Guilford. 

Putnam, F.W., Carlson, E.B. (1997). Hypnosis, dissociation, 

and trauma: Myths, metaphors, and mechanisms. 

In: Bremner, J.D., Marmar, C., editors. Trauma, 

memory, and dissociation. Washington DC: American 

Psychiatric Association, 29-60. 

Puységur, A.M.J. Chastenet de (1784). Mémoire pour 

servir à l’histoire du magnétisme animal. Paris: Dentu. 

Puységur, A.M.J. Chastenet de (1785). Suite des mémoires 

pour servir à l’histoire et à l’établissement du 

magnétisme animal. Paris: Cellot. 

Puységur, A.M.J. Chastenet de (1807). Du magnétisme 

animal: Considéré dans ses rapports avec diverses 

branches de la physique générale. Paris, Desenne. 

Puységur, A.M.J. Chastenet de (1811). Recherches, 

expériences et observations physiologiques sur 

l’homme, dans l’état de somnambulisme naturel et dans 

le somnambulisme provoqué par l’acte magnétique. 

Paris: Dentu. 

Puységur, A.M.J. Chastenet de (1812). Les fous, les 

insensés, les maniaques et les frénétiques ne seraient-ils 

que des somnambules désordonnés? Paris: Dentu. 

Puységur, J.M.P. Chastenet de (1784). Rapport des cures 

opérées à Bayonne par le magnétisme animal, adressé à 

M. l’abbé de Poulouzat, conseiller clerc au Parlement de 

Bordeaux, par le comte de Puységur, avec notes de M. 

Duval d’Espremenil, conseiller au Parlement de Paris. 

Bayonne et Paris: Prault. 

Pyka, M., Burgmer, M., Lenzen, T., Pioch, R., Dannlowski, 

U., Pfleiderer, B., Ewert, A.W., Heuft, G., Arolt, V., 

Konrad, C. (2011). Brain correlates of hypnotic paralysis--a 

resting-state fMRI study. NeuroImage, 56(4), 

2173-2182. 

Pyun, Y.D., Kim, Y.J. (2009a). Experimental Production of 

Past-Life Memories in Hypnosis. International Journal 


Pyun, Y.D., Kim, Y.J. (2009b). Norms for the Korean 

Version of the Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic susceptibility 



Q 

Quackenbos, J.D. (1900). Hypnotism in mental and moral 

culture. New York: Harper. 

Quas, J.A., Fivush, R. (2009) editors. Emotion in memory 

and development: Biological, cognitive, and social 

considerations. New York: Oxford University Press. 

Quen, J. (1975). Case studies in Nineteenth Century scientific 

rejection: Mesmerism, perkinism, and acupuncture. 


Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 11, 

149-156. 

Quen, J. (1976). Mesmerism, Medicine, and Professional 

Prejudice. New York State Journal of Medicine, 76, 

2218-2222. 

Quilliam, S. (1997). Body language secrets. New York: 

Harper Collins. 

Quimby, P.P. (1846-1865). The Quimby Manuscripts. Edited 

by Horatio W. Dresser. New York: Crowell, 1921. 

R 

Rabkin, S.W., Boyko, E., Shane, F., Kaufert, J.A. (1984). 

Randomized trial comparing smoking cessation programs 

utilizing behaviour modification, health education 

or hypnosis. Addictive Behaviors, 9(2), 157-173. 

Radtke-Bodorik, H.L., Spanos, N.P., Haddad, M.G. (1979). 

The effects of spoken versus written recall on suggested 

amnesia in hypnotic and task-motivated subjects. 


Rahn, J.H. (1789). Über Sympathie und Magnetismus. Aus 

den Lateinischen übersazt und mit anmerkungen 

begleitet von Heinrich Tabor. Heidelberg: Pfahler. 

Raia, C.G. (2007). From ether theory to ether theology: 

Oliver Lodge and the physics of immortality. Journal of 

the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 43(1), 19-43. 

Raikov, L., Gofman, A.M., Kulikovsky, M. (1994). Psychotherapeutic 

application of group hypnosis. International 

Journal of Psychosomatics, 41, 93-94. 

Raikov, V.L. (1976). The possibility of creativity in the 

active stage of hypnosis. International Journal of 


Raikov, V.L. (1977). Theoretical analysis of deep hypnosis: 

Creative activity of hypnotized subjects into transformed 

self-consciousness. American Journal of Clinical 

hypnosis, 19(4), 214-220. 

Raikov, V.L. (1980). Age regression to infancy by adult 

subjects in deep hypnosis. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 22, 156-163. 

Raikov, V.L. (1982). Hypnotic age regression to the neonatal 

period: Comparisons with role playing. 

Internatiional Journal of clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 30, 106-116. 

Raikov, V.L. (1992). Hypnosis as an active creative act and 


posthypnotic development of enhanced creativity. 

Journal of Creative Behavior, 26(3), 148-155. 

Rainville, P. (2008). Hypnosis and the analgesic effect of 

suggestions. Pain, 134, 1-2. 

Rainville, P., Carrier, B., Hofbauer, R.K., Bushnell, M.C., 

Duncan, G.H. (1999). Dissociation of sensory and affective 

dimensions of pain using hypnotic modulation. 

Pain, 82(2), 159-171. 

Rainville, P., Duncan, G.H., Price, D.D., Carrier, B., 

Bushnell, M.C. (1997). Pain affect encoded in human 

anterior cingulate but not somatosensory cortex. Science, 

277(August 15), 968-971. 

Rainville, P., Hofbauer, R.K., Bushnell, M.C., Duncan, 

G.H., Price, D.D. (2002). Hypnosis modulates activity 

in brain structures involved in the regulation of consciousness. 

Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 14, 

887-901. 

Rainville, P., Hofbauer, R.K., Paus, T., Duncan, G.H., 

Bushnell, M.C., Price, D.D. (1999). Cerebral mechanisms 

of hypnotic induction and suggestion. Journal of 

Cognitive Neuroscience, 11, 110-125. 

Rainville, P., Price, D.D. (2003). Hypnosis phenomenology 

and the neurobiology of consciousness. International 


105-129. 

Ramey, D.W. (1998). Magnetic and electromagnetic therapy. 

Scientific Review of Alternative Medicine, 2(1), 

13-19. 

Rampin, M. (2004). Tecniche di controllo mentale: Analisi 

e contromisure. Milano: Aurelia. 

Rand, N. (2004). The hidden soul: The growth of the unconscious 

in philosophy, psychology, medicine, and 

literature, 1750-1900. American Imago, 61(3), 257-289. 

Rand, N. (2008). L'anima nascosta: Nascita ed evoluzione 

del concetto di inconscio in filosofia, psicologia, medicina 

e letteratura, 1750-1900. Psicoterapia e Scienze 

Umane, 42(1), 13-40. 

Randi, J. (1989). The faith healers. Amherst NY: Prometheus. 

Rankin, M., Carretta, C., Jaroszynski, A. (2008). Nursing 

care of posttraumatic stress disorder after anesthesia 

awareness. Plastic Surgical Nursing, 28(1), 35-40. 

Ranta, S., Laurila, R., Saario, J., Ali-Melkkila, R., 

Hynynen, M. (1998). Awareness with recall during 

general anesthesia: Incidence and risk factors. Anesthesia 

and Analgesia, 86, 1084-1089. 

Ranta, S.O.-V., Herranen, P., Hynynen, M. (2001). Patients' 

conscious recollections from cardiac anesthesia. 

Journal of Cardiothoracic and Vascular Anesthesia, 

16(4), 426-430. 

Rapkin, D.A., Straubing, M., Holroyd, J.C. (1991). Guided 

imagery, hypnosis and recovery from head and neck 



surgery: An exploratory study. International Journal of 


Raskin, R., Raps, C., Luskin, F., Carlson, R., Cristal, R. 

(1999). Pilot study of the effect of self-hypnosis on the 

medical management of essential hypertension. Stress 

Medicine, 15, 243-247. 

Ratner, H., Gross, L., Casas, J., Castells, S. (1990). A 

hypnotherapeutic approach to the improvement of 

compliance in adolescent diabetics. American Journal 


Rattner, J. (1983). Vorläufer der Tiefenpsychologie. Vienna: 

Europa Verlag. 

Rausch,V. (1980). Cholecystectomy with self-hypnosis. 


Rausky, F. (1977). Mesmer ou la révolution thérapeutique. 

Paris: Payot. 

Ravitz, L.J. (1959). Application of the electrodynamic field 

theory in biology, psychiatry, medicine, and hypnosis: 

1. General survey. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

1, 135-150. 

Ray, W.J. (1997). EEG concomitants of hypnotic susceptibility. 


Hypnosis, 45, 301-313. 

Ray, W.J., Keil A., Mikuteit, A., Bongartz ,W., Elbert, T. 

(2002). High resolution EEG indicators of pain responses 

in relation to hypnotic susceptibility and suggestion. 

Biological Psychology, 60(1), 17-36. 

Raynaud, J., Michaux, D., Bleirad, G., Capderou, A., 

Bordachar, J., Durand, J. (1984). Changes in rectal and 

mean skin temperature in response to suggested heat 

during hypnosis in man. Physiology and Behavior, 

33(2), 221-226. 

Raz, A. (2005). Attention and hypnosis: Neural substrates 

and genetic associations of two converging processes. 


Hypnosis, 53(3), 237-358. 

Raz, A. (2007). Hypnobo: Perspectives on hypnosis and 

placebo. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 50(1), 

29-36. 

Raz, A. (2011) Does neuroimaging of suggestion elucidate 

hypnotic trance?. International Journal of Clinical and 


Raz, A., Fan, J., Posner, M.I. (2005). Hypnotic suggestion 

reduces conflict in the human brain. Proceedings of the 

National Academy of Sciences, 102, 9978-9983. 

Raz, A., Fan, J., Posner, M.I. (2006). Neuroimaging and 

genetic associations of attentional and hypnotic processes. 

Journal of Physiology, Paris, 99(4-6), 483-491. 

Raz, A., Kirsch, I., Pollard, J., Nitkin-Kaner, Y. (2006). 

Suggestion reduces the Stroop Effect. Psychological 

Science, 17(2), 91-95(95). 

Raz, A., Moreno-Íñiguez, M., Martin, L., Zhu, H. (2007). 

Suggestion overrides the Stroop effect in highly hyp- 

notizable individuals. Consciousness and Cognition, 

16(2), 331-338. 

Raz, A., Shapiro, T. (2002). Hypnosis and neuroscience: A 

cross talk between clinical and cognitive research. Archives 

of General Psychiatry, 59(1), 85-90. 

Raz, A., Shapiro, T., Fan, J., Posner, M.I. (2002). Hypnotic 

suggestion and the modulation of Stroop interference. 


Re, S. (2003). Mindfucking: Come fottere la mente. Roma: 

Castelvecchi. 

Re, S., Ait, L. (2009). Mindfucking 2: Nuove istruzioni per 

fottere la mente. Roma: Castelvecchi. 

Reardon, J.P., Tosi, D.J., Gwynne, P.H. (1977). Treatment 

of depression through rational stage directed hypnotherapy 

(RSDH): Case study. Psychotherapy: Theory, 

Research and Practice, 14, 95-103. 

Reber, A.S. (1993). Implicit learning and tacit knowledge: 

An essay on the cognitive unconscious. Oxford: Oxford 


Rebold, E. (1855). La médecine du pauvre et du riche: 

Problème résolu par le triple-électro-galvanique, nouveau 

système curatif réunissant tous les avantages de la 

vieille médecine, de l'homéopathie, du magnétisme et 

de l'hydrothérapie, sans présenter aucun de leurs 

inconvénients. Paris: Rebold. 

Reed, H.B., (1914). Ideo-motor action. Journal of Philosophy, 

Psychology and Scientific Methods, 11(18), 

477-491. 

Reed, S.B., Kirsch, I., Wickless, C., Moffitt, K.H., Taren, P. 

(1996). Reporting biases in hypnosis: suggestion or 

compliance? Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 105(1), 

142-145. 

Reeves, J.L., Redd, W.H., Storm, F.K., Mnagawa, R.Y. 

(1983). Hypnosis in the control of pain during hyperthermia 

treatment of cancer. In: Bonica, J.J., Lindblom, 

U., Iggo, A., editors. Advances in pain research and 

therapy. New York: Raven Press, 857-861. 

Register, P.A., Kihlstrom, J.F. (1987). Hypnotic effects on 

hypermnesia. International Journal of Clinical and 


Regnard, P. (1887). Les maladies épidémiques de l'esprit: 

Sorcellerie magnétisme, morphisme, délire des grandeurs. 

Paris: Plon. 

Regnier, R.L. (1891). Hypnotisme et croyances anciennes. 

Paris: Lecrosnier et Babé. 

Régourd, F. (2008). Mesmerism in Saint Domingue: Occult 

knowledge and vodou on the eve of the Haitian revolution. 

In: Delbourgo J., Dew, N., editors. Science and 

empire in the atlantic world. New York: Routledge, 

311-332. 

Reichel, W. (1891). Der Heilmagnetismus. Berlin: 

Siegismund. 

Reichenbach, C. (1840). Physikalisch-physiologische 


Untersuchungen über die Dynamide des Magnetismus, 

der Elektricität, der Wärme, des Lichtes, der 

Krystallisation, des Chemismus in ihren Beziehungen 

zur Lebenskraft. Braunschweig: Vieweg. 

Reichenbach, K.W. von (1852). Odisch-magnetische 

Briefe. Stuttgart und Tübingen: Cotta. 

Reichenbach, K.W. von (1854-1855). Der sensitive 

Mensch und sein Verhalten zum Ode. Eine Reihe 

experimenteller Untersuchungen über ihre 

gegenseitigen Kräfte und Eigenschaften mit Rücksicht 

auf die praktische Bedeutung, etc. Stuttgart und 

Tübingen: Cotta. 

Reichenbach, K.W. von (1856). Odische Erwiderungen an 

die Herren Professoren Fortlage, Schleiden, Fechner 

und Hofrath Carus. Wien: Braumüller. 

Reichenbach, K.W. von (1867). Die odische Lohe und 

einige Bewegungserscheinungen als neu entdeckte 

Formen des odischen Princips. Wien: Braumüller. 

Reid, A.R. (1988). Some suggestion techniques for dental 

anxiety in children. Australian Journal of Clinical 


Reid, S. (1989). Recalcitrant warts: A case report. British 


187-189. 

Reiff, R., Scheerer, M. (1959). Memory and hypnotic age 

regression: Developmental aspects of cognitive function 

explored through hypnosis. New York: International 

Universities Press. 

Reil, J.C. (1803). Rhapsodieen über die Anwendung der 

psychischen Curmethode auf Geisteszerrüttungen. 

Halle: Curtsche Buchhandlung. 

Reil, J.C., Hoffbauer, J.C. (1808). Beyträge zur 

Beförderung einer Kurmethode auf psychischem Wege. 

Halle: Curtsche Buchhandlung. 

Reinhard, J., Huesken-Janßen, H., Hatzmann, H., 

Schiermeier, S. (2009). Preterm labour and clinical 

hypnosis. Contemporary Hypnosis, 26(4), 187-193. 

Reisberg, D., Hertel, P. (2004) editors. Memory and emotion. 


Reiser, M. (1980). Handbook of investigative hypnosis. Los 

Angeles: Law Enforcement Hypnosis Institute. 

Reisman, J.M. (1991). A history of clinical psychology. 

New York: Hemisphere. 

Reisman, J.M. (1991). A history of clinical psychology; 2nd 

edition. New York: Hemisphere. 

Reiter, P.J. (1958). Antisocial or criminal acts and hypnosis: 

Case study. Springfield IL: Thomas. 

Rellinger, H. (1984). Hypnotic hypermnesia: A critical review. 


212-225. 

Renterghem, A.W. van, Eeden, F. van (1889). Clinique de 

psychothérapie suggestive fondée à Amsterdam. 


Bruxelles: Manceaux. 

Renterghem, A.W. van, Eeden, F. van (1894). Psycho-thérapie: 

communications statistiques, observations 

cliniques nouvelles: Compte rendu des résultats 

obtenus dans la clinique de psycho-thérapie suggestive 

d’Amsterdam, pendant la deuxième, période. Paris: 

Sociétés d’éditions scientifiques. 

Repka, R.J., Nash, M.R. (1995). Hypnotic responsivity of 

the deaf: The development of the University of Tennessee 

Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale for the Deaf. International 


Hypnosis, 43(3), 316-331. 

Revenstorf, D. Peter, B. (2009) editors. Hypnose in 

Psychotherapie Psychosomatik und Medizin: Manual 

für die Praxis; Second edition. Heidelberg: Springer. 

Revonsuo, A (2006). Inner presence: Consciousness as a 

biological phenomenon. Cambridge MA: MIT Press. 

Revonsuo, A., Kallio, S., Sikka, P. (2009). What is an altered 

state of consciousness? Philosophical Psychology, 

22(2), 187-204. 

Rey, R., Cadden, J.A., Wallace, L.E., Cadden, S.W. (1998). 

The history of pain. Cambridge MA: Harvard University 

Press. 

Reyher, J. (1961). Posthypnotic stimulation of hypnotically 

induced conflict in relation to psychosomatic reactions 

and psychopathology. Psychosomatic Medicine, 23, 

384–391. 

Reyher, J. (1962). A paradigm for determining the clinical 

relevance of hypnotically induced psychopathology. 

Psychological Bullletin, 59, 344-352. 

Reyher, J., Pottinger, J. (1976). The significance of the interpersonal 

relationship in the induction of hypnosis. 


Reynolds, J.R. (1869). Remarks on paralysis, and other 

disorders of motion and sensation, dependent on idea. 

British Medical Journal, 2 (462), 483-485. 

Rhees, D.J., Boyles, E., Andrei, M.A. (2001). Electricity in 

life: A bibliography of secondary literature on the history 

of electricity and magnetism in medicine and the 

life sciences. Minneapolis MN: Bakken Library and 

Museum. 

Rhinewine, J.P., Williams, O.J. (2007). Holotropic 

breathwork: The potential role of a prolonged, voluntary 

hyperventilation procedure as an adjunct to psychotherapy. 

Journal of Alternative and Complementary 

Medicine, 13(7), 771-776. 

Rhoades, C.D., Edmonston, W.E. (1969). Personality correlates 

of hypnotizability: A study using the Harvard 

Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility, the 16-PF and 

the IPAT. Americal Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

11(4), 228-233. 

Rhoades, G.F., Sar, V. (2006) editors. Trauma and disso- 



ciation in a cross-cultural perspective: Not just a North 

American phenomenon. New York: Routledge. 

Rhodes, R.H. (1952). Therapy through hypnosis. New 

York: Citadel. 

Rhue, J.W. (2010). Clinical hypnosis with children. In: 




Rhue, J.W., Lynn, S.J. (1991). Storytelling, hypnosis and 

the treatment of sexually abused children. International 


198-214. 

Rhue, J.W., Lynn, S.J., Kirsch, I. (1993) editors. Handbook 


Association. 

Ribot, T.A. (1881). Les maladies de la mémoire. Paris: 

Ballière. 

Ribot, T.A. (1883). L’anéantissement de la volonté. Revue 


Ribot, T.A. (1884). Les maladies de la personnalité. Paris: 

Alcan. 

Ribot, T.A. (1888). Les maladies de la volonté. Paris: Alcan. 

Ribot, T.A. (1896). La psychologie des sentiments. Paris: 

Alcan. 

Ribot, T.A. (1900). Essai sur l’imagination créatrice. Paris: 

Alcan. 

Richards, G. (2000). Britain on the couch: The popularization 

of psychoanalysis in Britain 1918-1940. Science in 

Context, 13,183-230. 

Richards, G. (2002). The psychology of psychology: A 

historically grounded sketch. Theory and Psychology, 

12(1), 7-36. 

Richardson, A. (2001). British romanticism and the science 

of the mind. New York: Cambridge University Press. 

Richardson, J., Smith, J.E., McCall, G., Richardson, A., 

Pilkington, K., Kirsch, I. (2007). Hypnosis for nausea 

and vomiting in cancer chemotherapy: A systematic 

review of the research evidence. European Journal of 

Cancer Care, 16(5), 402-412. 

Richardson, J., Smith, J.E., Pilkington, K. (2006). Hypnosis 

for procedure-related pain and distress in pediatric 

cancer patients: A systematic review of effectiveness 

and methodology related to hypnosis interventions. 

Journal of Pain and Symptom Management, 31(1), 

70-84. 

Richardson, J.T. (1991). Satanism in the courts: From 

murder to heavy metal. In: Richardson, J.T., Best, Joel, 

E., Bromley, D.G. (1991). The Satanism scare. Hawthorne 

NY: Aldine, 205-217. 

Richardson, T.A. (1968). Hypnotherapy in frigidity and 

para-frigidity problems. Journal of the American Society 

of Psychosomatic Dentistry and Medicine, 15(3), 

88-96. 

Richeport, M.M. (1992). The interface between multiple 

personality, spirit mediumship, and hypnosis. American 


Richer, P. (1881). Études cliniques sur l’hystéroépilepsie 

ou grande hystérie. Paris: Delahaye et Lecrosnier. 

Richer, P. (1885). Etudes cliniques sur la grande hysterie ou 

hystero-epilepsie; deuxieme édition. Paris: Delahaye et 

Lecrosnier. 

Richer, P., Gilles de la Tourette, G.A.E.B. (1889). 

Hypnotisme. In: Dictionnaire Encyclopédique des 

Sciences Medicales. Paris: Masson et Asselin, Dexième 

série, Tome 7, Vol 52, 67-131. 

Richet, C.R. (1875). Du somnambulisme provoqué. Journal 

de l’Anatomie et de la Physiologie Normales et 

Pathologiques de l’Homme et des Animaux, 11, 

348-378. 

Richet, C.R. (1880). Du somnambulisme provoqué. Revue 

Philosophique, 10, 337-374, 462-484. 

Richet, C.R. (1883). La personnalité et la mémoire dans le 

somnambulisme. Revue Philosophique, 15, 225-242. 

Richet, C.R. (1884). La suggestion mentale et le calcul des 

probabilités. Revue Philosophique, 2, 609-671. 

Richet, C.R. (1887). Essai de psychologie générale. Paris: 

Alcan 

Richet, C.R. (1905). La métapsychique, Discours prononcé 

à la réunion de la SPR le 6 février. Actes de la SPR, 

avril, L, XIX, I, 1-49. 

Richet, C.R. (1922). Traité de métapsychique. Paris: Alcan. 

Rieber, R.W. (1999). Hypnosis, false memory and multiple 

personality: A trinity of affinity. History of Psychiatry, 

10(37), 3–11. 

Rieber, R.W. (2006). The bifurcation of the self: The history 

and theory of dissociation and its disorders. New 

York: Springer. 

Rigo, A. (1993) a cura. I padri esicasti; l ‘amore della 

quiete: L'esicasmo bizantino tra il XII e il XV secolo. 

Magnano (Biella): Edizioni Qiqajon. 

Ripinsky-Naxon, M. (1993). The nature of shamanism: 

Substance and function of a religious metaphor. Albany 

NY: State University of New York Press. 

Riskin, J.D., Frankel, F.H. (1994). A history of medical 

hypnosis. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 17(3), 

601-609. 

Ritterman, M. (1983). Using hypnosis in family therapy. 

San Francisco: Jossey Bass. 

Ritzman, T. (1995). Accidental hypnosis in scholastic 

achievement. Medical Hypnoanalysis Journal, 9(4), 

149-157. 

Rizzo, P.A., Albani, G.F., Caporali, M., Pierelli, F., Spadaro, 

M., Zanasi, M., Morocutti, C. (1980). CNV and 

hypnotic regression. Progress in Brain Research, 54, 

454-457. 


Roasenda, G. (1927). Suggestione e persuasione (Psicoterapia) 

nella cura delle malattie nervose. Torino: Bocca. 

Robazza, C., Bortoli, L. (1994). Hypnosis in sport: An 

isomorphic model. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 79(2), 

963-973. 

Robazza, C., Bortoli, L. (1995). A case study of improved 

performance in archery using hypnosis. Perceptual and 

Motor Skills, 81, 1364-1366. 

Robbins, A.M. (1921). Past and present with Mrs. Piper. 

New York: Holt. 

Robbins, E.R. (1966). Postoperative uses of hypnosis. 


198(4), 489. 

Roberts, A.H. (1975). Individual differences and autonomic 

control: Absorption, hypnotic susceptibility, and the 

unilateral control of skin temperature. Journal of Abnormal 

Psychology, 84(3), 272-279. 

Roberts, A.H., Schuler, J., Bacon, J.G., Zimmerman, R.L., 

Patterson, R. (1975). Individual differences and autonomic 

control: Absorption, hypnotic susceptibility and 

the unilateral control of skin temperature. Journal of 


Roberts, K. (2006). Hypnosis in dentistry. Dental Update, 

33(5), 312-314. 

Roberts, L., Wilson, S., Singh, S., Roalfe, A., Greenfield, S. 

(2006).Gut-directed hypnotherapy for irritable bowel 

syndrome: Piloting a primary care-based randomised 

controlled trial. British Journal of General Practice, 56, 

115-121 

Roberts, T.B. ( 2001). Symptom release: Integrating 

mind–body and hypnotherapeutic approaches. Annals 

of the American Psychotherapy Association, 4(2), 

12-14. 

Robimarga, V. (1926). Contributi allo studio dell' ipnosi in 

alcuni animali domestici. Annali della Facoltà di Medicina 

e Chirurgia e della Facoltà di Medicina Veterinaria 

dell'Università di Perugia, 28, 45-60. 

Robin, B.M. (2011). An analysis of factors related to 

seeking clinical hypnosis. Dissertation Abstracts International, 

71(10-B), 6449. 

Robiner, W.N., Edwards, P.E.; Christenson, G.A. (1999). 

Hypnosis in the treatment of trichotillomania. In: Stein, 

D.J., Christenson, G.A., Hollander, E., editor. 

Trichotillomania. Washington DC: American Psychiatric 


Rochas d’Aiglun, E.A.A. de (1892). Les états profonds de 

l’hypnose. Paris: Chamuel. 

Rochas d’Aiglun, E.A.A. de (1895). L’extériorisation de la 

sensibilité: Étude expérimentale et historique. Paris: 

Bibliothèque Chacornac. 

Rochas d’Aiglun, E.A.A. de (1896). L’extériorisation de la 

motricité: Recueil d’expériences et d’observations. 


Paris: Chamuel. 

Roche, S.Z., McConkey, K.M. (1990). Absorption: Nature, 

assessment, and correlates. Journal of Personality and 


Rock, N.L., Shipley, T.E., Campbell, C. (1969). Hypnosis 

with untrained nonvolunteer patients in labor. International 


17, 25-36. 

Roddick, I.C. (1992). A case of agoraphobia cured by 

hypnotherapy. Australian Journal of Clinincal and 


Röder, C.H., Morawetz, C., Van De Ven, V., Overbeck, G., 

Linden, D.E.J. (2004). Pain perception, hypnosis and 

depersonalization: A study with FMRI. Journal of 

Psychosomatic Research, 56(6), 660. 

Rodolfa, E.R. (1986). The use of hypnosis in the multimodal 

treatment of trichotillomania: A case report. 

Psychotherapy in Private Practice, 4(2), 51-58. 

Rodolfa, E.R., Kraft, W.A., Reilley, R.R., Blackmore, S.H. 

(1983). The status of research and training in hypnosis 

at APA accredited clinical-counseling psychology internship 

sites: A national survey. International Journal 

of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 31(4), 284 - 

292. 

Roediger, H.L. (2008). Relativity of remembering: Why the 

laws of memory vanished. Annual Review of Psychology, 

59, 225-254. 

Roediger, H.L., McDermott, K.B. (1995). Creating false 

memories: Remembering words not presented in lists. 

Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, 


Roffe, L., Schmidt, K., Ernst, E. (2005). A systematic review 

of guided imagery as an adjuvant cancer therapy. 

Psycho-Oncology, 14, 607-617. 

Rogers, C. (1942). Counseling and psychotherapy: Newer 

concepts in practice. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. 

Rogers, C. (1951). Client-centered therapy: Its current 

practice, implications and theory. London: Constable. 

Rogers, E.C. (1853). Philosophy of mysterious agents, 

human and mundane: or the dynamic laws and relations 

of man, embracing the natural philosophy of phenomena 

styled “spiritual manifestations”. Boston: Jewett. 

Rogers, J. (2008). Hypnosis in the treatment of social phobia. 


Hypnosis, 36(1), 64-68. 

Rogers, M. (1985). Subliminal advertising: The battle of 

popular versus the scholarly views. In: Hollander, S.C., 

Nevett, T., editors. Marketing in the long run: Proceedings 

of the second workshop on historical research 

in marketing. East Lansing MI: Michigan State University, 

69-82. 

Rogers, M., Smith, K.H. (1993). Public perceptions of 



subliminal advertising: Why practitioners shouldn’t 

ignore this issue. Journal of Advertising Research, 

33(2), 10-18. 

Rogovik, A.L., Goldman, R.D. (2007). Hypnosis for 

treatment of pain in children. Canadian Family Physician, 

53(5), 823-825. 

Roig-Garcia, S. (1961). Hypnosis in obstetrics. American 


Rolfi, P.M. (1905). La magia moderna: Ossia ipnotismo-spiritismo 

raggi X e raggi N psicoterapia. Mondovì: 

Tipografia Editrice Vescovile. 

Rolla, E., Manca, M. (1986). Il rilassamento muscolare: 

Applicazioni in terapia comportamentale e in riabilitazione. 

Torino: Omega. 

Romero, A. (1960). L'ipnosi in psicoterapia: Indicazioni e 

limiti. Saluzzo: Minerva Medica. 

Ronning, G. (2008) editor. Ronning Guide to modern stage 

hypnosis. Litchfield Park AZ: Westward. 

Ronning, G., Frolic, C. (2009). The business of stage 

hypnosis Volume 1: The best of the stage hypnosis 

center. Charleston SC: CreateSpace. 

Rosa, L., Rosa, E., Sarner, L., Barrett, S. (1998). A close 

look at therapeutic touch. Journal of the American 


Rose, J.R. (1899). Therapeutic value of hypnotism. Journal 


1098-1101. 

Rosen, G. (1946). Mesmerism and surgery: A strange 

chapter in the history of anesthesia. Journal of the 

History of Medicine and the Applied Science, 1, 

527-550. 

Rosen, G. (1959). History of medical hypnosis. In: 

Schneck, J.M., editor. Hypnosis in modern medicine; 

Second edition. Springfield IL: Thomas, 3-27. 

Rosen, G.M., Lohr, J.M., McNally, R.J., Herbert, J.D. 

(1998). Power therapies, miraculous claims, and the 

cures that fail. Behavioural and Cognitive Psychotherapy, 

26, 99–101. 

Rosen, H (1953). Hypnotherapy in clinical psychiatry. New 

York: Julian. 

Rosen, H. (1959). Hypnosis in medical practice: Uses and 

abuses. Chicago Medical Society Bulletin, 62, 428-436. 

Rosen, H. (1960). Hypnosis: Applications and misapplications. 


JAMA, 172(7), 683-687. 

Rosen, H., Bartemeier, L.H. (1961). Hypnosis in medical 

practice. Journal of the American Medical Association 

JAMA, 175, 976-979. 

Rosen, H., Erickson, M. (1954). Hypnotic and hypnotherapeutic 

investigation and determination of symptom 

function. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 

2, 201. 

Rosen, M., Lunn, J.N. (1987). Consciousness, awareness 

and pain in general anaesthesia. London: Butterworths. 

Rosenberg, C. (1995). Elimination of a rhythmic movement 

disorder with hypnosis: A case report. Sleep, 18, 

608-609. 

Rosenberg, C.E. (1976-1997). No other gods: On science 

and American social thought. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins 


Rosenberg, M.J. (1960). Cognitive reorganization in response 

to the hypnotic reversal of attitudinal affect. 

Journal of Personality, 39-63. 

Rosenfeld, S.M. (2008). A critical history of hypnotism: 

The unauthorized story. Bloomington IN: Xlibris. 

Rosenhan, D., London, P. (1963). Hypnosis in the 

unhypnotizable: A study in rote learning, Journal of 

Experimental Psychology, 65(1), 30-34. 

Rosenmüller, J.G. (1788). Briefe über die Phänomene des 

thierischen Magnetismus und Somnambulismus. Leipzig: 

Goschen. 

Rosenthal, B.G., Mele, H. (1952). The validity of hypnotically 

induced color hallucinations. Journal of Abnormal 


Rosenthan, D.L., Tomkins, S.S. (1964). On preference for 

hypnosis and hypnotizability. International Journal of 


Rosenzweig, S., Sarason, S. (1942). An experimental study 

of the triadic hypothesis: Reaction to frustration, 

ego-defense, and hypnotizability: I. Correlational approach. 

Character and Personality, 11, 1-19. 

Rosett, J. (1939). The mechanism of thought, imagery, and 

hallucination. New York: Columbia University Press. 

Rosik, C.H. (1993). Establishing a foundation for dialogue: 

A response to articles on possession, exorcism, and 

MPD. Dissociation, 6, 245-249. 

Rosik, C.H. (1997). When discernment fails: The case for 

outcome studies on exorcism. Journal of Psychology 

and Theology, 25, 354-363. 

Rosik, C.H. (2000). Utilizing religious resources in the 

treatment of dissociative trauma symptoms: Rationale, 

current status, and future directions. Journal of Trauma 

and Dissociation, 1(1), 69-89. 

Rosik, C.H. (2003). Critical issues in the dissociative disorders 

field: Six perspectives from religiously sensitive 

practitioners. Journal of Psychology and Theology, 31, 

113-128. 

Ross, C.A. (1989). Multiple personality disorder: Diagnosis, 

clinical features and treatment. New York: Wiley. 

Ross, C.A. (1991). The dissociated executive self and the 

cultural dissociation barrier. Dissociation, 4, 55-61. 

Ross, C.A. (2006). The C.I.A. doctors: Human rights violations 

by American psychiatrists. Richardson TX: 

Manitou Communications. 

Ross, C.A. (2007). Ethics of CIA and military contracting 

by psychiatrists and psychologists. Ethical Human 


Psychology and Psychiatry, 9(1), 25-34. 

Ross, C.A., Norton, C.R. (1989). Effects of hypnosis on the 

features of multiple personality disorder. American 


Ross, C.A., Norton, C.R., Wozney, K. (1989). Multiple 

personality disorder: An analysis of 236 cases. Canadian 


Ross, D. (1972). G. Stanley Hall: The psychologist as 

prophet. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 

Ross, D.F., Read, J.D., Toglia, M.P. (1994) editors. Adult 

eyewitness testimony: Current trends and developments. 

New York: Cambridge University Press. 

Rossi, E.L. (1980). General introductions to hypnotherapy. 

In: Erickson, M.H. (1931-1977). The collected papers 

of Milton H. Erickson on hypnosis. New York: Irvington, 

I.1-2. 

Rossi, E.L. (1985). Altered states of consciousness in 

everyday life: The ultradian rhythms. In: Wolman, B., 

editor. Handbook of altered states of consciousness. 

New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 97-132. 

Rossi, E.L. (1986). The new psychobiology of dissociation: 

The state-dependent, memory and learning theory of 

hypno-therapy. Hypnos, 13(4), 184-199. 

Rossi, E.L. (1986-1993). The psychobiology of mind-body 

healing: New concepts of therapeutic hypnosis. New 

York: Norton. 

Rossi, E.L. (1999). Sleep, dream, hypnosis and healing. 

Sleep and Hypnosis: An International Journal of Sleep, 

Dream, and Hypnosis, 1(3), 141-157. 

Rossi, E.L. (2002). The psychobiology of gene expression: 

Neuroscience and neurogenesis in therapeutic hypnosis 

and the healing arts. New York: Norton. 

Rossi, E.L., Cheek, D. (1988). Mind-body therapy: 

Ideodynamic healing in hypnosis. New York: Norton. 

Rossi, E.L., Iannotti, S., Rossi, K. (2006). The new neuroscience 

school of therapeutic hypnosis, psychotherapy, 

and rehabilitation. HypnosNytt, 2, 3-14. 

Rossi, E.L., Rossi, K.L. (2006). The neuroscience of observing 

consciousness and mirror neurons in therapeutic 


48(4), 263-278. 

Rossi, E.L., Rossi, K.L. (2008). The breakout heuristic: The 

creative process in art, science, and therapeutic hypnosis. 

European Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 8(1), 

10-21. 

Rossi, E.L., Ryan, M. (1985) editors. The lectures, seminars, 

and workshops of Milton H. Erickson. Vol. II. Life 

reframing in hypnosis. New York: Irvington. 


and workshops of Milton H. Erickson. Vol. III. 

Mind-body communication in hypnosis. New York: Irvington. 



and workshops of Milton H. Erickson. Vol. IV. 

Creative choice in hypnosis. New York: Irvington. 

Rossi, E.L., Ryan, M., Sharp, F. (1983) editors. The lectures, 

seminars, and workshops of Milton H. Erickson. 

Vol. I: Healing in hypnosis. New York: Irvington. 

Rossi, P. (1904). Les suggesteurs et la foule: Psychologie 

des meneurs: artistes, ovateurs, mystiques, guerriers, 

criminels, écrivains, enfants, etc. Paris: Michalon. 

Rossi-Pagnoni, F., Moroni, L. (1887). Alcuni saggi di medianità 

ipnotica. Pesaro: Nobili. 

Rostan, L. (1834). Magnétisme animale. In: Bouillaud, J. 

Editeur. Dictionnaire de Médecine et de Chirurgie 

Pratique. Paris: Bailliere, Vol. XI, 299-345. 

Rothbaum, B.O., Astin, M.C., Marsteller, F. (2005). Prolonged 

exposure versus eye movement desensitization 

and reprocessing (EMDR) for PTSD rape victims. 

Journal of Trauma and Stress, 18(6), 607-616. 

Roullier, A. (1817). Exposition physiologique des 

phénomènes du magnétisme animal et du 

somnambulisme. Paris: Dentu. 

Rousey, C.L. (1961). Hypnosis in speech pathology and 

audiology. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders, 

26, 258-267. 

Roush, E.S. (1951). Strength and endurance in the waking 

and hypnotic states. Journal of Applied Physiology, 3, 

404-410. 

Rousillon, R. (1992). Du baquet de Mesmer au "baquet" de 

S. Freud: Une archéologie du cadre et de la pratique 

psychanalytiques. Paris: Presses Universitaries de 

France. 

Rousseau, G.S. (1969). Science and the discovery of the 

imagination in enlightened England. Eighteenth-Century 

Studies, 3, 108-135. 

Roustang, F. (1994). Qu’est-ce que l’hypnose? Paris: 

Éditions de Minuit. 

Rouxel (1895-1896) pseudonym of A. Leroux. Histoire et 

philosophie du magnétisme chez les anciens et chez les 

modernes. 2 Vol. Paris: Librairie du magnétisme. 

Rowan, J. (1993). Discover your subpersonalities: Our inner 

world and the people in it. London: Routledge. 

Rowan, R. (1981). Hypnotic age-regression in the treatment 

of a self-destructive habit: Trichotillomania. American 

Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 23, 195–197. 

Rowbottom, M., Susskind, C. (1984). Electricity and 

medicine: History of their interaction. London: Macmillan. 

Rowen, R. (1981). Hypnotic age regression in the treatment 

of a self-destructive habit: trichotillomania. American 


Rowland, L.W. (1936). The somatic effects of stimuli 

graded in respect to their exciting character. Journal of 



Experimental Psychology, 19(5), 547-560. 

Rowland, L.W. (1939). Will hypnotized persons try to harm 

themselves or others? Journal of Abnormal and Social 


Royal College of Psychiatrists (1997). Working Group on 

Reported Recovered Memories of Child Sexual Abuse: 

Recommendations for good practice and implications 

for training, continuing professional development and 

research. Psychiatric Bulletin, 21, 663-665. 

Ruault, A. (1886). Le mécanisme de la suggestion mentale 

hypnotique. Bulletin de la Société de Psychologie 

Physiologique, Tome 2, 94-112. 

Rubenstein, R., Newman, R. (1954). The living out of 

“future” experiences under hypnosis. Science, 

119(3093), 472-473. 

Rubichi, S., Ricci, F., Padovani, R., Scaglietti, L. (2005). 

Hypnotic susceptibility, baseline attentional functioning, 

and the Stroop task. Consciousness and Cognition, 

14, 296-303. 

Rucklidge, J.J., Saunders, D. (2002). The efficacy of hypnosis 

in the treatment of pruritus in people with 

HIV/AIDS: A time-series analysis. International 


149-169. 

Rudski, J.M., Marra, L.C., Graham, K.R. (2004). Sex differences 

on the HGSHS:A. International Journal of 


Rugg, M.D. (1997) editor. Cognitive neuroscience. Cambridge 

MA: MIT Press. 

Rushkoff, D. (1999). Coercion: The persuasion professionals 

and why we listen to what they say. London: 

Little Brown. 

Russel, R.A. (1984). The efficacy of hypnosis in the 

treatment of learning problems in children. International 


Rutter, J.O.N. (1854). Human electricity: The means of its 

development, illustrated by experiments. With additional 

notes. London: Parker. 

Ruzyla-Smith, P., Barabasz, A., Barabasz, M., Warner, D. 

(1995). Effects of hypnosis on the immune response: 

B-cells, T-cells, helper and suppressor cells. American 


Ryan, M.L., Sheehan, P.W. (1977). Reality testing in 

hypnosis: Subjective versus objective effects. International 


25(1), 37-51. 

S 

Saadat, H., Drummond-Lewis, J., Maranets, I., Kaplan, D., 

Saadat, A., Wang, S.-M., Kain, Z.N. (2006). Hypnosis 

reduces preoperative anxiety in adult patients. Anesthesia 

and Analgesia, 102(5), 1394-1396. 

Saadat, H., Kain, Z.N. (2007). Hypnosis as a therapeutic 

tool in pediatrics. Pediatrics, 120(1), 179-81. 

Sabatowski, R., Schäfer D, Kasper SM, Brunsch H, 

Radbruch L. (2004). Pain treatment: A historical overview. 

Current Pharmaceutical Design, 10(7), 701-716. 

Sabbatini, M. (1846). Sul magnetismo animale: Memoria 

storico-critica. Modena: Rossi. 

Sabourin, M.E. (1982). Hypnosis and brain function: EEG 

correlates of state-trait differences. Research Communications 

in Psychology, Psychiatry and Behaviour, 7, 

149-168. 

Sabourin, M.E., Brisson, M.A., Deschambault, A. (1980). 

Evaluation of hypnotically-suggested selective deafness 

by heart-rate conditioning and reaction time. Psychological 

Reports, 47(3 Pt 1), 995-1002. 

Sabourin, M.E., Cutcomb, S.D., Crawford, H.J., Pribram, 

K. (1990). EEG correlates of hypnotic susceptibility and 

hypnotic trance: Spectral analysis and coherence. International 

Journal of Psychophysiology, 10, 125-142. 

Sacerdote, P. (1966). The uses of hypnosis in cancer patients. 


125, 1011-1019. 

Sacerdote, P. (1967). Induced dreams. New York: Vantage. 

Sacerdote, P. (1967). Therapeutic use of induced dreams. 


Sacerdote, P. (1972). Some individualized hypnotherapeutic 

techniques. International Journal of Clinical and 


Sachar, E., Fishman, J., Mason, J. (1965). Influence of the 

hypnotic trance on plasma 17-hydroxycorticosteroid 

concentration. Psychosomatic Medicine, 27(4), 

330-341. 

Sachar, E.J., Cobb, J.C., Shor, R.E. (1966). Plasma cortisol 

changes during hypnotic trance: Relation to depth of 

hypnosis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 14(5), 

482-490. 

Sachs, L.B., Anderson. W.L. (1967). Modification of 

hypnotic susceptibility. International Journal of Clinical 


Sackeim, H.A., Paulhus, D., Weiman, A.L. (1979). Classroom 

seating and hypnotic susceptibility. Journal of 



Sackel, D.J. (2006). Anesthesia awareness: an analysis of 

its incidence, the risk factors involved, and prevention. 

Journal of Clinical Anesthesia, 18(7), 483-485. 

Sacra Congregazione di Propaganda Fide (1841). Decreti 

del S. Offizio sul magnetismo animale e sui liberi muratori. 

Roma: S.C. di propaganda Fide. 

Sadler, P., Woodey, E. (2010). Dissociation in hypnosis: 

Theoretical frameworks and psychotherapeutic implications. 




151-178. 

Saintyves, P. (1913). La guérison des verrues: De la magie 

médicale à la psychothérapie. Paris: Nourry. 

Sakata, K.I., Anderson, J.P. (1970). The effects of posthypnotic 

suggestion on test performance. International 


61-71. 

Salkovskis, P. (2002). Review: eye movement desensitization 

and reprocessing is not better than exposure therapies 

for anxiety or trauma. Evidence Based Mental 

Health. 5(1), n.13. 

Salmon, J.W. (1984) editor. Alternative medicines: Popular 

and policy perspectives. London: Tavistock. 

Salter, A. (1941). Three techniques of autohypnosis. 


Salter, A. (1944). What is hypnosis: Studies in auto and 

hetero conditioning. New York: Smith. 

Salter, A. (1948). Conditioned reflex therapy: The direct 

approach to the reconstruction of personality. New 

York: Creative Age. 

Salter, W.H. (1948). The Society for Psychical Research: 

An outline of its history. London: Society for Psychical 

Research. 

Sampiman, R., Woodruff, M. (1946). Some observations 

concerning the use of hypnosis as a substitute for anesthesia. 

Medical Journal of Australia, 1, 393. 

Sandby, G. (1848). Mesmerism and its opponents; Second 

edition. London: Longman, Brown, Green and Longmans. 

Sanders, G.S., Simmons, W.L. (1983). Use of hypnosis to 

enhance eyewitness accuracy: Does it work? Journal of 

Applied Psychology, 68, 70-77. 

Sanders, S. (1976). Mutual group hypnosis as a catalyst in 

fostering creative problem solving. American Journal of 


Sanders, S. (1977). Mutual group hypnosis and smoking. 


Sanders, S. (1982). Hypnotic dream utilization in hypnotherapy. 


62-67. 


Sandin, R.H., Enlund, G., Samuelsson, P., Lennmarken, C. 

(2000). Awareness during anaesthesia: A prospective 

case study. Lancet, 355, 707-711. 

Sandrini, G., Milanov, I., Malaguti, S., Nigrelli, M.P., 

Moglia, A., Nappi, G. (2000). Effects of hypnosis on 

diffuse noxious inhibitory controls. Physiology and 

Behavior, 69(3), 295-300. 

Sanfo, V. (2004). Ipnosi e autoipnosi. Milano: De Vecchi. 

Santarcangelo, E.L., Balocchi, R., Scattina, E., Manzoni, 

D., Bruschini, L., Ghelarducci, B., Varanini, M. (2008). 

Hypnotizability-dependent modulation of the changes 

in heart rate control induced by upright stance. Brain 

Research Bulletin, 75(5), 692-697. 

Santarcangelo, E.L., Busse, K., Carli, G. (1989). Changes 

in electromyographically recorded human monosynaptic 

reflex in relation to hypnotic susceptibility and 

hypnosis. Neuroscience Letters, 104(1-2), 157-160. 

Santarcangelo, E.L., Busse, K., Carli, G. (2003). Frequency 

of occurrence of the F wave in distal flexor muscles as a 

function of hypnotic susceptibility and hypnosis. Cognitive 

Brain Research, 16(1), 99-103. 

Santarcangelo, E.L., Scattina, E., Carli, G., Ghelarducci, B., 

Orsini, P., Manzoni, D. (2010). Can imagery become 

reality? Experimental Brain Research, 206(3), 329-335. 

Santarcangelo, E.L., Scattina, E., Orsini, P., Bruschini, L., 

Ghelarducci, B., Manzoni, D. (2008). Effects of vestibular 

and neck proprioceptive stimulation on posture 

as a function of hypnotizability. International Journal 


Santilli, V. (2009). Il trauma psichico: La memoria e/o l'oblio; 

Funzione terapeutica dell'ipnosi clinica. In: Valerio, 

C., Mammini, C., a cura. L'evoluzione clinica 

dell'ipnosi. Milano: Angeli, 62-68. 

Sapir, M. (1993). La relaxation à inductions variables. 

Grenoble: La Pensée Sauvage. 

Sapir, M., Reverchon, F., Provost, J.J., et Al. (1975). La 

relaxation: Son approche psychanalytique. Paris: 

Dunod.. 

Sapp, M. (1991). Hypnotherapy and test anxiety: Two 

cognitive-behavioral constructs. The effects of hypnosis 

in reducing test anxiety and improving academic 

achievement in college students. Australian Journal of 


Sapp, M. (1992). Relaxation and hypnosis in reducing 

anxiety and stress. Australian Journal of Clinical 


Sapp, M. (2000). Hypnosis, dissociation, and absorption: 

Theories, assessment, and treatment. Springfield IL: 

Thomas. 

Saraceni, C., Ruggeri, G., Filocamo, D. (1980). Studio 

sperimentale con il test di Rorschach sulle modificazioni 

dell'immagine corporea in ipnosi. Archivio di 



Psicologia, Neurologia e Psichiatria, 41(1), , 50-64. 

Sarason, S., Rosenzweig, S. (1942). An experimental study 

of the triadic hypothesis: Reaction to frustration, 

ego-defense, and hypnotizability: II. Thematic apperception 

approach. Character and Personality, 11, 

150-165. 

Sarbin, T.R. (1939). Rorschach patterns under hypnosis. 

American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 9, 315-318. 

Sarbin, T.R. (1943). The concept of role-taking. 

Sociometry, 6, 273-284. 

Sarbin, T.R. (1946). Mental age changes in hypnotic age 

regression. American Psychologist, 1, 456-457. 

Sarbin, T.R. (1950). Contributions to role-taking theory. I. 

Hypnotic behaviour. Psychological Review, 57, 

255-270. 

Sarbin, T.R. (1950). Mental age changes in experimental 

regression. Journal of Personality, 19, 221-228. 

Sarbin, T.R. (1954). Role theory. In: Lindzey, G., editor. 

Handbook of social psychology. Vol. I. Theory and 

method. Cambridge MA: Addison-Wesley, 223-258. 

Sarbin, T.R. (1984). Nonvolition in hypnosis: A semiotic 

analysis. Psychological Record, 345, 537-549. 

Sarbin, T.R. (1989). The construction and reconstruction of 

hypnosis. In: Spanos, N.P., Chaves, J.F., editors. Hypnosis: 

The cognitive-behavioral perspective. Buffalo 

NY: Prometheus, 400-416. 

Sarbin, T.R. (1995). A narrative approach to "repressed 

memories." Journal of Narrative and Life History, 5, 

41-66. 

Sarbin, T.R. (1995). Emotional life, rhetoric, and roles. 

Journal of Narrative and Life History, 5, 213-220. 

Sarbin, T.R. (1995). On the belief that one body may be 

host to two or more personalities. International Journal 


Sarbin, T.R. (1997). Hypnosis as a conversation: 

'Believed-in imaginings' revisited. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 14, 203-215. 

Sarbin, T.R. (1997). Multiple personality disorder: Fact or 

artifact? Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 10(2), 136-140. 

Sarbin, T.R., (1995). On the belief that one body may be 

host to two or more personalities. International Journal 


Sarbin, T.R., Allen, V.L. (1968). Role theory. In: Lindzey, 

G., Aronson, E., editors. Handbook of social psychology. 

Reading MA: Addison Wesley, Vol. I, 488-567. 

Sarbin, T.R., Coe, W.C. (1972). Hypnosis: A social psychological 

analysis of influence communication. New 

York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. 

Sarbin, T.R., Coe, W.C. (1979). Hypnosis and psychopathology: 

On replacing old myths with fresh metaphors. 


Sarbin, T.R., Juhasz, J.B. (1970). Toward a theory of imagination. 

Journal of Personality, 38, 52-76. 

Sarbin, T.R., Juhasz, J.B. (1978). The social psychology of 

hallucinations. Journal of Mental Imagery, 2, 117-144. 

Sarbin, T.R., Madow, L.W. (1942). Predicting the depth of 

hypnosis by means of the Rorschach test. American 

Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 12, 268-271. 

Sargant, W. (1957). Battle for the mind: A physiology of 

conversion and brain-washing. Garden City NY: Doubleday. 

Sargant, W. (1973). The mind possessed. New York: Penguin. 

Satzinger, H. (1998). Die Geschichte der genetisch 

orientierten Hirnforschung von Cécile und Oskar Vogt 

in der Zeit von 1895 bis ca. 1927. Stuttgart: Deutscher 

Apotheker. 

Sauer, C., Oster, M.I. (1997). Obstetric hypnosis: Two case 

studies. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 25(1), 74-79. 

Saussure, R., de (1926). La psychologie du rêve dans la 

tradition française. In: Laforgue, R., editor. Le rêve et la 

psychanalyse. Paris: Maloine, 18-59. 

Savage, G. (1993). The use of hypnosis in the treatment of 

complicated bereavement: A case study. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 10 (2), 99-104. 

Savage, G. (1995). Bereavement and hypnosis: A case 

study. Journal of Projective Psychology and Mental 

Health, 2(1), 29-40. 

Savino, E. (1895). Il magnetismo, l’ipnotismo e lo spiritismo: 

Ovvero Satana e la moderna magia, i curatori 

misteriosi e gli indovini. Benevento: De Martini. 

Savoy, C., Beitel, P. (1997). The relative effect of a mental 

training program on women basketball players. Journal 

of Sport Behavior, 20(3), 364–375. 

Scagnelli-Jöbsis, J. (1982). Hypnosis with psychotic patients: 

A review of the literature and presentation of a 

theoretical framework. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 25(1), 33-45. 

Scardino, G. (1974). Hypnotic application in 

odontostomatologic treatments. Rivista Internazionale 

di Psicologia e Ipnosi, 15(4), 419-426. 

Scargnelli, J. (1976). Hypnotherapy with schizophrenic and 

borderline patients: Summary of therapy with eight patients. 


33-38. 

Scarpelli, G. (1993). Il cranio di cristallo: Evoluzione della 

specie e spiritualismo. Torino: Bollati Boringhieri. 

Schab, F.R., Crowder, R.G. (1995) editors. Memory for 

odors. Mahwah NJ: Erlbaum. 

Schacter, D.L. (1987). Implicit memory: History and current 

status. Journal of Experimental Psychology: 

Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 13, 501-518. 

Schafer, D.W. (1966). Relieving pain: A basic hypnotherapeutic 

approach. Northvale NJ: Aronson. 

Schaffer, S. (1992). Self evidence. Critical Inquiry, 18, 


327-362. 

Schaffer, S. (1994). From physics to anthrology-and back 

again. Cambridge: Prickly Pear. 

Schaub, C., Betti, O., Bluet-Pajot, M.T., Vedrenne, C., 

Lornet-Videau, C., Szikla, G. (1980). Circadian patterns 

of growth hormone, prolactin and corticotrophin secretion 

in hypothalamic and extra-hypothalamic lesions 

localized by stereotactic neuro-radiology in humans. 

Acta Psychiatrica Belgica, 80(4), 376-380. 

Schauble, P.G., Werner, W.E.F., Rai, S.H., Martin, A. 

(1998). Childbirth preparation through hypnosis: The 

hypnoreflexogenous protocol. American Journal of 


Schechner, R. (1988). Performance theory. New York: 

Routledge. 

Scheflin, A W. (2006). Forensic use or hypnosis. In: 

Weiner, I.B., Hess, A.K., editors. The handbook of forensic 

psychology; Third edition. Hoboken NJ: Wiley, 

589-630. 

Scheflin, A W., Opton, E.M. (1978). The mind manipulators. 

New York: Paddington. 

Scheflin, A.W., Shapiro, J.L. (1989). Trance on trial. New 


Scheibe, K.E., Sarbin, T.R. (1965). Towards a theoretical 

conceptualization of superstition. British Journal for the 

Philosophy of Science, 62, 143-158. 

Schiff, E., Mogilner, J.G., Sella, E., Doweck, I., Hershko, 

O., Ben-Arye, E., Yarom, N. (2009). Hypnosis for 

postradiation xerostomia in head and neck cancer patients: 

A pilot study. Journal of Pain and Symptom 

Management, 37 (6), 1086-1092. 

Schilder, P., Kauders, O. (1926). Lehrbuch der Hypnose. 

Wien-Berlin: Springer. 

Schiller F. (1990). The history of algology, algotherapy, 

and the role of inhibition. History of Philosophy of the 

Life Sciences, 12(1), 27-49. 

Schimek, J.G. (1987). Fact and fantasy in the seduction 

theory: A historical review. Journal of the American 

Psychoanalytic Association, 35, 937-964. 

Schlotterbeck, K. (1987). Living your past lives: The psychology 

of past-life regression. New York: Ballantine. 

Schmidgen, H. (1999). Zwischen chemischem Labor und 

medizinischer Klinik: das experimentelle Wissen Wilhelm 

Wundts (1851-1856). Unpublished paper presented 

at the Max-Planck-Institute for the History of 

Science, Abteilung III, Berlin. 

Schmidkunz, H. (1892). Der Hypnotismus in 

gemeinfasslicher Darstellung. Stuttgart: Zimmer. 

Schmit, D. (2005). Re-visioning antebellum American 

psychology: The dissemination of mesmerism, 

1836-1854. History of Psychology, 8(4), 403-434. 

Schmitz, K. (1951). Was ist, was kann, was nützt Hypnose? 


Der Weg zur inneren Freiheit aus Experimenten, 

Erfahrungen u. menschlichen Dokumenten. Munchen: 

Lehmann. 

Schneck, J.M. (1947). Military offense induced by hypnosis. 

Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 106, 

186-189. 

Schneck, J.M. (1950). Note on spontaneous hallucinations 

during hypnosis. Psychiatric Quarterly, 24, 492. 

Schneck, J.M. (1950). Psychosomatic reactions to induction 

of hypnosis. Diseases of the Nervous System, 11, 

118-212. 

Schneck, J.M. (1951). Hypnoanalysis, hypnotherapy and 

Card 12M of the Thematic Apperception Test. Journal 

of General Psychology, 44, 293-301. 

Schneck, J.M. (1951). James Esdaile, hypnotic dreams, and 

hypnoanalysis. Journal of the History of Medicine and 

Allied Sciences, 6(4), 491-495. 

Schneck, J.M. (1953) editor. Hypnosis in modern medicine. 


Schneck, J.M. (1954). Ichthyosis treated with hypnosis. 

Diseases of the Nervous System, 15, 211-214. 

Schneck, J.M. (1954). Studies in scientific hypnosis. Baltimore: 

Williams and Wilkins, 1954. 

Schneck, J.M. (1956). Spontaneous sensory and motor 

phenomena with related imagery during hypnosis. 

Psychiatric Quarterly (supplement), 30, 26-33. 

Schneck, J.M. (1961). Jean-Martin Charcot and the history 

of experimental hypnosis. Journal of the History of 

Medicine and Allied Sciences, 16, 297-300. 

Schneck, J.M. (1965a). Principles and practice of 

hypnoanalysis. Springfield IL: Thomas. 

Schneck, J.M. (1965b). Hypnotherapy for vaginismus. International 


Hypnosis, 13, 92-95. 

Schneck, J.M. (1968). Hypnotic and non-hypnotic revivification 

with special reference to Jack London's “Martin 

Eden”. Psychiatric Quarterly , 42(3), 504-507. 

Schneck, J.M. (1970). Psychogenic impotence with a 

hypnotherapy illustration. Psychosomatics, 11, 352. 

Schneck, J.M. (1971). The hypnotic nightmare. Perceptual 

and Motor Skills, 33, 582. 

Schneck, J.M. (1976). Freud's “Medical Hypnotist", 


Schneider, E. (1950). Der animale Magnetismus. Seine 

Geschichte und seine Beziehungen zur Heilkunst. Zurich: 

Lampert. 

Schneider, G. (2003). Intraoperative Wachheit. Anasthesiol 

Intensivmed Notfallmed Schmerzther, 38(2), 75-84. 

Schnitzler, J. (1888). Exstirpation von Nasenpolypen in der 

Hypnose nebst Bemerkungen über Anwendung des 

Hypnotismus bei Neurosen des Larynx, Internationale 

Klinische Rundschau, n° 2, 1257-1259. 



Schnur, J.B., David, D., Kangas, M., Green, S., Bovbjerg, 

D.H., Montgomery, G.H. (2009). A randomized trial of 

a cognitive-behavioral therapy and hypnosis intervention 

on positive and negative affect during breast cancer 

radiotherapy. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 65 (4), 

443-455. 

Schnur, J.B., Kafer, I., Marcus, C., Montgomery, G.H. 

(2008). Hypnosis to manage distress related to medical 

procedures: A meta-analysis. Contemporary Hypnosis, 

25(3-4), 114-128. 

Schnyer, D.M., Allen, J.J. (1995). Attention-related electroencephalographic 

and event-related potential predictors 

of responsiveness to suggested posthypnotic 

amnesia. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 43(3), 295-315. 

Schoenberger, N.E. (2000a). Hypnosis in the treatment of 

women with anxiety disorders. In: Hornyak, L.M., 

Green, J.P., editors. Healing from within: The use of 

hypnosis in women’s health care. Washington DC: 


Schoenberger, N.E. (2000b). Research on hypnosis as an 

adjunct to cognitive-behavioral psychotherapy. International 


48(2), 154-169. 

Schoenberger, N.E., Kirsch, I., Gearan, P., Montgomery, 

G.H., Pastyrnak, S.L. (1997). Hypnotic enhancement of 

a cognitive behavioral treatment for public speaking 

anxiety. Behavior Therapy, 28(1), 127-140. 

Schofeld, A.T. (1898). The unconscious mind. London: 


Schofield, A.T. (1898). The unconscious mind. New York: 

Funk and Wagnalls. 

Scholl, L. (1990). Hypnovision: The new natural way to 

vision improvement. New York: Holt. 

Scholz, H. (1923). Die Schreibmaschine und das 

Maschineschreiben. Leipzig-Berlin: Teubner. 

Schopenhauer A. (1836). Animalischer Magnetismus und 

Magie (Magnetismo animale e magia. In: Memoria 

sulle scienze occulte. Pordenone: Studio Tesi, 1992, 

3-42). 

Schopenhauer A. (1851). Transzendente Spekulation uber 

die anscheinende Absichtlichkeit im Schicksale des 

Einzelnen (Speculazione trascendente sull'apparente 

intenzionalità nel destino del singolo. In: Memoria sulle 

scienze occulte. Pordenone: Studio Tesi, 1992, 43-77). 

Schopenhauer A. (1852). Versuch uber das Geistersehn und 

was damit zusammenhangt (Saggio sulla visione degli 

spiriti e su quanto vi è connesso. In: Memoria sulle 

scienze occulte. Pordenone: Studio Tesi, 1992, 79-198). 

Schopenhauer, A. (1836). Über den Willen in der Natur. 

Eine Erörterung der Bestätigungen, welche die 

Philosophie des Verfassers, seit ihrem Auftreten, durch 

die empirischen Wissenschaften erhalten hat. Frankfurt: 

Schmerber. 

Schopenhauer, A. (1845). Versuch über das Geistersehn 

und was damit zusammenhängt. In: Parerga e 

paralipomena, Bd. L, S. 269. 

Schott H (1982). Die Mitteilung des Lebensfeuers. Zum 

therapeutischen Konzept von Franz Anton Mesmer 

(1734-1815). Medizinhistorisches Journal, 17(3), 

195-214. 

Schott, H. (1984). Mesmer, Braid and Bernheim: On the 

history of the development of hypnotism (in German). 

Gesnerus, 41(1-2), 33-48. 

Schott, H. (1985) editor. Franz Anton Mesmer und die 

Geschichte des Mesmerismus. Stuttgart: Steiner. 

Schott, H. (1985). Zauberspiegel der Seele: Sigmund Freud 

und die Geschichte der Selbstanalyse. Göttingen: 

Vandenhœck und Ruprecht. 

Schott, H. (2003). Der Wahn in psychiatriehistorischer 

Perspektive: Mit einer Bildbetrachtung zum 

Strahlenmotiv (Delusion in the history of psychiatry: 

Especially in regard to the imagery of beams). 

Fundamenta Psychiatrica: Psychiatrie und 

Psychotherapie in Theorie und Praxis, 17, 77-88. 

Schouten, S.A., Stevenson, I. (1998). Does the socio-psychological 

hypothesis explain cases of the reincarnation 

type? Journal of Nervous and Mental 

Disease, 186(8), 504-506 

Schreiber, E.H. (1991). Using hypnosis to improve performance 

of college basketball players. Perceptual and 

Motor Skill, 72(2), 536-538. 

Schreiber, E.H., Schreiber, K.N. (1998). Use of hypnosis 

and Jacobson’s relaxation techniques for improving 

academic achievement of college students. Perceptual 

and Motor Skills, 86(1), 85-86. 

Schreiber, F.R. (1973). Sybil: The true story of a woman 

possesing sixteen seperate personalities. Chicago: 

Regenery. 

Schrenck-Notzing, A.P.F. von (1888). Ein Beitrag zur 

therapeutischen Verwerthung des Hypnotismus. Leipzig: 

Vogel. 

Schrenck-Notzing, A.P.F. von (1892). Die Suggestions-Therapie 

bei Krankhaften Erscheinungen des 

Geschlectssinnes, mit besonderer berücksichtigung der 

conträren Sexualempfindung. Stuttgart: Enke. 

Schrenck-Notzing, A.P.F. von (1904). Die Traumtanzerin 

Magdeleine C. Stuttgart: Enke. 

Schroeder, H.R.P. (1899). Geschichte des 

Lebensmagnetismus und des Hypnotismus. Vom 

Uranfang bis auf den heutigen Tag. Leipzig: Arwed 

Strauch. 

Schubert, D.K. (1983). Comparison of hypnotherapy with 

systematic relaxation in the treatment of cigarette habituation. 

Journal of Clinical Psychology, 39(2), 

198-202. 


Schubert, G.H. von (1808). Ansichten von der Nachtseite 

der Naturwissenschaft. Dresden: Arnold. 

Schubert, G.H. von (1814). Die Symbolik des Traumes. 

Bamberg: Kunz. 

Schulman, R.E., London, P. (1963). Hypnotic susceptibility 

and MMPI profiles. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 

27, 157-160. 

Schultz J.H. (1935a). Hypnose-Technik: Praktische 

Anleitung zum Hypnotisieren für Ärzte. Jena: Fischer. 

Schultz, J.H. (1932). Das Autogene Training (konzentrative 

Selbstentspannung): Versuch einer klinisch-praktischen 

Darstellung. Leipzig: Thieme. 

Schultz, J.H. (1935b). Ubungsheft fur das Autogene 

Training (konzentrative Selbstentspannung). Leipzig: 

Thieme. 

Schulz-Stubner S. (2002). Clinical hypnosis instead of 

drug-based sedation for procedures under regional anesthesia. 

Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine, 27, 

622-623. 

Schumaker, J.F. (1991) editor. Human suggestibility: Advances 

in theory, research and application. New York: 

Routledge. 

Schutz, J. (1998). Preparation for surgery using hypnosis. 


26(1), 49-56. 

Schuyler, B.A., Coe, W.C. (1981). A physiological investigation 

of volitional and nonvolitional experience 

during posthypnotic amnesia. Journal of Personality 


Schwartz, M.M. (1963). The cessation of labor using 

hypnotic techniques. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 5, 211-213. 

Schwartz, S., Burdsal, C. (1977). A factor-analytic examination 

of the relationship of personality variables to 

hypnotizability. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 33(2), 

356-360. 

Schwartz, W.A. (1961). Sex and hypnosis: A doctor’s report 

on the daring new therapy for emotional problems 

and sexual conflicts. Derby CT: Monarch Books. 

Schwarz, A. (1988). Experience of pain in cancer and 

hypnotic pain control. Hypnos, 15(4), 195-200. 

Schwarzschild, H. (1853). Magnetismus, 

Somnambulismus, Clairvoyance. Zwölf Vorlesungen 

für Aerzte und gebildete Nichtärzte. 2 Vol. Cassel: 

Fischer. 

Schwender D, Klasing S, Daunderer M, Madler C, Pöppel 

E, Peter K. (1995). Wachzustände während 

Allgemeinanästhesie: Definition, Häufigkeit, klinische 

Relevanz, Ursachen; Vermeidung und medikolegale 

Aspekte. Anasthesist, 44(11), 743-754. 

Schwender, D., Daunderer, M., Klasing, S., Mulzer, S., 

Finsterer, U., Peter, K. (1996). Monitoring 


intraoperativer Wachzustände: Vegetative Zeichen, 

isolierte Unterarmtechnik, Elektroenzephalogramm und 

akustisch evozierte Potentiale. Anaesthesist, 45(8), 

708-721. 

Schwender, D., Daunderer, M., Mayer, S., 

Kunze-Kronawitter, H., Pöppel, E., Peter, K. (1997). 

Awareness during general anaesthesia: Incidence, 

clinical relevance and monitoring. Acta 

Anaesthesiologica Scandinavica, Supplementum, 111, 

313-314. 

Schwender, D., Kunze-Kronawitter, H., Dietrich, P., 

Klasing, S., Forst, H., Madler, C. (1998). Conscious 

awareness during general anaesthesia: Patients’ perceptions, 

emotions, cognition and reactions. British 

Journal of Anaesthesia, 80(2), 133-139. 

Sciamanna, E. (1891). Ipnotismo e spiritismo. Nuova Antologia, 

XXXVI, serie III, 84-101 e 254-274. 

Scilanga, C.N. (2001). Ipnosi medica. Presupposti psiconeurofisiologici 

e campi di applicazione: Dieci anni di 

esperienze nella U.O. di medicina 3., prof. G.Berni, 

Careggi-Firenze. Firenze: Centro Stampa 2P. 

Scilanga, C.N. (2010). L’ipnosi in medicina e psicoterapia. 

Padova: Piccin. 

Scoboria, A., Mazzoni, G., Kirsch, I. (2002). “Don't know” 

responding to answerable and unanswerable questions 

during misleading and hypnotic interviews. Journal of 

Experimental Psychology: Applied, 14(3), 255-265. 

Scoboria, A., Mazzoni, G., Kirsch, I. (2006). Effects of 

misleading questions and hypnotic memory suggestion 

on memory reports: A signal detection analysis. International 


54, 340-356. 

Scoboria, A., Mazzoni, G., Kirsch, I., Milling, L.S. (2002). 

Immediate and persisting effects of misleading questions 

and hypnosis on memory reports. Journal of Experimental 

Psychology: Applied, 8, 26-32. 

Scoresby, W. (1849). Zoistic magnetism: Being the substance 

of two lectures. London: Longman and Co. 

Scott, D.L. (1973) editor. Modern hospital hypnosis: Especially 

for anaesthetists. London: Lloyd-Luke. 

Scott, D.L. (1975). Hypnosis in plastic surgery. American 

Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, l8(2), 98-104. 

Scott, E.L., Lagges, A., La Clave, L. (2008). Treating 

children using hypnosis. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., editors. 

Oxford handbook of hypnosis. Oxford: Oxford 


Scott, G. (1994). Hypnosis in the treatment of dental phobia. 


Hypnosis, 22(1), 65-71. 

Scott, J.A. (1984). Hypnotherapy training for basketball: 

An experimental approach. Medical Hypnoanalysis, 

5(3), 109-116. 



Scott, M. (2011). Pillow talk: A comprehensive guide to 

erotic hypnosis and relyfe programming; step by step 

instructions and easy to read scripts. Columbus OH: 

Blue Deck. 

Scott, M.J. (1960). Hypnosis in skin and allergic diseases. 

Springfield: Thomas. 

Scott, W.D. (1903). The theory of advertising. Boston: 

Small Maynard. 

Scott, W.D. (1908). Psychology of advertising: A simple 

exposition of the principles of psychology in their relation 

to successful advertising. Boston: Small Maynard. 

Scrignar, C.B. (1981). Rapid treatment of contamination 

phobia with hand-washing compulsion by flooding with 


252-257. 

Seabourne, T.G., Weinberg, R.S., Jackson, A., Suinn, R.M. 

(1985). Effect of individualized, nonindividualized, 

package intervention strategies on karate performance. 

Journal of Sport Psychology, 7(1), 40-50. 

Searle, J.R. (1969). Speech acts: An essay in the philosophy 

of language. Cambridge MA: Cambridge University 

Press. 

Searle, J.R. (1979). Expression and meaning: Studies in the 

theory of speech acts. Cambridge MA: Cambridge 


Searle, J.R. (1992). The rediscovery of the mind. Cambridge: 

Massachusstes Institute of Technology Press. 

Searle, J.R. (1999). Consciousness. Annual Review of 

Neuroscience, 23, 557–578. 

Searle, J.R. (2000). Consciousness, free action and the 

brain. Journal of Consciousness Studies, 10,(7), 3-22. 

Searle, J.R. (2001). Rationality in action. Cambridge MA: 

Massachusstes Institute of Technology Press. 

Sears, R.R. (1932). Experimental study of hypnotic anesthesia. 

Journal of Experimental Psychology, 15, 1-22. 

Sebastiani, L., D'Alessandro, L., Menicucci, D., Ghelarducci, 

B., Santarcangelo, E.L. (2007). Role of relaxation 

and specific suggestions in hypnotic emotional 

numbing. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 

63(1), 125-132 

Sebastiani, L., Simoni, A., Gemignani, A., Ghelarducci, B., 

Santarcangelo, E. L. (2003). Autonomic and EEG correlates 

of emotional imagery in subjects with difference 

hypnotic susceptibility. Brain Research Bulletin, 60, 

151-160. 

Sebel, P.S., Bonke, B. Winograd, E. (1993) editors. 

Memory and awareness in anesthesia. Englewood 

Cliffs NJ: Prentice Hall. 

Sebel, P.S., Bowdle, T.A., Ghoneim, M.M., Rampil, I.J., 

Padilla, R.E., Gan, T.J., Domino, K.B. (2004). The incidence 

of awareness during anesthesia: A multicenter 

United States study. Anesthesia and Analgesia, 99(3), 

833-839. 

Secter, I.I. (1952). Gagging controlled through hypnosis. 

Dental Survey, 28, 1366-1367. 

Secter, I.I. (1961). Tongue thrust and nail biting simultaneously 

treated during hypnosis. American Journal of 


Secter, I.I. (1961a). T.A.T. Card 12M as a predictor of 

hypnotizability. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

3, 179-184. (b) 

Secter, I.I. (1961b). Personality factors of the MMPI and 

hypnotizability. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

3, 185-188. (a) 

Seegel, W., Araoz, D.L. (1987). The new hypnosis in human 

sexuality. Sexual and Relationship Therapy, 2(2), 

145-152. 

Segala, M. (1998). I fantasmi, il cervello, l’anima: Schopenhauer, 

l’occulto e la scienza. Firenze: Olschki. 

Segerstrom, S.C., Miller, G.E. (2004). Psychological stress 

and the human immune system: A meta-analytic study 

of 30 years of inquiry. Psychological Bulletin, 130(4), 

601-630. 

Seif, B. (1985). Clinical hypnosis and recurring nightmares: 

A case report. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

27, 166-168. 

Seitz, A.R., Watanabe, T. (2003). Psychophysics: Is subliminal 

learning really passive?. Nature, 422(6927), 36. 

Seitz, P.F.D. (1953). Experiments in substitution of symptoms 

in hypnosis.: II Psychosomatic Medicine, 15, 

405-424. 

Selkowski, K., Heber, B., Haustein, U.F. (1995). Effect of 

hypnosis and autogenic training on acral circulation and 

coping with the illness in patients with progressive 

scleroderma. Hautarzt, 46(2), 94-101. 

Seppilli, G. (1881). Gli studi recenti sul cosi detto magnetismo 

animale. Torino: Calderini. 

Seppilli, G. (1885). I fenomeni di suggestione nel sonno 

ipnotico e nella veglia. Rivista Sperimentale di Freniatria 

e Medicina Legale, 11, 325-350. Now in: Ferrari, 

S., a cura. Psicologia come romanzo: Dalle storie di 

isteria agli studi sull’ipnotismo. Firenze: Alinea, 1987, 

163-186. 

Serafetinides, E.A. (1968). Electrophysiological responses 

to sensory stimulation under hypnosis. American 


Sergi, G. (1885). L’origine dei fenomeni psichici e loro 

significazione biologica. Milano: Dumodard. 

Sergi, G. (1903). Animismo e spiritismo. Torino: Bocca. 

Servadio, E. (1923a). I pericoli dell’ipnotismo. Luce e 

Ombra, 313-316. 

Servadio, E. (1923b). Magnetismo trascendentale. Luce e 

Ombra, 164-166. 

Servadio, E. (1924). Sull’interferenza dei fattori causali 

nell’ipnosi. Luce e Ombra, 37-40. 

Servadio, E. (1925). Coué: Le parole che guariscono. Il 


Lavoro, 27.01.1925. 

Servadio, E. (1930). La ricerca psichica. Roma: Cremonese. 

Servadio, E. (1935). Psichica, Ricerca. In: Enciclopedia 

italiana di scienze, lettere ed arti. Roma: Treccani, Vol. 

XXVIII, 448-454. 

Servadio, E. (1936). Spiritismo. In: Enciclopedia italiana 

di scienze, lettere ed arti. Roma: Treccani, Vol. XXXI, 

393-395. 

Servan, J.M.A. (1784). Doutes d’un provincial, proposés à 

messiers le médecins-commissaires chargés par le roi de 

l’examen du magnétisme animal. Lyon et Paris: Prault. 

Several Medical Gentlemen (1815). Devotional somnium; 

or a collection of prayers and exhortations, uttered by 

Miss Rachel Baker, in the City of New York, in the 

winter of 1815, during her abstracted and unconscious 

state. New York: Marks. 

Sewitch, M.J., Cepoiu, M., Rigillo, N., Sproule, D. (2008). 

A literature review of health care professional attitudes 

toward complementary and alternative medicine. 

Complementary Health Practice Review, 13, 139. 

Sextus, C. (1893). Hypnotism: Its facts, theories and related 

phenomena; with explanatory anecdotes, descriptions, 

and reminiscences. Chicago: Sextus. 

Seybert Commission (1887). Preliminary report of the 

Commission appointed by the University of Pennsylvania 

to investigate modern spiritualism in accordance 

with the request of the late Henry Seybert. Philadelphia: 

Lippincott. 

Shakibaei, F., Harandi, A.A., Gholamrezaei, A., Samoei, 

R., Salehi, P. (2008). Hypnotherapy in management of 

pain and reexperiencing of trauma in burn patients. International 


Hypnosis, 56(2), 185-197. 

Shamdasani, S. (1998). From Geneva to Zurich: Jung and 

French Switzerland. Journal of Analytical Psychology, 

43, 115-126. 

Shamdasani, S. (2005). 'Psychotherapy': The invention of a 

word. History of the Human Sciences, 18 (1), 1-22. 

Shames, V.A., Bowers, P.G. (1992). Hypnosis and creativity. 

In: Fromm, E., Nash, M.R., editors. Contemporary 


Shapiro, A.K. (1964). A historic and heuristic definition of 

the placebo. Psychiatry, 27, 52–58. 

Shapiro, A.K. (1968). Semantics of the placebo. Psychiatric 

Quarterly, 42(4), 653-695. 

Shapiro, A.K., Morris, L.A. (1978). The placebo effect in 

medical and psychological therapies. In: Garfield, S., 

Bergins, A., editors. Handbook of psychotherapy and 

behavior change: An empirical analysis; Second edition. 

New York: Aldine, 477–536. 

Shapiro, A.K., Shapiro, E. (1997). The powerful placebo 


effect. Baltimore MD: John Hopkins University Press. 

Shapiro, F. (1989). Efficacy of the eye movement desensitization 

procedure in the treatment of traumatic memories. 

Journal of Traumatic Stress, 2, 199-223 

Shapiro, F. (1995). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: 

Basic principles, protocols, and procedures. 


Shapiro, F. (1996). Errors of context and review of eye 

movement desensitization and reprocessing research. 

Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 

27, 209-218. 

Sharav, Y,, Tal, M. (1989). Masseter inhibitory periods and 

sensations evoked by electrical tooth-pulp stimulation 

in subjects under hypnotic anesthesia. Brain Research, 

479(2), 247-254. 

Sharpley, C.F. (1984). Predicate matching in NLP: A review 

of research on the preferred representational system. 


Sharpley, C.F. (1987). Research findings on neurolinguistic 

programming: Nonsupportive data or untestable theory? 


Shaw, A.J., Niven, N. (1996). Theoretical concepts and 

practical applications of hypnosis in the treatment of 

children and adolescents with dental fear and anxiety. 

British Dental Journal, 180, 11-16. 

Shaw, A.J., Welbury, R.R. (1996). The use of hypnosis in a 

sedation clinic for dental extractions in children: Report 

of 20 cases. Journal of Dentistry for Children, 63(6), 

418-420. 

Shaw, H.L. (1977). A simple and effective treatment for 

flight phobia. British Journal of Psychiatry, 130, 

229-232. 

Shaw, K., O’Rourke, P., Del Mar, C., Kenardy, J. (2005). 

Psychological interventions for overweight or obesity. 

Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, Issue 2, 

CD003818. 

Shea, J.D. (2003). Hypnosis with cancer patients. Australian 


24, 98-111. 

Sheehan, D.V. (1978). Influence of psychosocial factors on 

wart remission. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

20, 160-164. 

Sheehan, D.V. (1988). Confidence, memory, and hypnosis. 

In: Pettinati, H.M., editor. Hypnosis and memory. New 


Sheehan, P.W. (1971) Countering preconceptions about 

hypnosis: An objective index of involvement with the 

hypnotist. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 78(3), 

299-322. 

Sheehan, P.W. (1972) editor. The function and nature of 

imagery. New York: Academic Press. 

Sheehan, P.W. (1973). Escape from the ambiguous: Arti- 



fact and methodologies of hypnosis. American Psychologist, 

28(11), 983-993. 

Sheehan, P.W. (1980). Factors influencing rapport in 

hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 89( 2), 

263-281. 

Sheehan, P.W. (2001). Memory and hypnosis: General 

considerations. In: Burrows, G.D., Stanley, R.O., 

Bloom, P.B., editors. International handbook of clinical 

hypnosis. New York: Wiley, 49-60. 

Sheehan, P.W., Dolby, R.M. (1974). Artifact and Barber's 

model of hypnosis: A logical-empirical analysis. 

Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 10(2), 

171-187. 

Sheehan, P.W., Dolby, R.M. (1975). Hypnosis and the influence 

of most recently perceived events. Journal of 


Sheehan, P.W., Grigg, L., McCann, T. (1984). Memory 

distortion following exposure to false information in 

hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 93(3), 

259-265. 

Sheehan, P.W., McConkey, K.M. (1979a). Australian 




Sheehan, P.W., McConkey, K.M. (1979b). Hypnosis in 

Australia: A survey of the Australian Society of Clinical 

and Experimental Hypnosis. Australian Journal of 


Sheehan, P.W., McConkey, K.M. (1982). Hypnosis and 

experience: The exploration of phenomena and process. 

Hillsdale NJ: Erlbaum. 

Sheehan, P.W., McConkey, K.M. (1996). Hypnosis and 

experience: The exploration of phenomena and process. 


Sheehan, P.W., McConkey, K.M., Cross, D. (1978). Experiential 

analysis of hypnosis: Some new observations on 

hypnotic phenomena. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

87, 570–573. 

Sheehan, P.W., Ome, M.T. (1968). Some comments on the 

nature of posthypnotic behavior. Journal of Nervous 

and Mental Disease, 146, 209-220. 

Sheehan, P.W., Perry, C. (1976). Methodologies of hypnosis: 

A critical appraisal of contemporary paradigms of 

hypnosis. Hillsdale NJ: Erlbaum. 

Sheehan, P.W., Statham, D., Jamieson, G.A. (1991). 

Pseudomemory effects and their relationship to level of 

susceptibility to hypnosis and state instruction. Journal 

of Personality and Social Psychology, 60(1), 130-137. 

Sheehan, P.W., Tilden, J. (1983). Effects pf suggestibility 

and hypnosis on accurate and distorted retrieval from 

mempry. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, 


Sheehan, P.W., Tilden, J. (1984). Real and simulated oc- 

currences of memory distortion in hypnosis. Journal of 


Sheikh, A.A. (1984) editor. Healing images: The role of 

imagination in health. New York: Baywood. 

Sheikh, A.A. (2003) editor. Imagination and healing. New 

York: Baywood. 

Sheikh, A.A., Shaffer, T.T. (1979) editor. The potential of 

fantasy and imagination. New York: Brandon House. 

Shenefelt, P.D. (2000). Hypnosis in dermatology. Archives 

of Dermatology, 136(3), 393-399. 

Shenefelt, P.D. (2002). Complementary psychotherapy in 

dermatology: hypnosis and biofeedback. Clinics in 

Dermatology, 20(5), 595-601. 

Shenefelt, P.D. (2003). Applying hypnosis in dermatology. 

Dermatology Nursing, 15(6), 513-517, 538. 

Shenefelt, P.D. (2003). Hypnosis-facilitated relaxation using 

self-guided imagery during dermatologic procedures. 


225-232. 

Shenefelt, P.D. (2004). Using hypnosis to facilitate resolution 

of psychogenic excoriations in acne excoriée. 


Shenefelt, P.D. (2007). Psychocutaneous hypnoanalysis: 

Detection and deactivation of emotional and mental root 

factors in psychosomatic skin disorders. American 


Shenefelt, P.D. (2008). Relaxation, meditation, and hypnosis 

for skin disorders and procedures. In: De Luca, 

B.N., editor. Mind-body and relaxation research focus. 

Hauppauge NY: Nova Science, 45-64. 

Shenefelt, P.D. (2011). Ideomotor signaling: From divining 

spiritual messages to discerning subconscious answers 

during hypnosis and hypnoanalysis, a historical perspective. 


157-167. 

Shepard, L.A. (1978) editor. Encyclopedia of occultism and 

parapsychology. 2 Vol. New York: Avon. 

Shertzer, C.L., Lookingbill, D.P. (1987). Effects of relaxation 

therapy and hypnotisability in chronic urticaria. 

Archives of Dermatology, 123, 913-916. 

Shevde, K., Panagopoulos, G. (1991). A survey of 800 patients' 

knowledge, attitudes, and concerns regarding 

anesthesia. Anesthesia and Analgesia, 73, 190-8. 

Shevrin, H. (1972). The wish to cooperate and the temptation 

to submit: The hypnotized subject’s dilemma. In: 

Fromm, E., Shor, R.E., editors. Hypnosis: Research 

developments and perspectives. Chicago: Aldine, 

527–536. 

Shiffrin, R. M., Schneider, W. (1984). Automatic and controlled 

processing revisited. Psychological Review, 

91(2), 269-276. 

Shiffrin, R.M., Schneider, W. (1977a). Controlled and automatic 

human information processing: I. Detection, 


search, and attention. Psychological Review, 84(1), 

1-66. 

Shiffrin, R.M., Schneider, W. (1977b). Controlled and automatic 

human information processing. II. Perceptual 

learning, automatic attending and a general theory. 

Psychological Review, 84(2), 127-190. 

Shih, M., Yang, Y.H., Koo, M. (2009). A meta-analysis of 

hypnosis in the treatment of depressive symptoms: A 



Shin, Y.K., Proctor, R.W., Capaldi, E.J. (2010). A review 

of contemporary ideomotor theory. Psychological Bulletin, 

136(6), 943-974. 

Shinozaki, M., Kanazawa, M., Kano, M., Endo, Y., 

Nakaya, N., Hongo, M., Fukudo, S. (2009). Effect of 

autogenic training on general improvement in patients 

with irritable bowel syndrome: A randomized controlled 

trial. Applied Psychophysiology and Biofeedback, 

35(3), 189-198. 

Shires, E.B., Peters, J.J., Krout, R.M. (1954). Hypnosis in 

neuromuscular re-education. U.S. Armed Forces Medical 

Journal, 5, 1519-23. 

Shoemaker, J.E., Tasto, D.L. (1975). The effects of muscle 

relaxation on blood pressure of essential hypertensives. 

Behaviour Research and Therapy, 13(1), 29-43. 

Shor, R.E. (1959). Hypnosis and the concept of generalized 

reality orientation. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 

13, 582-602. 

Shor, R.E. (1960). The frequency of naturally occurring 

"hypnotic-like" experiences in the normal college population. 


Hypnosis, 8, 151-163. 

Shor, R.E. (1962). On the physiological effects of painful 

stimulation during hypnotic analgesia. Basic issues for 

further research in hypnosis: Current problems (Edited 

by S. H. Estabrooks). London: Harper and Row. 

Shor, R.E. (1962). Physiological effects of painful stimulation 

during hypnotic analgesia under conditions designed 

to minimize anxiety. International Journal fo 


Shor, R.E. (1962). Three dimensions of hypnotic depth. 


Hypnosis, 10, 23-38. 

Shor, R.E. (1971). Expectancies of being influenced and 

hypnotic performance. International Journal of Clinical 


Shor, R.E., Orne, E.C. (1962). Harvard Group Scale of 

Hypnotic Susceptibility: Form A. Palo Alto CA: Consulting 

Psychologists Press. 

Shor, R.E., Orne, E.C. (1963). Norms on the Harvard 

Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility, Form A. International 



Hypnosis, 11, 39-47. 

Shor, R.E., Orne, M.T. (1965) editors. The nature of hypnosis: 

Selected basic readings. New York: Holt, Rinehart 

and Winston. 

Shor, R.E., Orne, M.T., O’Connell, D.N. (1962). Validation 

and cross-validation of a scale of self-reported personal 

experiences which predicts hypnotizability. Journal of 


Shor, R.E., Orne, M.T., O’Connell, D.N. (1966). Psychological 

correlates of plateau hypnotizability in a special 

volunteer sample. Journal of Personality and Social 


Shor, R.E., Pistole, D.D., Easton, R.D., Kihlstrom, J.F. 

(1984). Relation of predicted to actual hypnotic responsiveness, 

with special reference to posthypnotic 

amnesia. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 32(4), 376-387. 

Shorter, E. (1997). A history of psychiatry: From the era of 

the asylum to the age of prozac. New York: Wiley. 

Siano, A. (2000). Manuale di ipnosi. Pavia: Selecta. 

Sidgwick, E.M. (1915). A contribution to the study of the 

psychology of Mrs. Piper’s trance phenomena. Proceedings 

of the Society for Psychical Research, 28, 

1-657. 

Sidis, B. (1898a). The psychology of suggestion: A research 

into the subconscious nature of man and society. 

New York: Appleton. 

Sidis, B. (1898b). The psychology of suggestion. Science, 8 

(188), 162-163 

Sidis, B. (1902). Psychopathological researches: Studies in 

mental dissociation. New York: Stechert. 

Sidis, B. (1909a). Studies in psychopathology: The psychotherapeutic 

value of the hypnoidal state. New England 


Journal), 161, 242-247. 

Sidis, B. (1909b). Studies in psychopathology: The psychotherapeutic 



Journal), 161, 287-292. 

Sidis, B. (1909c). Studies in psychopathology: The psychotherapeutic 



Journal), 161, 323-327. 

Sidis, B. (1909d). Studies in psychopathology: The psychotherapeutic 



Journal), 161, 356-360. 

Sidis, B. (1910). The psychology of suggestion. New York: 

Appleton. 

Sidis, B., Goodhart, S.P. (1905). Multiple personality: An 

experimental investigation into the nature of human 

individuality. New York: Appleton. 



Siegel, R. (2004). The impact of self-hypnosis training on 

insufficient milk supply with first-time mothers. Dissertation 


Sierke, E. (1874). Schwärmer und Schwindler zu Ende des 

18. Jahrhunderts. Leipzig: Hirzel. 

Sighele, S. (1891). La folla delinquente. Torino: Bocca. 

Signer-Fischer, S. (1998). Utilization of autobiographic 

memory in hypnotherapy with young offenders. Hypnos, 

25(4), 198-203. 

Sikand, A., Laken, M. (1998). Pediatricians' experience 

with and attitudes toward complementary/alternative 

medicine. Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, 

152, 1059-1064. 

Silber, S. (1980). Induction of hypnosis by poetic 

hypnogram. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 22, 

212-215. 

Silimbani, G. (1961). Contributo allo studio dell'ipnosi in 

odontoiatria. Minerva Stomatologica, 10, 2. 

Silva, C., Bridges, K.R., Metzger, M. (2005). Personality, 

expectancy, and hypnotizability. Personality and Individual 

Differences, 39(1), 131-142. 

Silva, C.E., Kirsch, I. (1992). Interpretive sets, expectancy, 

fantasy proneness, and dissociation as predictors of 

hypnotic response. Journal of Personality and Social 

Psychology, 63(5), 847-856. 

Silverberg, E.L. (1973). Hypnosis in the treatment of warts. 


Simmel, E. (1918). Kriegs-Neurosen und Psychisches 

Trauma. Munich and Leipzig: Nemnich. 

Simon, E.P. (1999). Hypnosis using a communication device 

to increase magnetic resonance imaging tolerance 

with a claustrophobic patient. Military Medicine, 164, 

71-72. 

Simon, EP, Canonico, M.M. (2001). Use of hypnosis in 

controlling lumbar puncture distress in an adult needle-phobic 

dementia patient. International Journal of 

Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 49(1), 56 - 67. 

Simon, EP, Lewis, DM. (2000). Medical hypnosis for 

temporomandibular disorders: Treatment efficacy and 

medical utilization outcome. Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine, 

Oral Pathology, Oral Radiology, and 

Endodontics, 90, 54-63. 

Simon, M.J,, Salzberg, H.C. (1985). The effect of manipulated 

expectancies on posthypnotic amnesia. International 


33(1), 40-51. 

Simone, D., Potter, C., Temple, G. (2007). Hypnosis and 

communications in dental practice. Chicago: Quintessence 

Publishing. 

Simons L.E., Logan, D.E., Chastain, L., Cerullo, M. (2010). 

Engagement in multidisciplinary interventions for pediatric 

chronic pain: parental expectations, barriers, and 

child outcomes. Clinical Journal of Pain, 26(4), 

291-299. 

Simpson, I. (1991). Hypnotherapy and the GP. Canadian 

Medical Association Journal, 144, 908-909. 

Simpson, S., Morrow, E., Jones, M., Ferguson, J., and 

Brebner, E. (2002). Video-hypnosis--the provision of 

specialized therapy via videoconferencing. Journal of 

Telemedicine and Telecare, 8 (Suppl 2), 78-79. 

Simren, M., Ringstrom, G., Bjornsson, E. S., and 

Abrahamsson, H. (2004). Treatment with hypnotherapy 

reduces the sensory and motor component of the 

gastrocolonic response in irritable bowel syndrome. 

Psychosomatic Medicine, 66(2), 233-238. 

Sinclair-Gieben, A.H.C., Chalmers, D. (1959). Evaluation 

of treatment of warts by hypnosis. Lancet, 274(7101), 

480-482. 

Singer, J.L. (1975). The inner world of daydreaming. New 

York: Harper. 

Singer, J.L. (1990) editor. Repression and dissociation: 

Implications for personality theory, psychotherapy, and 

health. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 

Singer, M.T., Goldstein, H., Langone, M.D., Miller, J.S., 

Temerlin, M.K. (1986). Report of the APA Task Force 

on deceptive and indirect techniques of persuasion and 

control. Berkeley CA: American Psychological Association 

and University of California at Berkeley. 

Singh, A.R., Banerjee, K.R. (2002). Treating panic attack 

with hypnosis in combination with rational emotive 

therapy: A case report. Journal of Projective Psychology 

and Mental Health, 9(2), 105-108. 

Siuta, J. (1996). The imagination inventory and its correlates 

with imagery and hypnotizability. American 


Siuta, J. (2010). Polish norms for the Harvard Group Scale 

of Hypnotic Susceptibility, Form A. International 


433-443. 

Slater, R. (1950). Hypnotism and selfhypnosis. London: 

Duckworth. 

Sluhovsky, M. (2007). Believe not every spirit: Possession, 

mysticism, and discemment in early modem catholicism. 

Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 

Smail, D. (2001). Why therapy doesn’t work. London: 

Robinson. 

Small, M., Kramer, E. (1969). Hypnotic susceptibility as a 

function of the prestige of the hypnotist. International 


251-256. 

Smedley, W.P., Barnes, W.T. (1966). Postoperative use of 

hypnosis on a cardiovascular service: termination of 

persistent hiccups in a patient with an aortorenal graft. 


158(2), 103-106. 


Smith, C.A., Collins, C.T., Cyna, A.M., Crowther, C.A. 

(2003). Complementary and alternative therapies for 

pain management in labor. The Cochrane Database of 

Systematic Reviews, 2, CD003521. 

Smith, D. (1982). Trends in counseling and psychotherapy. 


Smith, G.D. (2006). Effect of nurse-led gut-directed hypnotherapy 

upon health-related quality of life in patients 

with irritable bowel syndrome. Journal of Clinical 

Nursing, 15(6), 678-684. 

Smith, G.E. (1927). Thought and the brain the mind and its 

mechanism: With special reference to ideo-motor action, 

hypnosis, habit and instinct, and the lamarkian 

theory of evolution. Nature, 120, 506-508. 

Smith, H.D. (1975). The use of hypnosis in treating 

inorgasmic sexual response in women: The report of 

five cases. Journal of the American Institute of Hypnosis, 

16(3), 119-125. 

Smith, J.T., Barabasz, A., Barabasz, M. (1996). Comparison 

of hypnosis and distraction in severely ill children 

undergoing painful medical procedures. Journal of 

Counseling Psychology, 43(2), 187-195. 

Smith, M.C. (1983). Hypnotic memory enhancement of 

witnesses: Does it work? Psychological Bulletin, 94(3), 

387-407. 

Smith, N, D'Hooghe V, Duffin S, Fitzsimmons, D., Rippin, 

C., Wilde, G. (1999). Hypnotherapy for the unstable 

bladder: Four case reports. Contemporary Hypnosis, 

16(2), 87-94. 

Smith, R., (1992), Inhibition: History and meaning in the 

sciences of mind and brain. Berkeley-Los Angeles, 

University of California Press. 

Smith, W.H. (1990). Hypnosis in the treatment of anxiety. 

Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 54(2), 209-216. 

Smith, W.H. (1993). Incorporating hypnosis into the psychotherapy 

of patients with multiple personality disorder. 

Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 57(3), 344-354. 

Smyth, L.D. (1981). An experimental hypnotic approach to 

teaching the psychoanalytic theory of the neuroses. International 


Hypnosis, 29(2), 101-106. 

Snow, B.R. (1985). The use of hypnosis in the management 

of preoperative anxiety and postoperative pain in a patient 

undergoing laminectomy. Bulletin of the Hospital 

for Joint Diseases Orthopaedic Institute, 45, 143-149. 

Sobala GM. Hypnotherapy for duodenal ulcer. Lancet, 

7-16-1988, 2(8603), 159-160. 

Società di Incoraggiamento di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti 

(1855). Rapporto della Commissione nominata dalla 

sezione medica della Società di Incoraggiamento di 

Scienze, Lettere ed Arti in Milano per l’esame delle 

memorie di concorso al premio proposto pel 1855 sopra 


un argomento di magnetismo animale. Milano: Chiusi. 

Società Italiana di Psicotecnica Sipsico (2009). Ipnosi. 

Milano: Società Italiana di Psicotecnica Sipsico. 

Società Italiana di Psicotecnica, Sipsico (2008). Codice di 

deontologia psicotecnica. Milano: Società Italiana di 

Psicotecnica Sipsico. 

Société Exégétique et Philantropique, Stockholm (1788). 

Lettre sur la seule explication satisfaisante des 

phénomènes du magnétisme animal et du 

somnambulisme déduite des vrais principes fondés dans 

la connaissance du créateur, de l’homme, et de la nature, 

et confirmée par l’expérience. Stockholm: 

L’imprimerie Royal. 

Society for Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis (1979). 

Resolution adopted October 1978 by The Society for 

Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis. International 


452. 

Society for Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis (2011). 

Application for clinical membership. Boston: Society 

for Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis. 

Society for Psychical Research (1927-1934). Proceedings. 

(1927-1934): Vol. 37, 38, 39, 40, and 42. London: Society 

for Psychical Research. 

Society for Psychical Research (1976). Catalogue of the 

Library of the Society for Psychical Research. Boston: 

Hall. 

Sokel B, Christie D, Kent A, Lansdown, R., Atherton, D., 

Glover, M., Knibbs, J. (1993). A comparison of hypnotherapy 

and biofeedback in the treatment of childhood 

atopic eczema. Contemporary Hypnosis, 10(3), 

145-154. 

Solloway, K. (2004). Can clinical hypnosis prevent 

stressrelated immune deficiency? European Journal of 


Solomon, M. (1995). Mozart: A life. New York: Harper. 

Solomonovich, A. (1997). Hypnotherapy in alopecia areata. 

Hypnos, 24(2), 101-106. 

Soloviev, V.S. (1895). A modern priestess of Isis. London: 

Longmans and Co. 

Somer, E. (1991). Hypnotherapy in the treatment of the 

chronic nocturnal use of a dental splint prescribed for 

bruxism. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 39(3), 145-154. 

Sommer, C. (1992). Conversational hypnosis: A manual of 

indirect suggestion. Downers Grove IL: Sommer Solutions. 

Sood, A., Ebbert, J.O., Sood, R, Stevens, S.R. (2006). 

Complementary treatments for tobacco cessation: A 

survey. Nicotine and Tobacco Research, 8, 767-771. 

Sorensen, G., Beder, B., Prible, C.R., Pinney, J. (1995). 

Reducing smoking at the workplace: Implementing a 



smoking ban and hypnotherapy. Journal of Occupational 

and Environmental Medicine, 37(4), 453-460. 

Soskis, D.A., Orne, E.C., Orne, M.T., Dinges, D.F.(1989). 

Self-hypnosis and meditation for stress management: A 



Souriau, P. (1893). La suggestion dans l’art. Paris: 

Baillière et Alcan. 

Spanos, N.P. (1982). A social psychological approach to 

hypnotic behavior. In Weary, G., Mirels, H.L., editors. 

Integrations of clinical and social psychology. New 

York: Oxford University Press, 231-271. 

Spanos, N.P. (1983). The Carleton University Responsiveness 

to Suggestion Scale (Group Administration). 

Ottowa: Carleton University. 

Spanos, N.P. (1986). Hypnosis and the modification of 

hypnotic susceptibility: A social psychological perspective. 

In: Naish, P.L.N., editor. What is hypnosis? 

Current theories and research. Philadelphia: Open 


Spanos, N.P. (1986). Hypnotic behavior: A social psychological 

interpretation of amnesia, analgesia, and trance 

logic. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 9, 449-467. 

Spanos, N.P. (1996). Multiple identities and false memories: 

A sociocognitive perspective. Washington, DC: 


Spanos, N.P., Barber, T.X. (1976). Behavior modification 

and hypnosis. In: Hersen, M., Eisler, R.M., Miller, 

P.M., editors. Progress in behavior modification. New 

York: Academic Press, 1-43. 

Spanos, N.P., Burgess, C.A., Burgess, M.F. (1994). 

Past-life identities, UFO abductions and satanic ritual 

abuse: The social construction of memories. International 


42(4), 433-446. 

Spanos, N.P., Burnley, M.C.E., Cross, P.A. (1991). Response 

expectancies and interpretations as determinants 

of hypnotic responding. Journal of Personality and 


Spanos, N.P., Chaves, J.F. (1989) editors. Hypnosis: The 

cognitive-behavioral perspective. New York: Prometheus. 

Spanos, N.P., Chaves, J.F. (1991). History and 

hystoriography of hypnosis. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., 

editors. Theories of hypnosis: Current models and 

perspectives. 43-78. New York: Guilford. 

Spanos, N.P., De Groh, M. (1983). Structure of communication 

and reports of involuntariness by hypnotic and 

nonhypnotic subjects. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 

57(3 Pt 2), 1179-186. 

Spanos, N.P., De Groot, H.P., Tiller, D.K. (1985). Trance 

logic duality and hidden observer responding in hypnotic-imagination 

control, and simulating subjects: a 

social psychological analysis. Journal of Abnormal 

Psychology, 94(4), 611-623. 

Spanos, N.P., Gottleib, J. (1979). Demonic possession, 

mesmerism, and hysteria: A social psychological perspective 

on their historical interrelations. Journal of 


Spanos, N.P., Gottlieb, J., Rivers, S.M. (1980). The effects 

of short-term meditation practice on hypnotic 

responsivity. Psychological Record, 30(3), 343-348. 

Spanos, N.P., Gwynn, M.I., Comer, S.L., Baltruweit, W.J., 

DeGroh, M. (1989). Are hypnotically induced 

pseudomemories resistant to cross-examination? Law 

and Human Behavior, 13, 271-289. 

Spanos, N.P., Gwynn, M.I., Della Malva, C.L., Bertrand, 

L.D. (1988). Social psychological factors in the genesis 

of posthypnotic source amnesia. Journal of Abnormal 


Spanos, N.P., Liddy, S.J., Scott, H., Garrard, C., Sine, J., 

Tirabasso, A., Hayward, A. (1993). Hypnotic suggestion 

and placebo for the treatment of chronic headache 

in a university volunteer sample. Cognitive Therapy and 

Research, 17(2), 191-205. 

Spanos, N.P., McNeil, C., Gwynn, M.I., Stam, H.J. (1984). 

Effects of suggestion and distraction on reported pain in 

subjects high and low on hypnotic susceptibility. 


Spanos, N.P., McPeake, J.D. (1975) Involvement in everyday 

imaginative activities, attitudes toward hypnosis 

and hypnotic suggestibility. Journal of Personality and 


Spanos, N.P., Menary, E., Gabora, N.J., Dubreuil, S.C., 

Dewhirst, B. (1991). Secondary identity enactments 

during hypnotic past-life regression: A sociocognitive 

perspective. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 

61, 308-320. 

Spanos, N.P., Mondoux, T.J., Burgess, C.A. (1995). 

Comparison of multi-component hypnotic and 

nonhypnotic treatments for smoking. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 12(1), 12-19. 

Spanos, N.P., Perlini, A.H., Patrick, L., Bell, S., Gwynn, 

M.I. (1990). The role of compliance in hypnotic and 

nonhypnotic analgesia. Journal of Research in Personality, 

24, 433-453. 

Spanos, N.P., Perlini, A.H., Robertson, L.A. (1989). Hypnosis, 

suggestion, and placebo in the reduction of experimental 

pain. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 98, 

285-293. 

Spanos, N.P., Radtke, H.L., Dubreuil, D.L. (1982). Episodic 

and semantic memory in posthypnotic amnesia: A 

reevaluation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 

43, 565-573. 

Spanos, N.P., Radtke, H.L., Hodgins, D.C., Bertrand, L.D., 

Stam, H.J., Dubreuil, D.L. (1983a). The Carleton Uni- 


versity responsiveness to suggest ion scale: Stability,reliability, 

and relationships with expectancy and 

‘hypnotic experiences’. Psychological Reports, 53(2), 

555-563. 

Spanos, N.P., Radtke, H.L., Hodgins, D.C., Bertrand, L.D., 

Stam, H.J., Moretti, P. (1983b). The Carleton University 

Responsiveness to Suggestion Scale: Relationship 

with other measures of hypnotic susceptibility, expectancies, 

and absorption. Psychological Reports, 53(3 Pt 

1), 723-734. 

Spanos, N.P., Radtke, H.L., Hodgins, D.C., Stam, H.J., 

Bertrand, L.D. (1983c). The Carleton University responsiveness 

to Suggestion Scale: normative data and 

psychometric properties. Psychological Reports, 53(2), 

523-535. 

Spanos, N.P., Rivers, S.M., Gottlieb, J. (1978). Hypnotic 

responsivity, meditation, and laterality of eye movements. 

Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 87(5), 

566-569. 

Spanos, N.P., Robertson, L.A., Menary, E.P., Brett, P J. 

(1986). Component analysis of cognitive skill training 

for the enhancement of hypnotic susceptibility. Journal 


Spanos, N.P., Robertson, L.A., Menary, E.P., Brett, P J., 

Smith, J. (1987). Effects of repeated baseline testing on 

cognitive-skill-training-induced increments in hypnotic 

susceptibility. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 

52(6), 1230-1235. 

Spanos, N.P., Saad, C.L. (1984). Prism adaptation in hypnotically 

limb-anesthetized subjects: more disconfirming 

data. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 59(2), 379-386. 

Spanos, N.P., Salas, J., Menary, E.P., Brett, P.J. (1986). 

Comparison of overt and subjective responses to the 

Carleton University Responsiveness to Suggestion 

Scale and the Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale 

under conditions of group administration. Psychological 

Reports, 58(3), 847-856. 

Spanos, N.P., Stam, H.J., D'Eon, J.L., Pawlak, A.E., 

Radtke-Bodorik, H.L. (1980). Effects of social-psychological 

variables on hypnotic amnesia. 


737-750. 

Spanos, N.P., Stenstrom, R.J., Johnston, J.C. (1988). 

Hypnosis, placebo, and suggestion in the treatment of 

warts. Psychosomatic Medicine, 50, 245-260. 

Spanos, N.P., Williams V, Gwynn MI. (1990). Effects of 

hypnotic, placebo, and salicylic acid treatments on wart 

regression. Psychosomatic Medicine, 52(1), 109-114. 

Spence, D.P. (1982). Narrative truth and historical truth. 


Sperry, L. (1990). Dissociation, multiple personality, and 

the phenomenon of evil. Journal of Pastoral Counsel- 


ing, 25, 90-100. 

Spiegel, D. (1983). Hypnosis with medical/surgical patients. 

General Hospital Psychiatry, 5(4), 265-277. 

Spiegel, D. (1983). Hypnosis with psychotic patients. 


Spiegel, D. (1984). Multiple personality as a post-traumatic 

stress disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 7, 

101-110. 

Spiegel, D. (1989). Hypnosis in the treatment of victims of 

sexual abuse. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 

12(2), 295-305. 

Spiegel, D. (1993) editor. Dissociative disorders: A clinical 

review. Lutherville MD: Sidran. 

Spiegel, D. (1993). Hypnosis in the treatment of posttraumatic 

stress disorders. In: Rhue, J., Lynn, S.J., Kirsch, 

I., editors. Handbook of clinical hypnosis. Washington 

DC: American Psychological Association, 493-508. 

Spiegel, D. (1998). Hypnosis and implicit memory: Automatic 

processing of explicit content. American 


Spiegel, D. (2002). Mesmer minus magic: Hypnosis and 

modern medicine. International Journal of Clinical and 


Spiegel, D. (2003). Hypnosis and traumatic dissociation: 

Therapeutic opportunities. Journal of Trauma and 

Dissociation, 4(3), 73-90. 

Spiegel, D. (2005). Multileveling the playing field: Altering 

our state of consciousness to understand hypnosis: 

Comment. Contemporary Hypnosis, 22(1), 31-33. 

Spiegel, D. (2007). The mind prepared: Hypnosis in surgery. 

Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 99(17), 

1280-1281. 

Spiegel, D. (2008). Intelligent design or designed intelligence? 

Hypnotizability as neurobiological adaptation. 



Spiegel, D. (2010a). Hypnosis in the treatment of posttraumatic 

stress disorders. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., 




Spiegel, D. (2010b). Hypnosis testing. In: Barabasz, M., et 



Spiegel, D., Albert, L.H. (1983). Naloxone fails to reverse 

hypnotic alleviation of chronic pain. Psychopharmacology, 

81, 140-143. 

Spiegel, D., Bierre, P., Rootenberg, J. (1989). Hypnotic 

alteration of somatosensory perception. American 


Spiegel, D., Bloom, J.R. (1983). Group therapy and hypnosis 

reduce metastatic breast carcinoma pain. Psy- 



chosomatic Medicine, 45(4), 333-339. 

Spiegel, D., Bloom, J.R., Kraemer, H.,C., Gottheil, E. 

(1989). Effect of psychosocial treatment on survival of 

patients with metatastic breast cancer. Lancet, 2(8673), 

1209-1210. 

Spiegel, D., Cardeña, E. (1991). Disintegrated experience: 

the dissociative disorders revisited. Journal of Abnormal 

Psychology, 366-378. 

Spiegel, D., Cutcomb, S., Ren, C., Pribram, K. (1985). 

Hypnotic hallucination alters evoked potentials. Journal 


Spiegel, D., Detrick, D., Frischholz, E.J. (1982). 

Hypnotizability and psychopathology. American 


Spiegel, D., Frischholz, E.J., Fleiss, J.L., Spiegel, H. 

(1993). Predictors of smoking abstinence following a 

single-session restructuring intervention with 

self-hypnosis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 

1090-1097. 

Spiegel, D., Moore, R. (1997). Imagery and hypnosis in the 

treatment of cancer patients. Oncology, 11(8), 

1179-1189. 

Spiegel, D., Scheflin, A.W. (1994). Dissociated or fabricated? 

Psychiatric aspects of repressed memory in 

criminal and civil cases. International Journal of Clinical 


Spiegel, D., Spiegel, H. (1988). Assessment and treatment 

using hypnosis. In: Last, C.G., Hersen, M., editors. 

Handbook of anxiety disorders. New York: Pergamon, 

401-412. 

Spiegel, D., Vermetten, E. (1994). Physiological correlates 

of hypnosis and dissociation. In: Spiegel, D., editor. 

Dissociation, culture, mind and body. Washington DC: 

Academic Press, 185-209. 

Spiegel, H. (1963). The spectrum of hypnotic and 

nonhypnotic phenomena. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 6(1), 1-5. 

Spiegel, H. (1965). Imprinting, hypnotizzability and 

learning factors in the psychotherapeutic process. 


Spiegel, H. (1970). A single treatment method to stop 

smoking using an ancillary selfhypnosis. International 

Journal of Clinical Experimental Hypnosis, 18, 

235-250. 

Spiegel, H. (1970). Termination of smoking by a single 

treatment. Archives of Environmental Health, 20, 

736-742. 

Spiegel, H. (1972). An eye-roll test for hypnotizability. 


Spiegel, H. (1973). Manual for Hypnotic Induction Profile: 

Eye Roll Levitation Method. New York: Soni Medica. 

Spiegel, H. (1974). The grade 5 syndrome: The highly 

hypnotizable person. International Journal of Clinical 


Spiegel, H. (1977). The Hypnotic Induction Profile: A review 

of its development: Conceptual and investigative 

approaches to hypnosis and hypnotic phenomena. Annals 

of the New York Academy of Sciences, 296, 

129-142. 

Spiegel, H. (2007). The neural trance: A new look at hypnosis. 

International Journal of Clinical Experimental 

Hypnosis, 55(4), 387-410 

Spiegel, H., Aronson, M., Fleiss, J., Haber, J. (1976). 

Psychometric analysis of the Hypnotic Induction Profile. 

International Journal of Clinical Experimental 

Hypnosis, 24, 300-315. 

Spiegel, H., Bridger, A.A. (1970). A manual for Ipnotic 

Induction Profile. New York: Soni Medica. 

Spiegel, H., Fishman, S. Shor, J. (1945). An hypnotic ablation 

technique for the study of personality development: 

A preliminary report. Psychosomatic Medicine, 

75, 273-278. 

Spiegel, H., Fleiss, J.L., Bridger, A.A., Aronson, M. 

(1975). Hypnotizability and mental health. In: Arieti, S. 

editor. New dimensions in psychiatry: A world view. 

New York: Wiley 341-356. 

Spiegel, H., Greenleaf, M. (1963). Current perspectives on 

hypnosis in obstetrics. New York State Journal of 

Medicine, 63, 2933-2941. 

Spiegel, H., Greenleaf, M., Spiegel, D. (2000). Hypnosis. 

In: Sadock, B.J., Sadock, V.A., editors.. Kaplan and 

Sadock's comprehensive textbook of psychiatry. Vol 2, 

seventh edition. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 2138-2146. 

Spiegel, H., Spiegel, D. (1978-2004). Trance and treatment: 

Clinical uses of hypnosis, Second edition. 

Washington DC: American Psychiatric Publishing. 

Spiegel, S.B. (1996). Uses of hypnosis in the treatment of 

uncontrollable belching: A case report. American 


Spiegel, S.B., Kahn, S. (2001). Being "the other therapist": 

The varieties of adjunctive experience with hypnosis. 


Hypnosis, 49(4), 339-351. 

Spierings, N.M.K., Spierings, E.L.H. (2007). Hypnosis in 

the treatment of headache: Is hypnotherapy beneficial? 

Headache and Pain: Diagnostic Challenges, Current 

Therapy, 18(4), 140-148. 

Spinhoven, P. (1987). Hypnotic pain control and low back 

pain: A critical review. Australian Journal of Clinical 


Spinhoven, P. (1988). Similarities and dissimilarities in 

hypnotic and nonhypnotic procedures for headache 

control: A review. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

30, 183-194. 

Spinhoven, P., Baak, D., van Dyck, R., Vermeulen, P. 

(1988). The effectiveness of an authoritarian versus 


permissive style of hypnotic communication. International 


36, 182-191. 

Spinhoven, P., Linssen, A.C. (1989). Education and 

self-hypnosis in the management of low back pain: a 

component analysis. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 

28(Pt 2), 145-153. 

Spinhoven, P., Ter Kuile, M.M. (2000). Treatment outcome 

expectancies and hypnotic susceptibility as moderators 

of pain reduction in patients with chronic tension-type 

headache. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 48, 290-305. 

Spinner, S. (2008). Integrative hypnotherapeutic protocols 

for treating bulimia nervosa: A treatment manual. Dissertation 


Spiquel, A. (1997). Mesmer et l'influence. Romantisme, 

27(98), 33-40. 

Spitz, H. (1997). Nonconscious movements: From mystical 

messages to facilitated communication. Manwah NJ: 

Erlbaum. 

Spivak, L., Puzenko, V., Medvedev, S., Polyakov, Y. 

(1990). Neurophysiological correlates of the altered 

state of consciousness during hypnosis. Human Physiology, 

16, 405-410. 

Sporer, S.L., Malpass, R.S., Koehnken, G. (1996) editors. 

Psychological issues in eyewitness identification. 


Spurzheim, J.G. (1825). A view of the philosophical principles 

of phrenology. London: Knight. 

St.Jean, R., Coe, W.C. (1986). Recall and recognition 

memory during posthypnotic amnesia: A failure to 

confirm the disrupted-search hypothesis and the 

memory disorganization hypothesis. Journal of Abnormal 

Psychology, 90(3), 231-241. 

St.Jean, R., McInnis, K., Campbell-Mayne, L., Swainson, 

P. (1994). Hypnotic underestimation of time: The busy 

beaver hypothesis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

103, 565-569. 

St.Jean, R., Robertson, L. (1986). Attentional versus absorptive 

processing in hypnotic time estimation. Journal 


Stacher, G, Berner, P, Naske, R, Schuster, P, Bauer, P, 

Starker, H, Schulze, D. (1975). Effect of hypnotic 

suggestion of relaxation on basal and 

betazole-stimulated gastric acid secretion. Gastroenterology, 

68, 656-661. 

Stafford, J., Lynn, S.J. (2002). Cultural scripts, memories 

of childhood abuse, and multiple identities: A study of 

role-played enactments. International Journal of Clinical 


Stafrace, S. (1994). Hypnosis in the treatment of panic 

disorder with agoraphobia. Australian Journal of Clin- 


ical and Experimental Hypnosis, 22(1), 73-86. 

Staib, A.R., Logan, D.R. (1977). Hypnotic stimulation of 

breast growth. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

19(4), 201-208. 

Stalnaker, J.M., Riddle, E.D. (1932). The effect of hypnosis 

on long-delayed recall. Journal of General Psychology, 

6, 429-440. 

Stalpers, L.J.A., Da Costa, H.C., Merbis, M.A.E., Fotuin, 

A.A., Muller M.J., Van Dam, F.S.A.M. (2005). Hypnotherapy 

in radiotherapy patients: A randomized trial. 

International Journal of Radiation Oncology, 61, 

499-506. 

Stam, H.J., Spanos, N.P. (1987). Hypnotic analgesia, placebo 

analgesia, and ischemic pain: The effects of contextual 

variables. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

96(4), 313-320. 

Stanislavskij, K.S. (1918-1922). L'attore creativo: Conversazioni 

al Teatro Bol'soj (1918-1922). Edizione italiana; 

Firenze: La Casa Usher, 1980. 

Stanislavskij, K.S. (1925). Moja zizn' v iskussive. Edizione 

italiana, La mia vita nell'arte. Torino: Einaudi, 1963. 

Stanislavskij, K.S. (1938). Rabota aktera nad soboj. Edizione 

italiana, Il lavoro dell'attore. Bari: Laterza, 1982. 

Stankler, L. (1967). A critical assessment of the cure of 

warts by suggestion. Practitioner, 198, 690-694. 

Stanley, R.O., Burrows, G.D. (2001). The negative consequences 

of hypnosis inappropriately or ineptly applied. 

In: Burrows, G.D., Stanley, R.O., Bloom, P.B., 

editors. International handbook of clinical hypnosis. 


Stanley, S.M., Lynn, S.J., Nash, M.R. (1986). Trance logic, 

susceptibility screening, and the transparency response. 


447-454. 

Stanton, H.E. (1975). Is hypnotic induction really necessary?: 

A study of ego-enhancing suggestions and their 

effects. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 26(6), 

330-336. 

Stanton, H.E. (1978). A simple hypnotic technique to reduce 

anxiety. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 6(1), 35-38. 

Stanton, H.E. (1984). A comparison of the effects of an 

hypnotic procedure and music on anxiety level. Australian 


12(2), 127-132. 

Stanton, H.E. (1985). Writing block? Try self-hypnosis. 

College Teaching, 34, 75-79. 

Stanton, H.E. (1988a). Improving exam performance 

through the clenched fist technique. Contemporary 

Educational Psychology, 13(4), 309-315. 

Stanton, H.E. (1988b). Using the “clenched fist” technique 

in the treatment of phobias. British Journal of Experi- 



mental and Clinical Hypnosis, 5(3), 125-129. 

Stanton, H.E. (1989). Hypnosis and rational-emotive 

therapy: A de-stressing combination; a brief communication. 


Hypnosis, 37(2), 95-99. 

Stanton, H.E. (1989). Hypnotic relaxation and insomnia: A 

simple solution? Hypnos, 16, 98-103. 

Stanton, H.E. (1989). Hypnotic relaxation and the reduction 

of sleep onset insomnia. International Journal of Psychosomatics, 

36(1-4), 64-68. 

Stanton, H.E. (1990). Impotence: A short-term treatment. 


18(2), 107-118. 

Stanton, H.E. (1991). Overcoming fear of public speaking 

with the diagnostic trance. Australian Journal of Clinical 


Stanton, H.E. (1992). Using hypnotic success imagery to 

reduce test anxiety. Australian Journal of Clinical and 


Stanton, H.E. (1993). Using hypnotherapy to overcome 

examination anxiety. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 35(3), 198-204. 

Stanton, H.E. (1993). Using hypnotherapy to overcome 

examination anxiety. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 1993;35(3):198-204. 

Stanton, H.E. (1994). Self-hypnosis: One path to reduced 

test anxiety. Contemporary Hypnosis, 11(1), 14-18. 

Stanton, H.E. (1997). Adorning the clinched fist. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 14(3), 189-194. 

Stanton, H.E. (1999). Hypnotic relaxation and insomnia: A 

simple solution? Sleep and Hypnosis, 1(1), 64-67. 

Starfield, B. (1998). Primary care: Balancing health needs, 

services, and technology. New York: Oxford University 

Press. 

Starfield, B. (2000). Is US health really the best in the 

world? Journal of the American Medical Association 

JAMA, 284(4), 483-485. 

Starobinski, J. (1971). Jean-Jacques Rousseau: La transparence 

et l’obstacle. Paris: Gallimard. 

Stead, LF, Perera, R, Lancaster, T. (2006). Telephone 

counselling for smoking cessation. Cochrane Database 

of Systematic Reviews, 3, CD002850. 

Steele, K., Colrain, J. (1990). Abreactive work with sexual 

abuse survivors: Concepts and techniques. In: Hunter, 

M.A., editor. The sexually abused male: Volume 2, 

Applications of treatment strategies. Lexington MA: 

Lexington Books, 1-55. 

Stefanoni, L. (1890). Magnetismo e ipnotismo svelati: 

Storia critica. Roma: Voghera. 

Steggles, S., Damore-Petingola, S., Maxwell, J., Lightfoot, 

N.E. (1997). Hypnosis and cancer: An annotated bibliography 

1985-1995. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 39(3), 187-200. 

Steggles, S., Fehr, R., Aucoin, P. (1985). Hypnosis for 

children and adolescents with cancer: An annotated 

bibliography 1960-1985. Journal of Pediatric Oncology 

Nursing, 3(1), 23-25. 

Stegner, A.J., Morgan, W.P. (2010). Hypnosis, exercise, 

and sport psychology. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., 




Stein, C. (1963). The clenched-fist technique as hypnotic 

procedure in clinical psychotherapy. American Journal 


Stein, M.R. (1930). A critical review of an investigation in 

the psychology of suggestion and hypnosis. Journal of 

Abnormal and Social Psychology, 25(1), 49-56. 

Steinberg, S. (1965). Hypnoanesthesia: A case report in a 

90-year-old patient. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 7, 355. 

Steinriede, R. (2002). Medizinische Hypnose bei Tinnitus 

und Hörsturz. Heidelberg: Auer. 

Stenberg, E.M. (2000). The balance within: The science 

connecting health and emotions. New York: Freeman. 

Stengers, I. (1992). La volonté de faire science à propos de 

la psychanalyse. Paris: Les empêcheurs de penser en 

rond. 

Stengers, I. (2002). L'hypnose entre magie et science. Paris: 

Les Empêcheurs de penser en rond 

Stern, D.B., Speigel, H., Nee, J.C. (1979). The Hypnotic 

Induction Profile: Normative observations, reliability, 

and validity. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

21, 109-133. 

Stern, J.A., Brown, M., Ulett, G.A., Sletten, I. (1977). A 

comparison of hypnosis, acupuncture, morphine, valium, 

aspirin, and placebo in the management of experimentally 

induced pain. Annals of the New York 

Academy of Science, 296, 175-193. 

Stern, J.A., Edmonston, W., Ulett, G.A., Levitsky, A. 

(1963). Electrodermal measures in experimental amnesia. 

Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67(4), 

397-401. 

Stevens, L., Brady, B., Goon, A., Adams, D., Rebarchik, J., 

Gacula, L., Johnson, J., Wright, C., Hank, N., 

McManus, P., Arsuffi, L., Morris, L., Verdugo., S. 

(2004). Electrophysiological alterations during hypnosis 

for ego-enhancement: A preliminary investigation. 


Stevenson, I. (1994). Guest commentary: A case of the 

psychotherapist’s fallacy: Hypnotic regression to “Previous 

Lives”. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

36, 188-193. 

Stevenson, R.K. (1990). The super mental training book. 

Nd (archive.org). 

Stewart, A.C., Thomas, S.E. (1995). Hypnotherapy as a 


treatment for atopic dermatitis in adults and children. 

British Journal of Dermatology, 132(5), 778-783. 

Stewart, J.H. (2005). Hypnosis in contemporary medicine. 

Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 80(4), 511-524. 

Stewart, W. (1980). Hypnosis in study improvement. Australian 


1(2), 91-94. 

Stewart-Steinberg, S.R. (2003). The secret power of suggestion: 

Scipio Sighele and the postliberal subject. Diacritics, 

33(1), 60-79. 

Sthalekar, H. (2000). Existentialism and hypnotherapy. 


Hypnosis, 21(1), 47-60. 

Stock, A., Stock, C. (2004). A short history of ideo-motor 

action. Journal of Psychological Research, 68(2-3), 

176-188. 

Stoelb, B.L., Jensen, M.P., Tackett, M.J. (2009). Hypnotic 

analgesia for combat-related spinal cord injury pain: A 

case study. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

51(3), 273-280, 

Stoelb, B.L., Molton, I.R., Jensen, M.P., Patterson, D.R. 

(2009). The efficacy of hypnotic analgesia in adults: A 

review of the literature. Contemporary Hypnosis, 26(1), 

24-39. 

Stoelb, B.L., Tackett, M.J., Jensen, M.P. (2009). Hypnotic 

analgesia for combat-related spinal cord injury pain: A 

case study. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

51(3), 273-280. 

Stokvis, B. (1955). Hypnose in der ärztlichen Praxis. Basel: 

Karger. 

Stoll, M.J. (1989). Problems in the evaluation of hypnosis 

in the treatment of alcoholism. Journal of Substance 

Abuse Treatment, 6(1), 31-35. 

Stoll, O. (1894). Suggestion und Hypnotismus in der 

Völkerpsychologie. Leipzig: Koehler. 

Stolzenberg, J. (1950). Psychosomatics and suggestion 

therapy in dentistry. New York: Philosophical Library. 

Stolzenberg, J. (1955). Clinical application of hypnosis in 

producing hypno-anaesthesia control of haemorrhage 

and salivation during surgery: A case report. Journal of 

Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 3 (1), 24-27 

Stone, M.H. (1974). Mesmer and his followers: the beginnings 

of sympathetic treatment of childhood emotional 

disorders. History of Childhood Quarterly, 1(4), 

659-679. 

Stone, W.L. (1837). Letter to Doctor A. Brigham, on animal 

magnetism: Being an account of a remarkable interview 

between the author and miss Loraina Brackett 

while in a state of somnambulism. New York: Dearborn. 

Stowell, E.A.C, Stowell, V.E. (1928). Record of experience 

at a display of "fire-walking" near Bombay under the 


auspices of a "fakir". Society of Psychical Research, 

446, 278-284. 

Straatmeyer, A.J., Rhodes, N.R. (1983). Condylomata 

acuminata: Results of treatment using hypnosis. Journal 

of the American Academy of Dermatology, 9(3), 

434-436. 

Stradling, J., Roberts, D., Wilson, A., Lovelock, F. (1998). 

Controlled trial of hypnotherapy for weight loss in patients 

with obstructive sleep apnea. International 

Journal of Obesity and Related Metabolic Disorders, 

22(3), 278-281. 

Strasberg, L. (1988). A dream of passion: The development 

of the method. New York: Penguin (postumo). 

Straus, R.A. (1978). Hypnosis as reality reconstruction: A 

sociological analysis of the hypnosis process. Pacific 

Sociological Review, 21(4), 407-422. 

Streatfeild, D. (2006). Brainwash: The secret history of 

mind control. London: Hodder. 

Streeter, M. (2004). Hypnosis. New York: Barron. 

Strickland, S.W. (1998). The Ideology of Self-Knowledge 

and the Practice of Self-Experimentation, Eighteenth-Century 

Studies, 31-4, 453-471. 

Strombeck, F.K. von. (1813). Geschichte eines allein durch 

die Natur hervorgebrachten animalischen Magnetismus 

und der durch denselben bewirkten Genesung; von dem 

Augenzeugen dieses Phänomens. Braunschweig: 

Vieweg. 

Stroop, J.R. (1935). Studies of interference in serial verbal 

reactions. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 18, 

643-661. 

Strümpell, E.A. (1884). Grundriss der Psychologie: der der 

Lehre von der Entwicklung des Seelenlebens im 

Menschen. Leipzig: Böhme. 

Strümpell, E.A. (1892). Ueber die Entstehung and die 

Heilung von Krankenheit durch Vorstellungen. Erlangen: 

Junge. 

Stubbe, H. (1666). The miraculous conformist: Or an account 

of several marvailous cures performed by Mr. 

Valentine Greatarick. Oxford. 

Stubbs, J. (2000). Between medicine and hermeticism: 

‘The’ unconscious in fin-de-diècle France. In: 

McGuinness, P., editor. Symbolism, decadence and the 

fin de siècle: French and European perspectives. Exeter 

UK: University of Exeter Press, 144-172. 

Stukat, K.G. (1958). Suggestibility: A factorial and experimental 

analysis. Stockholm: Almquist Wiksell. 

Stutman, R.K., Bliss, E.L. (1985). Posttraumatic stress 

disorder, hypnotizability, and imagery. American 


Subcommittee of the Psychological Medicine Group 

Committee of the British Medical Association (1955). 

Medical use of hypnotism. British Medical Journal, 1, 



Supplement. Appendix X, 190-193. 

Sugarman, L.I. (1996). Hypnosis in a primary care practice: 

Developing skills for the “new morbidities”. Journal of 

Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 17(5), 

300-306. 

Sugarman, L.I. (1996). Hypnosis: Teaching children 

self-regulation. Pediatric in Review, 17, 5-11. 

Sugarman, L.I. (2005). The physiology of fascination: 150 

years later. St. Louis, Missouri: American Society of 

Clinical Hypnosis 47th Annual Meeting and Workshops, 

Luncheon Lecture, March 12, 2005. 

Sullivan, D.S., Johnson, A., Bratkovitch, J. (1974). Reduction 

of behavioral deficit in organic brain damage by 

use of hypnosis. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 30(1), 

96-98. 

Sulloway, F. (1979-1992). Freud, biologist of the mind: 

Beyond the psychoanalytic legend. London: Harvard 


Sully, J. (1881). Illusions: A psychological study. London: 

Kegan, Trench, and Co. 

Sulzberger, M.B., Wolf, J. (1934). Treatment of warts by 

suggestion. Medical Records, 140, 552-556. 

Sulzer, J.G. (1772). Allgemeine Theorie der Schönen 

Künste: Lexikon der Künste und der Ästhetik. Erfurt: 

Erfurtische gelehrte Zeitung. 

Sun, R. (2001). Duality of mind: A bottom-up approach 

towards cognition. Hillsdale NJ: Erlbaum. 

Sunderland, L-R. (1843). Pathetism: With practical instructions. 

New York: Good. 

Sunderland, L-R. (1853). Book of psychology: Pathetism, 

historical, philosophical, practical. New York: Stearns. 

Supple, L. (1962). Hypnodrama, a synthesis of hypnosis 

and psychodrama: A progress report. Group Psychotherapy, 

15(1), 58-62. 

Surman, O.S., Gottlieb, S.K., Hackett, T.P., Silverberg, 

F.L. (1973). Hypnosis in the treatment of warts. Archives 

of General Psychiatry, 28, 439-441. 

Surman, O.S., Tolkoff-Rubin, N. (1984). Use of hypnosis 

in patients receiving hemodialysis for end stage renal 

disease. General Hospital Psychiatry, 6(1), 31-35. 

Suryani, L.K., Jensen, G.D. (1993). Trance and possession 

in Bali: A window on western multiple personality, 

possession disorder, and suicide. Singapore: Oxford 


Sutcher, H. (1997). Hypnosis as adjunctive therapy for 

multiple sclerosis. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

39(4), 283-290 

Sutcher, H. (1997). Multiple sclerosis and hypnotherapy. 

Alternative Therapies In Health And Medicine, 3(3), 16. 

Sutcher, H. (2008). A response to the commentaries on 

Hypnosis, hypnotizability and treatment. American 


Sutcher, H. (2008). Hypnosis, hypnotizability and treat- 

ment. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 51(1), 

57-67. 

Sutcliffe, J. P. (1960). "Credulous" and "sceptical" views of 

hypnotic phenomena: A review of certain evidence and 

methodology. International Journal of Clinical and 


Sutcliffe, J.P. (1961). "Credulous" and "skeptical" views of 

hypnotic phenomena: Experiments in esthesia, hallucination, 

and delusion. Journal of Abnormal and Social 


Sutcliffe, J.P., Perry, C.W., Sheehan, P.W. (1970). Relation 

of some aspects of imagery and fantasy to hypnotic 

susceptibility. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 76(2), 

279-287. 

Sutters, K.A., Miaskowski, C. (1992). The problem of pain 

in children with cancer: A research review. Oncology 

Nursing Forum, 19, 465-471. 

Sutton, G. (1981). Electric medecine and Mesmerism. Isis, 

72, 375-392. 

Swanson, G.E. (1978). Trance and possession: Studies of 

charismatic influence. Review of Religious Research, 

19( 3), 253-278. 

Swirsky-Sacchetti, T., Margolis, C.G. (1986). The effects 

of a comprehensive self- hypnosis training program on 

the use of Factor VIII in severe hemophilia. International 


34, 71-83. 

Syrjala, K.L., Abrams, J.R. (2002). Hypnosis and imagery 

in the treatment of pain. In: Turk, D.C., editor. Psychological 

approaches to pain management: a practitioner’s 

handbook, Second edition. New York: 


Syrjala, K.L., Cummings, C., Donaldson, G.W. (1992). 

Hypnosis or cognitive behavioral training for the reduction 

of pain and nausea during cancer treatment: A 

controlled clinical trial. Pain, 48(2), 137-146. 

Syson, L. (2008). Doctor of love: Dr James Graham and his 

celestial bed. London: Alma. 

Szápáry, F.G. (1845). Katechismus des Vital-Magnetismus 

zur leichteren Direction der Laien-Magnetiseurs. 

Zusammengetragen während seiner zehnjährigen 

magnetischen Laufbahn nach Aussagen von 

Somnambulen und vieler Autoren. Leipzig: Wigand. 

Szápáry, F.G. (1853). Magnetisme et magnetotherapie. 

Paris: chez l’Auteur. 

Szápáry, F.G. (1854a). Das Tischrücken. (Fortsetzung.) 

Geistige Agapen. Plychographische Mittheilungen der 

Pariser Deutsch-Magnetischen Schule. Paris: chez 

l’Auteur. 

Szápáry, F.G. (1854b). Table-Moving: 

Somnambulisch-Magnetische Traumdeutung. Paris: 

chez l’Auteur. 

Szasz, T.S. (1960). The myth of mental illness. American 


Psychologist, 15, 113-118. 

Szasz, T.S. (1960). The myth of mental illness: Foundations 

of a theory of personal conduct. New York: 

Hoeber. 

Szasz, T.S. (1971). The manufacture of madness. New 

York: Harper and Row. 

Szasz, T.S. (1978). The myth of psychotherapy: Mental 

healing as religion, rhetoric, and repression. Garden 

City NY: Doubleday. 

Szasz, T.S. (1995). The origins of psychiatry: The alienist 

as nanny for troublesome adults. History of Psychiatry, 

6, 1-19. 

Szechtman, H, Woody, E, Bowers, KS, Nahmias, C. 

(1998). Where the imaginal appears real: A positron 

emission tomography study of auditory hallucinations. 

Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the 

United States of America, 95, 1956-1960. yyy 

T 

Taine, H. (1870). De l’intelligence. Paris: Hachette. 

Tait, L. (1879). Diseases of women. New York: Wood and 

Co. 

Tal, M., Sharav, Y. (2005). Jaw clenching modulates sensory 

perception in high- but not in low-hypnotizable 

subjects. Journal of Orofacial Pain, 19(1), 76-81. 

Talamonti, A. (2005). La labilità della persona magica. In: 

Gallini, C., a cura. Ernesto De Martino e la formazione 

del suo pensiero. Napoli: Liguori, 79-114. 

Talley, N., Owen, B.K., Boyce, P., Paterson, K. (1996). 

Psychological treatments for irritable bowel syndrome: 

A critique of controlled treatment trials. American 

Journal of Gastroenterology, 91, 277-286. 

Tallis, F. (2002). Hidden minds: A history of the unconscious. 

London: Profile. 

Talone, J.M., Diamond, M.J., Steadman, C. (1975). Modifying 

hypnotic performance by means of brief sensory 

experiences. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 23(3), 190-199. 

Tamalons, A.M., Mitchell, J. (1997). An empirical comparison 

of Ericksonian and traditional hypnotic procedures. 


Hypnosis, 18(1), 5-16. 

Tamburini, A., Seppilli, G. (1881). Contribuzione allo stu- 


dio sperimentale dell’ipnotismo, Rivista di Freniatria e 

di Medicina Legale, VII, F.III. 

Tan, G., Fukui, T., Jensen, M.P., Thornby, J., Waldman, 

K.L. (2010).Hypnosis treatment for chronic low back 

pain. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 58(1), 53-68. 

Tan, G., Hammond, D.C., Gurrala, J. (2005). Hypnosis and 

irritable syndrome: A review of efficacy and mechanism 

of action. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

47(3), 161-178. 

Tang, H.Y., Harms, V., Speck, S.M., Vezeau, T., Jesurum, 

J.T. (2009). Effects of audio relaxation programs for 

blood pressure reduction in older adults. European 

Journal of Cardiovascular Nursing, 8(5), 329-336. 

Tappeiner, D.A. (1977). A psychological paradigm for the 

interpretation of the charismatic phenomenon of 

prophecy. Journal of Psychology and Theology, 5(1), 

23-29. 

Tarchini-Buonfanti, A. (1883). Estasi ed ipnosi. Milano: 

Rechiedei. 

Tarde, G. (1890). Les lois de l'imitation. Paris: Alcan. 

Tardieu, A.A. (1857). Etude médico-légale sur les attentats 

aux moeurs. Paris: Bailliere. 

Tardy de Montravel, A.A. (1785). Essai sur la théorie du 

somnambulisme magnétique. Londres: sd. (nel frontespizio 

dell’originale l’autore viene indicato come Mr 

T.D.M.). 

Tardy de Montravel, A.A. (1786). Journal du traitement 

magnétique de la demoiselle N. Lequel a servi de base à 

l’Essai sur la théorie du somnambulisme magnétique. 

London. 

Tardy de Montravel, A.A. (1786). Suite du traitement 

magnétique de la demoiselle N., lequel a servi de base à 

l’Essai sur la théorie du somnambulisme magnétique. 

London. 

Tart, C.T. (1965). The hypnotic dream: Methodological 

problems and a review of the literature. Psychological 

Bulletin, 63(2), 87-99. 

Tart, C.T. (1969). Altered states of consciousness: A book 

of readings. New York: Wiley. 

Tart, C.T. (1970). Conscious control of dreaming: I. The 

posthypnotic dream. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

76, 304-315. 

Tart, C.T. (1978-1979). Quick and convenient assessment 

of hypnotic depth: Self-report scales. American Journal 


Tart, C.T. (1979). Measuring hypnotic depth. In: Fromm, 

E., Shor, R.E., editors. Hypnosis: Developments in research 

and new perspectives, Second edition. New York 

Aldine, 567-601. 

Tart, C.T. (2009). Hypnotic suggestion as a technique for 

the control of dreaming. Activitas Nervosa Superior, 



51(2), 77-82. 

Tasini, M.F., Hackett, T.P. (1977). Hypnosis in the treatment 

of warts in immunodeficient children. American 


Tasso, A., Pérez, N.A. (2008). Parsing everyday suggestibility: 

what does it tell us about hypnosis?. In: Nash, M., 



Tatar, M.M. (1978). Spellbound: Studies on mesmerism 

and literature. Princeton NJ: Princeton University 

Press. 

Tausk, F., Whitmore, S.E. (1999). A pilot study of hypnosis 

in the treatment of patients with psoriasis. Psychotherapy 

and Psychosomatics, 68(4), 221-225. 

Taves, A. (1999). Fits, trances, and visions: Experiencing 

religion and explaining experience from Wesley to 

James. Princeton NJ: Princeton University Press. 

Tayloe, D.R. (1993). Posthypnotic suggestion. Western 

Journal of Medicine, 159, 623-624 

Taylor, D.N. (1995). Effects of a behavioral 

stress-management program on anxiety, mood, 

self-esteem, and t-cell count in HIV positive men. 


Taylor, E. (1996). The new Jung scholarship. Psychoanalytic 

Review, 83, 547-568. 

Taylor, E. (2000). Psychotherapeutics and the problematic 

origins of clinical psychology in America. American 

Psychologist, 55(9), 1029-1033. 

Taylor, E. (2010). Mind programming: From persuasion 

and brainwashing, to self-help and practical metaphysics. 

London: Hay House. 

Taylor, E.E, Ingleton, C. (2003). Hypnotherapy and cognitive-behaviour 

therapy in cancer care: The patients’ 

view. European Journal of Cancer Care, 12, 137-142. 

Taylor, J., Horevitz, R., Balague, G. (1993). The use of 

hypnosis in applied sport psychology. Sport Psychologist, 

7(1), 58-78. 

Taylor, K.E. (2004). Brainwashing: The science of thought 

control. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 

Tebbetts, C. (1985). Miracles on demand. Dexter MI: 

Thompson Shore. 

Tebbetts, C. (1988). Self-hypnosis and other 

mind-expanding techniques. Rocklin CA: Prima Publishing 

and Communications. 

Tebecis, A.K., Provins, K.A. (1976). Further studies of 

physiological concomitants of hypnosis: Skin temperature, 

heart rate and skin resistance. Biological Psychology, 

4(4), 249-257. 

Teitel, B. (1961). Post-Hypnotic psychosis and law. In: 

Scientific Papers of 117th Annual Meeting of American 

Psychiatric Association in summary form. Washington 

DC: American Psychiatric Association, 108-110. 

Teitelbaum, M. (1965). Ipnosis induction techniques. 


Tellegen, A. (1978-1979). On measures and conceptions of 


219-236. 

Tellegen, A., Atkinson, G. (1974). Openness to absorbing 

and self-altering experiences (“absorption”), a trait related 

to hypnotic susceptibility. Journal of Abnormal 


Temes, R. (1999) editor. Medical hypnosis: An introduction 

and clinical guide. Philadelphia: Churchill Livingstone. 

Temes, R. (2004). The complete idiot’s guide to hypnosis, 

Second edition. New York: Alpha Books. 

Tenzel, J.H., Taylor, R.L. (1969). An evalutation of hypnosis 

and suggestion as treatment of warts. Psychosomatics, 

10, 252-257. 

Ter Kuile, E.G., Spinhoven, P., Linssen, A.C.G., Zitman, 

F.G., Van Dyck, R., Roojimans, H.G.M. (1994). Autogenic 

training and cognitive self-hypnosis for the 

treatment of recurrent headaches in three different 

subject groups. Pain, 58, 331-340. 

Terhune, D.B., Cardeña, E. (2010). Differential patterns of 

spontaneous experiential response to a hypnotic induction: 

A latent profile analysis. Consciousness and 

Cognition, 19(4), 1140-1150. 

Terhune, D.B., Cardeña, E., Lindgren, M. (2010). Disruption 

of synaesthesia by posthypnotic suggestion: An 

ERP study. Neuropsychologia, 48, 3360-3364. 

Terhune, D.B., Cardeña, E., Lindgren, M. (2011). Dissociated 

control as a signature of typological variability in 

high hypnotic suggestibility. Consciousness and Cognition, 

20(3), 727-736. 

Terhune, D.B., Cardeña, E., Lindgren, M. (2011). Dissociation 

and individual differences in high hypnotic suggestibility. 


Terhune, D.B., Cardeña, E., Lindgren, M. (2011). Dissociative 

tendencies and individual differences in high 

hypnotic suggestibility. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 

16(2), 113-135. 

Terzaghi, G. (1853). Attestazioni di illustri scienziati ed 

uomini sommi in favore dell’esistenza del magnetismo 

animale e della sua efficacia. Milano: Guglielmini. 

Terzaghi, G. (1853). Sulla potenza motrice trasfusa 

dall’uomo nella materia bruta. Fenomeno comunemente 

noto sotto il titolo di Tavola Girante. Esperimenti ed 

osservazioni. Aggiunge alcune dell’illustre magnetologo 

prof. Lisimaco Verati ed altre del dottor Francesco 

Argenti, già decano della facoltà medica dell’Università 

di Padova e membro di varie accademie. Milano: Guglielmini. 

Terzaghi, G. (1853-1854). Cronaca del magnetismo animale. 

2 Vol. Milano: Pirotta. 

Teste, A. (1840). Manuel pratique de magnétisme animal: 

Exposition méthodique des procédés employés pour 


produire les phénomènes magnétiques et leur application 

à l’étude et au traitement des maladie. Paris: 

Baillière. 

Teste, A. (1850). Traité homoeopathique des maladies 

aigues et chroniques des enfants. Paris: Baillière. 

Teste, A. (1853). Systématisation pratique de la matiëre 

médicale homoeopathique. Paris: Baillière. 

Thakur, K.S. (1980). Treatment of anorexia nervosa with 

hypnotherapy. In: Wain, H.T., editor. Clincal hypnosis 

in medicine. Chicago: Year Book Medical Publishers, 

147-163. 

Thakur, K.S. (1984). Hypnotherapy for anorexia nervosa 

and accompanying somatic disorders. In: Wester, W.C., 

Smith, A.H., editors. Clinical hypnosis: A multidisciplinary 

approach. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 476-493. 

Thelwell, R.C., Greenlees, I.A. (2001). The effects of a 

mental skills training package on gymnasium triathlon 

performance. Sport Psychologist, 15, 127-141. 

Theodossiou, G., Kourti, C. (2007). Marketing research 

merely reflects the needs and wants of consumers. 

American Journal of Applied Sciences, 4(8), 587-591. 

Theoharis, D. (2004). A comprehensive program design 

utilizing hypnosis in the treatment of obesity. Dissertation 


Theus, K.T. (1994). Subliminal advertising and the psychology 

of processing unconscious stimuli: A review of 

research. Psychology and Marketing, 11, 271-290. 

Thigpen, C.H., Cleckley, H.M. (1954). A case of multiple 

personality. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 

49, 135-151. 

Thigpen, C.H., Cleckley, H.M. (1957). The three faces of 

Eve. New York: McGraw Hill. 

Thomas, C., Fredericks, L.E. (2001) editors. The use of 

hypnosis in surgery and anesthesiology: Psychological 

preparation for the patient. Springfield IL: Norton. 

Thomason, T.C., Arbuckle, T., Cady, D. (1980). Test of the 

eye movement hypothesis of neurolinguistic programming. 

Perceptual and Motor Skills, 51, 230. 

Thompson, C.J.S. (1946). Magic and healing: The history 

and folklore of magical healing practices from 

Herb-lore and incantations to rings and precious stones. 

London: Rider. 

Thompson, C.K., Hall, H.R., Sison, C.E. (1986). Effects of 

hypnosis and imagery training on naming behavior in 

aphasia. Brain and Language, 28(1), 141-153. 

Thompson, S. (1994). The use of hypnosis as an adjunct to 

nitrous oxide sedation in the treatment of dental anxiety. 


Thompson, T., Steffert, T., Gruzelier, J. (2009). Effects of 

guided immune-imagery: The moderating influence of 

openness to experience. Personality and Individual 

Differences, 47(7), 789-984. 


Thompson, T., Steffert, T., Gruzelier, J. (2011). A randomised 

controlled trial of the effects of hypnosis with 

3D virtual reality animation on tiredness, mood and 

salivary cortisol. International Journal of Clinical and 


Thompson, W.G. (2005). The placebo effect and health: 

Combining science and compassionate care. Amherst 

NY: Prometheus. 

Thomson, L. (2003). A project to change the attitudes, beliefs 

and practices of health professionals concerning 


31-44. 

Thomson, L. (2005a). Harry the hypno-potamus: Metaphorical 

tales for the treatment of children. London: 

Crown House. 

Thomson, L. (2005b). Hypnotic intervention therapy with 

surgical patients. Hypnos, 32(2), 88-96. 

Thomson, L. (2007). Hypnosis for children with elimination 

disorders. In Wester, W., Sugarman, L., editors. 

Therapeutic hypnosis with children and adolescents. 

Bethel CT: Crown, 387-397. 

Thomson, L. (2009). Harry the hypno-potamus: More 

metaphorical tales for children. London: Crown House. 

Thomson, L. (2010). Surgery. In: Barabasz, M., et Al, editors. 

Medical hypnosis primer: Clinical and research 


Thornberry, T., Schaeffer, J., Wright, P.D., Haley, M.C., 

Kirsh, K.L. (2007). An exploration of the utility of 

hypnosis in pain management among rural pain patients. 

Palliative and Supportive Care, 5(2), 147-152. 

Thorne, D.E. (1967). Is the hypnotic trance necessary for 

performance of hypnotic phenomena?. Journal of Abnormal 

Psychology, 72(3), 233-239. 

Thorne, D.E. (1969). Amnesia and hypnosis. International 


225-241. 

Thorne, D.E., Beier, E.G. (1968). Hypnotist and manner of 

presentation effects on a standardized hypnotic susceptibility 

test. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 

32(5), 610-61. 

Thorne, D.E., Fisher, A.G. (1978). Hypnotically suggested 

asthma. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 26(2), 92-103. 

Thorne, D.E., Hall, H.V. (1974). Hypnotic amnesia revisited. 


Hypnosis, 22(2), 167-178. 

Thorne, S.B., Himelstein, P. (1984). The role of suggestion 

in the perception of satanic messages in rock-and-roll 

recordings. Journal of Psychology, 116, 245-248. 

Thornton, E.M. (1976). Hypnotism, hysteria, and epilepsy: 

An historical synthesis. London: Heinemann Medical. 

Thouless, R.H. (1952). Psychical research: Past and pre- 



sent. London: Society for Psychical Research. 

Thouret, M.A. (1784). Recherches et doutes sur le 

magnétisme animal. Paris: Prault. 

Thouret, M.A., Andry, C.L.F. (1782). Observations et 

recherches sur l’usage de l’aimant en médecine: Ou 

Mémoire sur le magnétisme médicinal. Paris: 

L’imprimerie de Monsieur. 

Thouvenel, P. (1781). Mémoire physique et médicinal, 

montrant des rapports évidens entre les phénomènes de 

la baguette divinatoire, du magnétisme et de 

l’électricité, avec des éclaircissements sur d’autres objects 

non moins importants, qui y sont relatifs. Paris: 

Didot. 

Thouvenel, P. (1784). Second mémoire physique et 

médicinal, montrant des rapports évidents entre les 

phénomènes de la baguette divinatoire, du magnétisme, 

et de l’électricité, avec des éclaircissements sur d’autres 

objets non moins importons, qui y sont relatifs. Paris: 

Didot. 

Thuillier, J. (1988). Franz Anton Mesmer: Ou l'extase 

magnétique. Paris: Laffont. 

Thurston, H. (1933). The church and spiritualism. Milwaukee: 

Bruce. 

Tiba, J. (1990). Clinical, research and organisational aspects 

of preparation for childbirth and the psychological 

diminution of pain during labour and delivery. British 

Journal of Experimental and Clinical Hypnosis, 7, 

61-64. 

Tiers, M. (2010). Integrative hypnosis: A comprehensive 

course in change. Charleston SC: CreateSpace. 

Tilton, P. (1984). The hypnotic hero: A technique for 

hypnosis with children. International Journal of Clinical 


Timm, H.W. (1991). Effect of posthypnotic suggestions on 

the accuracy of preemployment polygraph testing. 

Journal of Forensic Sciences, 36(5), 1521-1535. 

Timney, B.N., Barber, T.X. (1969). Hypnotic induction and 

oral temperature. International Journal of Clinical and 


Tinterow, M.M. (1960). The use of hypnotic anesthesia for 

a major surgical procedure. American Surgery, 26, 

732-737. 

Tinterow, M.M. (1970). Foundations of hypnosis from 

Mesmer to Freud. Springfield, Illinois: Thomas. 

Tirone, G. (1983). Ipnosi: Un potenziale dell'uomo. Torino: 

Centro Scientifico Torinese. 

Tirone, G. (1999). Ipnositerapia: Tecniche di liberazione. 

Milano: Xenia. 

Tirone, G., Viana, L. (1977). La psicoterapia e l'ipnosi. 

Borgone Susa: Tipolito Melli. 

Tischner, R.E. (1924). Fernfühlen und Mesmerismus (Exteriorisation 

der Sensibilität). Munich: Bergmann. 

Tischner, R.E. (1924). Geschichte der okkultistischen 

(metapsychischen) Forschung von der Antike bis zur 

Gegenwart. 11. Teil: Von der Mitte des 19. 

Jahrhunderts bis zur Gegenwart. Pfullingen: Baum. 

Tischner, R.E. (1925). Das Medium D. D. Home. 

Untersuchung und Beobachtungen (nach Crookes, 

Butlerow, Varley, Aksakow and Lord Dunraven). 

Leipzig: Mutze. 

Tischner, R.E. (1928). Franz Anton Mesmer: Leben, Werk 

und Wirkungen. Munich: Drucke. 

Tischner, R.E., Bittel, K. (1941). Mesmer und sein Problem: 

Magnetismus Suggestion Hypnose. Stuttgart: 

Hippokrates Verlag. 

Tizzani, V. (1842). Sul magnetismo animale, discorso istorico-critico. 

Letto all’Accademia di Religione Cattolica 

il di 21 Luglio 1842. Roma: Salviucci. 

Tobia, R. (1982). L’ipnosi in dermatologia. Minerva Medica, 

75, 531-537. 

Todd, J.L. (2005). Talking to the other side: A history of 

modern spiritualism and mediumship. A study of the 

religion, science, philosophy and mediums that encompass 

this American-made religion. New York: 

iUniverse. 

Todorov, S. (1969). Structural analysis of narrative. Novel, 

3(1), 70-76. 

Tommasi, M. (1851). Il magnetismo animale considerato 

sotto un nuovo punto di vista. Torino: Pomba. 

Topham, W., Ward, W.S. (1842). Account of a Case of 

Successful Amputation of the Thigh, During the Mesmeric 

State, Without the Knowledge of the Patient: 

Read to the Royal Medical and Chirurgical Society of 

London, on Tuesday, the 22nd of November, 1842. 

London: Baillière. 

Torelli, A. (2008). PHD: Professional hypnosis databank. 

Cairo Montenotte SV: Torelli. 

Torem, M.S. (1991). Eating disorders. In: Wester, W.C. II, 

O’Grady, D.J. (1991) Clinical hypnosis with children. 

New York: Brunner Mazel, 230-257. 

Torem, M.S. (1992). The use of hypnosis with eating disorders. 

Psychiatric Medicine, 10, 105-118. 

Torem, M.S. (2001). Eating disorders: Anorexia and bulimia. 

In: Burrows, G.D., Stanley, R.O., Bloom, P.B., 

editors. International handbook of clinical hypnosis. 


Torriani, L. (1846). Del magnetismo animale nei suoi 

rapporti colla fisica e fisiologia moderne. Pavia: Bizzoni. 

Toscano, A. (2005 ). Ipnosi e psicoanalisi: Una reciprocità 

discussa. Psychofenia, 8(13), 189-209. 

Tosi, D.J., Rudy, D.R., Lewis, J., Murphy, M.A. (1992). 

The psychobiological effects of cognitive experiential 

therapy, hypnosis, cognitive restructuring, and attention 

placebo control in the treatment of essential hypertension. 



Toth, J.P. (2000). Nonconscious forms of human memory. 

In: Tulving, E., Craik, F.I.M., editors. Oxford handbook 

of memory. Oxford UK: Oxford University Press, 

245-261. 

Touret, M.A. (1784). Recherches et doutes sur le 

magnetisme animal. Paris: Prault. 

Townshend, C.H. (1840). Facts in Mesmerism with reasons 

for a dispassionate inquiry into it. London: Longman. 

Traetta, L. (2007). La forza che guarisce: Franz Anton 

Mesmer e la storia del magnetismo animale. Bari: Edipuglia. 

Trakyali, G., Sayinsu, K., Müezzinoglu , A.E., Arun, T. 

(2008). Conscious hypnosis as a method for patient 

motivation in cervical headgear wear: A pilot study. 

European Journal of Orthodontics, 30, 147–152. 

Tramontana, J. (2009). Hypnotically enhanced treatment 

for addictions: Alcohol abuse, drug abuse, gambling, 

weight control, and smoking cessation. Norwalk CT: 

Crown House. 

Tramontana, J. (2011). Sports hypnosis in practice: Scripts, 

strategies and case examples. Carmarthen UK: Crown 

House. 

Treggiari-Venzi, M.M., Suter, P.M., de Tonnac, N., 

Romand, J.A. (2000). Successful use of hypnosis as an 

adjunctive therapy for weaning from mechanical ventilation. 

Anesthesiology, 92(3), 890-892. 

Trijsburg, R.W., Van Knippenberg, F.C, Rijpma, S.E. 

(1992). Effects of psychological treatment on cancer 

patients: A critical review. Psychosomatic Medicine, 

489-517. 

Trimble, M.R. (1985). Post-traumatic stress disorder: History 

of a concept. In: Figley C.R., editor. Trauma and its 

wake: the study and treatment of post-traumatic stress 

disorder. Bristol PA: Brenner Mazel, 5-14. 

Tripier, A. (1883). Leçons cliniques sur les maladies des 

femmes: Therapeutique générale et applications de 

l´électricité a ces maladies. Paris: Doin. 

Tripp, E.G., Marks, D. (1986). Hypnosis, relaxation, and 

analgesia suggestions for the reduction of reported pain 

in high- and low-suggestible subjects. Australian 


99-113. 

Trismégiste, J. (1854). Les merveilles du magnétisme et les 

mystères des tables topurnantes et parlantes. Paris: 

Passard. 

Trizzino, A. (2008). Metodo impossibile: Vittorio Benussi 

e la psicoanalisi sperimentale. Bergamo: Moretti e 

Vitali. 

Troffer, S.A., Tart, C.T. (1964).Experimenter bias in hypnotist 

performance. Science, 145(3638), 1330-1331. 

Trowbridge, G.R. (1891). A case of epilepsy with double 

consciousness. Medical News, 58, 201-202. 


True, R.M. (1949). Experimental control in hypnotic age 

regression states. Science, 110(2866), 583-584. 

Trussell, J.E., Kurtz, R.M., Strube, M.J. (1996). Durability 

of posthypnotic suggestions: type of suggestion and 

difficulty level. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

39(1), 37-47. 

Tryon, W.W. (2008). Whatever happened to symptom 

substitution? Clinical Psychology Review, 28(6), 

963-968. 

Tsander, A. (2006a). The art and secrets of stage hypnotism: 

Introducing the what, where, how, why and upon 

whom of this forever intriguing topic. Bristol: 

SummitOther. 

Tsander, A. (2006b). Beyond Erickson: A fresh look at the 

emperor of hypnosis. Bristol: SummitOther. 

Tsao, J.C.I., Craske, M.G. (2003). Reactivity to imagery 

and nocturnal panic attacks. Depression and Anxiety, 

18, 205–213. 

Tucker, J. (1997). Photography as witness, detective, and 

impostor: Visual representation in Victorian science.In: 

Lightman , B.W., editor. Victorian science in context. 

Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 378-408. 

Tuckey, C.L. (1889). Treatment by hypnotism and suggestion: 

Or psycho-therapeutics. London: Baillière (i riferimenti 

nel testo sono tratti dalla secondo edizione, con 

lo stesso titolo ed editore, del 1890). 

Tuke, D.H. (1872). Illustrations of the influence of the mind 

upon the body in health and disease: Designed to elucidate 

the action of the imagination. London: Churchill. 

Tuke, D.H. (1881). Hypnosis redivivus. Journal of Mental 

Science, 26, 531-551. 

Tuke, D.H. (1883). On the mental condition in hypnotism. 

Journal of Mental Science, 55-80. 

Tuke, D.H. (1892). A dictionary of psychological medicine: 

Giving the definition, etymology and synonyms of 

the terms used in medical psychology. London: Churchill. 

Turchetti, O. (1841). Cenni storico-critici sul magnetismo 

animale. Firenze: Tipografia della Speranza. 

Turk, D., Meichenbaum, D.H., Genest, J. (1983). Pain and 

behavioral medicine: A coginitive-behavioral perspective. 

New York: Guilford Press. 

Turner, J.A., Chapman, C.R. (1982). Psychological interventions 

for chronic pain: a critical review: II. Operant 

conditioning hypnosis and cognitive behavioral therapy. 

Pain, 12, 23-46. 

Tye, M. (1995). Ten problems of consciousness. A representational 

theory of the phenomenal mind. Cambridge 

MA: MIT Press. 



U 

Udolf, R. (1981). Handbook of hypnosis for professionals. 

New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. 

Ullman, M. (1959). On the psyche and warts: I. Suggestion 

and warts: a review and comment. Psychosomatic 

Medicine, 21, 473-488. 

Ullman, M., Dudek, S. (1960). On the psyche and warts: I. 

Hypnotic suggestion and warts. Psychosomatic Medicine, 

22, 68-76. 

Ulman, M. (1947). Herpes simplex and second degree burn 

induced under hypnosis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 

103, 828-830. 

Ulrich, A. (1787). Der Beobachter des thierischen 

Magnetismus und des Somnambulismus. Strasbourg: 

Lorenz Schuler. 

Uman, L.S., Chambers, C.T., McGrath, P.J., Kisely, S. 

(2006). Psychological interventions for needle-related 

procedural pain and distress in children and adolescents 

(Review). New York: Cochrane Database of Systematic 

Reviews, Issue 4, Wiley. 

Uman, L.S., Chambers, C.T., McGrath, P.J., Kisely, S. 

(2008). A systematic review of randomized controlled 

trials examining psychological interventions for needle-related 

procedural pain and distress in children and 

adolescents: An abbreviated Cochrane Review. Journal 

of Pediatric Psychology, 33(8), 842-854. 

Unestahl, L.E. (1986). Self-hypnosis. In: Williams, J., editor. 

Applied sport psychology: Personal growth to peak 

performance. Mountain View CA: Mayfield, 285-300. 

United States Department of Health and Human Services, 

National Center for Health Statistics (1999). National 

Health Interview Survey, 1999. Washington DC: 

USDHHS. 

United States Senate (1977). Project MKULTRA, the 

CIA’s Program of Research into Behavioral Modification. 

Joint Hearing before the Select Committee on Intelligence 

and the Subcommittee on Health and 

Scientific Research of the Committee on Human Resources, 

United State Senate, Ninety-Fifth Congress, 

First Session. Washington DC: US Government Printing 

Office. 

Upshaw, W.N. (2006). Hypnosis: medicine's dirty word. 


Usberti, M., Grutta D’auria, C., Borghi, M., Pecchini, F., 

Pecoraro, C., Dal Canton, A. (1984). Usefulness of 

hypnosis for renal needle biopsy in children. Kidney 

International, 26, 351-352. 

Usher, J.A., Neisser, U. (1993). Childhood amnesia and the 

beginnings of memory for four early life events. Journal 

of Experimental Psychology: General, 122, 

155-165. 

Usteri, P. (1788). Specimen bibliothecae criticae 

magnetismi sic dicti animalis. Gottingen: Joannes 

Christ. Dieterich. 

Uttl, B., Ohta, N., Siegenthaler, A.L. (2006) editors. 

Memory and emotion: Interdisciplinary perspectives. 

New York: Wiley Blackwell. 

V 

Vaitl, D. (2010). Altered states of consciousness: Brain 

dynamics and pain processing during hypnosis and 

meditation: Introduction. International Journal of 


Valbo, A., Eide, T. (1996) Smoking cessation in pregnancy: 

The effect of hypnosis in a randomized study. Addictive 

Behaviors, 21(1), 29-35. 

Valente, S.M. (1990). Clinical hypnosis with school-age 

children. Archives of Psychiatric Nursing, 4(2), 

131-136. 

Valente, S.M. (2003). Hypnosis: A useful strategy for 

symptom relief. Journal of the American Psychiatric 

Nurses Association, 9(5), 163-166. 

Valente, S.M. (2006). Hypnosis for pain management. 

Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health 

Services, 44(2), 22-30. 

Valerio, C., Mammini, C. (2009) a cura. L’evoluzione clinica 

dell’ipnosi. Milano: Angeli. 

Van den Bergh, O., Stegen, K., Van de Woestijne, K.P. 

(1998). Memory effects on symptom reporting in a 

respiratory learning paradigm. Health Psychology, 17, 

241-248. 

Van Denberg, E.J., Kurtz, R.M. (1989). Changes in body 

attitude as a function of poshypnotic suggestions. International 


Hypnosis, 37, 15-30. 

Van der Berg, O., Stegen, K., Van Deist, I., Raes, C., 

Stulens, P., Eelen, P., Veulemans, H., Van de 

Woestijne, K.P., Nemer, B. (1999). Acquisition and 

extinction of somatic symptoms in response to odors: A 

Pavlovian paradigm relevant to multiple chemical sen- 


sitivity. Occupational and Environmental Medicine, 56, 

295-301. 

Van der Does, A.J.W., Van Dyck, R. (1989). Does hypnosis 

contribute to the care of burn patients? Review of the 

evidence. General Hospital Psychiatry, 11(2), 119-124. 

Van Der Does, J., Van Dyck, R., Spijker, R.E. (1988). 

Hypnosis and pain in patients with severe burns: a pilot 

study. Burns, 14(5), 399-404. 

Van Der Does, J., Van Dyck, R., Spinhoven, P., Kloosman, 

A. (1989). The effectiveness of standardized versus individualized 

hypnotic suggestions: A brief communication. 



Van der Hart, O. (1993). Multiple personality disorder in 

Europe: Impressions. Dissociation, 6(2/3), 102-118. 

Van der Hart, O., Brown, P. (1992). Abreaction 

re-evaluated. Dissociation, 5(3), 127-140. 

Van der Hart, O., Brown, P., Van der Kolk, B.A. (1989). 

Pierre Janet's psychological treatment of post-traumatic 

stress. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 2(4), 379-395. 

Van der Hart, O., Spiegel, D. (1993). Hypnotic assessment 

and treatment of trauma-induced psychoses: The early 

psychotherapy of H. Breukink and modern views. International 


Hypnosis, 41( 3), 191-209. 

Van der Kolk, B.A. (1994). The body keeps the score: 

Memory and the evolving psychobiology of post traumatic 

stress. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 1(5), 

253-265. 

Van der Kolk, B.A., McFarlane, A.C., Weisaeth, L. (1996) 

editors. Traumatic stress: The effects of overwhelming 

experience on the mind, body and society. New York: 

Guilford. 

Van der Kolk, B.A., Pelcovitz, D., Roth, S., Mandel, F.S., 

McFarlane, A., Herman, J.L. (1996). Dissociation, somatization, 

and affect dysregulation: The complexity of 

adaptation of trauma. American Journal of Psychiatry, 

153, 83-93. 

Van der Kolk, B.A., Van Der Hart, O. (1995). The intrusive 

past: the flexibility of memory and the engraving of 

trauma. In: Caruth, C., Editor. Trauma. Baltimore MD: 

Johns Hopkins University Press, 158-172. 

Van der Laan, W.H., Van Leeuwen, B.L., Sebel, P.S., 

Winograd, E., Baumann, P., Bonke, B. (1996). Therapeutic 

suggestion has no effect on postoperative morphine 

requirements. Anesthesia and Analgesia, 82(1), 

148-152. 

Van der Walde, P.H. (1974). Patient's preference for 

treatment: Attitudes toward hypnosis. International 


46-53. 

Van Dyck, R., Hoogduin, K. (1990). Hypnosis: placebo or 


nonplacebo? American Journal of Psychotherapy, 

44(3), 396-404. 

Van Dyck, R., Spinhoven, P. (1997a). Depersonalization 

and derealization during panic and hypnosis in low and 

highly hypnotizable agoraphobics. International Journal 


41-54. 

Van Dyck, R., Spinhoven, P. (1997b). Does preference for 

type of treatment matter? A study of exposure in vivo 

with or without hypnosis in the treatment of panic disorder 

with agoraphobia. Behavior Modification, 21(2), 

172-186. 

Van Dyke, P.B. (1970). Some uses of hypnosis in the 

management of the surgical patient. American Journal 


Van Gorp, W.G., Meyer, R.G., Dunbar, K.D. (1985). The 

efficacy of direct versus indirect hypnotic induction 

techniques on reduction of experimental pain. International 


33, 319-328. 

Van Helmont, J.B. (1648). Ortus medicinae. Amsterdam: 

Ludovicum Elzevirium. 

Van Kuiken, D. (2004). A meta-analysis of the effect of 

guided imagery practice on outcomes. Journal of Holistic 

Nursing, 22(2), 164-179. 

Van Loocke, P.R. (2001) editor. The physical nature of 

consciousness. Philadelphia PA: Benjamins. 

Van Loon, F.G. (1927). Preliminary report on a demonstration 

of experiments on hypnotism shown by Gustaf 

Wallenius. American Journal of Psychology, 38, 315. 

Van Pelt, S.J. (1949). Hypnotism and its importance in 

medicine. London: University College. 

Van Pelt, S.J. (1975). Hypnosis and panic. Journal of the 

American Institute of Hypnosis, 16(6), 39. 

Van Pelt, S.J. (1975). Hypnotherapy: Not merely a treatment, 

more a way of life. Journal of the American Institute 

of Hypnosis, 16(6), 44-45. 

Van Schlun, B. (2007). Science and the imagination: 

Mesmerism, media, and the mind in Nineteenth-Century 

English and American literature. 

Glienicke, Berlin: Galda Wilch. 

Van Sickel, A.D. (1992). Clinical hypnosis in the practice 

of anesthesia. Nurse Anesthetist, 3(2), 67-74. 

Vandenberg, B.R. (2010). Evidence, ontology, and psychological 

science: The lesson of hypnosis. Journal of 

Theoretical and Philosophical Psychology, 30(1), 

51-65. 

Vanderlinden, J. (2001). Hypnotherapy in obesity. In: 

Burrows, G.D., Stanley, R.O., Bloom, P.B., editors. 

International handbook of clinical hypnosis. New York: 

Wiley, 221-232. 

Vanderlinden, J., Vandereycken, W. (1988). The use of 



hypnotherapy in the treatment of eating disorders. International 

lournal of Eating Disorders, 7(5), 673-679 . 

Vanderlinden, J., Vandereycken, W. (1989). A practical 

guide to the treatment of bulimia nervosa. New York: 


Vanderlinden, J., Vandereycken, W. (1990). The use of 

hypnosis in the treatment of bulimia nervosa. International 


38(2), 101-111. 

VandeVusse L., Hanson, L., Berner, M. A., White Winters, 

J. M. (2010). Impact of selfhypnosis in women on select 

physiologic and psychological parameters. Journal of 

Obstetric, Gynecologic, and Neonatal Nursing, 39(2), 

159-168. 

VandeVusse, L., Irland, J., Healthcare, W.F., Berner, M.A., 

Fuller, S., Adams, D. (2007). Hypnosis for childbirth: a 

retrospective comparative analysis of outcomes in one 

obstetrician’s practice. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 50(2), 109-119. 

VanDyck, R., Zitman, F.G,. Linssen, A.C., Spinhoven, P. 

(1991). Autogenic training and future oriented hypnotic 

imagery in the treatment of tension headache: outcome 

and process. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 39(1), 6-23. 

Vanhaudenhuyse, A., Boly, M., Balteau, E., Schnakers, C., 

Moonen, G., Luxen, A., Lamy, M., Degueldre, C., 

Brichant, J.F., Maquet, P., Laureys, S., Faymonville, 

M.E. (2009). Pain and non-pain processing during 

hypnosis: A thulium-YAG event-related fMRI study. 

NeuroImage, 47 (3), 1047-1054. 

Varga, K., Bányai, E.I., Gösi-Greguss, A.C. (1994). Parallel 

application of the experiential analysis technique 

with subject and hypnotist: A new possibility for 

measuring interactional synchrony. International 


130-139. 

Varga, K., Bányai, E.I., Jozsa, E., Gosi-Greguss, A.C. 

(2008). Interactional phenomenology of maternal and 

paternal hypnosis styles. Contemporary Hypnosis, 

25(1), 14-28. 

Vas, P.J., Csaszar, N. (2011). Trans-natal Tandem hypnotherapy 

(TTH): A new method for resolving prenatal 

traumas. International Journal of Psychotherapy, 15(1), 

55-64. 

Vasquez, B.L. (2005). The effects of hypnosis on flow and 

in the performance enhancement of basketball skills. 

Pullman WA:Washington State University College of 

Education Dissertation. 

Vaughan, J. (1797). Observations of animal electricity. In 

explanation of the metallic operation of Dr. Perkins. 

Wilmington: Smyth. 

Velmans, M. (1996) editor. The science of consciousness: 

Psychological, neuropsychological, and clinical re- 

views. London: Routledge. 

Velvovsky, I., Platonov, K.I., Ploticher, V., Shugom, E. 

(1954). Painless childbirth through psychoprophylaxis: 

Lectures for obstetricians. Originally in Russian; now 

in English. Honolulu HI: University Press of the Pacific, 

2002. 

Venanzi, M., Vozzella, N. (2010). Risvegliarsi con l'ipnosi: 

Teoria e pratica di un metodo per ritrovare l'unità corpo-mente. 

Como: Red. 

Verati, L. (1845-1846) also with the pseudonym of G. 

Pellegrino. Sulla storia teoria e pratica del magnetismo 

animale e sopra vari altri temi relativi al medesimo; 4 

Vol. Firenze: Bellagambi. 

Verati, L. (1869). Trattato pratico di magnetismo animale. 

Foligno: Sgariglia. 

Verhoef, M.J., Sutherland, L.R. (1995a). General practitioners' 

assessment of and interest in alternative medicine 

in Canada. Social Science and Medicine, 41(4), 

511-515. 

Verhoef, M.J., Sutherland, L.R. (1995b). Alternative medicine 

and general practitioners: Opinions and behaviour. 

Canadian Family Physician, 41, 1005-1011. 

Vermetten, E., Bremner, J.D. (2003). Olfaction as a traumatic 

reminder in posttraumatic stress disorder: Case 

reports and review. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 64, 

202-207. 

Vermetten, E., Bremner, J.D. (2004). Functional brain 

imaging and the induction of traumatic recall: Hypnotic 

responses and other state related effects. International 


280-312. 

Vermetten, E., Christensen, C. (2010). Posttraumatic stress 

disorder (PTSD). In: Barabasz, M., et Al, editors. 

Medical hypnosis primer: Clinical and research evidence. 

New York: Routledge, 39-46. 

Vermetten, E., Spiegel, D. (2007). Perceptual processing 

and traumatic stress: Contributions from hypnosis. In: 

Vermetten, E, Dorahy, M.J., Spiegel D., editors. 

Traumatic dissociation: Neurobiology and treatment. 

Washington, DC:American Psychiatric Press, 103-120. 

Vernet, J. (1816). La magnétismomanie, Comédie folie en 

un acte, mêlée de couplets. Paris: Fages. 

Veronese, C. (1852). Narrazione storica degli esperimenti 

di magnetismo animale: Eseguiti da Carlo Veronese. 

Venezia: Naratovich. 

Vesme, C. Baudi di (1895-1896). Storia dello spiritismo. 2 

Vol. Torino: Frassati. 

Vesper, J.H. (1991). The use of healing ceremonies in the 

treatment of multiple personality disorder. Dissociation, 

4(2), 109-114. 

Vickers, A., Zollman, C. (1999). Hypnosis and relaxation 

therapies. British Medical Journal, 319, 1346-1349. 

Vickers, A., Zollman, C., Payne, D.K. (2001). Hypnosis 


and relaxation therapies. Western Journal of Medicine, 

175, 269-272. 

Vickers, C.F.H. (1961). Treatment of plantar warts in 

children. British Medical Journal, 16(2), 743-745. 

Vidakovic-Vukic, M. (1999). Hypnotherapy in the treatment 

of irritable bowel syndrome: Methods and results 

in Amsterdam. Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology, 

Supplement, 230, 49-51. 

Vigouroux, R., Juquelier, P. (1904). Les contagions 

mentales. Paris: Doin. 

Villari, L.A. (1900). Spiritismo e magnetismo: Note e 

confronti polemici. Trani: Vecchi. 

Villers, C. de (1787). Le magnétiseur amoureux: Par un 

membre de la société harmonique du régiment de Metz. 

Besançon, Genève: Villers. 

Villers, C. de (1802). Lettre à Georges Cuvier sur une 

nouvelle théorie du cerveau, par le Docteur Gall: Ce 

viscère étant considéré comme l'organe immédiat des 

facultés morales. Metz: Collignon. 

Vincent, G.K. (1987). Hypnotic augmentation of a behaviorally 

oriented weight-loss program for adolescents. 

Dissertation Abstracts International, 48(1-B), 277-278. 

Vinchon, J. (1936). Mesmer et son secret. Paris: Legrand. 

Vingoe, F.J. (1968). The development of a group alert 

trance scale. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 16, 120-132. 

Vingoe, F.J. (1973). Comparison of the Harvard Group 

Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility, Form A and the Group 

Alert Trance Scale in a university population. International 


21, 169-179. 

Vingoe, F.J. (1982). Attitudes of clinical and educational 

psychologists towards hypnosis training and treatment. 

Bulletin of the British Society of Experimental and 


Vingoe, F.J. (1995). Beliefs of British law and medical 

students compared to an expert criterion group on forensic 

hypnosis. Contemporary Hypnosis, 12, 173–188. 

Vingoe, F.J., Hobro, N., Milner-Whitaker, I. (1993). Response 

to a modified hypnosis experience questionnaire 

(HEQ-44) following alert and relaxation hypnotic procedures. 


Viola, O., Manca Uccheddu, A. (2005). Ipnosi e suggestione 

in psicoterapia. Milano: Giuffrè. 

Violi, A. (2004). Il teatro dei nervi: Fantasmi del moderno 

da Mesmer a Charcot. Milano: Bruno Mondadori. 

Violon, A. (2011). Intégrer l’hypnose en psychothérapie de 

la douleur. Douleur et Analgesie, 24(1), 28-37. 

Virey, J.J. (1818). Magnetisme animal. In; Dictionnaire des 

sciences médicales. Paris: Belin-Leprieur, Vol 29, 554. 

Extractum: Examen impartial de la médecine 

magnétique, de sa doctrine, de ses procédés et de ses 


cures. Paris: Panckouke. 

Virot, C., Bernard, F. (2010). Hypnose, douleurs aiguës et 

anesthésie. Paris: Arnette, 

Viswesvaran, C., Schmidt, F. (1992). A meta-analytic 

comparison of the effectiveness of smoking cessation 

methods. Journal of Applied Psychology, 77, 554-561. 

Vitale, J. (2007a). Buying trances: A new psychology of 

sales and marketing. Hoboken NJ: Wiley. 

Vitale, J. (2007b). Hypnotic writing: How to seduce and 

persuade customers with only your words. Hoboken NJ: 

Wiley. 

Vitebsky, P. (1996). The shaman: Voyages of the soul. 

Trance, ecstasy and healing from Siberia to the Amazon. 


Vizioli, F. (1886). Del morbo ipnotico (ipnotismo spontaneo, 

autonomo) e delle suggestioni: contribuzione clinica 

e ricerche medico-legali, lettura fatta presso le 

sezioni di medicina e di psichiatria nel XI congresso 

dell'Associazione medica italiana in Perugia (settembre 

1885). Napoli: Vallardi. 

Vlieger, A.M., Menko-Frankenhuis, C.,Wolfkamp, S.C., 

Tromp, E., Benninga, M.A. (2007). Hypnotherapy for 

children with functional abdominal pain or irritable 

bowel syndrome: A randomized controlled trial. Gastroenterology, 

133, 1430-1436. 

Voegele, G.E. (1956). The relation of Mesmer to Mozart. 

American Journal of Psychiatry, 112(10), 848-849. 

Vogt O. [1895-1896]. Zur Kenntniss des Wesens und der 

psychologischen Bedeutung des Hypnotismus. 

Zeitschrift für Hypnotismus, n° 3, 277-340 ; n° 4, 32-45, 

122-167 and 229-244. 

Vogt O. [1897]. Die directe psychologische 

Experimentalmethode in hypnotischen 

Bewussteinszuständen. Zeitschrift für Hypnotismus, n° 

5, 7-30 and 180-218. 

Vogt O. [1899]. Zur Methodik der ätiologischen 

Erforschung der Hysterie. Zeitschrift für Hypnotismus, 

n° 8, 65-83. 

Voit, R, DeLaney, M. (2004). Hypnosis in clinical practice: 

Steps for mastering hypnotherapy. New York: 

Routledge. 

Vokey, J.R., Read, J.D. (1985). Subliminal messages: 

Between the devil and the media. American Psychologist, 

40, 1231-1239. 

Völgyesi, F.A. (1938-1966). Hypnosis of man and animals: 

With special reference to the development of the brain 

in the species and the individual; second edition. London: 

Billing. 

Vollmer, H. (1946). Treatment of warts by suggestion. 


Von Dedenroth, T.E. (1964). The use of hypnosis with 

“tobaccomaniacs.” American Journal of Clinical Hyp- 



nosis, 12, 230-238. 

Von Kirchenheim, C., Persinger, M.A. (1991). Time distortion: 

A comparison of hypnotic induction and progressive 

relaxation procedures. International Journal of 


W 

Wadden, T.A., Anderton, C.H. (1982). The clinical use of 

hypnosis. Psychological Bulletin, 91, 215-243. 

Wadden, T.A., Flaxman, J. (1981). Hypnosis and weight 

loss: A preliminary study. International Journal of 


Wadden, T.A., Penrod, J.H. (1981). Hypnosis in the 

treatment of alcoholism: a review and appraisal, 


Wade, J. (1998). The phenomenology of near-death consciousness 

in past-life regression therapy: A pilot study. 

Journal of Near-Death Studies, 17(1), 31-53. 

Wade, K.A., Garry, M. (2005). Strategies for verifying 

false autobiographical memories. American Journal of 

Psychology, 118(4), 587-602. 

Wade, K.A., Garry, M., Read, J.D., Lindsay, D.S. (2002). A 

picture is worth a thousand lies: Using false photographs 

to create false childhood memories. 

Psychonomic Bulletin and Review, 9, 597-603. 

Wade, T.C., Wade, D.K. (2001). Integrative psychoterapy: 

Combining ego states therapy, clinical hypnosys, and 

eye movement desensitization and reprocessing 

(EMDR) in a psychosocial developmental context. 

American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 43(3-4), 

233-245. 

Wagner, F.F. (1966). The delusion of hypnotic influence 

and the hypnotic state. International Journal of Clinical 


Wagner-Jauregg, J. (1919). Über Suggestion, Hypnose und 

Telepathie. Vortrag, gehalten in der Sitzung der 

Gesellschaft der Ärzte in Wien vom 13. Juni 1919. 

Wien: Perles. 

Wagstaff, G.F. (1981). Hypnosis, compliance and belief. 

New York: St. Martin’s. 

Wagstaff, G.F. (1981). Source amnesia and trance logic: 

Artifacts in the essence of hypnosis? Bulletin of the 

British Society of Experimental and Clinical Hypnosis, 

4, 3-5. 

Wagstaff, G.F. (1981). The use of hypnosis in police investigation. 

Journal of the Forensic Science Society, 

21(1), 3-7. 

Wagstaff, G.F. (1982). Hypnosis and witness recall: Discussion 

paper. Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine, 

75, 793-798. 

Wagstaff, G.F. (1982). Recall of witnesses under hypnosis. 

Journal of the Forensic Science Society, 22(1), 33-39. 

Wagstaff, G.F. (1988). Public conceptions of forensic 

hypnosis: Implications for education and practice. In: 

Heap, H., editor. Hypnosis: Current clinical, experimental 

and forensic practices. London: Croom Helm, 

395-403. 

Wagstaff, G.F. (1989). Forensic aspects of hypnosis. In: 

Spanos, N.P., Chaves, J.F., editors. Hypnosis: The 

cognitive-behavioral perspective. Buffalo, New York: 

Prometheu, 340-357. 

Wagstaff, G.F. (1998). The semantics and physiology of 

hypnosis as an altered state: Towards a definition of 

hypnosis. Contemporary Hypnosis, 15, 149-165. 

Wagstaff, G.F. (1999). Hypnosis and forensic psychology. 

In: Kirch, I., Capafons, A., Cardeña-Buelna, E., Amigó, 

S., editors. Clinical hypnosis and self-regulation: Cognitive-behavioral 

perspectives. Washington DC: 


Wagstaff, G.F. (2000). Can hypnosis cause madness? 


Wagstaff, G.F. (2008). Hypnosis and the law: Examining 

the stereotypes. Criminal Justice and Behavior, 35(10), 

1277-1294. 

Wagstaff, G.F. (2009). Is there a future for investigative 

hypnosis? Journal of Investigative Psychology and Offender 

Profiling, 6(1), 43-57. 

Wagstaff, G.F., David, D., Kirsch, I., Lynn, S.J. (2010). 

The cognitive-behavioral model of hypnotherapy. In: 




Wagstaff, G.F., Dockar, S. (1985). Conceptions of forensic 

hypnosis: A preliminary investigation. Paper presented 

to the British Society of Experimental and Clinical 

Hypnosis Annual Conference, London. 

Wagstaff, G.F., Mercer, K. (1993). Does hypnosis facilitate 

memory for deep processed stimuli. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 10(2), 59-66. 

Wagstaff, G.F., Royce, C. (1994). Hypnosis and the treatment 

of nail biting: A preliminary trial. Contemporary 

Hypnosis,11(1), 9-13. 

Wagstaff, G.F., Vella, M., Perfect, T. (1992). The effect of 

hypnotically elicited testimony on jurors' judgments of 

guilt and innocence. Journal of Social Psychology, 

132(5), 591-595. 

Wagstaff, G.F., Wheatcroft, J.M., Caddick, A.M., Kirby, 


L.J., Lamont, E. (2011). Enhancing witness memory 

with techniques derived from hypnotic investigative 

interviewing: Focused meditation, eye-closure, and 

context reinstatement. International Journal of Clinical 


Wain, H.J., Amen, D., Jabbari, B. (1990). The effects of 

hypnosis on a parkinsonian tremor: Case report with 

polygraph/eeg recordings. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 33, 94-98. 

Wain, H.J., Dailey, J. (2010). A dissociative episode following 

stage hypnosis in a combat-injured soldier: Implications, 

treatment and reflections. American Journal 


Wainer, N. (Autumn 2000). HypnoBirthing: A radical 

change on our perspective of pain in childbirth. Midwifery 

Today with International Midwife, (55), 36-38. 

Wakefield, H., Underwager, R. (1995). Return of the furies: 

An investigation into recovered memory therapy. Chicago 

IL: Open Court. 

Walker, L.G. (1992). Hypnosis with cancer patients. 

American Journal of Preventive Psychiatry and Neurology, 

3, 42-49. 

Walker, L.G. (2004). Hypnotherapeutic insights and interventions: 

A cancer odyssey. Contemporary Hypnosis, 

21, 35-45. 

Walker, L.G., Dawson, A.A., Pollet, S.M., Ratcliffe, M.A., 

Hamilton L. (1988). Hypnotherapy for chemotherapy 

side effects. British Journal of Experimental and Clinical 


Walker, N.S., Garrett, J.B., Wallace, B. (1976). Restoration 

of eidetic imagery via hypnotic age regression: A preliminary 

report. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 85, 

335-337. 

Wall, V. (1996). Hypnosis, headache and pain control: An 

integrative approach. Des Plaines IL: Asch. 

Wall, V.J., Womack, W. (1989). Hypnotic versus active 

cognitive strategies for alleviation of procedural distress 

in pediatric oncology patients. American Journal of 


Wallace, A.R. (1866). The scientific aspect of the supernatural: 

Indicating the desirableness of an experimental 

enquiry by men of science into the alleged powers of 

clairvoyants and mediums. London: Farrah, Strand. 

Wallace, A.R. (1874). A defence of modern spiritualism. 

Fortnightly Review, 15, 630-657, 785-807. 

Wallace, B. (1978). Restoration of eidetic imagery via 

hypnotic age regression: More evidence. Journal of 


Wallace, B. (1979). Hypnotic susceptibility and the perception 

of after-images and dot stimuli. American 

Journal of Psychology, 92, 681-691. 

Wallace, B. (1990). Imagery Vividness, hypnotic suscep- 


tibility, and the perception of fragmented stimuli. 


354-359. 

Wallace, B. (1993). Day persons, night persons, and variability 

in hypnotic susceptibility. Journal of Personality 


Wallace, B., Knight, T.A., Garrett, J.B. (1976). Hypnotic 

susceptibility and frequency reports to illusory stimuli. 


Wallace, E.R., Gach, J. (2008) editors. History of psychiatry 

and medical psychology. New York: Springer. 

Wallace, G., Coppolino, C.A. (1960). Hypnosis in anaesthesiology. 

New York Medical Journal, 60, 3258-3273. 

Wallace, W. (2003). The vibrating nerve impulse in Newton, 

Willis and Gassendi: First steps in a mechanical 

theory of communication. Brain and Cognition, 51, 

66-94. 

Wallas, L. (1991). Stories that heal: Reparenting adult 

children of dysfunctional families using hypnotic stories 

in psychotherapy. New York: Norton. 

Walling, D.P., Baker, J.M. (1996). Hypnosis training in 

psychology intern programs. American Journal of 


Walling, D.P., Levine, R.E. (1997). Power in the hypnotic 

relationship: Therapeutic or abusive? American Journal 

of Psychotherapy, 51(1), 67-76. 

Walmsley, D.M. (1967). Anton Mesmer. London: Hale. 

Walsh, B.J. (2008). Hypnotic alteration of body image in 

the eating disordered. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 50(4), 301-310. 

Walsh, R. (2007). The world of shamanism: New views of 

an ancient tradition. Woodbury MN: Llewellyn. 

Walters, V.J., Oakley, D.A. (2002). Hypnosis in 

post-abortion distress: An experimental case study. 


Walters, V.J., Oakley, D.A. (2006). Hypnotic imagery as an 

adjunct to therapy for irritable bowel syndrome: An 

experimental case report. Contemporary Hypnosis, 

23(3), 141-149. 

Wambach, H. (1978). Reliving your past lives: The psychology 

of past life regression. New York: Ballantine. 

Wang Y., Yue Y., Sun Y.-H., Wu A.-S., Wu Q.-W., Zhang 

Y.-Q., Feng C.-S. (2005). Investigation and analysis of 

incidence of awareness in patients undergoing cardiac 

surgery in Beijing, China. Chinese Medical Journal, 

118(14), 1190-1194. 

Wanis, P. (2005). Hypnosis and the science of seduction. 

New York: Wow Media. 

Ward, W.O. (1975). Successful treatment of frigidity 

through hypnosis. Virginia Medical, 102, 223-228. 

Wark, D.M. (1996). Teaching college students better 

learning using self-hypnosis. American Journal of 




Wark, D.M. (1998). Alert hypnosis: History and applications. 

In: Matthews, W.J., Edgette, J.H., editors. Current 

thinking and research in brief therapy: Solutions 

strategies narratives. Philadelphia PA: Brunner Mazel, 

Volume 2, 287-306. 

Wark, D.M. (2006). Alert hypnosis: A review and case 

report. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 48(4), 

291-300. 

Wark, D.M. (2008). What we can do with hypnosis: A brief 

note. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 51(1), 

13-27. 

Wark, D.M., Bloom, P.B. (2010). Training issues in hypnosis. 




691-708. 

Wark, D.M., Kohen, D.P. (2002). A spiral curriculum for 

hypnosis training. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

45(2), 119-128. 

Warren, D.A., Barabasz, A., Barabasz, M. (2000). The efficacy 

of Barabasz's alert hypnosis and neurotherapy on 

attentiveness, impulisivity and hyperactivity in children 

with ADHD. Child Study Journal, 30(1), 43-49. 

Watanabe, T., Náñez, J.E., Sasaki, Y. (2001). Perceptual 

learning without perception. Nature, 413 (6858), 

844-888. 

Waterfield, R. (2003). Hidden depths: The story of hypnosis. 

London: Routledge. 

Waterson, D. (1909). Mesmer and Perkins Tractors. International 

Clinics, XIX, 16-23. 

Watkins, D. (1976). Franz Anton Mesmer: Founder of 

psychotherapy. Nursing Mirror and Midwives Journal, 

142(22), 66-67. 

Watkins, H.H. (1993). Ego-state therapy: An overview. 


Watkins, J.G. (1947). Antisocial compulsions induced under 

hypnotic trance. Journal of Abnormal and Social 


Watkins, J.G. (1949). Hypnotherapy of war neuroses: A 

clinical psychologist’s casebook. New York: Ronald 

Press. 

Watkins, J.G. (1971). The affect bridge: A hypnoanalytic 

technique. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 19(1), 21-27. 

Watkins, J.G. (1972). Antisocial behavior under hypnosis: 

Possible or Impossible? International Journal of Clinical 


Watkins, J.G. (1986). The practice of clinical hypnosis. 

Volume I: Hypnotherapeutic techniques. New York: 

Irvington. 

Watkins, J.G. (1987). The practice of clinical hypnosis. 

Volume II: Hypnoanalytic techniques. New York: Ir- 

vington. 

Watkins, J.G. (1992). Hypnoanalytic techniques: Clinical 

hypnosis. New York: Irvington. 

Watkins, J.G. (1998). Training in clinical hypnosis, a historical 

perspective: The Montana experience. American 


Watkins, J.G. (2003). Unconscious communication. Hypnos, 

30(3), 152–154. 

Watkins, J.G., Barabasz, A. (2007). Advanced hypnotherapy: 

Hypnodynamic techniques. New York: Routledge. 

Watkins, J.G., Watkins, H.H. (1979). The theory and practice 

of ego state therapy: A short-term therapeutic approach. 

New York: Human Sciences 

Watkins, J.G., Watkins, H.H. (1997). Ego states: Theory 

and therapy. New York: Norton. 

Watson, J.B. (1913). Psychology from the standpoint of a 

behaviorist. Psychological Review, 20, 158-177. 

Watts, T. (2005). Hypnosis: Advanced techniques of hypnotherapy 

and hypnoanalysis. Eagan MN: Network 

3000. 

Watzlawick, P., Beavin, J.H., Jackson, D.D. (1967). 

Pragmatics of human communication: A study of interactional 

patterns, pathologies, and paradoxes. New 

York: Norton. 

Waxman, D. (1973). Beahviour therapy of psoriasis: A 

hypnoanalytic and counter-conditioning technique. 

Postgraduate Medical Journal, 49, 591-595. 

Waxman, D. (1988). The problems of stage hypnotism. In: 

Heap, M., editor. Hypnosis: Current clinical, experimental 

and forensic practices. London: Croom Helm, 

426-433. 

Weaver, D.B. (1996). Hypnotherapy audiotapes for the 

treatment of chronic insomnia. Alternative Therapies in 

Health and Medicine, 2(4), 94-95. 

Webb, A.N., Kukuruzovic, R.H., Catto-Smith, A.G., 

Sawyer, S.M. (2007). Hypnotherapy for treatment of 

irritable bowel syndrome. Cochrane Database System 

Review, 4, CD005110. 

Wegner, D.M. (2002). The illusion of conscious will. 

Cambridge MA: Massachussets Institute of Technology. 

Weidong, W., Fang, W., Yang, Z., Menghan, L., Xueyu, L. 

(2009). Two patients with narcolepsy treated by hypnotic 

psychotherapy. Sleep Medicine, 10(10), 1167. 

Weilbacher, R., Bosisio, C. (2010). Smettere di fumare con 

l’ipnosi. Milano: Angeli. 

Weinberg, A. (1963). Hypnosis in obstetrics and gynecology. 

Clinical Obstetrics and Gynecology, 6, 489-513. 

Weinstein, E J., Au, P.K. (1991). Use of hypnosis before 

and during angioplasty. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 34(1), 29-37. 

Weinstein, H. (1990). Psychiatry and the CIA: Victims of 

mind control. Washington DC: American Psychiatric 


Association. 

Weisberg, M.B. (2008). 50 Years of hypnosis in medicine 

and clinical health psychology: A synthesis of cultural 

crosscurrents. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

51(1), 13-27. 

Weitzenhoffer, A.M. (1949). The production of antisocial 

acts under hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal and Social 


Weitzenhoffer, A.M. (1953). Hypnotism: An objective 

study in suggestibility. New York: Wiley. 

Weitzenhoffer, A.M. (1957). General techniques of hypnotism. 

New York: Grune Stratton. 

Weitzenhoffer, A.M. (1980). Hypnotic susceptibility revisited. 


130-146. 

Weitzenhoffer, A.M. (1989). The practice of hypnotism. 

Vol. 1. Traditional and semi-traditional techniques and 

phenomenology. Vol. 2. Applications of traditional and 

semi-traditional hypnotism; Non-traditional hypnotism. 


Weitzenhoffer, A.M. (1994). Ericksonian myths. In: Zeig, 

J., editor. Ericksonian methods: The essence of the 

story. New York: Brunner Mazel, 227-239. 

Weitzenhoffer, A.M. (2000). The practice of hypnotism; 

Second edition. New York: Wiley. 

Weitzenhoffer, A.M. (2002a). Scales, scales and more 

scales. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 44, 

209-219. 

Weitzenhoffer, A.M. (2002b). Symptom removal: The 

nineteenth century experience. American Journal of 


Weitzenhoffer, A.M. (2004). Symptom removal: The 

twentieth century experience. American Journal of 


Weitzenhoffer, A.M., Hilgard, E.R. (1959). Stanford 

Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale: Forms A and B. Palo 

Alto CA: Consulting Psychologists Press. 

Weitzenhoffer, A.M., Hilgard, E.R. (1962). Stanford 

Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale: Form C. Palo Alto CA: 

Consulting Psychologists Press. 

Weitzenhoffer, A.M., Hilgard, E.R. (1963). Stanford Profile 

Scales of Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale: Forms I and 

II. Palo Alto CA: Consulting Psychologists Press. 

Weitzenhoffer, A.M., Hilgard, E.R. (1967). Revised Stanford 

Profile Scales of Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale: 

Forms I and II. Palo Alto CA: Consulting Psychologists 

Press. 

Weitzenhoffer, A.M., Sjoberg, B.M. (1961). Suggestibility 

with and without "induction of hypnosis." Journal of 

Nervous and Mental Disease, 132, 204-220. 

Weitzenhoffer, A.M., Weitzenhoffer, G.B. (1958). Sex, 

transference, and. susceptibility to hypnosis. American 



Wells, G.L., Ferguson, T.J., Lindsay, R.C.L. (1981). The 

tractability of eyewitness confidence and its implications 

for triers of fact. Journal of Applied Psychology, 

66, 688-696. 

Wells, W.R. (1924). Experiments in waking hypnosis for 

instructional purposes. Journal of Abnormal and Social 


Wells, W.R. (1940). The extent and duration of 

post-hypnotic amnesia. Journal of Psychology, 9, 

137-151. 

Wells, W.R. (1941). Experiments in the hypnotic production 

of crime. Journal of Psychology, 11, 63-102. 

Wenegrat, B. (2001). Theater of disorder: Patients, doctors, 

and the construction of illness. Oxford: Oxford University 

Press. 

Werbel, A.D. (1999). Authoritarian versus 

non-authoritarian induction, fatigue and hypnotic susceptibility: 

An empirical study of Sigmund Freud’s 

counter-will and hypnosis theories. Dissertation Abstracts 

International, 59(10-B), 5589. 

Werner, W.E.F. (1959). Hypnosis from the viewpoint of 

obstetrics and clinical demonstration of the training of 

patients for delivery under hypnosis. New York State 

Journal of Medicine, 1561. 

Werner, W.E.F., Schauble, P.G., Knudson, M.S. (1982). An 

argument for the revival of hypnosis in obstetrics. 


Wesley, J. (1751). Primitive physick: Or, an easy and natural 

method of curing most diseases. London: Palmar. 

Wesley, J. (1760). The Desideratum: Or, electricity made 

plain and useful by a lover of mankind and of common 

sense. London: Bailliere, Tindall and Cox. 

Wesson, D. (2009). Suggestibility as an operant factor in 

advertising effects, cognitive defences and the issue of 

consumer sovereignty. Journal of Customer Behaviour, 

8(4), 347-359. 

West, B.H. (1836). Experiments in animal magnetism. 


West, L.J. (1960). Psychophysiology of hypnosis. Journal 


672-675. 

West, L.J., Deckert, J.H. (1965). Dangers of hypnosis. 


192(1), 9-12. 

West, L.J., Niell, K.C., Hardy, J.D. (1952). Effects of 

hypnotic suggestions on pain perception and galvanic 

skin response. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 

68, 549-560. 

West, R.J., Kierland, R.R., Litin, E.M. (1961). Atopic 

dermatitis and hypnosis: Physiologic stigmata before, 

during, and after hypnosis. Archives of Dermatology, 



84(4), 579-588. 

West, V. (2003). Hypnotic suggestibility and academic 

achievement: A preliminary study. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 20(1), 48-52. 

West, V., Fellows, B., Easton, S. (1995). The British Society 

of Experimental and Clinical Hypnosis: A national 

survey. Contemporary Hypnosis, 12, 143–147. 

Wester W.C.II, Smith A.H.Jr (1984) editors. Clinical 

hypnosis: A multidisciplinary approach. Philadelphia 

PA: Lippincott. 

Wester W.C.II, Smith A.H.Jr (1987) editors. Clinical 

hypnosis: A case management approach. Cincinnati: 

Behavior Science Center. 

Wester, W.C. II, O’Grady, D.J. (1991) Clinical hypnosis 

with children. New York: Brunner Mazel. 

Wester, W.C. II, Sugarman, L. (2007) editors. Therapeutic 

hypnosis with children and adolescents. Carmethen 

UK: Crown House. 

Wetterstrand, O.G. (1888). Om Hypnotismens anvandande 

i den praktiska medicinen. Stockholm: Seligmann. 

Weyandt, J.A. (1976). Hypnosis in a dental patient with 

allergies. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 19(2), 

123-125. 

Whalley, M.G., Brooks, G.B. (2009). Enhancement of 

suggestibility and imaginative ability with nitrous oxide. 

Psychopharmacology, 203(4), 745-752. 

White House Commission on Complementary and Alternative 

Medicine Policy (2002). Final Report. Washington 

DC: White House. 

White, A., Resch, K.L., Ernst, E. (1997). Complementary 

medicine: use and attitudes among GPs. Family Practice, 

14(4), 302-306. 

White, D., Ciorciari, J., Carbis, C., Liley, D. (2009). EEG 

correlates of virtual reality hypnosis. International 


94-116. 

White, M.M. (1930). The physical and mental traits of individuals 

susceptible to hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal 


White, R.W. (1937). Prediction of hypnotic susceptibility 

from a knowledge of subject’s attitudes. Journal of 


White, R.W. (1937). Two types of hypnotic trance and their 

personality correlates. Journal of Psychology, 3, 

279-289. 

White, R.W. (1941). A preface to the theory of hypnotism. 


White, R.W. (1941). Analysis of motivation in hypnosis. 


White, R.W., Fox, G.F., Harris, W.W. (1940). Hypnotic 

hypermnesia for recently learned materials. Journal of 

Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology, 35, 

88–103. 

White, R.W., Shevach, B.J. (1942). Hypnosis and the 

concept of dissociation. Journal of Abnormal and Social 


White, W.S. (2003). Confessions in capital cases. University 

of Illinois Law Review, 4, 979-1036. 

White, WL. (1998). Slaying the dragon: The history of addiction 

treatment and recovery in America. Bloomington 

IL.: Chestnut Health Systems. 

Whitehead, S., Noller, P., Sheehan P.W. (2008). The hypnotist 

in the hypnosis interaction: The impact of first 

impressions on perceptions of hypnotizability. International 


56(4), 394-424. 

Whitehead, W.E. (2006). Hypnosis for irritable bowel 

syndrome: The empirical evidence of therapeutic effects. 


Hypnosis, 54(1), 7-20. 

Whitehorn, J.C., Lundholm, H., Fox, E.L., Benedict, F.G. 

(1932). The metabolic rate in hypnotic sleep. New 

England Journal of Medicine, 206, 777-781. 

Whitehouse, W.G., Dinges, D.F., Orne, E.C., Keller, S.E., 

Bates, B.L., Bauer, N.K., Morahan, P., Haupt, B.A., 

Carlin, M.M., Bloom, P.B., Zaugg, L., Orne, M.T. 

(1996). Psychosocial and immune effects of 

self-hypnosis training for stress management throughout 

the first semester of medical school. Psychosomatic 

Medicine, 58(3), 249-263. 

Whitehouse, W.G., Dinges, D.F., Orne, E.C., Orne, M.T. 

(1988). Hypnotic hypermnesia: Enhanced memory accessibility 

or report bias? Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 

97, 289-295. 

Whitehouse, W.G., Orne, E.C., Dinges, D.F., Bates, B.L., 

Nadon, R., Orne, M.T. (2005). The cognitive interview: 

Does it successfully avoid the dangers of forensic 

hypnosis? American Journal of Psychology, 118(2), 

213-234. 

Whitehouse, W.G., Orne, E.C., Orne, M.T., Dinges, 

D.F.(1991). Distinguishing the source of memories reported 

during prior waking and hypnotic recall attempts. 

Applied Cognitive Psychology, 5, 51-59. 

Whitman, R.W., Ornstein, P.H., Baldridge, B.J. (1964). An 

experimental approach to the psychoanalytic theory of 

dreams and conflicts. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 5(6), 

349-363. 

Whorton, J.C. (2002). Nature cures: The history of alternative 

medicine in America. New York: Oxford University 

Press. 

Whorwell, P. J. (1990). Hypnotherapy for selected gastrointestinal 

disorders. Digestive Diseases, 8, 223-225. 

Whorwell, P.J. (1989). Hypnotherapy in irritable bowel 

syndrome, Lancet, 333(8638), 622. 

Whorwell, P.J. (1991). Use of hypnotherapy in gastrointestinal 

disease. British Journal of Hospital Medicine, 


45(1), 27-29. 

Whorwell, P.J. (2005). Review article: The history of 

hypnotherapy and its role in the irritable bowel syndrome. 

Alimentary Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 

22, 1061-1067. 

Whorwell, P.J. (2008). Hypnotherapy for irritable bowel 

syndrome: The response of colonic and noncolonic 

symptoms. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, Vol 

64(6), 621-623. 

Whorwell, P.J., Houghton, L.A., Taylor, E.E., Maxton, 

D.G. (1992). Physiological effects of emotion: Assessment 

via hypnosis. Lancet, 340, July, 69-72. 

Whorwell, P.J., Prior, A., Colgan, S.M. (1987). Hypnotherapy 

in severe irritable bowel syndrome: A further 

experience. Gut, 28, 423-425. 

Whorwell, P.J., Prior, A., Faragher, E.B. (1984). Controlled 

trial of hypnotherapy in the treatment of severe refractory 

irritable-bowel syndrome. Lancet, 1232-1234. 

Whyte, L.L. (1960). The unconscious before Freud. New 


Whyte, W.H. (1956). The organization man. New York: 

Doubleday. 

Whytt, R. (1765). Observations on the nature, causes, and 

cure of those disorders which have been commonly 

called nervous hypochondriac, or hysteric: To which are 

prefixed some remarks on the sympathy of the nerves. 

Edinburgh: Becket, Du Hont and Balfour. 

Wickless, C., Kirsch, I. (1989). The effects of verbal and 

experiential expectancy manipulations on hypnotic 

susceptiblity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 

57, 762-768. 

Wickramasekera, I. (1970). Effects of sensory restriction on 

susceptibility to hypnosis: a hypothesis and more preliminary 

data. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 76(1), 

69-75. 

Wickramasekera, I. (1976) editor. Biofeedback, behavior 

therapy and hypnosis: Potentiating the verbal control of 

behavior for clinicians. Chicago: Nelson-Hall. 

Wickramasekera, I. (2008). Review of hypnotizability, 

absorption and negative cognitions as predictors of 

dental anxiety: Two pilot studies. American Journal of 


Wickramasekera, I. (2010) Pedagogical perspectives on 

teaching hypnosis. In: Barrett, D., editor. Hypnosis and 

hypnotherapy. Santa Barbara CA: Praeger, Vol 1, 

145-160. 

Wickramasekera, I., Szlyk, J.P. (2003). Could empathy be a 

predictor of hypnotic ability? International Journal of 


Wickware, F.S. (1941). Andrew Salter and autohypnosis: 

Young man from Connecticut makes every man his own 

Swengali. Life, November 10, 83-91. 


Wiechman-Askay, S., Patterson, D.R., Jensen, M.P., 

Sharar, R. (2007). A randomized controlled trial of 

hypnosis for burn wound care. Rehabilitation Psychology, 

52, 247-253. 

Wienholt, A. (1802-1806). Heilkraft des thierischen 

Magnetismus nach eigenen Beobachtungen; 3 Vol. 

Lemgo: Meyer. 

Wienholt, A. (1805). D. Arnold Wienholt’s psychologische 

Vorlesungen über den natürlichen Somnambulism. Aus 

den literarischen Nachlass des Verfassers besonders 

abgedruckt. Lemgo: Mener. 

Wier, D.R. (2007). The way of trance. Laytonville CA: 

Trance Research Foundation. 

Wigan, A.L. (1844). A new view of insanity: The duality of 

the mind proved by the structure, functions, and diseases 

of the brain, and by the phenomena of mental 

derangement, and shown to be essential to moral responsibility. 

London: Longman and Co. 

Wik, G., Fischer, H., Bragee, B., Finer, B., Fredrikson, M. 

(1999). Functional anatomy of hypnotic analgesia: A 

PET study of patients with fibromyalgia. European 

Journal of Pain, 3(1), 7-12. 

Wikström, O. (1989). Possession as role-taking. Journal of 

Religion and Health, 28(1), 26-35. 

Wilcox, W.W., Faw, V. (1959). Social and environmental 

perceptions of susceptible and unsusceptible hypnotic 

subjects. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental 

Hypnosis, 7, 151-159. 

Wild, A.J. (1994). Hypnosis as an adjunct in the treatment 

of panic disorder. Australian Journal of Clinical and 


Wilkins, W.L., Adams, A. (1947). The use of the Rorschach 

test under hypnosis and under sodium amytal in 

military psychiatry. Journal of General Psychology, 36, 

131-138. 

Wilkinson, J.B. (1981). Hypnotherapy in the psychosomatic 

approach to illness: A review. Journal of the 

Royal Society of Medicine, 74(7), 525–530. 

Willard, R.D. (1977). Breast enlargement through visual 

imagery and hypnosis. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 19(4), 195-200. 

Willemsen, R, Vanderlinden, J. (2008). Hypnotic approaches 

for alopecia areata. International Journal of 


Williams, A., Douglas, D.B. (1994). A course in hypnosis 

for chaplains. Journal of Religion and Health, 33(4), 

353-364. 

Williams, A.R., Hind, M., Sweeney, B.P., Fisher, R. 

(1994). Improved recovery and reduced postoperative 

stay after therapeutic suggestions during general anaesthesia. 

Lancet, 2(8609), 491-493. 

Williams, C. (1975). The tractors. Journal of the History of 



Medicine and Allied Sciences, 30(1), 61. 

Williams, D.T. (2004). Hypnosis. In: Wiener, J.M., Dulcan, 

M.K., editors. The American Psychiatric Publishing 

textbook of child and adolescent psychiatry, 3rd edition, 

Arlington VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, 

1043-1054. 

Williams, D.T., Singh, M. (1976). Hypnosis as a facilitating 

therapeutic adjunct in child psychiatry. Journal of the 

American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 15, 326-342. 

Williams, D.T., Velasquez, L. (1996). The use of hypnosis 

in children with dissociative disorders. Child and Adolescent 

Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 5, 

495-508. 

Williams, H. (1891). Hypnotism. New England Journal of 


355-357. 

Williams, J.C., Hallquist, M.N., Barnes, S.M., Cole, A.S., 

Lynn, S.J. (2010). Hypnosis, mindfulness, and acceptance: 

Artful integration. In: Lynn, S.J., Rhue, J.W., 




Williams, J.D., Gruzelier, J.H. (2001). Differentiation of 

hypnosis and relaxation by analysis of narrow band 

theta and alpha frequencies. International Journal of 


Williams, J.E. (1974). Stimulation of breast growth by 

hypnosis. Journal of Sex Research, 10:316-326 

Williams, J.E. (1979). Physiology of induced breast 

growth. Journal of the American Society of Psychosomatic 

Dentistry and Medicine, 1979, 26(3), 93-105. 

Williams, J.M., Hall, D.W. (1988). Use of single session 

hypnosis for smoking cessation. Addictive Behavior, 

13(2), 205-208. 

Williams, L.M., Banyard, V.L. (1999) editors. Trauma and 

memory. London: Sage. 

Williamsen, J.A., Johnson, H.J., Eriksen, C.W. (1965). 

Some characteristics of posthypnotic amnesia. Journal 

of Abnormal Psychology, 70(2), 123–131. 

Williamson, A. (2010). Well-being, happiness and 

self-hypnosis. Contemporary Hypnosis, 27(2), 114-123. 

Williamson, J.W., McColl, R., Mathews, D., Mitchell, J.H., 

Raven, P.B., Morgan, W.P. (2001). Hypnotic manipulation 

of effort sense during dynamic exercise: Cardiovascular 

responses and brain activation. Journal of 

Applied Physiology, 90, 1392-1399. 

Willis, D.C. (1972). The effect of self-hypnosis on reading 

rate and comprehension. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 14, 249-255. 

Willis, M., Winne, C. (2006) editors. Victorian literary 

mesmerism. Amsterdam: Rodopi. 

Wilson, C. (2002). Hypnosis in the rebuilding of self following 

marriage breakdown. Australian Journal of 


Wilson, I. (1981). Mind out of time? Reincarnation claims 

investigated. London: Gollancz. 

Wilson, J. (1839). Trials of animal magnetism on the brute 

creation. London: Sherwood, Gilbert, and Piper. 

Wilson, L. Greene, E., Loftus, E.F. (1986). Beliefs about 

forensic hypnosis. International Journal of Clinical and 


Wilson, S.C., Barber, T.X. (1978). The Creative Imagination 

Scale as a measure of hypnotic responsiveness: 

Application to experimental and clinical hypnosis. 


Wilson, S.C., Barber, T.X. (1983). The fantasy-prone personality: 

Implications for understanding imagery, 

hypnosis, and parapsychological phenomena. In: 

Sheikh, A.A., editor. Imagery: Current theory, research, 

and applications. New York: Wiley, 340-387. 

Wilson, S.C., Barber, T.X. (1983). Vivid fantasy and hallucinatory 

abilities in the life histories of excellent 

hypnotic subjects (‘somnambules’): preliminary report 

with female subjects. In: Klinger, E., editor. Imagery: 

Concepts, results, and applications. New York: Plenum, 

133-149. 

Wilson, S.C., Maddison, T., Roberts, L., Greenfield, S., 

Singh, S. (2006). Systematic review: The effectiveness 

of hypnotherapy in the management of irritable bowel 

syndrom. Alimentary Pharmacology and 

Theerapeutics, 24, 769-780. 

Wilson, T.D. (2004). Strangers to ourselves: Discovering 

the adaptive unconscious. Cambridge MA: Harvard 


Winchell, S.A., Watts, R.A., (1988). Relaxation therapies 

in the treatment of psoriasis and possible pathophysiologic 

mechanisms. Journal of the American Academy of 

Dermatology, 18(1.1), 101-104. 

Windholz, G. (1996). Hypnosis and inhibition as viewed by 

Heidenhain and Pavlov. Integrative Physiological and 

Behavioral Science, 31(2), 155-162. 

Windle, R., Samko, M. (1992). Hypnosis, Ericksonian 

hypnotherapy, and Aikido. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 34(4), 261-270. 

Wingfield, H.D. (1910). An introduction to the study of 

hypnotis: Experimental and therapeutic. London: 

Baillière. 

Wink, C.A.S. (1961). Congenital ichthyosiform 

erythrodermia treated by hypnosis: Report of two cases. 

British Medical Journal, 16; 2(5254): 726, 741-743. 

Winkler, J.H. (1748). Novum reique medicae utile 

electricitatis inventum exponit Joannes Henricus Winkler, 

Professor Lipsiensis, et Societatis Regalis 

Londinensis Sodalis. Philosophical Transactions, 45, 

262-270. 

Winn, D. (2000). The manipulated mind: Brainwashing, 


conditioning, and indoctrination. Cambridge MA: 

Malor Books. 

Winocur, E., Gavish, A., Emodi-Perlman, A., Halachmi, 

M., Eli, I. (2002). Hypnorelaxation as treatment for 

myofascial pain disorder: A comparative study. Oral 

Surgery, Oral Medicine, Oral Pathology, 93, 425-434. 

Winsor, R.M. (1993). Hypnosis: A neglected tool for client 

empowerment. Social Work, 38, 603-608. 

Winter, A. (1998). Mesmerism and the introduction of 

surgical anesthesia to Victorian England. Engineering 

and Science, 2, 30-37. 

Winter, A. (1998). Mesmerized: Powers of mind in Victorian 

Britain. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 

Winter, N.R. (1989). Hypnosis in dentistry in dental vocational 

training. British Dental Journal, 166, 382-382. 

Wirdig, T. (1673). Nova medicina spiritum. in qua primo 

spirituum naturalis constitutio, vita, sanitas, temperamenta 

... dehinc spirituum praeternaturalis seu morbosa 

dispositio causae curationes per... magnetismum seu 

sympatheismum. Hamburg. 

Wirth, F.M. (1882). Herrn Professor Zöllners Experimente 

mit dem amerikanischen Medium Herrn Slade und seine 

Hypothese intelligenter vierdimensionaler Wesen. Mit 

einer Antwort an die Herren Professoren Hernn. W. 

Vogel in Berlin und.) B. Meyer in Bonn. 3 ed. Leipzig: 

Mutze. 

Wirth, J.U. (1836). Theorie des Somnambulismus oder des 

thierischen Magnetismus. Ein Versuch, die Mysterien 

des magnetischen Lebens, den Rapport der 

Somnambulen mit dem Magnétiseur, ihre Ferngesichte 

und Ahnungen, und ihren Verkehr mit der Geisterwelt 

vom Standpunkte vorurtheilsfreier Kritik aus zu 

erhellen und erklären für Gebildete überhaupt, und für 

Mediciner und Theologe insbesondere. Leipzig und 

Stuttgart: Scheible. 

Wiseman, R., Greening, E., Smith, M. (2003). Belief in the 

paranormal and suggestion in the seance room. British 

Journal of Psychology, 94(3), 285-297. 

Wiseman, R., Watt, C. (2006). Belief in psychic ability and 

the misattribution hypothesis: A qualitative review. 

British Journal of Psychology, 97, 323-338. 

Wiseman, R.J., Reyher, J. (1973). Hypnotically induced 

dreams using the rorschach inkblots as stimuli: A test of 

freud's theory of dreams. Journal of Personality and 


Witkowski, T. (2010). Thirty-five years of research on 

neuro-linguistic programming NLP research data base: 

State of the art or pseudoscientific decoration? Polish 


Witmer, L. (1907). Clinical psychology. Psychological 

Clinic, 1, 1-9 

Witz, M., Kahn, S. (1991). Hypnosis and the treatment of 


huntington’s disease. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 34, 79-90. 

Wobst, A.H.W. (2007). Hypnosis and surgery: Past, present, 

and future. Anesthesia and Analgesia, 104(5), 

1199-1208. 

Wojcikiewicz, A., Orlick, T. (1987). The effects of 

post-hypnotic suggestion and relaxation with suggestion 

on competitive fencing anxiety and performance. 

International Journal of Sport Psychology, 18(4), 

303-313. 

Wolberg, L.R. (1945). Hypnoanalysis. New York: Grune 

and Stratton. 

Wolberg, L.R. (1948). Medical hypnosis. New York: Grune 

and Stratton. 

Wolberg, L.R. (1996). Hypnosis and psychoanalytic therapy 

(hypnoanalysis). American Journal of Psychotherapy, 

50(4), 393-415. 

Wolf, T.J., Klein, F. (1987). Ericksonian hypnosis and 

strategic interventions for sexual orientation confusion. 

Journal of Homosexuality, 14(1-2), 67-76. 

Wolfart, K.C. (1815). Erläuterungen zum Mesmerismus. 

Berlin: Nikola. 

Wolfe, B., Rosenthal, R. (1948). Hypnotism comes of age. 

New York: Bobbs Merrill. 

Wolff, B.B., Horland, A.A. (1967). Effect of suggestion 

upon experimental pain: a validation study. Journal of 


Wollman, L. (1965). Influence of hypnosis on the learning 

process. Journal of the American Society of Psychosomatic 


Wolpe, J. (1958). Psychotherapy by reciprocal inhibition. 

Standford CA.: Standford University Press. 

Wolpe, J. (1964). The conditioning therapies: The challenge 

in psychotherapy. New York: Holt. 

Wolpe, J. (1969). The practice of behavior therapy. New 

York: Pergamon. 

Wolpe, J., Lazarus, A.A. (1966). Behavior therapy techniques: 

A Guide to the treatment of neuroses. Oxford: 

Pergamon. 

Wood, G.J., Bughi, S., Morrison, J., Tanavoli, S., Tanavoli, 

S., Zadeh, H.H. (2003). Hypnosis, differential expression 

of cytokines by T-cell subsets, and the 

hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axis, American Journal 

of Clinical Hypnosis, 45 (2003), pp. 179-196. 

Wood, G.J., Zadeh, H.H. (1999). Potential adjunctive applications 

of hypnosis in the management of periodontal 

diseases. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 41(3), 

212-225. 

Woods, S.J. (1988). Hypnosis as a means of achieving 

cognitive modification in the treatment of academic 

anxiety. Australian Journal of Clinical Hypnotherapy 

and Hypnosis, 7(2), 106-121. 



Woody, E.Z, Szechtman, H. (2000). Hypnotic hallucinations: 

Towards a biology of epistemology. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 17(1), 4–14. 

Woody, E.Z., Barnier, A.J. (2008). Hypnosis scales for the 

twenty-first century: What do we need and how should 

we use them? In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., editors. Oxford 


Press, 255-282. 

Woody, E.Z., Barnier, A.J., McConkey, K.M. (2005). 

Multiple hypnotizabilities: Differentiating the building 

blocks of hypnotic response. Psychological Assessment, 

17(2), 200-211. 

Woody, E.Z., Drugovic, M., Oakman, J.M. (1997). A 

reexamination of the role of nonhypnotic suggestibility 

in hypnotic responding. Journal of Personality and Social 

Psychology, 72(2), 399-407. 

Woody, E.Z., Sadler, P. (2008). Dissociation theories of 

hypnosis. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., editors. Oxford 


Press, 81-110. 

Woody, E.Z., Szechtman, H. (2007). To see feelingly: 

Emotion, motivation, and hypnosis. In: Jamieson, G.A., 

editor. Hypnosis and conscious states: The cognitive 

neuroscience perspective. Oxford University Press. 

World Health Organization (2000). World health report 

2000. Geneva CH: World Health Organization. 

Wright, B., Drummond, P.D. (2000). Rapid induction analgesia 

for the alleviation of procedural pain during 

burn care. Burns, 26, 275-282. 

Würtz, G.C. (1787). Prospectus d’un nouveau cours 

théorique et pratique de magnétisme animal, réduit à des 

principes simple de physique, de chymie, et de 

médecine. Strasbourg: Treuttel. 

Wundt, W. (1879). Der Spiritismus. Eine sogenannte 

wissenschaftliche Frage. Offener Brief an Herrn Prof. 

Hermann Ulrici in Halle. Leipzig: Engelmann. 

Wundt, W. (1892). Hypnotismus Und Suggestion. Leipzig: 

Engelmann. Le citazioni nel testo sono dalla edizione 

francese: Hypnotisme et suggestion: Etude critique. 

Paris: Alcan, 1909. 

Wundt, W. (1893). Hypnotismus und Suggestion. 

Philosophische Studien, Band 8, 1-85. 

Wundt, W. (1911). Hypnotismus und Suggestion; 2 

revidiert Auflage. Leipzig: Engelmann. 

Wyckoff, J. (1975). Franz Anton Mesmer. Between God 

and Devil. Englewood Cliffs NJ: Prentice-Hall. 

Wydenbruck, N. (1947). Doctor Mesmer: An Historical 

Study. London: Westhouse. 

Wyer, R.S. (1997) editor. The automaticity of everyday 

life: Advances in social cognition. Mahwah NJ: Erlbaum. 

Wygrant, L.J. (1986) editor. The Truman G. Blocker, Jr. 

history of medicine collections: Books and manuscripts. 

Galveston: University of Texas Medical Branch. 

X 

Xu, Y., Cardeña, E. (2008). Hypnosis as an adjunct therapy 

in the management of diabetes. International Journal of 


Y 

Yalom, I.D. (1964). Plantar warts: A case study. Journal of 

Nervous and Mental Disease, 138, 163-171. 

Yamauchi, K.T. (1981). Dental fear in a chronic schizophrenic: 

A case report. American Journal of Clinical 

Hypnosis, 24(2), 128-131. 

Yap, P.M. (1960). The possession syndrome: A comparison 

of Hong Kong and French findings. Journal of Mental 

Science, 106, 114-137. 

Yapko, M.D. (1986) editor. Hypnotic and strategic interventions: 

Principles and practice. New York: Irvington. 

Yapko, M.D. (1992). Hypnosis and the treatment of depression. 

New York: Brunner-Mazel. 

Yapko, M.D. (1993). Hypnosis and depression. In: Rhue, 

J., Lynn, S.J., Kirsch, I., editors. Handbook of clinical 

hypnosis. Washington DC: American Psychological 


Yapko, M.D. (1994a) Suggestions of abuse: True and false 

memories of childhood sexual traumas. New York: 

Simon and Schuster. 

Yapko, M.D. (1994b). Suggestibility and repressed memories 

of abuse: A survey of psychotherapists’ beliefs. 


Yapko, M.D. (2001). Treating depression with hypnosis: 

Integrating cognitive-behavioral and strategic approaches. 

New York: Routledge. 

Yapko, M.D. (2003). Trancework: An introduction to the 

practice of clinical hypnosis, Third edition. New York: 



Yapko, M.D. (2006) editor. Hypnosis and treating depression: 

Applications in cinical practice. New York: 

Routledge. 

Yapko, M.D. (2008). Hypnotic approaches to treating depression. 

Michael D. Yapko. In: Nash, M., Barnier, A., 



Yapko, M.D. (2010a). Hypnosis and depression. In: Lynn, 

S.J., Rhue, J.W., Kirsch, I., editors. Handbook of clinical 



Yapko, M.D. (2010b). Hypnosis and sleep. In: Barabasz, 

M., et Al, editors. Medical hypnosis primer: Clinical 

and research evidence. New York: Routledge, 65-72. 

Yapko, M.D. (2010c). Hypnosis in the treatment of depression: 

An overdue approach for encouraging skillful 

mood management. International Journal of Clinical 


Yapko, M.D. (2010d). Hypnotically catalyzing experiential 

learning across treatments for depression: Actions can 

speak louder than moods. International Journal of 


Yapko, M.D. (2011). Mindfulness and hypnosis: The 

power of suggestion to transform experience. New 

York: Norton. 

Yargholi, E., Nasrabadi, A.M. (2010). Chaotic features 

analysis of EEG signals during hallucination tasks of 

waterloo-stanford standard. Journal of Biomedical 

Science and Engineering, 13(12), 1175-1181. 

Yarmey, A.D. (1979). The psychology of eyewitness testimony. 

New York: Free Press. 

Yarvis, J.S. (2008). Hypnotherapy under fire: Efficacy of 

heart-centered hypnotherapy in the treatment of Iraq 

war veterans with posttraumatic stress. Journal of 

Heart-Centered Therapies, 11(1), 3-18. 

Yeates, L.B. (1996). A set of competency and proficiency 

standards for Australian professional clinical hypnotherapists: 

A descriptive guide to the Australian Hypnotherapists’ 

Association accreditation system. Sydney: 

Australian Hypnotherapists’ Association. 

Yexley, M.J. (2007). Treating postpartum depression with 

hypnosis: Addressing specific symptoms presented by 

the client. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 

49(3), 219-223. 

Young, D. (1995). The use of hypnotherapy in the treatment 

of eating disorders. Contemporary Hypnosis, 

12(2), 148-153. 

Young, J.H. (1967). The medical messiahs: A social history 

of health quackery in twentieth-century America. 

Princeton NJ: Princeton University Press. 

Young, P.C. (1925). An experimental study of mental and 


physical functions in the normal and hypnotic states. 

American Journal of Psychology, 36, 214-232. 

Young, P.C. (1926). An experimental study of mental and 

physical functions in the normal and hypnotic states: 

Additional results. American Journal of Psychology, 37, 

345-356. 

Young, P.C. (1926). Hypnotism. Psychological Bulletin, 

23(9), 504-523. 

Young, P.C. (1927). A general review of the literature of 

hypnotism. Psychological Bulletin, 24(9), 540-560. 

Young, P.C. (1927). Is rapport an essential characteristic of 

hypnosis? Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 

22, 130-139. 

Young, P.C. (1928). The nature of hypnosis: as indicated by 

the presence or absence of post-hypnotic amnesia and 

rapport. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 

22, 372-382. 

Young, P.C. (1929). Intelligence and suggestibility in 

whites and negroes. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 

9, 339-359. 

Young, P.C. (1931). A general review of the literature on 

hypnotism and suggestion. Psychological Bulletin, 

28(5), 367-391. 

Young, P.C. (1937). The veridicality of hypnotically induced 

regression. Psychological Bulletin, 34, 784. 

Young, P.C. (1940). Hypnotic regression: Fact or artifact? 

Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 35, 

273-278. 

Young, P.C. (1941). Experimental hypnotism: A review. 


Young, P.C. (1950). The possibility of antisocial uses of 

hypnosis. American Psychologist, 5, 327-328. 

Young, P.C. (1952). Antisocial uses of hypnosis. In: 

LeCron, L.M., editor, Experimental hypnosis. New 


Young, R.M. (1970). Mind, brain and adaptation in the 

Nineteenth Century: Cerebral localization and its biological 

context from Gall to Ferrier. Oxford: Clarendon. 

Youtz, P.R. (1968). Can fingers see colors? Psychology 

Today, 1(9), 36-41. 

Yu, C.K-C (2004). Beliefs and attitudes of Chinese regarding 

hypnosis and its applications. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 21, 93-106. 

Yu, C.K-C. (2005). Application of cognitive-behavioural 

hypnotic treatment for anxiety management in the 

Chinese. Contemporary Hypnosis, 22(2), 104-114. 

Yu, C.K-C. (2005). Suggestibility of Chinese as revealed 

by the Creative Imagination Scale. Contemporary 

Hypnosis, 22(2), 77-83. 

Yu, C.K-C. (2006). Cognitive-behavioural hypnotic treatment 

for managing examination anxiety and facilitating 

performance. Contemporary Hypnosis, 23(2), 72-82 



Yu, C.K-C. (2006). Sources of information about hypnosis 

and attitudes towards being hypnotised in Hong Kong. 


34, 135-145. 

Yu, C.K-C. (2006c). Defence mechanisms and suggestibility. 


Yuille, J.C. (1983) editor. Imagery, memory, and cognition. 


Yuille, J.C., Kim, C.K. (1987). A field study of the forensic 

use of hypnosis. Canadian Journal of Behavioral Science, 

19(4), 418-429. 

Yuille, J.C., McEwan, N.H. (1985). Use of hypnosis as an 

aid to eyewitness memory. Journal of Applied Psychology, 

70, 389-400. 

Z 

Zablocki, B.D., Robbins, T. (2001) editors. Misunderstanding 

cults: Searching for objectivity in a controversial 

field. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. 

Zachariae, R. (2001). Hypnosis and immunity. In: Ader, R., 

Felten, D.L., Cohen, N., editors. Psychoneuroimmunology, 

Third edition, Vol. 2. New York: Academic 

Press, 133-160. 

Zachariae, R., Andersen, O.K., Bjerring, P., Jorgensen, 

M.M. (1998). Effects of an opioid antagonist on pain 

intensity and withdrawal reflexes during induction of 

hypnotic analgesia in high- and low-hypnotizable volunteers. 

European Journal of Pain, 2, 25-34. 

Zachariae, R., Bjerring, P. (1990). The effect of hypnotically 

induced analgesia on flare reaction of the cutaneous 

histamine prick test. Archives of Dermatological 

Research, 282(8), 539-543. 

Zachariae, R., Bjerring, P. (1993). Increase and decrease of 

delayed cutaneous reactions obtained by hypnotic 

suggestions during sensitization: Studies on 

dinitrochlorobenzene and diphenylcyclopropenone. 

Allergy, 48(1), 6-11. 

Zachariae, R., Bjerring, P. (1994). Laser-induced 

pain-related brain potentials and sensory pain ratings in 

high and low hypnotizable subjects during hypnotic 

suggestions of relaxation, dissociated imagery, focused 

analgesia, and placebo. International Journal of Clinical 


Zachariae, R., Bjerring, P., Arendt-Nielsen, L. (1989). 

Modulation of type I immediate and type IV delayed 

immuno reactivity using direct suggestion and guided 

imagery during hypnosis. Allergy, 44, 537-542. 

Zachariae, R., Bjerring, P., Arendt-Nielsen, L., Nielsen, T., 

Gotliebsen, K. (1991). The effect of hypnotically induced 

emotional states on brain potentials evoked by 

painful argon laser stimulation. Clinical Journal of 

Pain, 7(2), 130-138. 

Zachariae, R., Bjerring, P., Zachariae, C., Arendt-Nielsen, 

L., Nielsen, T., Eldrup, E., Larsen, C.S., Gotliebsen, K. 

(1991). Monocyte chemotactic activity in sera after 

hypnotically induced emotional states. Scandinavian 

Journal of Immunology, 34(1), 71-79. 

Zachariae, R., Hansen, J., Andersen, M., Jinquan, T., Petersen, 

K., Simonsen, C., Zachariae, C., 

Thestrup-Pedersen, K. (1994). Changes in cellular 

immune function after immune specific guided imagery 

and relaxation in high and low hypnotizable health 

subjects. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 61(1-2), 

74-92. 

Zachariae, R., Jorgensen, M,M., Egekvist, H., Bjerring, P. 

(2001). Skin reactions to histamine of healthy subjects 

after hypnotically induced emotions of sadness, anger, 

and happiness. Allergy, 56(8), 734-740. 

Zachariae, R., Jorgensen, M.M., Christensen, S. (2000). 

Hypnotizability and absorption in a Danish sample: 

Testing the influence of context. International Journal 


Zachariae, R., Oster, H., Bjerring, P. (1994). Effects of 

hypnotic suggestions on ultraviolet B radiation-induced 

erythema and skin blood flow. Photodermatology, 

Photoimmunology and Photomedicine, 10(4), 154-160. 

Zachariae, R., Oster, H., Bjerring, P., Kragballe, K. (1996). 

Effects of psychological interventions on psoriasis: A 

preliminary report. Journal of the American Academy of 

Dermatology, 34, 1008-1015. 

Zachariae, R., Sommerlund, B., Molay, F. (1996). Danish 




Zadow, L. (2004). Utilizing hypnosis for palliative care: 

The case of PB. Australian Journal of Clinical and 


Zahourec, R. (1993). Clinical hypnosis and therapeutic 

suggestion in patient's care. New York: Brunner Mazel. 

Zajonc, R.B. (1999). One hundred years of rationality assumptions 

in social psychology. In: Rodrigues, A., 

Levine, R.V., editors. Reflections on 100 years of social 

psychology. New York: Basic Books, 200-214. 

Zamansky, H.S., Bartis, S.P. (1984). Hypnosis as dissociation: 

Methodological considerations and preliminary 

findings. American Journal of Clinical hypnosis, 26, 

246-251. 


Zamansky, H.S., Bartis, S.P. (1985). The dissociation of an 

experience: The hidden observer observed. Journal of 


Zamjatin, E. (1920). Мы (English edition: We. London: 

Penguin, 1924; Edizione italiana: Noi. Milano: Feltrinelli, 

1963). 

Zanardelli, D. (1886). La verità sull’ipnotismo: Rivelazioni. 

Rome: Reggiani. 

Zanot, E.J., Pincus, J.D., Lamp, E.J. (1983). Public perceptions 

of subliminal advertising. Journal of Advertising,12(1), 

39-45. 

Zaragoza, M.S., Mitchell, K.L. (1996). Repeated exposure 

to suggestion and the creation of false memories, Psychological 

Science, 7, 294-300. 

Zarren, J.I. (2006). Utilizing hypnosis in addressing anger 

issues in treating depression. In: Yapko, M.D., editor. 

Hypnosis and treating depression: Applications in 

clinical practice. New York: Routledge, 121-140. 

Zarren, J.I., Eimer, B. (2002). Brief cognitive hypnosis: 

Facilitating the change of dysfunctional behavior. New 

York: Springer. 

Zavertanik, A. (1985). Un caso di impotenza secondaria a 

complesso di colpa risolto in tre sedute ipnoterapeutiche. 

Rivista Internazionale di Psicologia e Ipnosi, 

26(1), 71-74. 

Zaza, C., Sellick, S., Willan, A., Reyno, L., Browne, G. 

(1999). Health care professionals' familiarity with 

non-pharmacological strategies for managing cancer 

pain. Psycho-Oncology, 8, 99-111. 

Zeig, J. (1982) editor. Ericksonian approaches to hypnosis 

and psychotherapy. New York: Brunner Mazel. 

Zeig, J. (1985a) editor. Ericksonian approaches to psychotherapy. 

Vol. 1: Structures. New York: Brunner 

Mazel. 

Zeig, J. (1985b) editor. Ericksonian approaches to psychotherapy. 

Vol. 2: Application. New York: Brunner 

Mazel. 

Zeig, J. (1994) editor. Ericksonian methods: The essence of 

the story. New York: Brunner Mazel. 

Zeig, J., Geari, B. (2001). The handbook of Ericksonian 

psychotherapy. Phoenix AZ: Milton H. Erickson 

Foundation. 

Zeig, J., Lankton, S. (1988) editors. Developing 

Ericksonian therapy: State of the art. Proceedings of the 

third international congress on Ericksonian psychotherapy. 


Zelazo, P.D., Moscovitch, M., Thompson, E. (2007) editors. 

The Cambridge handbook of consciousness . 

Cambridge MA: Cambridge University Press. 

Zelig, M., Beidleman, W.B. (1981). The investigative use 

of hypnosis: A word of caution. International Journal 



Zeltzer, L.K., Dolgin, M.J., LeBaron, S., LeBaron, C. 

(1991). A randomized, controlled study of behavioral 

intervention for chemotherapy distress in children with 

cancer. Pediatrics, 88(1), 34-42. 

Zeltzer, L.K., LeBaron, S. (1982). Hypnosis and 

nonhypnotic techniques for reduction of pain and anxiety 

during painful procedures in children and adolescents 

with cancer. Journal of Pediatrics, 101(6), 

1032-1035. 

Zeltzer, L.K., LeBaron, S., Zeltzer, M. (1984). The effectiveness 

of behavioural intervention for reduction of 

nausea and vomiting in children and adolescents receiving 

chemotherapy. Journal of Clinical Oncology, 2, 

683-690. 

Zeltzer, L.K., LeBaron, S.M. (1982). Hypnosis and 

nonhypnotic techniques for reduction of pain and anxiety 

during painful procedures in children and adolescents 

with cancer. Journal of Pediatrics, 101, 

1032-1035. 

Zeltzer, L.K., Tsao, J. C., Stelling, C., Powers, M., Levy, S., 

and Waterhouse, M. (2002). A phase I study on the 

feasibility and acceptability of an acupuncture/hypnosis 

intervention for chronic pediatric pain. Journal of Pain 

Symptom.Management, 24(4), 437-446. 

Zerffi, G.G. (1871). Spiritualism and animal magnetism. 

London: Hardwicke. 

Zerffi, G.G. (1871). Spiritualism and animal magnetism: A 

treatise on dreams, second sight, somnambulism, 

magnetic sleep, spiritual manifestations, hallucinations, 

and spectral visions. London: Hardwicke. 

Zhao, Y-H., Shan, Y-H., Ma, L-H. et al. (2005). Clinical 

efficacy of hypnotherapy in the treatment of generalized 

anxiety disorder. Chinese Mental Health Journal, 19(8), 

543-544. 

Ziche P. (1999) editor. Introspektion: Texte zur 

Selbstwahrnehmung des Ichs. Wien-New York: 

Springer. 

Zilbergeld, B., Edelstein, M.G., Araoz, D.L. (1986) editors. 

Hypnosis: Questions and answers. New York: Norton 

Zimbardo, P. G. (Ed.) (1969). The cognitive control of motivation. 

Glenview IL: Scott Foresman. 

Zimbardo, P.C., Marshall, C., White, C., Maslach, C. 

(1973). Objective assessment of hypnotically induced 

time distortion. Science, 181(96), 282-284. 

Zimbardo, P.G. (2007). The Lucifer effect: Understanding 

how good people turn evil. New York: Random House. 

Zimbardo, P.G., Andersen,S.M., Kabat, L.G. (1981). Induced 

hearing deficit generates experimental paranoia. 

Science, 212(4502), 1529-1531. 

Zimbardo, P.G., Marshall, G., Maslach, C. (1971). Liberating 

behavior from time-bound control: Expanding the 

present through hypnosis. Journal of Applied Social 




Zimmer, E. Z., Peretz, B. A., Eyal, E., Fuchs, K. (1988). 

The influence of maternal hypnosis on fetal movements 

in anxious pregnant women. European Journal of Obstetrics, 

Gynecology, and Reproductive Biology, 27, 

133-137. 

Zimmerman, D. (1980). Hypnotherapy in surgical management: 

A review. Journal of the Royal Society of 

Medicine, 73, 579-580. 

Zimmermann, J.A. (1879). Johann Joseph Gassner: Der 

beruhmte Exorsist. Sein Leben und wundersames 

Wirken. Kempten: Kosel. 

Zitman, F.G., Van Dyck, R., Spinhoven, P., Linssen, A.C. 

(1992). Hypnosis and autogenic training in the treatment 

of tension headaches: A two-phase constructive 

design study with follow-up. Journal of Psychosomatic 

Research, 36(3), 219-228. 

Zitman, F.G., Van Dyck, R., Spinhoven, P., Linssen, A.C. 

(1992). Hypnosis and autogenic training in the treatment 

of tension headaches: A two-phase constructive 

design study with follow-up. Journal of Psychosomatic 

Research, 36, 219-228. 

Zolik, E.S. (1958). An experimental investigation of the 

psychodynamic implications of the hypnotic previous 

existence fantasy. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 

14(2), 179-183. 

Zöllner, J.C.F. (1878-1881). Wissenschaftlichen 

Abhandlungen. Vol. 1-3. Leipzig: Staackmann. 

Zubin, J. (1965). Dermooptical perception: A cautionary 

report. Science, 147, 985. 

Zuccoli, A. (1860). Le scienze occulte: Magnetismo, elettrobiologia, 

spiritualismo e negromanzia ossia la duplice 

scienza d’una levatrice. Milano: Pirola. 

Zudini, V., Antonelli, M. (2011). La misura della menzogna: 

Vittorio Benussi e le origini della psicologia della 

testimonianza. Trieste: Edizioni Università di Trieste 

EUT. 

Zundel, F. (1880). Pfarrer Johann Cristoph Blumhardt: Ein 

Lebensbild. Zurich: Hohr. 

Zweig, S. (1931). Die Heilung durch den Geist: Mesmer, 

Mary Baker-Eddy, Freud. Leipzig: Insel. 

Zysman, S.A., Zysman, S.H. (1983). Hypnosis as a primary 

anesthetic in reconstructive and cosmetic facial surgery.

Reference list - psicotecnica.net

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?